{"rowid": 333, "title": "The Attribute Selector for Fun and (no ad) Profit", "contents": "If I had a favourite CSS selector, it would undoubtedly be the attribute selector (Ed: You really need to get out more). For those of you not familiar with the attribute selector, it allows you to style an element based on the existence, value or partial value of a specific attribute.\n\nAt it\u2019s very basic level you could use this selector to style an element with particular attribute, such as a title attribute.\n\n<abbr title=\"Cascading Style Sheets\">CSS</abbr>\n\nIn this example I\u2019m going to make all <abbr> elements with a title attribute grey. I am also going to give them a dotted bottom border that changes to a solid border on hover. Finally, for that extra bit of feedback, I will change the cursor to a question mark on hover as well. \n\nabbr[title] {\n     color: #666;\n     border-bottom: 1px dotted #666;\n }\n\n abbr[title]:hover {\n     border-bottom-style: solid;\n     cursor: help;\n }\n\nThis provides a nice way to show your site users that <abbr> elements with title tags are special, as they contain extra, hidden information.\n\nMost modern browsers such as Firefox, Safari and Opera support the attribute selector. Unfortunately Internet Explorer 6 and below does not support the attribute selector, but that shouldn\u2019t stop you from adding nice usability embellishments to more modern browsers.\n\nInternet Explorer 7 looks set to implement this CSS2.1 selector, so expect to see it become more common over the next few years.\n\nStyling an element based on the existence of an attribute is all well and good, but it is still pretty limited. Where attribute selectors come into their own is their ability to target the value of an attribute. You can use this for a variety of interesting effects such as styling VoteLinks.\n\nVoteWhats?\n\nIf you haven\u2019t heard of VoteLinks, it is a microformat that allows people to show their approval or disapproval of a links destination by adding a pre-defined keyword to the rev attribute.\n\nFor instance, if you had a particularly bad meal at a restaurant, you could signify your dissaproval by adding a rev attribute with a value of vote-against.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.mommacherri.co.uk/\" rev=\"vote-against\">Momma Cherri's</a>\n\nYou could then highlight these links by adding an image to the right of these links.\n\na[rev=\"vote-against\"]{\n     padding-right: 20px;\n     background: url(images/vote-against.png) no-repeat right top;\n}\n\nThis is a useful technique, but it will only highlight VoteLinks on sites you control. This is where user stylesheets come into effect. If you create a user stylesheet containing this rule, every site you visit that uses VoteLinks will receive your new style.\n\nCool huh?\n\nHowever my absolute favourite use for attribute selectors is as a lightweight form of ad blocking. Most online adverts conform to industry-defined sizes. So if you wanted to block all banner-ad sized images, you could simply add this line of code to your user stylesheet.\n\nimg[width=\"468\"][height=\"60\"],\nimg[width=\"468px\"][height=\"60px\"]  {\n     display: none !important;\n}\n\nTo hide any banner-ad sized element, such as flash movies, applets or iFrames, simply apply the above rule to every element using the universal selector.\n\n*[width=\"468\"][height=\"60\"], *[width=\"468px\"][height=\"60px\"]  {\n     display: none !important;\n}\n\nJust bare in mind when using this technique that you may accidentally hide something that isn\u2019t actually an advert; it just happens to be the same size.\n\nThe Interactive Advertising Bureau lists a number of common ad sizes. Using these dimensions, you can create stylesheet that blocks all the popular ad formats. Apply this as a user stylesheet and you never need to suffer another advert again.\n\nHere\u2019s wishing you a Merry, ad-free Christmas.", "year": "2005", "author": "Andy Budd", "author_slug": "andybudd", "published": "2005-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/the-attribute-selector-for-fun-and-no-ad-profit/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 195, "title": "Levelling Up for Junior Developers", "contents": "If you are a junior developer starting out in the web industry, things can often seem a little daunting. There are so many things to learn, and as soon as you\u2019ve learnt one framework or tool, there seems to be something new out there.\nI am lucky enough to lead a team of developers building applications for the web. During a recent One to One meeting with one of our junior developers, he asked me about a learning path and the basic fundamentals that every developer should know. After a bit of digging around, I managed to come up with a (not so exhaustive) list of principles that was shared with him.\n\nIn this article, I will share the list with you, and hopefully help you level up from junior developer and become a better developer all round. This list doesn\u2019t focus on an particular programming language, but rather coding concepts as a whole. The idea behind this list is that whether you are a front-end developer, back-end developer, full stack developer or just a curious one, these principles apply to everyone that writes code. \nI have tried to be technology agnostic, so that you can use these tips to guide you, whatever your tech stack might be.\nWithout any further ado and in no particular order, let\u2019s get started.\nRefactoring code like a boss\nThe Boy Scouts have a rule that goes \u201calways leave the campground cleaner than you found it.\u201d This rule can be applied to code too and ensures that you leave code cleaner than you found it. As a junior developer, it\u2019s almost certain that you will either create or come across older code that could be improved. The resources below are a guide that will help point you in the right direction.\n\nMy favourite book on this subject has to be Clean Code by Robert C. Martin. It\u2019s a must read for anyone writing code as it helps you identify bad code and shows you techniques that you can use to improve existing code.\nIf you find that in your day to day work you deal with a lot of legacy code, Improving Existing Technology through Refactoring is another useful read.\nDesign Patterns are a general repeatable solution to a commonly occurring problem in software design. My friend and colleague Ranj Abass likes to refer to them as a \u201ccommon language\u201d that helps developers discuss the way that we write code as a pattern. My favourite book on this subject is Head First Design Patterns which goes right back to the basics. Another great read on this topic is Refactoring to Patterns.\nWorking Effectively With Legacy Code is another one that I found really valuable.\n\nImproving your debugging skills\nA solid understanding of how to debug code is a must for any developer. Whether you write code for the web or purely back-end code, the ability to debug will save you time and help you really understand what is going on under the hood.\n\nIf you write front-end code for the web, one of my favourite resources to help you understand how to debug code in Chrome can be found on the Chrome Dev Tools website. While some of the tips are specific to Chrome, these techniques apply to any modern browser of your choice.\nAt Settled, we use Node.js for much of our server side code. Without a doubt, our most trusted IDE has to be Visual Studio Code and the built-in debuggers are amazing. Regardless of whether you use Node.js or not, there are a number of plugins and debuggers that you can use in the IDE. I recommend reading the website of your favourite IDE for more information. \nAs a side note, it is worth mentioning that Chrome Developer Tools actually has functionality that allows you to debug Node.js code too. This makes it a seamless transition from front-end code to server-side code debugging.\nThe Debugging Mindset is an informative online article by Devon H. O\u2019Dell and discusses the the psychology of learning strategies that lead to effective problem-solving skills. \n\nA good understanding of relational databases and NoSQL databases\nAlmost all developers will need to persist data at some point in their career. Even if you don\u2019t write SQL queries in your day to day job, a solid understanding of how they work will help you become a better developer.\n\nIf you are a complete newbie when it comes to databases, I recommend checking out Code Academy. They offer a free online course that can help you get your head around how relational databases work. The course is quite basic, but is a useful hands-on approach to learning this topic.\nThis article provides a great explainer for the difference between the SQL and NoSQL databases, and this  Stackoverflow answer goes a little deeper into the subject of the two database types.\nIf you\u2019d like to learn more about NoSQL queries, I would recommend starting with this article on MongoDB queries. Unfortunately, there isn\u2019t one overall course as most NoSQL databases have their own syntax. \n\nYou may also have noticed that I haven\u2019t included other types of databases such as Graph or In-memory; it\u2019s worth focussing on the basics before going any deeper.\nPerformance on the web\nIf you build for the web today, it is important to understand how the browser receives and renders the content that you send it. I am pretty passionate about Web Performance, and hope that everyone can learn how to make websites faster and more efficient. It can be fun at the same time!\n\nSteve Souders High Performance Websites is the godfather of web performance books. While it was created a few years ago and many of the techniques might have changed slightly, it is the original book on the subject and set up many of the ground rules that we know about web performance today.\nA free online resource on this topic is the Google Developers website. The site is an up to date guide on the best web performance techniques for your site. It is definitely worth a read.\nThe network plays a key role in delivering data to your users, and it plays a big role in performance on the web. A fantastic book on this topic is Ilya Grigorik\u2019s High Performance Browser Networking. It is also available to read online at hpbn.co.\n\nUnderstand the end to end architecture of your software project\nI find that one of the best ways to improve my knowledge is to learn about the architecture of the software at the company I work at. It gives you a good understanding as to why things are designed the way they are, why certain decisions were made, and gives you an understanding of how you might do things differently with hindsight.\nTry and find someone more senior, such as a Technical Lead or Software Architect, at your company and ask them to explain the overall architecture and draw a few high-level diagrams for you. Not to mention that they will be impressed with your willingness to learn.\n\nI recommend reading Clean Architecture: A Craftsman\u2019s Guide to Software Structure and Design for more detail on this subject.\nFar too often, software projects can be over-engineered and over-architected, it is worth reading Just Enough Software Architecture. The book helps developers understand how the smallest of changes can affect the outcome of your software architecture.\n\nHow are things deployed\nA big part of creating software is actually shipping it! How is the software at your company released into the wild? Does your company do Continuous Integration? Continuous Deployment?\n\nEven if you answered no to any of these questions, it is worth finding someone with the knowledge in your company to explain these things to you. If it is not already documented, perhaps you could start a wiki to document everything you\u2019re learning about the system - this is a great way to level up and be appreciated and invaluable.\nA streamlined deployment process is a beautiful thing, and understanding how they work can help you grow your knowledge as a developer. \nContinuous Integration is a practical read on the ins and outs of implementing this deployment technique.\nDocker is another great tool to use when it comes to software deployment. It can be tricky at first to wrap your head around, but it is definitely worth learning about this great technology. The documentation on the website will teach and guide you on how to get started using Docker.\n\nWriting Tests\nTesting is an essential tool in the developer bag of skills. They help you to make big refactoring changes to your code, and feel a lot more confident knowing that your changes haven\u2019t broken anything. There are so many benefits to testing, which make it so important for developers at every level to become acquainted with it/them.\n\nThe book that started it all for me was Roy Osherove\u2019s The Art of Unit Testing. The code in the book is written in C#, but the principles apply to every language. It\u2019s a great, easy-to-understand read.\nAnother great read is How Google Tests Software and covers exactly what it says on the tin. It covers many different testing techniques such as exploratory, black box, white box, and acceptance testing and really helps you understand how large organisations test their code.\n\nSoft skills\nWhilst reading through this article, you\u2019ve probably noticed that a large chunk of it focusses on code and technical ability. Without a doubt, I\u2019d say that it is even more important to be a good teammate. If you look up the definition of soft skills in the dictionary, it is defined as \u201cpersonal attributes that enable someone to interact effectively and harmoniously with other people\u201d and I think that it sums this up perfectly. Working on your \u201csoft skills\u201d is something that can truly help you level up in your career. You may be the world\u2019s greatest coder, but if you colleagues can\u2019t get along with you, your coding skills won\u2019t matter!\nWhile you may not learn how to become the perfect co-worker overnight, I really try and live by the motto \u201cdon\u2019t be an arsehole\u201d. Think about how you like to be treated and then try and treat your co-workers with the same courtesy and respect. The next time you need to make a decision at work, ask yourself \u201cis this something an arsehole would do\u201d? If you answered yes to that question, you probably shouldn\u2019t do it!\nSummary\nLevelling up as a junior developer doesn\u2019t have to be scary. Focus on the fundamentals and they should hold you in good stead, regardless of the new things that come along. Software engineering is built on these great principles that have stood the test of time.\nWhilst researching for this article, I came across a useful Github repo that is worth mentioning. Things Every Programmer Should Know is packed with useful information. I have to admit, I didn\u2019t know everything on there!\nI hope that you have found this list helpful. Some of the topics I have mentioned might not be relevant for you at this stage in your career, but should give a nudge in the right direction. After all, knowledge is power!\nIf you are a junior developer reading this article, what would you add to it?", "year": "2017", "author": "Dean Hume", "author_slug": "deanhume", "published": "2017-12-05T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/levelling-up-for-junior-developers/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 121, "title": "Hide And Seek in The Head", "contents": "If you want your JavaScript-enhanced pages to remain accessible and understandable to scripted and noscript users alike, you have to think before you code. Which functionalities are required (ie. should work without JavaScript)? Which ones are merely nice-to-have (ie. can be scripted)? You should only start creating the site when you\u2019ve taken these decisions.\n\nSpecial HTML elements\n\nOnce you have a clear idea of what will work with and without JavaScript, you\u2019ll likely find that you need a few HTML elements for the noscript version only.\n\nTake this example: A form has a nifty bit of Ajax that automatically and silently sends a request once the user enters something in a form field. However, in order to preserve accessibility, the user should also be able to submit the form normally. So the form should have a submit button in noscript browsers, but not when the browser supports sufficient JavaScript.\n\nSince the button is meant for noscript browsers, it must be hard-coded in the HTML:\n\n<input type=\"submit\" value=\"Submit form\" id=\"noScriptButton\" />\n\nWhen JavaScript is supported, it should be removed:\n\nvar checkJS = [check JavaScript support];\nwindow.onload = function () {\n\tif (!checkJS) return;\n\tdocument.getElementById('noScriptButton').style.display = 'none';\n}\n\nProblem: the load event\n\nAlthough this will likely work fine in your testing environment, it\u2019s not completely correct. What if a user with a modern, JavaScript-capable browser visits your page, but has to wait for a huge graphic to load? The load event fires only after all assets, including images, have been loaded. So this user will first see a submit button, but then all of a sudden it\u2019s removed. That\u2019s potentially confusing.\n\nFortunately there\u2019s a simple solution: play a bit of hide and seek in the <head>:\n\nvar checkJS = [check JavaScript support];\nif (checkJS) {\n\tdocument.write('<style>#noScriptButton{display: none}</style>');\n}\n\nFirst, check if the browser supports enough JavaScript. If it does, document.write an extra <style> element that hides the button.\n\nThe difference with the previous technique is that the document.write command is outside any function, and is therefore executed while the JavaScript is being parsed. Thus, the #noScriptButton{display: none} rule is written into the document before the actual HTML is received.\n\nThat\u2019s exactly what we want. If the rule is already present at the moment the HTML for the submit button is received and parsed, the button is hidden immediately. Even if the user (and the load event) have to wait for a huge image, the button is already hidden, and both scripted and noscript users see the interface they need, without any potentially confusing flashes of useless content.\n\nIn general, if you want to hide content that\u2019s not relevant to scripted users, give the hide command in CSS, and make sure it\u2019s given before the HTML element is loaded and parsed.\n\nAlternative\n\nSome people won\u2019t like to use document.write. They could also add an empty <link /> element to the <head> and give it an href attribute once the browser\u2019s JavaScript capabilities have been evaluated. The <link /> element is made to refer to a style sheet that contains the crucial #noScriptButton{display: none}, and everything works fine.\n\nImportant note: The script needs access to the <link />, and the only way to ensure that access is to include the empty <link /> element before your <script> tag.", "year": "2006", "author": "Peter-Paul Koch", "author_slug": "ppk", "published": "2006-12-06T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/hide-and-seek-in-the-head/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 79, "title": "Responsive Images: What We Thought We Needed", "contents": "If you were to read a web designer\u2019s Christmas wish list, it would likely include a solution for displaying images responsively. For those concerned about users downloading unnecessary image data, or serving images that look blurry on high resolution displays, finding a solution has become a frustrating quest.\n\nHaving experimented with complex and sometimes devilish hacks, consensus is forming around defining new standards that could solve this problem. Two approaches have emerged.\n\nThe <picture> element markup pattern was proposed by Mat Marquis and is now being developed by the Responsive Images Community Group. By providing a means of declaring multiple sources, authors could use media queries to control which version of an image is displayed and under what conditions:\n\n<picture width=\"500\" height=\"500\">\n  <source media=\"(min-width: 45em)\" src=\"large.jpg\">\n  <source media=\"(min-width: 18em)\" src=\"med.jpg\">\n  <source src=\"small.jpg\">\n  <img src=\"small.jpg\" alt=\"\">\n  <p>Accessible text</p>\n</picture>\n\nA second proposal put forward by Apple, the srcset attribute, uses a more concise syntax intended for use with the <img> element, although it could be compatible with the <picture> element too. This would allow authors to provide a set of images, but with the decision on which to use left to the browser:\n\n<img src=\"fallback.jpg\" alt=\"\" srcset=\"small.jpg 640w 1x, small-hd.jpg 640w 2x, med.jpg 1x, med-hd.jpg 2x \">\n\nEnter Scrooge\n\n\n\tMen\u2019s courses will foreshadow certain ends, to which, if persevered in, they must lead.\nEbenezer Scrooge\n\n\nGiven the complexity of this issue, there\u2019s a heated debate about which is the best option. Yet code belies a certain truth. That both feature verbose and opaque syntax, I\u2019m not sure either should find its way into the browser \u2013 especially as alternative approaches have yet to be fully explored.\n\nSo, as if to dampen the festive cheer, here are five reasons why I believe both proposals are largely redundant.\n\n1. We need better formats, not more markup\n\nAs we move away from designs defined with fixed pixel values, bitmap images look increasingly unsuitable. While simple images and iconography can use scalable vector formats like SVG, for detailed photographic imagery, raster formats like GIF, PNG and JPEG remain the only suitable option.\n\nThere is scope within current formats to account for varying bandwidth but this requires cooperation from browser vendors. Newer formats like JPEG2000 and WebP generate higher quality images with smaller file sizes, but aren\u2019t widely supported.\n\nWhile it\u2019s tempting to try to solve this issue by inventing new markup, the crux of it remains at the file level.\n\nDaan Jobsis\u2019s experimentation with image compression strengthens this argument. He discovered that by increasing the dimensions of a JPEG image while simultaneously reducing its quality, a smaller files could be produced, with the resulting image looking just as good on both standard and high-resolution displays.\n\nThis may be a hack in lieu of a more permanent solution, but it\u2019s applied in the right place. Easy to accomplish with existing tools and without compatibility issues, it has few downsides. Further experimentation in this area should be encouraged, with standardisation efforts more helpful if focused on developing new image formats or, preferably, extending existing ones.\n\n2. Art direction doesn\u2019t belong in markup\n\nA desired benefit of the <picture> markup pattern is to allow for greater art direction. For example, rather than scaling down images on smaller displays to the point that their content is hard to discern, we could present closer crops instead:\n\n\n\nThis can be achieved with CSS of course, although with a download penalty for those parts of an image not shown. This point may be negligible, however, since in the context of adaptable layouts, these hidden areas may end up being revealed anyway.\n\nArt direction concerns design, not content. If we wish to maintain a separation of concerns, including presentation within our markup seems misguided.\n\n3. The size of a display has little relation to the size of an image\n\nBy using media queries, the <picture> element allows authors to choose which characteristics of the screen or viewport to query for different images to be displayed.\n\nIn developing sites at Clearleft, we have noticed that the viewport is essentially arbitrary, with the size of an image\u2019s containing element more important. For example, look at how this grid of images may adapt at different viewport widths:\n\n\n\nAs we build more modular systems, components need to be adaptable in and of themselves. There is a case to be made for developing more contextual methods of querying, rather than those based on attributes of the display.\n\n4. We haven\u2019t lived with the problem long enough\n\nA key strength of the web is that the underlying platform can be continually iterated. This can also be problematic if snap judgements are made about what constitutes an improvement.\n\nThe early history of the web is littered with such examples, be it the perceived need for blinking text or inline typographic styling. To build a platform for the future, additions to it should be carefully considered. And if we want more consistent support across browsers, burdening vendors with an ever increasing list of features seems counterproductive.\n\nOnly once the need for a new feature is sufficiently proven, should we look to standardise it. Before we could declare hover effects, rounded corners and typographic styling in CSS, we used JavaScript as a polyfill. Sure, doing so was painful, but use cases were fully explored, and the CSS specification better reflected the needs of authors.\n\n5. Images and the web aesthetic\n\nThe srcset proposal has emerged from a company that markets its phones as being able to browse the real \u2013 yet squashed down, tapped and zoomable \u2013 web. Perhaps Apple should make its own website responsive before suggesting how the rest of us should do so.\n\nConverserly, while the <picture> proposal has the backing of a few respected developers and designers, it was born out of the work Mat Marquis and Filament Group did for the Boston Globe. As the first large-scale responsive design, this was a landmark project that ignited the responsive web design movement and proved its worth. But it was the first.\n\nIts design shares a vernacular to that of contemporary newspaper websites, with a columnar, image-laden and densely packed layout. Compared to more recent examples \u2013 Quartz, The Next Web and the New York Times Skimmer \u2013 it feels out of step with the future direction of news sites. In seeking out a truer aesthetic for the web in which software interfaces have greater influence, we might discover that the need for responsive images isn\u2019t as great as originally thought.\n\n\n\nBuilding for the future\n\nWith responsive design, we\u2019ve accepted the idea that a fully fluid layout, rather than a set of fixed layouts, is best suited to the web\u2019s unpredictable nature. Current responsive image proposals are antithetical to this approach.\n\nWe need solutions that lack complexity, are device-agnostic and work within existing workflows. Any proposal that requires different versions of the same image to be created, is likely to have to acquiesce under the pressure of reality.\n\nWhile it\u2019s easy to get distracted about the size and quality of an image, and how we might choose to serve it, often the simplest solution is not to include it at all. After years of gluttonous design practice, in which fast connections and expansive display sizes were an accepted norm, we have got use to filling pages with needless images and countless items of page furniture.\n\nTo design more adaptable experiences, the presence of every element needs to be questioned, for its existence requires additional data to be downloaded or futher complexity within a design system. Conditional loading techniques mean that the inclusion of images is no longer a binary choice, but can instead appear in a progressively enhanced manner.\n\nSo here is my proposal. Instead of spending the next year worrying about responsive images, let\u2019s embrace the constraints of the medium, and seek out new solutions that can work within them.", "year": "2012", "author": "Paul Lloyd", "author_slug": "paulrobertlloyd", "published": "2012-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/responsive-images-what-we-thought-we-needed/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 308, "title": "How to Make a Chrome Extension to Delight (or Troll) Your Friends", "contents": "If you\u2019re like me, you grew up drawing mustaches on celebrities. Every photograph was subject to your doodling wrath, and your brilliance was taken to a whole new level with computer programs like Microsoft Paint. The advent of digital cameras meant that no one was safe from your handiwork, especially not your friends. And when you finally got your hands on Photoshop, you spent hours maniacally giggling at your artistic genius. \nBut today is different. You\u2019re a serious adult with important things to do and a reputation to uphold. You keep up with modern web techniques and trends, and have little time for fun other than a random Giphy on Slack\u2026 right? \nNope. \nIf there\u2019s one thing 2016 has taught me, it\u2019s that we\u2014the self-serious, world-changing tech movers and shakers of the universe\u2014haven\u2019t changed one bit from our younger, more delightable selves.\nHow do I know? This year I created a Chrome extension called Tabby Cat and watched hundreds of thousands of people ditch productivity for randomly generated cats. Tabby Cat replaces your new tab page with an SVG cat featuring a silly name like \u201cStinky Dinosaur\u201d or \u201cTiny Potato\u201d. Over time, the cats collect goodies that vary in absurdity from fishbones to lawn flamingos to Raybans. Kids and adults alike use this extension, and analytics show the majority of use happens Monday through Friday from 9-5. The popularity of Tabby Cat has convinced me there\u2019s still plenty of room in our big, grown-up hearts for fun.\n\n\nToday, we\u2019re going to combine the formula behind Tabby Cat with your intrinsic desire to delight (or troll) your friends, and create a web app that generates your friends with random objects and environments of your choosing. You can publish it as a Chrome extension to replace your new tab, or simply host it as a website and point to it with the New Tab Redirect extension. \nHere\u2019s a sneak peek at my final result featuring my partner, my cat, and I in cheerfully weird accessories. Your result will look however you want it to.\n\nAlong the way, we\u2019ll cover how to build a Chrome extension that replaces the new tab page, and explore ways to program randomness into your work to create something truly delightful. \nWhat you\u2019ll need\n\nAdobe Illustrator (or a similar illustration program to export PNG)\nSome images of your friends\nA text editor\n\nNote: This can be as simple or as complex as you want it to be. Most of the application is pre-built so you can focus on kicking back and getting in touch with your creative side. If you want to dive in deeper, you\u2019ll find ways to do it.\nGetting started\n\nDownload a local copy of the boilerplate for today\u2019s tutorial here, and open it in a text editor. Inside, you\u2019ll find a simple web app that you can run in Chrome. \nOpen index.html in Chrome. You should see a grey page that says \u201cNoname\u201d.\nOpen template.pdf in Adobe Illustrator or a similar program that can export PNG. The file contains an artboard measuring 800px x 800px, with a dotted blue outline of a face. This is your template.\n\nNote: We\u2019re using Google Chrome to build and preview this application because the end-result is a Chrome extension. This means that the application isn\u2019t totally cross-browser compatible, but that\u2019s okay.\nStep 1: Gather your friends\nThe first thing to do is choose who your muses are. Since the holidays are upon us, I\u2019d suggest finding inspiration in your family.\nCreate your artwork\nFor each person, find an image where their face is pointed as forward as possible. Place the image onto the Artwork layer of the Illustrator file, and line up their face with the template. Then, rename the artboard something descriptive like face_bob. Here\u2019s my crew:\nAs you can see, my use of the word \u201cfamily\u201d extends to cats. There\u2019s no judgement here.\nNotice that some of my photos don\u2019t completely fill the artboard\u2013that\u2019s fine. The images will be clipped into ovals when they\u2019re rendered in the application.\nNow, export your images by following these steps:\n\nTurn the Template layer off and export the images as PNGs. \nIn the Export dialog, tick the \u201cUse Artboards\u201d checkbox and enter the range with your faces. \nExport at 72ppi to keep things running fast. \nSave your images into the images/ folder in your project.\n\nAdd your images to config.js\nOpen scripts/config.js. This is where you configure your extension. \nAdd key value pairs to the faces object. The key should be the person\u2019s name, and the value should be the filepath to the image.\nfaces: {\n    leslie: 'images/face_leslie.png',\n    kyle: 'images/face_kyle.png',\n    beep: 'images/face_beep.png'\n}\nThe application will choose one of these options at random each time you open a new tab. This pattern is used for everything in the config file. You give the application groups of choices, and it chooses one at random each time it loads. The only thing that\u2019s special about the faces object is that person\u2019s name will also be displayed when their face is chosen.\nNow, when you refresh the project in Chrome, you should see one of your friends along with their name, like this:\n\nCongrats, you\u2019re off and running!\nStep 2: Add adjectives\nNow that you\u2019ve loaded your friends into the application, it\u2019s time to call them names. This step definitely yields the most laughs for the least amount of effort.\nAdd a list of adjectives into the prefixes array in config.js. To get the words flowing, I took inspiration from ways I might describe some of my relatives during a holiday gathering\u2026\nprefixes: [\n    'Loving',\n    'Drunk',\n    'Chatty',\n    'Merry',\n    'Creepy',\n    'Introspective',\n    'Cheerful',\n    'Awkward',\n    'Unrelatable',\n    'Hungry',\n    ...\n]\nWhen you refresh Chrome, you should see one of these words prefixed before your friend\u2019s name. Voila!\n\nStep 3: Choose your color palette\nReal talk: I\u2019m bad at choosing color palettes, so I have a trick up my sleeve that I want to share with you. If you\u2019ve been blessed with the gift of color aptitude, skip ahead.\nHow to choose colors\nTo create a color palette, I start by going to a Coolors.co, and I hit the spacebar until I find a palette that I like. We need a wide gamut of hues for our palette, so lock down colors you like and keep hitting the spacebar until you find a nice, full range. You can use as many or as few colors as you like.\nCopy these colors into your swatches in Adobe Illustrator. They\u2019ll be the base for any illustrations you create later.\nNow you need a set of background colors. Here\u2019s my trick to making these consistent with your illustration palette without completely blending in. Use the \u201cAdjust Palette\u201d tool in Coolors to dial up the brightness a few notches, and the saturation down just a tad to remove any neon effect. These will be your background colors.\n\nAdd your background colors to config.js\nCopy your hex codes into the bgColors array in config.js.\nbgColors: [\n    '#FFDD77',\n    '#FF8E72',\n    '#ED5E84',\n    '#4CE0B3',\n    '#9893DA',\n    ...\n]\nNow when you go back to Chrome and refresh the page, you\u2019ll see your new palette!\n\nStep 4: Accessorize\nThis is the fun part. We\u2019re going to illustrate objects, accessories, lizards\u2014whatever you want\u2014and layer them on top of your friends.\nYour objects will be categorized into groups, and one option from each group will be randomly chosen each time you load the page. Think of a group like \u201chats\u201d or \u201cglasses\u201d. This will allow combinations of accessories to show at once, without showing two of the same type on the same person.\nCreate a group of accessories\nTo get started, open up Illustrator and create a new artboard out of the template. Think of a group of objects that you can riff on. I found hats to be a good place to start. If you don\u2019t feel like illustrating, you can use cut-out images instead.\n\nNext, follow the same steps as you did when you exported the faces. Here they are again:\n\nTurn the Template layer off and export the images as PNGs. \nIn the Export dialog, tick the \u201cUse Artboards\u201d checkbox and enter the range with your hats. \nExport at 72ppi to keep things running fast. \nSave your images into the images/ folder in your project.\n\nAdd your accessories to config.js\nIn config.js, add a new key to the customProps object that describes the group of accessories that you just created. Its value should be an array of the filepaths to your images. This is my hats array:\ncustomProps: {\n    hats: [     \n        'images/hat_crown.png',\n        'images/hat_santa.png',\n        'images/hat_tophat.png',\n        'images/hat_antlers.png'\n    ]\n}\nRefresh Chrome and behold, accessories!\n\nCreate as many more accessories as you want\nRepeat the steps above to create as many groups of accessories as you want. I went on to make glasses and hairstyles, so my final illustrator file looks like this:\n\nThe last step is adding your new groups to the config object. List your groups in the order that you want them to be stacked in the DOM. My final output will be hair, then hats, then glasses:\ncustomProps: {\n    hair: [     \n        'images/hair_bowl.png',\n        'images/hair_bob.png'\n    ],  \n    hats: [     \n        'images/hat_crown.png',\n        'images/hat_santa.png',\n        'images/hat_tophat.png',\n        'images/hat_antlers.png'\n    ],\n    glasses: [\n        'images/glasses_aviators.png',\n        'images/glasses_monacle.png'\n    ]\n}\nAnd, there you have it! Randomly generated friends with random accessories. \n\nFeel free to go much crazier than I did. I considered adding a whole group of animals in celebration of the new season of Planet Earth, or even adding Sir David Attenborough himself, or doing a bit of role reversal and featuring the animals with little safari hats! But I digress\u2026\nStep 5: Publish it\nIt\u2019s time to put this in your new tabs! You have two options:\n\nPublish it as a Chrome extension in the Chrome Web Store.\nHost it as a website and point to it with the New Tab Redirect extension.\n\nToday, we\u2019re going to cover Option #1 because I want to show you how to make the simplest Chrome extension possible. However, I recommend Option #2 if you want to keep your project private. Every Chrome extension that you publish is made publicly available, so unless your friends want their faces published to an extension that anyone can use, I\u2019d suggest sticking to Option #2.\nHow to make a simple Chrome extension to replace the new tab page\nAll you need to do to make your project into a Chrome extension is add a manifest.json file to the root of your project with the following contents. There are plenty of other properties that you can add to your manifest file, but these are the only ones that are required for a new tab replacement:\n{\n    \"manifest_version\": 2,\n    \"name\": \"Your extension name\",\n    \"version\": \"1.0\",\n    \"chrome_url_overrides\" : {\n        \"newtab\": \"index.html\"\n    }\n}\nTo test your extension, you\u2019ll need to run it in Developer Mode. Here\u2019s how to do that:\n\nGo to the Extensions page in Chrome by navigating to chrome://extensions/.\nTick the checkbox in the upper-right corner labelled \u201cDeveloper Mode\u201d.\nClick \u201cLoad unpacked extension\u2026\u201d and select this project.\nIf everything is running smoothly, you should see your project when you open a new tab. If there are any errors, they should appear in a yellow box on the Extensions page.\n\nVoila! Like I said, this is a very light example of a Chrome extension, but Google has tons of great documentation on how to take things further. Check it out and see what inspires you.\nShare the love\nNow that you know how to make a new tab extension, go forth and create! But wield your power responsibly. New tabs are opened so often that they\u2019ve become a part of everyday life\u2013just consider how many tabs you opened today. Some people prefer to-do lists in their tabs, and others prefer cats. \nAt the end of the day, let\u2019s make something that makes us happy. Cheers!", "year": "2016", "author": "Leslie Zacharkow", "author_slug": "lesliezacharkow", "published": "2016-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/how-to-make-a-chrome-extension/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 138, "title": "Rounded Corner Boxes the CSS3 Way", "contents": "If you\u2019ve been doing CSS for a while you\u2019ll know that there are approximately 3,762 ways to create a rounded corner box. The simplest techniques rely on the addition of extra mark-up directly to your page, while the more complicated ones add the mark-up though DOM manipulation. While these techniques are all very interesting, they do seem somewhat of a kludge. The goal of CSS is to separate structure from presentation, yet here we are adding superfluous mark-up to our code in order to create a visual effect. The reason we are doing this is simple. CSS2.1 only allows a single background image per element.\n\nThankfully this looks set to change with the addition of multiple background images into the CSS3 specification. With CSS3 you\u2019ll be able to add not one, not four, but eight background images to a single element. This means you\u2019ll be able to create all kinds of interesting effects without the need of those additional elements.\n\nWhile the CSS working group still seem to be arguing over the exact syntax, Dave Hyatt went ahead and implemented the currently suggested mechanism into Safari. The technique is fiendishly simple, and I think we\u2019ll all be a lot better off once the W3C stop arguing over the details and allow browser vendors to get on and provide the tools we need to build better websites.\n\nTo create a CSS3 rounded corner box, simply start with your box element and apply your 4 corner images, separated by commas.\n\n.box {\n\tbackground-image: url(top-left.gif), url(top-right.gif), url(bottom-left.gif), url(bottom-right.gif);\n}\n\nWe don\u2019t want these background images to repeat, which is the normal behaviour, so lets set all their background-repeat properties to no-repeat.\n\n.box {\n\tbackground-image: url(top-left.gif), url(top-right.gif), url(bottom-left.gif), url(bottom-right.gif);\n\tbackground-repeat: no-repeat, no-repeat, no-repeat, no-repeat;\n}\n\nLastly, we need to define the positioning of each corner image.\n\n.box {\n\tbackground-image: url(top-left.gif), url(top-right.gif), url(bottom-left.gif), url(bottom-right.gif);\n\tbackground-repeat: no-repeat, no-repeat, no-repeat, no-repeat;\n\tbackground-position: top left, top right, bottom left, bottom right;\n}\n\nAnd there we have it, a simple rounded corner box with no additional mark-up.\n\nAs well as using multiple background images, CSS3 also has the ability to create rounded corners without the need of any images at all. You can do this by setting the border-radius property to your desired value as seen in the next example.\n\n.box {\n\tborder-radius: 1.6em;\n}\n\nThis technique currently works in Firefox/Camino and creates a nice, if somewhat jagged rounded corner. If you want to create a box that works in both Mozilla and WebKit based browsers, why not combine both techniques and see what happens.", "year": "2006", "author": "Andy Budd", "author_slug": "andybudd", "published": "2006-12-04T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/rounded-corner-boxes-the-css3-way/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 209, "title": "Feeding the Audio Graph", "contents": "In 2004, I was given an iPod.\nI count this as one of the most intuitive pieces of technology I\u2019ve ever owned.  It wasn\u2019t because of the the snazzy (colour!) menus or circular touchpad.  I loved how smoothly it fitted into my life. I could plug in my headphones and listen to music while I was walking around town.  Then when I got home, I could plug it into an amplifier and carry on listening there.\nThere was no faff. It didn\u2019t matter if I could find my favourite mix tape, or if my WiFi was flakey - it was all just there.\nNowadays, when I\u2019m trying to pair my phone with some Bluetooth speakers, or can\u2019t find my USB-to-headphone jack, or even access any music because I don\u2019t have cellular reception; I really miss this simplicity.\nThe Web Audio API\nI think the Web Audio API feels kind of like my iPod did.\nIt\u2019s different from most browser APIs - rather than throwing around data, or updating DOM elements - you plug together a graph of audio nodes, which the browser uses to generate, process, and play sounds.\nThe thing I like about it is that you can totally plug it into whatever you want, and it\u2019ll mostly just work.\nSo, let\u2019s get started. First of all we want an audio source.\n<audio src=\"night-owl.mp3\" controls />\n\n(Song - Night Owl by Broke For Free)\nThis totally works. However, it\u2019s not using the Web Audio API, so we can\u2019t access or modify the sound it makes.\nTo hook this up to our audio graph, we can use an AudioSourceNode.  This captures the sound from the element, and lets us connect to other nodes in a graph.\nconst audioCtx = new AudioContext()\n\nconst audio = document.querySelector('audio')\nconst input = audioCtx.createAudioSourceNode(audio)\n\ninput.connect(audioCtx.destination)\n\nGreat. We\u2019ve made something that looks and sounds exactly the same as it did before. Go us.\nGain\nLet\u2019s plug in a GainNode - this allows you to alter the amplitude (volume) of an an audio stream.\nWe can hook this node up to an <input> element by setting the gain property of the node.  (The syntax for this is kind of weird because it\u2019s an AudioParam which has options to set values at precise intervals).\nconst node = audioCtx.createGain()\n\nconst input = document.querySelector('input')\ninput.oninput = () => node.gain.value = parseFloat(input.value)\n\ninput.connect(node)\nnode.connect(audioCtx.destination)\n\nYou can now see a range input, which can be dragged to update the state of our graph. This input could be any kind of element, so now you\u2019ll be free to build the volume control of your dreams.\nThere\u2019s a number of nodes that let you modify/filter an audio stream in more interesting ways.  Head over to the MDN Web Audio page for a list of them.\nAnalysers\nSomething else we can add to our graph is an AnalyserNode. This doesn\u2019t modify the audio at all, but allows us to inspect the sounds that are flowing through it. We can put this into our graph between our AudioSourceNode and the GainNode.\nconst analyser = audioCtx.createAnalyser()\n\ninput.connect(analyser)\nanalyser.connect(gain)\ngain.connect(audioCtx.destination)\nAnd now we have an analyser. We can access it from elsewhere to drive any kind of visuals.  For instance, if we wanted to draw lines on a canvas we could totally do that:\nconst waveform = new Uint8Array(analyser.fftSize)\nconst frequencies = new Uint8Array(analyser.frequencyBinCount)\nconst ctx = canvas.getContext('2d')\n\nconst loop = () => {\n    requestAnimationFrame(loop)\n    analyser.getByteTimeDomainData(waveform)\n    analyser.getByteFrequencyData(frequencies)\n\n    ctx.beginPath()\n    waveform.forEach((f, i) => ctx.lineTo(i, f))\n    ctx.lineTo(0,255)\n    frequencies.forEach((f, i) => ctx.lineTo(i, 255-f))\n    ctx.stroke()\n}\nloop()\n\nYou can see that we have two arrays of data available (I added colours for clarity):\n\nThe waveform - the raw samples of the audio being played.\nThe frequencies - a fourier transform of the audio passing through the node.\n\nWhat\u2019s cool about this is that you\u2019re not tied to any specific functionality of the Web Audio API.  If it\u2019s possible for you to update something with an array of numbers, then you can just apply it to the output of the analyser node.\nFor instance, if we wanted to, we could definitely animate a list of emoji in time with our music.\nspans.forEach(\n  (s, i) => s.style.transform = `scale(${1 + (frequencies[i]/100)})`\n)\n\n\ud83d\udd08\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfba\ud83c\udfb7\ud83d\udcef\ud83c\udfb6\ud83d\udd0a\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfba\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfbc\ud83c\udfb7\ud83c\udfba\ud83c\udfbb\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfbb\ud83c\udfba\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfb6\ud83e\udd41\ud83c\udfb6\ud83c\udfb5\ud83c\udfb5\ud83c\udfb7\ud83d\udcef\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfb9\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfb7\ud83c\udfbb\ud83c\udfb7\ud83d\udd08\ud83d\udd0a\ud83d\udcef\ud83c\udfbc\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfb5\ud83c\udfbc\ud83d\udcef\ud83e\udd41\ud83c\udfbb\ud83c\udfbb\ud83c\udfa4\ud83d\udd09\ud83c\udfb5\ud83c\udfb9\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfb7\ud83d\udd09\ud83d\udd08\ud83d\udd09\ud83c\udfb7\ud83c\udfb6\ud83d\udd08\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfbb\ud83c\udfa4\ud83e\udd41\ud83c\udfbc\ud83d\udcef\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfbc\ud83c\udfb8\ud83e\udd41\ud83c\udfbc\ud83c\udfb6\ud83c\udfb6\ud83e\udd41\ud83c\udfa4\ud83d\udd0a\ud83c\udfb7\ud83d\udd0a\ud83d\udd08\ud83c\udfba\ud83d\udd0a\ud83c\udfbb\ud83c\udfb5\ud83c\udfbb\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfb5\ud83c\udfba\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfb7\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfb6\ud83c\udfbc\ud83d\udcef\ud83d\udd08\ud83c\udfba\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfb5\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfb8\ud83d\udd0a\ud83c\udfb6\ud83c\udfa4\ud83e\udd41\ud83c\udfb5\ud83c\udfb9\ud83c\udfb8\ud83d\udd08\ud83c\udfbb\ud83d\udd09\ud83e\udd41\ud83d\udd09\ud83c\udfba\ud83d\udd0a\ud83c\udfb9\ud83e\udd41\ud83c\udfb7\ud83d\udcef\ud83c\udfb7\ud83c\udfb7\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfb8\ud83d\udd09\ud83c\udfb9\ud83c\udfb7\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfba\ud83c\udfbc\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfbc\ud83c\udfb6\ud83c\udfb7\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfb7\ud83d\udcef\ud83d\udcef\ud83c\udfbb\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfb7\ud83d\udcef\ud83c\udfb9\ud83d\udd08\ud83c\udfb5\ud83c\udfb9\ud83c\udfbc\ud83d\udd0a\ud83d\udd09\ud83d\udd09\ud83d\udd08\ud83c\udfb6\ud83c\udfb8\ud83e\udd41\ud83c\udfba\ud83d\udd08\ud83c\udfb7\ud83c\udfb5\ud83d\udd09\ud83e\udd41\ud83c\udfb7\ud83c\udfb9\ud83c\udfb7\ud83d\udd0a\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfa4\ud83d\udd0a\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfa4\ud83c\udfb9\ud83c\udfb8\ud83c\udfb9\ud83d\udd09\ud83c\udfb7\n\n\nGenerating Audio\nSo far, we\u2019ve been using the <audio> element as a source of sound.\nThere\u2019s a few other sources of audio that we can use.  We\u2019ll look at the AudioBufferNode - which allows you to manually generate a sound sample, and then connect it to our graph.\nFirst we have to create an AudioBuffer, which holds our raw data, then we pass that to an AudioBufferNode which we can then treat just like our AudioSource node. This can get a bit boring, so we\u2019ll use a helper method that makes it simpler to generate sounds.\nconst generator = (audioCtx, target) => (seconds, fn) => {\n  const { sampleRate } = audioCtx\n\n  const buffer = audioCtx.createBuffer(\n      1, sampleRate * seconds, sampleRate\n  )\n  const data = buffer.getChannelData(0)\n\n  for (var i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {\n    data[i] = fn(i / sampleRate, seconds)\n  }\n\n  return () => {\n    const source = audioCtx.createBufferSource()\n    source.buffer = audioBuffer\n\n    source.connect(target || audioCtx.destination)\n    source.start()  \n  }\n}\n\nconst sound = generator(audioCtx, gain)\nOur wrapper will let us provide a function that maps time (in seconds) to a sample (between 1 and -1). This generates a waveform, like we saw before with the analyser node.\nFor example, the following will generate 0.75 seconds of white noise at 20% volume.\nconst noise = sound(0.75, t => Math.random() * 0.2)\n\nbutton.onclick = noise\n\nNoise\n\n\nNow we\u2019ve got a noisy button! Handy.\nRather than having a static set of audio nodes, each time we click the button, we add a new node to our graph. Although this feels inefficient, it\u2019s not actually too bad - the browser can do a good job of cleaning up old nodes once they\u2019ve played.\nAn interesting property of defining sounds as functions is that we can combine multiple function to generate new sounds. So if we wanted to fade our noise in and out, we could write a higher order function that does that.\nconst ease = fn => (t, s) =>\n  fn(t) * Math.sin((t / s) * Math.PI)\n\nconst noise = sound(0.75, ease(t => Math.random() * 0.2))\n\nease(noise)\n\n\nAnd we can do more than just white noise - if we use Math.sin, we can generate some nice pure tones.\n// Math.sin with period of 0..1\nconst wave = v => Math.sin(Math.PI * 2 * v)\nconst hz = f => t => wave(t * f)\n\nconst _440hz = sound(0.75, ease(hz(440)))\nconst _880hz = sound(0.75, ease(hz(880)))\n\n440Hz\n880Hz\n\n\nWe can also make our functions more complex. Below we\u2019re combining several frequencies to make a richer sounding tone.\nconst harmony = f => [4, 3, 2, 1].reduce(\n    (v, h, i) => (sin(f * h) * (i+1) ) + v\n)\n\nconst a440 = sound(0.75, ease(harmony(440)))\n\n440Hz\n880Hz\n\n\nCool.\nWe\u2019re still not using any audio-specific functionality, so we can repurpose anything that does an operation on data. For example, we can use d3.js - usually used for interactive data visualisations - to generate a triangular waveform.\nconst triangle = d3.scaleLinear()\n    .domain([0, .5,  1])\n    .range([-1,  1, -1])\n\nconst wave = t => triangle(t % 1)\n\nconst a440 = sound(0.75, ease(harmony(440)))\n\n440Hz\n880Hz\n\n\nIt\u2019s pretty interesting to play around with different functions. I\u2019ve plonked everything in jsbin if you want to have a play yourself.\nA departure from best practice\nWe\u2019ve been generating our audio from scratch, but most of what we\u2019ve looked at can be implemented by a series of native Web Audio nodes. This would be way performant (because it\u2019s not happening on the main thread), and more flexible in some ways (because you can set timings dynamically whilst the note is playing). But we\u2019re going to stay with this approach because it\u2019s fun, and sometimes the fun thing to do might not technically be the best thing to do.\nMaking a keyboard\nHaving a button that makes a sound is totally great, but how about lots of buttons that make lots of sounds?  Yup, totally greater-er.\nThe first thing we need to know is the frequency of each note. I thought this would be awkward because pianos were invented more than 250 years before the Hz unit was defined, so surely there wouldn\u2019t be a simple mapping between the two?\nconst freq = note => 27.5 * Math.pow(2, (note - 21) / 12)\nThis equation blows my mind; I\u2019d never really figured how tightly music and maths fit together.  When you see a chord or melody, you can directly map it back to a mathematical pattern.\nOur keyboard is actually an SVG picture of a keyboard, so we can traverse the elements of it and map each element to a sound generated by one of the functions that we came up with before.\nArray.from(svg.querySelector('rect'))\n  .sort((a, b) => + a.x - b.x)\n  .forEach((key, i) =>\n    key.addEventListener('touchstart',\n      sound(0.75, ease(harmony(freq(i + 48))))\n    )\n  )\n\nrect {stroke: #ddd;}\nrect:hover {opacity: 0.8; stroke: #000}\n\nEt voil\u00e0. We have a keyboard.\nWhat I like about this is that it\u2019s completely pure - there\u2019s no lookup tables or hardcoded attributes; we\u2019ve just defined a mapping from SVG elements to the sound they should probably make.\nDoing better in the future\nAs I mentioned before, this could be implemented more performantly with Web Audio nodes, or even better - use something like Tone.js to be performant for you.\nWeb Audio has been around for a while, though we\u2019re getting new challenges with immersive WebXR experiences, where spatial audio becomes really important. There\u2019s also always support and API improvements (if you like AudioBufferNode, you\u2019re going to love AudioWorklet)\nConclusion\nAnd that\u2019s about it. Web Audio isn\u2019t some black box, you can easily link it with whatever framework, or UI that you\u2019ve built (whether you should is an entirely different question).\nIf anyone ever asks you \u201ccould you turn this SVG into a musical instrument?\u201d you don\u2019t have to stare blankly at them any more.\n(function(a,c){var b=a.createElement(\"script\");if(!(\"noModule\"in b)&&\"on\"+c in b){var d=!1;a.addEventListener(c,function(a){if(a.target===b)d=!0;else if(!a.target.hasAttribute(\"nomodule\")||!d)return;a.preventDefault()},!0);b.type=\"module\";b.src=\".\";a.head.appendChild(b);b.remove()}})(document,\"beforeload\");", "year": "2017", "author": "Ben Foxall", "author_slug": "benfoxall", "published": "2017-12-17T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/feeding-the-audio-graph/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 306, "title": "What next for CSS Grid Layout?", "contents": "In 2012 I wrote an article for 24 ways detailing a new CSS Specification that had caught my eye, at the time with an implementation only in Internet Explorer. What I didn\u2019t realise at the time was that CSS Grid Layout was to become a theme on which I would base the next four years of research, experimentation, writing and speaking. \nAs I write this article in December 2016, we are looking forward to CSS Grid Layout being shipped in Chrome and Firefox. What will ship early next year in those browsers is expanded and improved from the early implementation I explored in 2012. Over the last four years the spec has been developed as part of the CSS Working Group process, and has had input from browser engineers, specification writers and web developers. Use cases have been discussed, and features added.\nThe CSS Grid Layout specification is now a Candidate Recommendation. This status means the spec is to all intents and purposes, finished. The discussions now happening are on fine implementation details, and not new feature ideas. It makes sense to draw a line under a specification in order that browser vendors can ship complete, interoperable implementations. That approach is good for all of us, it makes development far easier if we know that a browser supports all of the features of a specification, rather than working out which bits are supported. However it doesn\u2019t mean that works stops here, and that new use cases and features can\u2019t be proposed for future levels of Grid Layout. Therefore, in this article I\u2019m going to take a look at some of the things I think grid layout could do in the future. I would love for these thoughts to prompt you to think about how Grid - or any CSS specification - could better suit the use cases you have.\nSubgrid - the missing feature of Level 1\nThe implementation of CSS Grid Layout in Chrome, Firefox and Webkit is comparable and very feature complete. There is however one standout feature that has not been implemented in any browser as yet - subgrid. Once you set the value of the display property to grid, any direct children of that element become grid items. This is similar to the way that flexbox behaves, set display: flex and all direct children become flex items. The behaviour does not apply to children of those items. You can nest grids, just as you can nest flex containers, but the child grids have no relationship to the parent.\n\nNesting Grids by Rachel Andrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\nThe subgrid behaviour would enable the grid defined on the parent to be used by the children. I feel this would be most useful when working with a multiple column flexible grid - for example a typical 12 column grid. I could define a grid on a wrapper, then position UI elements on that grid - from the major structural elements of my page down through the child elements to a form where I wanted the field to line up with items above.\nThe specification contained an initial description of subgrid, with a value of subgrid for grid-template-columns and grid-template-rows, you can read about this in the August 2015 Working Draft. This version of the specification would have meant you could declare a subgrid in one dimension only, and create a different set of tracks in the other.\nIn an attempt to get some implementation of subgrid, a revised specification was proposed earlier this year. This gives a single subgrid value of the display property. As we now cannot specify a subgrid on rows OR columns this limits us to have a subgrid that works in two dimensions. At this point neither version has been implemented by anyone, and subgrids are marked as \u201cat risk\u201d in the Level 1 Candidate Recommendation. With regard to \u2018at-risk\u2019 this is explained as follows:\n\n\u201c\u2018At-risk\u2019 is a W3C Process term-of-art, and does not necessarily imply that the feature is in danger of being dropped or delayed. It means that the WG believes the feature may have difficulty being interoperably implemented in a timely manner, and marking it as such allows the WG to drop the feature if necessary when transitioning to the Proposed Rec stage, without having to publish a new Candidate Rec without the feature first.\u201d \n\nIf we lose subgrid from Level 1, as it looks likely that we will, this does give us a chance to further discuss and iterate on that feature. My current thoughts are that I\u2019m not completely happy about subgrids being tied to both dimensions and feel that a return to the earlier version, or something like it, would be preferable. \nFurther reading about subgrid\n\nMy post from 2015 detailing why I feel subgrid is important\nMy post based on the revised specification\nEric Meyer\u2019s thoughts on subgrid\nWrite-up of a discussion from Igalia who work on the Blink and Webkit browser implementations\n\nStyling cells, tracks and areas\nHaving defined a grid with CSS Grid Layout you can place child elements into that grid, however what you can\u2019t do is style the grid tracks or cells. Grid doesn\u2019t even go as far as multiple column layout, which has the column-rule properties.\nIn order to set a background colour on a grid cell at the moment you would have to add an empty HTML element or insert some generated content as in the below example. I\u2019m using a 1 pixel grid gap to fake lines between grid cells, and empty div elements, and some generated content to colour those cells.\n\nFaked backgrounds and borders by Rachel Andrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\nI think it would be a nice addition to Grid Layout to be able to directly add backgrounds and borders to cells, tracks and areas. There is an Issue raised in the CSS WG Drafts repository for Decorative Grid Cell pseudo-elements, if you want to add thoughts to that.\nMore control over auto placement\nIf you haven\u2019t explicitly placed the direct children of your grid element they will be laid out according to the grid auto placement rules. You can see in this example how we have created a grid and the items are placing themselves into cells on that grid.\n\nItems auto-place on a defined grid by Rachel Andrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\nThe auto-placement algorithm is very cool. We can position some items, leaving others to auto-place; we can set items to span more than one track; we can use the grid-auto-flow property with a value of dense to backfill gaps in our grid.\n\nWebsafe colors meet CSS Grid (auto-placement demo) by Rachel Andrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\nI think however this could be taken further. In this issue posted to my CSS Grid AMA on GitHub, the question is raised as to whether it would be possible to ask grid to place items on the next available line of a certain name. This would allow you to skip tracks in the grid when using auto-placement, an issue that has also been raised by Emil Bj\u00f6rklund in this post to the www-style list prior to spec discussion moving to Github. I think there are probably similar issues, if you can think of one add a comment here.\nCreating non-rectangular grid areas\nA grid area is a collection of grid cells, defined by setting the start and end lines for columns and rows or by creating the area in the value of the grid-template-areas property as shown below. Those areas however must be rectangular - you can\u2019t create an L-shaped or otherwise non-regular shape.\n\nGrid Areas by Rachel Andrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nPerhaps in the future we could define an L-shape or other non-rectangular area into which content could flow, as in the below currently invalid code where a quote is embedded into an L-shaped content area.\n.wrapper {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-areas:\n      \"sidebar header  header\"\n      \"sidebar content quote\"\n      \"sidebar content content\";\n}\nFlowing content through grid cells or areas\nSome uses cases I have seen perhaps are not best solved by grid layout at all, but would involve grid working alongside other CSS specifications. As I detail in this post, there are a class of problems that I believe could be solved with the CSS Regions specification, or a revised version of that spec.\nBeing able to create a grid layout, then flow content through the areas could be very useful. Jen Simmons presented to the CSS Working Group at the Lisbon meeting a suggestion as to how this might work.\nIn a post from earlier this year I looked at a collection of ideas from specifications that include Grid, Regions and Exclusions. These working notes from my own explorations might prompt ideas of your own.\nSolving the keyboard/layout disconnect\nOne issue that grid, and flexbox to a lesser extent, raises is that it is very easy to end up with a layout that is disconnected from the underlying markup. This raises problems for people navigating using the keyboard as when tabbing around the document you find yourself jumping to unexpected places. The problem is explained by L\u00e9onie Watson with reference to flexbox in Flexbox and the keyboard navigation disconnect.\nThe grid layout specification currently warns against creating such a disconnect, however I think it will take careful work by web developers in order to prevent this. It\u2019s also not always as straightforward as it seems. In some cases you want the logical order to follow the source, and others it would make more sense to follow the visual. People are thinking about this issue, as you can read in this mailing list discussion.\nBringing your ideas to the future of Grid Layout\nWhen I\u2019m not getting excited about new CSS features, my day job involves working on a software product - the CMS that is serving this very website, Perch. When we launched Perch there were many use cases that we had never thought of, despite having a good idea of what might be needed in a CMS and thinking through lots of use cases. The additional use cases brought to our attention by our customers and potential customers informed the development of the product from launch. The same will be true for Grid Layout.\nAs a \u201cproduct\u201d grid has been well thought through by many people. Yet however hard we try there will be use cases we just didn\u2019t think of. You may well have one in mind right now. That\u2019s ok, because as with any CSS specification, once Level One of grid  is complete, work can begin on Level Two. The feature set of Level Two will be informed by the use cases that emerge as people get to grips with what we have now.\nThis is where you get to contribute to the future of layout on the web. When you hit up against the things you cannot do, don\u2019t just mutter about how the CSS Working Group don\u2019t listen to regular developers and code around the problem. Instead, take a few minutes and write up your use case. Post it to your blog, to Medium, create a CodePen and go to the CSS Working Group GitHub specs repository and post an issue there. Write some pseudo-code, draw a picture, just make sure that the use case is described in enough detail that someone can see what problem you want grid to solve. It may be that - as with any software development - your use case can\u2019t be solved in exactly the way you suggest. However once we have a use case, collected with other use cases, methods of addressing that class of problems can be investigated. \nI opened this article by explaining I\u2019d written about grid layout four years ago, and how we\u2019re only now at a point where we will have Grid Layout available in the majority of browsers. Specification development, and implementation into browsers takes time. This is actually a good thing, as it\u2019s impossible to take back CSS once it is out there and being used by production websites. We want CSS in the wild to be well thought through and that takes time. So don\u2019t feel that because you don\u2019t see your use case added to a spec immediately it has been ignored. Do your future self a favour and write down your frustrations or thoughts, and we can all make sure that the web platform serves the use cases we\u2019re dealing with now and in the future.", "year": "2016", "author": "Rachel Andrew", "author_slug": "rachelandrew", "published": "2016-12-12T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/what-next-for-css-grid-layout/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 139, "title": "Flickr Photos On Demand with getFlickr", "contents": "In case you don\u2019t know it yet, Flickr is great. It is a lot of fun to upload, tag and caption photos and it is really handy to get a vast network of contacts through it. \n\nUsing Flickr photos outside of it is a bit of a problem though. There is a Flickr API, and you can get almost every page as an RSS feed, but in general it is a bit tricky to use Flickr photos inside your blog posts or web sites. You might not want to get into the whole API game or use a server side proxy script as you cannot retrieve RSS with Ajax because of the cross-domain security settings.\n\nHowever, Flickr also provides an undocumented JSON  output, that can be used to hack your own solutions in JavaScript without having to use a server side script.\n\n\n\tIf you enter the URL http://flickr.com/photos/tags/panda you get to the flickr page with photos tagged \u201cpanda\u201d.\n\tIf you enter the URL http://api.flickr.com/services/feeds/photos_public.gne?tags=panda&format=rss_200 you get the same page as an RSS feed.\n\tIf you enter the URL http://api.flickr.com/services/feeds/photos_public.gne?tags=panda&format=json you get a JavaScript function called jsonFlickrFeed with a parameter that contains the same data in JSON format\n\n\nYou can use this to easily hack together your own output by just providing a function with the same name. I wanted to make it easier for you, which is why I created the helper getFlickr for you to download and use.\n\ngetFlickr for Non-Scripters\n\nSimply include the javascript file getflickr.js and the style getflickr.css in the head of your document:\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"getflickr.js\"></script>\n<link rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"getflickr.css\" type=\"text/css\">\n\nOnce this is done you can add links to Flickr pages anywhere in your document, and when you give them the CSS class getflickrphotos they get turned into gallery links. When a visitor clicks these links they turn into loading messages and show a \u201cpopup\u201d gallery with the connected photos once they were loaded. As the JSON returned is very small it won\u2019t take long. You can close the gallery, or click any of the thumbnails to view a photo. Clicking the photo makes it disappear and go back to the thumbnails.\n\nCheck out the example page and click the different gallery links to see the results.\n\nNotice that getFlickr works with Unobtrusive JavaScript as when scripting is disabled the links still get to the photos on Flickr.\n\ngetFlickr for JavaScript Hackers\n\nIf you want to use getFlickr with your own JavaScripts you can use its main method leech():\n\ngetFlickr.leech(sTag, sCallback);\n\n \n\tsTag\n\tthe tag you are looking for\n\tsCallback\n\tan optional function to call when the data was retrieved.\n \n\nAfter you called the leech() method you have two strings to use:\n\n \n\tgetFlickr.html[sTag]\n\tcontains an HTML list (without the outer UL element) of all the images linked to the correct pages at flickr. The images are the medium size, you can easily change that by replacing _m.jpg with _s.jpg for thumbnails.\n\tgetFlickr.tags[sTag]\n\tcontains a string of all the other tags flickr users added with the tag you searched for(space separated)\n \n\nYou can call getFlickr.leech() several times when the page has loaded to cache several result feeds before the page gets loaded. This\u2019ll make the photos quicker for the end user to show up. If you want to offer a form for people to search for flickr photos and display them immediately you can use the following HTML:\n\n<form onsubmit=\"getFlickr.leech(document.getElementById('tag').value, 'populate');return false\">\n  <label for=\"tag\">Enter Tag</label>\n  <input type=\"text\" id=\"tag\" name=\"tag\" />\n  <input type=\"submit\" value=\"energize\" />\n  <h3>Tags:</h3><div id=\"tags\"></div>\n  <h3>Photos:</h3><ul id=\"photos\"></ul>\n</form>\n\nAll the JavaScript you\u2019ll need (for a basic display) is this:\n\nfunction populate(){\n  var tag = document.getElementById('tag').value;\n  document.getElementById('photos').innerHTML = getFlickr.html[tag].replace(/_m\\.jpg/g,'_s.jpg');\n  document.getElementById('tags').innerHTML = getFlickr.tags[tag];\n  return false;\n}\n\nEasy as pie, enjoy!\n\nCheck out the example page and try the form to see the results.", "year": "2006", "author": "Christian Heilmann", "author_slug": "chrisheilmann", "published": "2006-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/flickr-photos-on-demand/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 260, "title": "The Art of Mathematics: A Mandala Maker Tutorial", "contents": "In front-end development, there\u2019s often a great deal of focus on tools that aim to make our work more efficient. But what if you\u2019re new to web development? When you\u2019re just starting out, the amount of new material can be overwhelming, particularly if you don\u2019t have a solid background in Computer Science. But the truth is, once you\u2019ve learned a little bit of JavaScript, you can already make some pretty impressive things.\nA couple of years back, when I was learning to code, I started working on a side project. I wanted to make something colorful and fun to share with my friends. This is what my app looks like these days:\nMandala Maker user interface\nThe coolest part about it is the fact that it\u2019s a tool: anyone can use it to create something original and brand new. \nIn this tutorial, we\u2019ll build a smaller version of this app \u2013 a symmetrical drawing tool in ES5, JavaScript and HTML5. The tutorial app will have eight reflections, a color picker and a Clear button. Once we\u2019re done, you\u2019re on your own and can tweak it as you please. Be creative!\nPreparations: a blank canvas\nThe first thing you\u2019ll need for this project is a designated drawing space. We\u2019ll use the HTML5 canvas element and give it a width and a height of 600px (you can set the dimensions to anything else if you like).\nFiles\nCreate 3 files: index.html, styles.css, main.js. Don\u2019t forget to include your JS and CSS files in your HTML. \n<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n    <meta charset=\"utf-8\">\n    <link rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\" href=\"style.css\">\n    <script src=\"main.js\"></script>\n</head>\n<body onload=\"init()\">\n    <canvas width=\"600\" height=\"600\">\n        <p>Your browser doesn't support canvas.</p>\n    </canvas>\n</body>\n</html>\nI\u2019ll ask you to update your HTML file at a later point, but the CSS file we\u2019ll start with will stay the same throughout the project. This is the full CSS we are going to use:\nbody {\n    background-color: #ccc;\n    text-align: center;\n}\n\ncanvas {\n    touch-action: none;\n    background-color: #fff;\n}\n\nbutton {\n    font-size: 110%;\n}\nNext steps\nWe are done with our preparations and ready to move on to the actual tutorial, which is made up of 4 parts:\n\nBuilding a simple drawing app with one line and one color \nAdding a Clear button and a color picker\nAdding more functionality: 2 line drawing (add the first reflection)\nAdding more functionality: 8 line drawing (add 6 more reflections!)\n\nInteractive demos\nThis tutorial will be accompanied by four CodePens, one at the end of each section. In my own app I originally used mouse events, and only added touch events when I realized mobile device support was (A) possible, and (B) going to make my app way more accessible. For the sake of code simplicity, I decided that in this tutorial app I will only use one event type, so I picked a third option: pointer events. These are supported by some desktop browsers and some mobile browsers. An up-to-date version of Chrome is probably your best bet.\nPart 1: A simple drawing app\nLet\u2019s get started with our main.js file. Our basic drawing app will be made up of 6 functions: init, drawLine, stopDrawing, recordPointerLocation, handlePointerMove, handlePointerDown. It also has nine variables:\nvar canvas, context, w, h,\n    prevX = 0, currX = 0, prevY = 0, currY = 0,\n    draw = false;\nThe variables canvas and context let us manipulate the canvas. w is the canvas width and h is the canvas height. The four coordinates are used for tracking the current and previous location of the pointer. A short line is drawn between (prevX, prevY) and (currX, currY) repeatedly many times while we move the pointer upon the canvas. For your drawing to appear, three conditions must be met: the pointer (be it a finger, a trackpad or a mouse) must be down, it must be moving and the movement has to be on the canvas. If these three conditions are met, the boolean draw is set to true. \n1. init\nResponsible for canvas set up, this listens to pointer events and the location of their coordinates and sets everything in motion by calling other functions, which in turn handle touch and movement events. \nfunction init() {\n    canvas = document.querySelector(\"canvas\");\n    context = canvas.getContext(\"2d\");\n    w = canvas.width;\n    h = canvas.height;\n\n    canvas.onpointermove = handlePointerMove;\n    canvas.onpointerdown = handlePointerDown;\n    canvas.onpointerup = stopDrawing;\n    canvas.onpointerout = stopDrawing;\n}\n2. drawLine\nThis is called to action by handlePointerMove() and draws the pointer path. It only runs if draw = true. It uses canvas methods you can read about in the canvas API documentation. You can also learn to use the canvas element in this tutorial.\nlineWidth and linecap set the properties of our paint brush, or digital pen, but pay attention to beginPath and closePath. Between those two is where the magic happens: moveTo and lineTo take canvas coordinates as arguments and draw from (a,b) to (c,d), which is to say from (prevX,prevY) to (currX,currY).\nfunction drawLine() {\n    var a = prevX,\n        b = prevY,\n        c = currX,\n        d = currY;\n\n    context.lineWidth = 4;\n    context.lineCap = \"round\";\n\n    context.beginPath();\n    context.moveTo(a, b);\n    context.lineTo(c, d);\n    context.stroke();\n    context.closePath();\n}\n3. stopDrawing\nThis is used by init when the pointer is not down (onpointerup) or is out of bounds (onpointerout).\nfunction stopDrawing() {\n    draw = false;\n}\n4. recordPointerLocation\nThis tracks the pointer\u2019s location and stores its coordinates. Also, you need to know that in computer graphics the origin of the coordinate space (0,0) is at the top left corner, and all elements are positioned relative to it. When we use canvas we are dealing with two coordinate spaces: the browser window and the canvas itself. This function converts between the two: it subtracts the canvas offsetLeft and offsetTop so we can later treat the canvas as the only coordinate space. If you are confused, read more about it.\nfunction recordPointerLocation(e) {\n    prevX = currX;\n    prevY = currY;\n    currX = e.clientX - canvas.offsetLeft;\n    currY = e.clientY - canvas.offsetTop;\n}\n5. handlePointerMove\nThis is set by init to run when the pointer moves. It checks if draw = true. If so, it calls recordPointerLocation to get the path and drawLine to draw it.\nfunction handlePointerMove(e) {\n    if (draw) {\n        recordPointerLocation(e);\n        drawLine();\n    }\n}\n6. handlePointerDown\nThis is set by init to run when the pointer is down (finger is on touchscreen or mouse it clicked). If it is, calls recordPointerLocation to get the path and sets draw to true. That\u2019s because we only want movement events from handlePointerMove to cause drawing if the pointer is down.\nfunction handlePointerDown(e) {\n    recordPointerLocation(e);\n    draw = true;\n}\nFinally, we have a working drawing app. But that\u2019s just the beginning!\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 1 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.\n\nPart 2: Add a Clear button and a color picker\nNow we\u2019ll update our HTML file, adding a menu div with an input of the type and class color and a button of the class clear.\n<body onload=\"init()\">\n    <canvas width=\"600\" height=\"600\">\n        <p>Your browser doesn't support canvas.</p>\n    </canvas>\n    <div class=\"menu\">\n        <input type=\"color\" class=\"color\" />\n        <button type=\"button\" class=\"clear\">Clear</button>\n    </div>\n</body>\nColor picker\nThis is our new color picker function. It targets the input element by its class and gets its value. \nfunction getColor() {\n    return document.querySelector(\".color\").value;\n}\nUp until now, the app used a default color (black) for the paint brush/digital pen. If we want to change the color we need to use the canvas property strokeStyle. We\u2019ll update drawLine by adding strokeStyle to it and setting it to the input value by calling getColor.\nfunction drawLine() {\n    //...code...  \n    context.strokeStyle = getColor();\n    context.lineWidth = 4;\n    context.lineCap = \"round\";\n\n    //...code...  \n}\nClear button\nThis is our new Clear function. It responds to a button click and displays a dialog asking the user if she really wants to delete the drawing.\nfunction clearCanvas() {\n    if (confirm(\"Want to clear?\")) {\n        context.clearRect(0, 0, w, h);\n    }\n}\nThe method clearRect takes four arguments. The first two (0,0) mark the origin, which is actually the top left corner of the canvas. The other two (w,h) mark the full width and height of the canvas. This means the entire canvas will be erased, from the top left corner to the bottom right corner. \nIf we were to give clearRect a slightly different set of arguments, say (0,0,w/2,h), the result would be different. In this case, only the left side of the canvas would clear up.\nLet\u2019s add this event handler to init:\nfunction init() {\n    //...code...\n    canvas.onpointermove = handleMouseMove;\n    canvas.onpointerdown = handleMouseDown;\n    canvas.onpointerup = stopDrawing;\n    canvas.onpointerout = stopDrawing;\n    document.querySelector(\".clear\").onclick = clearCanvas;\n}\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 2 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.\n\nPart 3: Draw with 2 lines\nIt\u2019s time to make a line appear where no pointer has gone before. A ghost line! \nFor that we are going to need four new coordinates: a', b', c' and d' (marked in the code as a_, b_, c_ and d_). In order for us to be able to add the first reflection, first we must decide if it\u2019s going to go over the y-axis or the x-axis. Since this is an arbitrary decision, it doesn\u2019t matter which one we choose. Let\u2019s go with the x-axis. \nHere is a sketch to help you grasp the mathematics of reflecting a point across the x-axis. The coordinate space in my sketch is different from my explanation earlier about the way the coordinate space works in computer graphics (more about that in a bit!). \nNow, look at A. It shows a point drawn where the pointer hits, and B shows the additional point we want to appear: a reflection of the point across the x-axis. This is our goal.\nA sketch illustrating the mathematics of reflecting a point.\nWhat happens to the x coordinates?\nThe variables a/a' and c/c' correspond to prevX and currX respectively, so we can call them \u201cthe x coordinates\u201d. We are reflecting across x, so their values remain the same, and therefore a' = a and c' = c. \nWhat happens to the y coordinates?\nWhat about b' and d'? Those are the ones that have to change, but in what way? Thanks to the slightly misleading sketch I showed you just now (of A and B), you probably think that the y coordinates b' and d' should get the negative values of b and d respectively, but nope. This is computer graphics, remember? The origin is at the top left corner and not at the canvas center, and therefore we get the following values: b = h - b, d' = h - d, where h is the canvas height.\nThis is the new code for the app\u2019s variables and the two lines: the one that fills the pointer\u2019s path and the one mirroring it across the x-axis.\nfunction drawLine() {\n    var a = prevX, a_ = a,\n        b = prevY, b_ = h-b,\n        c = currX, c_ = c,\n        d = currY, d_ = h-d;\n\n    //... code ...\n\n    // Draw line #1, at the pointer's location\n    context.moveTo(a, b);\n    context.lineTo(c, d);\n\n    // Draw line #2, mirroring the line #1\n    context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n    context.lineTo(c_, d_);\n\n    //... code ...\n}\nIn case this was too abstract for you, let\u2019s look at some actual numbers to see how this works.\nLet\u2019s say we have a tiny canvas of w = h = 10. Now let a = 3, b = 2, c = 4 and d = 3.\nSo b' = 10 - 2 = 8 and d' = 10 - 3 = 7.\nWe use the top and the left as references. For the y coordinates this means we count from the top, and 8 from the top is also 2 from the bottom. Similarly, 7 from the top is 3 from the bottom of the canvas. That\u2019s it, really. This is how the single point, and a line (not necessarily a straight one, by the way) is made up of many, many small segments that are similar to point in behavior.\nIf you are still confused, I don\u2019t blame you. \nHere is the result. Draw something and see what happens.\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 3 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.\n\nPart 4: Draw with 8 lines\nI have made yet another confusing sketch, with points C and D, so you understand what we\u2019re trying to do. Later on we\u2019ll look at points E, F, G and H as well. The circled point is the one we\u2019re adding at each particular step. The circled point at C has the coordinates (-3,2) and the circled point at D has the coordinates (-3,-2). Once again, keep in mind that the origin in the sketches is not the same as the origin of the canvas. \nA sketch illustrating points C and D.\nThis is the part where the math gets a bit mathier, as our drawLine function evolves further. We\u2019ll keep using the four new coordinates: a', b', c' and d', and reassign their values for each new location/line. Let\u2019s add two more lines in two new locations on the canvas. Their locations relative to the first two lines are exactly what you see in the sketch above, though the calculation required is different (because of the origin points being different).\nfunction drawLine() {\n\n    //... code ... \n\n    // Reassign values\n    a_ = w-a; b_ = b;\n    c_ = w-c; d_ = d;\n\n    // Draw the 3rd line\n    context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n    context.lineTo(c_, d_);\n\n    // Reassign values\n    a_ = w-a; b_ = h-b;\n    c_ = w-c; d_ = h-d;\n\n    // Draw the 4th line\n    context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n    context.lineTo(c_, d_);\n\n    //... code ... \nWhat is happening?\nYou might be wondering why we use w and h as separate variables, even though we know they have the same value. Why complicate the code this way for no apparent reason? That\u2019s because we want the symmetry to hold for a rectangular canvas as well, and this way it will. \nAlso, you may have noticed that the values of a' and c' are not reassigned when the fourth line is created. Why write their value assignments twice? It\u2019s for readability, documentation and communication. Maintaining the quadruple structure in the code is meant to help you remember that all the while we are dealing with two y coordinates (current and previous) and two x coordinates (current and previous). \nWhat happens to the x coordinates?\nAs you recall, our x coordinates are a (prevX) and c (currX).\nFor the third line we are adding, a' = w - a and c' = w - c, which means\u2026\nFor the fourth line, the same thing happens to our x coordinates a and c.\nWhat happens to the y coordinates?\nAs you recall, our y coordinates are b (prevY) and d (currY).\nFor the third line we are adding, b' = b and d' = d, which means the y coordinates are the ones not changing this time, making this is a reflection across the y-axis. \nFor the fourth line, b' = h - b and d' = h - d, which we\u2019ve seen before: that\u2019s a reflection across the x-axis.\nWe have four more lines, or locations, to define. Note: the part of the code that\u2019s responsible for drawing a micro-line between the newly calculated coordinates is always the same:\n    context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n    context.lineTo(c_, d_);\nWe can leave it out of the next code snippets and just focus on the calculations, i.e, the reassignments. \nOnce again, we need some concrete examples to see where we\u2019re going, so here\u2019s another sketch! The circled point E has the coordinates (2,3) and the circled point F has the coordinates (2,-3). The ability to draw at A but also make the drawing appear at E and F (in addition to B, C and D that we already dealt with) is the functionality we are about to add to out code.\nA sketch illustrating points E and F.\nThis is the code for E and F:\n    // Reassign for 5\n    a_ = w/2+h/2-b; b_ = w/2+h/2-a;\n    c_ = w/2+h/2-d; d_ = w/2+h/2-c;\n\n    // Reassign for 6\n    a_ = w/2+h/2-b; b_ = h/2-w/2+a;\n    c_ = w/2+h/2-d; d_ = h/2-w/2+c;\nTheir x coordinates are identical and their y coordinates are reversed to one another.\nThis one will be out final sketch. The circled point G has the coordinates (-2,3) and the circled point H has the coordinates (-2,-3).\nA sketch illustrating points G and H.\nThis is the code:\n    // Reassign for 7\n    a_ = w/2-h/2+b; b_ = w/2+h/2-a;\n    c_ = w/2-h/2+d; d_ = w/2+h/2-c;\n\n    // Reassign for 8\n    a_ = w/2-h/2+b; b_ = h/2-w/2+a;\n    c_ = w/2-h/2+d; d_ = h/2-w/2+c;\n    //...code...  \n}\nOnce again, the x coordinates of these two points are the same, while the y coordinates are different. And once again I won\u2019t go into the full details, since this has been a long enough journey as it is, and I think we\u2019ve covered all the important principles. But feel free to play around with the code and change it. I really recommend commenting out the code for some of the points to see what your drawing looks like without them.\nI hope you had fun learning! This is our final app:\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 4 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.", "year": "2018", "author": "Hagar Shilo", "author_slug": "hagarshilo", "published": "2018-12-02T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/the-art-of-mathematics/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 132, "title": "Tasty Text Trimmer", "contents": "In most cases, when designing a user interface it\u2019s best to make a decision about how data is best displayed and stick with it. Failing to make a decision ultimately leads to too many user options, which in turn can be taxing on the poor old user. \n\nUnder some circumstances, however, it\u2019s good to give the user freedom in customising their workspace. One good example of this is the \u2018Article Length\u2019 tool in Apple\u2019s Safari RSS reader. Sliding a slider left of right dynamically changes the length of each article shown. It\u2019s that kind of awesomey magic stuff that\u2019s enough to keep you from sleeping. Let\u2019s build one.\n\nThe Setup\n\nLet\u2019s take a page that has lots of long text items, a bit like a news page or like Safari\u2019s RSS items view. If we were to attach a class name to each element we wanted to resize, that would give us something to hook onto from the JavaScript. \n\nExample 1: The basic page.\n\nAs you can see, I\u2019ve wrapped my items in a DIV and added a class name of chunk to them. It\u2019s these chunks that we\u2019ll be finding with the JavaScript. Speaking of which \u2026\n\nOur Core Functions\n\nThere are two main tasks that need performing in our script. The first is to find the chunks we\u2019re going to be resizing and store their original contents away somewhere safe. We\u2019ll need this so that if we trim the text down we\u2019ll know what it was if the user decides they want it back again. We\u2019ll call this loadChunks. \n\nvar loadChunks = function(){\n\tvar everything = document.getElementsByTagName('*');\n\tvar i, l;\n\tchunks\t= [];\n\tfor (i=0, l=everything.length; i<l; i++){\n\t\tif (everything[i].className.indexOf(chunkClass) > -1){\n\t\t\tchunks.push({\n\t\t\t\tref: everything[i],\n\t\t\t\toriginal: everything[i].innerHTML\n\t\t\t});\n\t\t}\n\t}\n};\n\nThe variable chunks is stored outside of this function so that we can access it from our next core function, which is doTrim.\n\nvar doTrim = function(interval) {\n\tif (!chunks) loadChunks();\n\tvar i, l;\n\tfor (i=0, l=chunks.length; i<l; i++){\n\t\tvar a = chunks[i].original.split(' ');\n\t\ta = a.slice(0, interval);\n\t\tchunks[i].ref.innerHTML\t= a.join(' ');\n\t}\n};\n\nThe first thing that needs to be done is to call loadChunks if the chunks variable isn\u2019t set. This should only happen the first time doTrim is called, as from that point the chunks will be loaded.\n\nThen all we do is loop through the chunks and trim them. The trimming itself (lines 6-8) is very simple. We split the text into an array of words (line 6), then select only a portion from the beginning of the array up until the number we want (line 7). Finally the words are glued back together (line 8).\n\nIn essense, that\u2019s it, but it leaves us needing to know how to get the number into this function in the first place, and how that number is generated by the user. Let\u2019s look at the latter case first.\n\nThe YUI Slider Widget\n\nThere are lots of JavaScript libraries available at the moment. A fair few of those are really good. I use the Yahoo! User Interface Library professionally, but have only recently played with their pre-build slider widget. Turns out, it\u2019s pretty good and perfect for this task. \n\nOnce you have the library files linked in (check the docs linked above) it\u2019s fairly straightforward to create yourself a slider.\n\nslider = YAHOO.widget.Slider.getHorizSlider(\"sliderbg\", \"sliderthumb\", 0, 100, 5); \nslider.setValue(50);\nslider.subscribe(\"change\", doTrim);\n\nAll that\u2019s needed then is some CSS to make the slider look like a slider, and of course a few bits of HTML. We\u2019ll see those later.\n\nSee It Working!\n\nRather than spell out all the nuts and bolts of implementing this fairly simple script, let\u2019s just look at in it action and then pick on some interesting bits I\u2019ve added.\n\nExample 2: Try the Tasty Text Trimmer.\n\nAt the top of the JavaScript file I\u2019ve added a small number of settings.\n\nvar chunkClass\t= 'chunk';\nvar minValue\t= 10;\nvar maxValue\t= 100;\nvar multiplier\t= 5;\n\nObvious candidates for configuration are the class name used to find the chunks, and also the some minimum and maximum values. The minValue is the fewest number of words we wish to display when the slider is all the way down. The maxValue is the length of the slider, in this case 100.\n\nMoving the slider makes a call to our doTrim function with the current value of the slider. For a slider 100 pixels long, this is going to be in the range of 0-100. That might be okay for some things, but for longer items of text you\u2019ll want to allow for displaying more than 100 words. I\u2019ve accounted for this by adding in a multiplier \u2013 in my code I\u2019m multiplying the value by 5, so a slider value of 50 shows 250 words. You\u2019ll probably want to tailor the multiplier to the type of content you\u2019re using.\n\nKeeping it Accessible \n\nThis effect isn\u2019t something we can really achieve without JavaScript, but even so we must make sure that this functionality has no adverse impact on the page when JavaScript isn\u2019t available. This is achieved by adding the slider markup to the page from within the insertSliderHTML function.\n\nvar insertSliderHTML = function(){\n\tvar s = '<a id=\"slider-less\" href=\"#less\"><img src=\"icon_min.gif\" width=\"10\" height=\"10\" alt=\"Less text\" class=\"first\" /></a>';\n\ts +=' <div id=\"sliderbg\"><div id=\"sliderthumb\"><img src=\"sliderthumbimg.gif\" /></div></div>';\n\ts +=' <a id=\"slider-more\" href=\"#more\"><img src=\"icon_max.gif\" width=\"10\" height=\"10\" alt=\"More text\" /></a>';\n\tdocument.getElementById('slider').innerHTML = s;\n}\n\nThe other important factor to consider is that a slider can be tricky to use unless you have good eyesight and pretty well controlled motor skills. Therefore we should provide a method of changing the value by the keyboard.\n\nI\u2019ve done this by making the icons at either end of the slider links so they can be tabbed to. Clicking on either icon fires the appropriate JavaScript function to show more or less of the text.\n\nIn Conclusion\n\nThe upshot of all this is that without JavaScript the page just shows all the text as it normally would. With JavaScript we have a slider for trimming the text excepts that can be controlled with the mouse or with a keyboard.\n\nIf you\u2019re like me and have just scrolled to the bottom to find the working demo, here it is again:\n\nTry the Tasty Text Trimmer\n\nTrimmer for Christmas? Don\u2019t say I never give you anything!", "year": "2006", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2006-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/tasty-text-trimmer/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 303, "title": "We Need to Talk About Technical Debt", "contents": "In my work with clients, a lot of time is spent assessing old, legacy, sprawling systems and identifying good code, bad code, and technical debt.\nOne thing that constantly strikes me is the frequency with which bad code and technical debt are conflated, so let me start by saying this:\nNot all technical debt is bad code, and not all bad code is technical debt.\nSometimes your bad code is just that: bad code. Calling it technical debt often feels like a more forgiving and friendly way of referring to what may have just been a poor implementation or a substandard piece of work.\nIt is an oft-misunderstood phrase, and when mistaken for meaning \u2018anything legacy or old hacky or nasty or bad\u2019, technical debt is swept under the carpet along with all of the other parts of the codebase we\u2019d rather not talk about, and therein lies the problem.\nWe need to talk about technical debt.\nWhat We Talk About When We Talk About Technical Debt\nThe thing that separates technical debt from the rest of the hacky code in our project is the fact that technical debt, by definition, is something that we knowingly and strategically entered into. Debt doesn\u2019t happen by accident: debt happens when we choose to gain something otherwise-unattainable immediately in return for paying it back (with interest) later on.\nAn Example\nYou\u2019re a front-end developer working on a SaaS product, and your sales team is courting a large customer \u2013 a customer so large that you can\u2019t really afford to lose them. The customer tells you that as long as you can allow them to theme your SaaS application according to their branding, they are willing to sign on the dotted line\u2026 the problem being that your CSS architecture was never designed to incorporate theming at all, and there isn\u2019t currently a nice, clean way to incorporate a theme into the codebase.\nYou and the business make the decision that you will hack a theme into the product in two days. It\u2019s going to be messy, it\u2019s going to be ugly, but you can\u2019t afford to lose a huge customer just because your CSS isn\u2019t quite right, right now. This is technical debt.\nYou deliver the theme, the customer signs up, and everyone is happy. Except you (and the business, because you are one and the same) have a decision to make:\n\nDo we go back and build theming into the CSS architecture as a first-class citizen, porting the hacked theme back into a codified and formal framework?\nDo we carry on as we are? Things are working okay, and the customer paid up, so is there any reason to invest time and effort into things after we (and the customer) got what we wanted?\n\nOption 1 is choosing to pay off your debts; Option 2 is ignoring your repayments.\nWith Option 1, you\u2019re acknowledging that you did what you could given the constraints, but, free of constraints, you\u2019d have done something different. Now, you are choosing to implement that something different.\nWith Option 2, however, you are avoiding your responsibility to repay your debt, and you are letting interest accrue. The problem here is that\u2026\n\nyour SaaS product now offers theming to one of your customers;\nanother potential customer might also demand the ability to theme their instance of your product;\nyou can\u2019t refuse them that request, nor can you quickly fulfil it;\nyou hack in another theme, thus adding to the balance of your existing debt;\nand so on (plus interest) for every subsequent theme you need to implement.\n\nHere you have increased entropy whilst making little to no attempt to address what you already knew to be problems.\nYour second, third, fourth, fifth request for theming will be hacked on top of your hack, further accumulating debt whilst offering nothing by way of a repayment. After a long enough period, the code involved will get so unwieldy, so hard to work with, that you are forced to tear it all down and start again, and the most painful part of this is that you\u2019re actually paying off even more than your debt repayments would have been in the first place. Two days of hacking plus, say, five days of subsequent refactoring, would still have been substantially less than the weeks you will now have to spend rewriting your CSS to fix and incorporate the themes properly. You\u2019ve made a loss; your strategic debt ultimately became a loss-making exercise.\nThe important thing to note here is that you didn\u2019t necessarily write bad code. You knew there were two options: the quick way and the correct way. The decision to take the quick route was a definite choice, because you knew there was a better way. Implementing the better way is your repayment.\nGood Debt and Bad Debt\nTechnical debt is acceptable as long as you have intentions to settle; it can be a valuable solution to a business problem, provided the right approach is taken afterwards. That doesn\u2019t, however, mean that all debt is born equal. Just as in real life, there is good debt and there is bad debt.\nGood debt might be\u2026\n\na mortgage;\na student loan, or;\na business loan.\n\nThese are types of debt that will secure you the means of repaying them. These are well considered debts whose very reason for being will allow you to make the money to pay them off\u2014they have real, tangible benefit.\nA business loan to secure some equipment and premises will allow you to start an enterprise whose revenue will allow you to pay that debt back; a student loan will allow you to secure the kind of job that has the ability to pay a student loan back.\nThese kinds of debt involve a considered and well-balanced decision to acquire something in the short term in the knowledge that you will have the means, in the long term, to pay it back.\nConversely, bad debt might be\u2026\n\nborrowing $1,000 from a loan shark so you can go to Vegas, or;\ntaking out a payday loan in order to buy a new television.\n\nBoth of these kinds of debt will leave you paying for things that didn\u2019t provide you a way of earning your own capital. That is to say, the loans taken did not secure anything that would help pay off said loans. These are bad debts that will usually provide a net loss. You really are only gaining the short term in exchange for a long term financial responsibility: i.e., was it worth it?\nA good litmus test for debt is to compare the gains of its immediate benefit with the cost of its long term commitment.\nThe earlier example of theming a site is a good debt, provided we are keeping up our repayments (all debt is bad debt if you don\u2019t). A calculated decision to do something \u2018wrong\u2019 in the short term with the promise of better payoffs later on.\nBad Technical Debt\nThe majority of my work is with front-end development teams\u2014CSS is what I do. To that end, the most succinct example of technical debt for that audience is simply:\n!important\nAll front-end developers know the horrors and dangers associated with using !important, yet we continue to use it. Why?\nIt\u2019s not necessarily because we\u2019re bad developers, but because we see a shortcut. !important is usually implemented as a quick way out of a sticky specificity situation. We could spend the rest of the day refactoring our CSS to fix the issue at its source, or we can spend mere seconds typing the word !important and patch over the symptoms.\nThis is us making an explicit decision to do something less than ideal now in exchange for immediate benefit. After all, refactoring our CSS will take a lot more time, and will still only leave us with the same outcome that the vastly quicker !important solution will, so it seems to make better business sense.\nHowever, this is a bad debt. !important takes seconds to implement but weeks to refactor. The cost of refactoring this back out later will be an order of magnitude higher than it would be to have done things properly the first time. The first !important usually sets a precedent, and subsequent developers are likely to have to use it themselves in order to get around the one that you left.\nSo many CSS projects deteriorate because of this one simple word, and rewrites become more and more imminent. That makes it possibly the most costly 10 bytes a CSS developer could ever write.\nBad Code\nNow we\u2019ve got a good idea of what constitutes technical debt, let\u2019s take a look at what constitutes bad code. Something I hear time and time again in my client work goes a little like this:\n\nWe\u2019ve amassed a lot of technical debt and we\u2019d like to get a strategy in place\nto begin dealing with it.\n\nWhilst I genuinely admire their willingness to identify and desire to fix problems in their code, sometimes they\u2019re not looking at technical debt at\nall\u2014sometimes they\u2019re just looking at bad code, plain and simple.\nWhere technical debt is knowing that there\u2019s a better way, but the quicker way makes more sense right now, bad code is not caring if there\u2019s a better way at all.\nAgain, looking at a CSS-specific world, a lot of bad code is contributed by non-front-end developers with little training, appreciation, or even respect for the front-end landscape. Writing code with reckless abandon should not be described as technical debt, because to do so would imply that\u2026\n\nthe developers knew they were implementing a sub-par solution, but\u2026\nthe developers also knew that a better solution was out there, which\u2026\nimplies that it can be tidied up relatively simply.\n\nDevelopers writing bad code is a larger and more cultural problem that requires a lot more effort to fix. Hopefully\u2014and usually\u2014bad code is in the minority, but it helps to be objective in identifying and solving it. Bad code usually doesn\u2019t happen for a good enough reason, and is therefore much harder to justify.\nTechnical debt often represents ability in judgement, whereas bad code often represents a gap in skills.\nTakeaway\nTake time to familiarise yourself with the true concepts underlying technical debt and why it exists. Understand that technical debt can be good or bad. Admit that sometimes code is just of poor quality.\nUnderstanding these points will allow you to make better calls around what you might need to refactor and when, and what skills gaps you might have in your team.\n\nSometimes it\u2019s okay to cut corners if there is a tangible gain to be had in the immediate term.\nTechnical debt is okay provided it is a sensible debt and you have intentions to pay it off.\nTechnical debt is not necessarily synonymous with bad code, and bad code isn\u2019t necessarily technical debt. Technical debt is code that was implemented given limited knowledge or resource, with the understanding that you would need to repay something in future.\nTechnical debt is not inherently bad\u2014failure to make repayments is. Periodically, it is justifiable\u2014encouraged, even\u2014to enter a debt in order to fulfil a more pressing matter. However, it is imperative that we begin making repayments as soon as we are capable, be that based on newly available time or knowledge.\nBad code is worse than technical debt as it represents a lack of knowledge or quality control within a team. It needs a much more fundamental fix.", "year": "2016", "author": "Harry Roberts", "author_slug": "harryroberts", "published": "2016-12-05T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/we-need-to-talk-about-technical-debt/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 318, "title": "Auto-Selecting Navigation", "contents": "In the article Centered Tabs with CSS Ethan laid out a tabbed navigation system which can be centred on the page. A frequent requirement for any tab-based navigation is to be able to visually represent the currently selected tab in some way.\n\nIf you\u2019re using a server-side language such as PHP, it\u2019s quite easy to write something like class=\"selected\" into your markup, but it can be even simpler than that.\n\nLet\u2019s take the navigation div from Ethan\u2019s article as an example.\n\n<div id=\"navigation\">\n     <ul>\n          <li><a href=\"#\"><span>Home</span></a></li>\n          <li><a href=\"#\"><span>About</span></a></li>\n          <li><a href=\"#\"><span>Our Work</span></a></li>\n          <li><a href=\"#\"><span>Products</span></a></li>\n          <li class=\"last\"><a href=\"#\"><span>Contact Us</span></a></li>\n     </ul>\n </div>\n\nAs you can see we have a standard unordered list which is then styled with CSS to look like tabs. By giving each tab a class which describes it\u2019s logical section of the site, if we were to then apply a class to the body tag of each page showing the same, we could write a clever CSS selector to highlight the correct tab on any given page. \n\nSound complicated? Well, it\u2019s not a trivial concept, but actually applying it is dead simple.\n\nModifying the markup\n\nFirst thing is to place a class name on each li in the list:\n\n<div id=\"navigation\">\n     <ul>\n          <li class=\"home\"><a href=\"#\"><span>Home</span></a></li>\n          <li class=\"about\"><a href=\"#\"><span>About</span></a></li>\n          <li class=\"work\"><a href=\"#\"><span>Our Work</span></a></li>\n          <li class=\"products\"><a href=\"#\"><span>Products</span></a></li>\n          <li class=\"last contact\"><a href=\"#\"><span>Contact Us</span></a></li>\n     </ul>\n </div>\n\nThen, on each page of your site, apply the a matching class to the body tag to indicate which section of the site that page is in. For example, on your About page:\n\n<body class=\"about\">...</body>\n\nWriting the CSS selector\n\nYou can now write a single CSS rule to match the selected tab on any given page. The logic is that you want to match the \u2018about\u2019 tab on the \u2018about\u2019 page and the \u2018products\u2019 tab on the \u2018products\u2019 page, so the selector looks like this:\n\nbody.home #navigation li.home,\n body.about #navigation li.about,\n body.work #navigation li.work,\n body.products #navigation li.products,\n body.contact #navigation li.contact{\n      ... whatever styles you need to show the tab selected ...\n } \n\nSo all you need to do when you create a new page in your site is to apply a class to the body tag to say which section it\u2019s in. The CSS will do the rest for you \u2013 without any server-side help.", "year": "2005", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2005-12-10T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/auto-selecting-navigation/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 214, "title": "Christmas Gifts for Your Future Self: Testing the Web Platform", "contents": "In the last year I became a CSS specification editor, on a mission to revitalise CSS Multi-column layout. This has involved learning about many things, one of which has been the Web Platform Tests project. In this article, I\u2019m going to share what I\u2019ve learned about testing the web platform. I\u2019m also going to explain why I think you might want to get involved too.\nWhy test?\nAt one time or another it is likely that you have been frustrated by an issue where you wrote some valid CSS, and one browser did one thing with it and another something else entirely. Experiences like this make many web developers feel that browser vendors don\u2019t work together, or they are actively doing things in a different way to one another to the detriment of those of us who use the platform. You\u2019ll be glad to know that isn\u2019t the case, and that the people who work on browsers want things to be consistent just as much as we do. It turns out however that interoperability, which is the official term for \u201cworks in all browsers\u201d, is hard.\nThanks to web-platform-tests, a test from another browser vendor just found genuine bug in our code before we shipped \ud83d\ude3b\u2014 Brian Birtles (@brianskold) February 10, 2017\n\nIn order for W3C Specifications to move on to become W3C Recommendations we need to have interoperable implementations.\n\n6.2.4 Implementation Experience\nImplementation experience is required to show that a specification is sufficiently clear, complete, and relevant to market needs, to ensure that independent interoperable implementations of each feature of the specification will be realized. While no exhaustive list of requirements is provided here, when assessing that there is adequate implementation experience the Director will consider (though not be limited to):\nis each feature of the current specification implemented, and how is this demonstrated?\nare there independent interoperable implementations of the current specification?\nare there implementations created by people other than the authors of the specification?\nare implementations publicly deployed?\nis there implementation experience at all levels of the specification\u2019s ecosystem (authoring, consuming, publishing\u2026)?\nare there reports of difficulties or problems with implementation?\nhttps://www.w3.org/2017/Process-20170301/#transition-reqs\n\nWe all want interoperability, achieving interoperability is part of the standards process. The next question is, how do we make sure that we get it?\nUnimplemented vs uninteroperable implementations\nBefore looking at how we can try to improve interoperability, I\u2019d like to look at the reasons we don\u2019t always meet that aim. There are a couple of reasons why browser X is not doing the same thing as browser Y.\nThe first reason is that browser X has not implemented that feature yet. Relatively small teams of people work on browser engines, and their resources are spread as thinly as those of any company. Behind those browsers are business or organisational goals which may not match our desire for a shiny feature to be made available. There are ways in which we as the web community can help gently encourage implementations - by requesting the feature, by using it so it shows up in usage reports, or writing about it to show interest. However, there will always be some degree of lag based on priorities.\nA browser not supporting a feature at all, is reasonably easy to deal with these days. We can test for support with Feature Queries, and create sensible fallbacks. What is harder to deal with is when a feature is implemented in different ways by different browsers. In that situation you use the feature, perhaps referring to the specification to ensure that you are writing your CSS correctly. It looks exactly as you expect in one browser and it\u2019s all broken when you test in another.\nA frequent cause of this kind of issue is that the specification is not well defined in a particular area or that the specification has changed since one or other browser implemented it. CSS specifications are not developed in a darkened room, then presented to browser vendors to implement as a completed document. It would be nice if it worked like that, however the web platform is a gnarly thing. Before we can be sure that a specification is correct, it needs implementing in order that we can get the interoperable implementations I described earlier. A circular process has to happen. Specifications have to be written, browsers have to implement and find the problems, and then the specification has to be revised.\nMany people reading this will be familiar with how flexbox changed three times in browsers, leaving us with a mess of incompatibilities and the need to use at least two versions of the spec. This story was an example of this circular process, in this case the specification was flagged as experimental using vendor prefixes. We had become used to using vendor prefixes in production and early adopters of flexbox were bitten by this. Today, specifications are developed behind experimental flags as we saw with CSS Grid Layout. Yet there has to come a time when implementations ship, and remove those flags, and it may be that knowingly or unknowingly some interop issues slip through.\nYou will know these interop issues as \u201cbrowser bugs\u201d, perhaps you have even reported one (thank you!) and none of us want them, so how do we make the platform as robust as possible?\nHow do we ensure we have interoperability?\nIf you were working on a large web application, with several people committing code, it would be very easy for one person to make a change that inadvertently broke some part of the application. They might not realise the fact that their change would cause a problem, due to not having a complete understanding of the entire codebase. To prevent this from happening, it is accepted good practice to write tests as well as code. The tests can then be run before the application is deployed.\nUnless you start out from the beginning writing tests, and are very good at writing a test for every bit of code, it is likely that some issues do slip through from time to time. When this happens, a good approach is to not only fix the issue but also to write a test that would stop it ever happening again. That way the test suite improves over time and hopefully fewer issues happen.\nThe web platform is essentially a giant, sprawling application, with a huge range of people working on it in different ways. There is therefore plenty of opportunity for issues to creep in, so it seems like having some way of writing tests and automating those tests on browsers would be a good thing. That, is what the Web Platform Tests project has set out to achieve.\nWeb Platform Tests\nWeb Platform Tests is the test suite for the web platform. It is set of tests for all parts of the web platform, which can be run in any browser and the results reported. This article mostly discusses CSS tests, because I work on CSS. You will find that there are tests covering the full platform, and you can look into whichever area you have the most interest and experience in.\nIf we want to create a test suite for a CSS specification then we need to ensure that every feature of the specification has a related test. If a change is made to the spec, and a test committed that reflects that change, then it should be straightforward to run that test against each browser and see if it passes.\nCurrently, at the CSS Working Group, specifications that are at Candidate Recommendation Status should commit at test with every normative change to the spec. To explain the terminology, a normative change is one that changes some of the normative text of a specification - text that contains instructions as to how a browser should render a certain thing. A Candidate Recommendation is the status at which the Working Group officially request implementations of the spec, therefore it is reasonable to assume that any change may cause an interoperability issue. It is usually the case that representatives from all browsers will have discussed the change, so anyone who needs to change code will be aware. In this case the test allows them to check that their change passes and matches everyone else. Tests would also highlight the situation where a change to the spec caused an issue in a browser that otherwise wouldn\u2019t be aware if it. Just as a test suite for your web application should alert a person committing code, that their change will cause a problem elsewhere.\nDiscovering the tests\nI\u2019ve found that the more I have understood the effort that goes into interoperability, and the reasons why creating an interoperable web is so hard, running into browser issues has become less frustrating. I have somewhere to go, even if all I can do is log the bug.\nIf you are even slightly interested in the subject, go have a poke around wpt.fyi. You can explore the various parts of the web platform and see how many tests have been committed. All the the CSS tests are under the directory /css where you will find each specification. Find a specification you are interested in, and look at the tests. Each test has a link to run it in your own browser to see if it passes. This can be useful in itself, if you are battling with an issue and have reduced it down to something specific, you can go and look to see if there is a test covering that and whether it appears to pass or fail in the browser you are battling with. If it turns out that the test fails, it\u2019s probably not you!\nA test on the wpt.fyi dashboard\nNote: In some tests you will come across mention of a font called Ahem. This is a font designed for testing which contains consistent glyphs. You can read about how to use the font and download it here.\nContributing to Web Platform Tests\nYou can also become involved with Web Platform Tests. People often ask me how they can become involved in CSS, and I can think of no better way than by writing tests. You need to really understand a feature to accurately come up with a method of testing if it works or not in the different engines. This is not glamorous work, it is however a very useful thing to be involved with.\nIn addition to helping yourself, and developing the sort of deep knowledge of the platform that enables contribution, you will really help the progress of specifications. There are only a very few people writing specs. If those people also have to write and review all of the tests it slows down their work. If you want a better, more interoperable web, and to massively improve your ability to have nerdy conversations about highly specific things, testing is the place to start.\nA local testing setup\nYour first stop should be to visit the home of Web Platform Tests. There is some documentation here, which does tend to assume you know about the tests and what you are looking for - having read this article you know as much as I do. To be able to work on tests you will want to:\n\nClone the WPT repo, this is where all the tests are stored\nInstall some tools so you can run up a local copy of the tests\n\nThe instructions on the Readme in the repo should get you up and running, you can then load your own version of the test suite in a browser at http://web-platform-test:8000, or whichever port you set up.\nRunning tests locally\nFinding things to test\nIt\u2019s currently not straightforward to locate low-hanging fruit in order to start committing tests. There are some issues flagged up as a good first issue in the GitHub repo, if any of those match your interest and knowledge. Otherwise, a good place to start is where you know of existing interoperability issues. If you are aware of a browser bug, have a look and see if there is a test that addresses it. If not, then a test highlights the interoperability issue, and if it is an issue that you are running into means that you have a nice way to see if it has been fixed!\nTalk to people\nThere is an IRC channel at irc://irc.w3.org:6667/testing, where you will find people who are writing tests as well as people who are working on the test suite framework itself. They have always been very friendly, and are likely to welcome people with a real interest in creating tests.\nGathering information\nFirst you need to read the spec. To be able to create a test you need to know and to understand what the specification says should be happening. As I mentioned, writing tests will improve your knowledge dramatically! In general I find that web developers assume their favourite browser has got it right, this isn\u2019t about right or wrong however, or good browsers versus bad ones. The browser with the incorrect implementation may have had a perfect, as per the spec implementation, until something changed. Do some investigation and work out what the spec says, and which \u2013 if any \u2013 browser is doing it correctly.\nAnother good place to look when trying to create a test for an interop issue, is to look at the browser issue trackers. It is quite likely that someone has already logged the issue, and detailed what it is, and even which browsers are as per the spec. This is useful information, as you then have a clue as to which browsers should pass your test. Remember to check version numbers - an issue may well be fixed in a pre-release version of Chrome for example, but not in the public release.\n\nEdge Issue Tracker\nMozilla Issue Tracker\nWebKit Issue Tracker\nChromium Issue Tracker\n\nWriting the test\nIf you\u2019ve ever created a Reduced Test Case to isolate a browser issue, you already have some idea of what we are trying to do with a test. We want to test one thing, in isolation, and to be able to confirm \u201cyes this works as per the spec\u201d or \u201cno, this does not\u201d.\nThe main two types of test are:\n\ntestharness.js tests\nreftests\n\nThe testharness.js tests use JavaScript to test an assertion, this framework is designed as a way to test Web APIs and as this quickly gets fairly complicated - and I\u2019m a complete beginner myself at writing these - I\u2019ll refer you to the excellent tutorial Using testharness.js.\nMany CSS tests will be reftests. A reftest involves getting two pages to lay out in the same way, so that they are visually the same. For example, you can find a reftest for Grid Layout at:https://w3c-test.org/css/css-grid/alignment/grid-gutters-001.html or at http://web-platform.test:8000/css/css-grid/alignment/grid-gutters-001.html if you have run up your own copy of WPT.\n<!DOCTYPE html>\n<meta charset=\"utf-8\">\n<title>CSS Grid Layout Test: Support for gap shorthand property of row-gap and column-gap</title>\n<link rel=\"help\" href=\"https://www.w3.org/TR/css-grid-1/#gutters\">\n<link rel=\"help\" href=\"https://www.w3.org/TR/css-align-3/#gap-shorthand\">\n<link rel=\"match\" href=\"../reference/grid-equal-gutters-ref.html\">\n<link rel=\"author\" title=\"Rachel Andrew\" href=\"mailto:me@rachelandrew.co.uk\">\n<style>\n    #grid {\n        display: grid;\n        width:200px;\n        gap: 20px;\n        grid-template-columns: 90px 90px;\n        grid-template-rows: 90px 90px;\n        background-color: green;\n    }\n\n    #grid > div {\n        background-color: silver;\n    }\n</style>\n\n<p>The test passes if it has the same visual effect as reference.</p>\n<div id=\"grid\">\n    <div></div>\n    <div></div>\n    <div></div>\n    <div></div>\n</div>\nI am testing the new gap property (renamed grid-gap). The reference file can be found by looking for the line:\n<link rel=\"match\" href=\"../reference/grid-equal-gutters-ref.html\">\nIn that file, I am using absolute positioning to mock up the way the file would look if gap is implemented correctly.\n<!DOCTYPE html>\n<meta charset=\"utf-8\">\n<title>CSS Grid Layout Reference: a square with a green cross</title>\n<link rel=\"author\" title=\"Rachel Andrew\" href=\"mailto:me@rachelandrew.co.uk\" />\n<style>\n    #grid {\n        width:200px;\n        height: 200px;\n        background-color: green;\n        position: relative;\n    }\n\n    #grid > div {\n        background-color: silver;\n        width: 90px;\n        height: 90px;\n        position: absolute;\n    }\n\n    #grid :nth-child(1) {\n        top: 0;\n        left: 0;\n    }\n\n    #grid :nth-child(2) {\n        top: 0;\n        left: 110px;\n    }\n\n    #grid :nth-child(3) {\n        top: 110px;\n        left: 0;\n    }\n\n    #grid :nth-child(4) {\n        top: 110px;\n        left: 110px;\n    }\n</style>\n\n<div id=\"grid\">\n    <div></div>\n    <div></div>\n    <div></div>\n    <div></div>\n</div>\nThe tests are compared in an automated way by taking screenshots of the test and reference.\nThese are relatively simple tests to write, you will find the work is not in writing the test however. The work is really in doing the research, and making sure you understand what is supposed to happen so you can write the test. Which is why, if you really want to get your hands dirty in the web platform, this is a good place to start.\nCommitting a test\nOnce you have written a test you can run the lint tool to make sure that everything is tidy. This tool is run automatically after you submit your pull request, and reviewers won\u2019t accept a test with lint errors, so do this locally first to catch anything obvious.\nTests are added as a pull request, once you have your test ready to go you can create a pull request to add it to the repository. Your test will be tested and it will then wait for a review.\nYou may well then find yourself in a bit of a waiting game, as the test needs to be reviewed. How long that takes will depend on how active work is on that spec. People who are in the OWNERS file for that spec should be notified. You can always ask in IRC to see if someone is available who can look at and potentially merge your test.\nUsually the reviewer will have some comments as to how the test can be improved, in the same as the owner of an open source project you submit a PR to might ask you to change some things. Work with them to make your test as good as it can be, the things you learn on the first test you submit will make future ones easier. You can then bask in the glow of knowing you have done something towards the aim of a more interoperable web for all of us.\nChristmas gifts for your future self\nI have been a web developer for over 20 years. I have no idea what the web platform will look like in 20 more years, but for as long as I\u2019m working on it I\u2019ll keep on trying to make it better. Making the web more interoperable makes it a better place to be a web developer, storing up some Christmas gifts for my future self, while learning new things as I do so.\nResources\nI rounded up everything I could find on WPT while researching this article. As well as some other links that might be helpful for you. These links are below. Happy testing!\n\nWeb Platform Tests\nUsing testharness.js\nIRC Channel irc://irc.w3.org:6667/testing\nEdge Issue Tracker\nMozilla Issue Tracker\nWebKit Issue Tracker\nChromium Issue Tracker\nReducing an Issue - guide to created a reduced test case\nEffectively Using Web Platform Tests: Slides and Video\nAn excellent walkthrough from Lyza Gardner on her working on tests for the HTML specification - Moving Targets: a case study on testing web standards.\nImproving interop with web-platform-tests: Slides and Video", "year": "2017", "author": "Rachel Andrew", "author_slug": "rachelandrew", "published": "2017-12-10T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/testing-the-web-platform/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 186, "title": "The Web Is Your CMS", "contents": "It is amazing what you can do these days with the services offered on the web. Flickr stores terabytes of photos for us and converts them automatically to all kind of sizes, finds people in them and even allows us to edit them online. YouTube does almost the same complete job with videos, LinkedIn allows us to maintain our CV, Delicious our bookmarks and so on.\n\nWe don\u2019t have to do these tasks ourselves any more, as all of these systems also come with ways to use the data in the form of Application Programming Interfaces, or APIs for short. APIs give us raw data when we send requests telling the system what we want to get back.\n\nThe problem is that every API has a different idea of what is a simple way of accessing this data and in which format to give it back.\n\nMaking it easier to access APIs\n\nWhat we need is a way to abstract the pains of different data formats and authentication formats away from the developer \u2014 and this is the purpose of the Yahoo Query Language, or YQL for short. \n\nLibraries like jQuery and YUI make it easy and reliable to use JavaScript in browsers (yes, even IE6) and YQL allows us to access web services and even the data embedded in web documents in a simple fashion \u2013 SQL style.\n\nSelect * from the web and filter it the way I want\n\nYQL is a web service that takes a few inputs itself:\n\n\n\tA query that tells it what to get, update or access\n\tAn output format \u2013 XML, JSON, JSON-P or JSON-P-X\n\tA callback function (if you defined JSON-P or JSON-P-X)\n\n\nYou can try it out yourself \u2013 check out this link to get back Flickr photos for the search term \u2018santa\u2019*%20from%20flickr.photos.search%20where%20text%3D%22santa%22&format=xml in XML format. The YQL query for this is \n\nselect * from flickr.photos.search where text=\"santa\"\n\nThe easiest way to take your first steps with YQL is to look at the console. There you get sample queries, access to all the data sources available to you and you can easily put together complex queries. In this article, however, let\u2019s use PHP to put together a web page that pulls in Flickr photos, blog posts, Videos from YouTube and latest bookmarks from Delicious.\n\nCheck out the demo and get the source code on GitHub.\n\n<?php\n  /* YouTube RSS */\n  $query = 'select description from rss(5) where url=\"http://gdata.youtube.com/feeds/base/users/chrisheilmann/uploads?alt=rss&v=2&orderby=published&client=ytapi-youtube-profile\";';\n  /* Flickr search by user id */\n  $query .= 'select farm,id,owner,secret,server,title from flickr.photos.search where user_id=\"11414938@N00\";';\n  /* Delicious RSS */\n  $query .= 'select title,link from rss where url=\"http://feeds.delicious.com/v2/rss/codepo8?count=10\";';\n  /* Blog RSS */\n  $query .= 'select title,link from rss where url=\"http://feeds.feedburner.com/wait-till-i/gwZf\"';\n  /* The YQL web service root with JSON as the output */\n  $root = 'http://query.yahooapis.com/v1/public/yql?format=json&env=store%3A%2F%2Fdatatables.org%2Falltableswithkeys';\n  /* Assemble the query */\n  $query = \"select * from query.multi where queries='\".$query.\"'\";\n  $url = $root . '&q=' . urlencode($query);\n  /* Do the curl call (access the data just like a browser would) */\n  $ch = curl_init(); \n  curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_URL, $url); \n  curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER, 1); \n  curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYPEER, false);\n  curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYHOST, false);\n  $output = curl_exec($ch); \n  curl_close($ch);\n  $data = json_decode($output);\n  $results = $data->query->results->results;\n  /* YouTube output */\n  $youtube = '<ul id=\"youtube\">';\n  foreach($results[0]->item as $r){\n\t$cleanHTML = undoYouTubeMarkupCrimes($r->description);\n\t$youtube .= '<li>'.$cleanHTML.'</li>';\n  }\n  $youtube .= '</ul>';\n  /* Flickr output */\n  $flickr = '<ul id=\"flickr\">';\n  foreach($results[1]->photo as $r){\n\t$flickr .= '<li>'.\n\t\t\t   '<a href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/codepo8/'.$r->id.'/\">'.\n\t\t\t   '<img src=\"http://farm' .$r->farm . '.static.flickr.com/'.\n\t\t\t   $r->server . '/' . $r->id . '_' . $r->secret . \n\t\t\t   '_s.jpg\" alt=\"'.$r->title.'\"></a></li>';\n  }\n  $flickr .= '</ul>';\n  /* Delicious output */\n  $delicious = '<ul id=\"delicious\">';\n  foreach($results[2]->item as $r){\n\t$delicious .= '<li><a href=\"'.$r->link.'\">'.$r->title.'</a></li>';\n  }\n  $delicious .= '</ul>';\n  /* Blog output */\n  $blog = '<ul id=\"blog\">';\n  foreach($results[3]->item as $r){\n\t$blog .= '<li><a href=\"'.$r->link.'\">'.$r->title.'</a></li>';\n  }\n  $blog .= '</ul>';\n  function undoYouTubeMarkupCrimes($str){\n\t$cleaner = preg_replace('/555px/','100%',$str);\n\t$cleaner = preg_replace('/width=\"[^\"]+\"/','',$cleaner);\n\t$cleaner = preg_replace('/<tbody>/','<colgroup><col width=\"20%\"><col width=\"50%\"><col width=\"30%\"></colgroup><tbody>',$cleaner);\n\treturn $cleaner;\n  }\n?>\n\nWhat we are doing here is create a few different YQL statements and queue them together with the query.multi table. Each of these can be run inside YQL itself. Check out the YouTube, Flickr, Delicious and Blog example in the console if you don\u2019t believe me. The benefit of using this table is that we don\u2019t make individual requests for each query but we get all the data in one single request \u2013 which means a much better performing solution as the YQL server farm is faster on the web than our servers.\n\nWe point the query to the YQL web service end point and get the resulting data using cURL. All that we need to do then is to convert the returned data to HTML lists that can be printed out inside an HTML template.\n\nMixing, matching and using HTML as a data source\n\nThis was a simple example of what YQL can do for you. Where it gets really powerful however is by mixing and matching different APIs. YQL is also a good tool to get information from HTML documents. By using the html table you can load the content of an HTML document (which gets fixed automatically by HTMLTidy) and use XPATH to filter down results to what you need. Take the following example which takes headlines from the news.bbc.co.uk homepage and runs the results through Yahoo\u2019s Term Extractor API to give you a list of currently hot topics.\n\nselect * from search.termextract where context in (\n  select content from html where url=\"http://news.bbc.co.uk\" and xpath=\"//table[@width=800]//a\"\n)\n\nTry it out in the console or see the results here. In English, this means:\n\n\n\tGo to http://news.bbc.co.uk and get me the HTML\n\tRun it through HTML Tidy to clean it up.\n\tGet me only the links inside the table with an attribute of width and the value 800\n\tGet only the content of the link and for each of the links\n\t\n\t\tTake the content and send it as context to the Yahoo Term Extractor API\n\t\n\t\n\nIf we choose JSON-P as the output format we can use the outcome directly in JavaScript (see this demo or see its source):\n\n<ul id=\"hottopics\"></ul>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\nfunction hottopics(o){\n  var res = o.query.results.Result,\n\t  all = res.length,\n\t  topics = {},\n\t  out = [],\n\t  html = '',\n\t  i=0;\n  /* create hash from topics to prevent repetition */\t \n  for(i=0;i<all;i++){\n\ttopics[res[i]] = res[i];\n  };\n  for(i in topics){\n\tout.push(i);\n  };\n  html = '<li>' + out.join('</li><li>') + '</li>';\n  document.getElementById('hottopics').innerHTML = html;\n};\n</script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://query.yahooapis.com/v1/public/yql?q=select%20content%20from%20search.termextract%20where %20context%20in%20(select%20content%20from%20html%20where%20url%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fnews.bbc.co.uk%22%20and%20xpath%3D%22%2F%2Ftable%5B%40width%3D800%5D%2F%2Fa%22)&format=json&callback=hottopics\"></script>\n\nUsing JSON, we can also use PHP which means the demo works for everybody \u2013 not only those with JavaScript enabled (see this demo or see its source):\n\n<ul id=\"hottopics\"><li>\n<?php\n$url = 'http://query.yahooapis.com/v1/public/yql?q=select%20content'.\n\t   '%20from%20search.termextract%20where%20context%20in'.\n\t   '%20(select%20content%20from%20html%20where%20url%3D%22'.\n\t   'http%3A%2F%2Fnews.bbc.co.uk%22%20and%20xpath%3D%22%2F%2F'.\n\t   'table%5B%40width%3D800%5D%2F%2Fa%22)&format=json';\n$ch = curl_init(); \ncurl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_URL, $url); \ncurl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER, 1); \ncurl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYPEER, false);\ncurl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYHOST, false);\n$output = curl_exec($ch); \ncurl_close($ch);\n$data = json_decode($output);\n$topics = array_unique($data->query->results->Result);\necho join('</li><li>',$topics);\n?>\n</li></ul>\n\nSummary\n\nThis article could only scratch the surface of YQL. You have not only read access to the web but you can also write to web services. For example you can update Twitter, post to your WordPress blog or shorten a URL with bit.ly. Using Open Tables you can add any web service to the YQL interface and you can even run server-side JavaScript which is for example useful to return Flickr photos as HTML or get the HTML content from a document that needs POST data.\n\nThe web of data is already here, and using YQL you don\u2019t have to be a web services expert to use it and be part of it.", "year": "2009", "author": "Christian Heilmann", "author_slug": "chrisheilmann", "published": "2009-12-17T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/the-web-is-your-cms/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 116, "title": "The IE6 Equation", "contents": "It is the destiny of one browser to serve as the nemesis of web developers everywhere. At the birth of the Web Standards movement, that role was played by Netscape Navigator 4; an outdated browser that refused to die. Its tenacious existence hampered the adoption of modern standards. Today that role is played by Internet Explorer 6.\n\nThere\u2019s a sensation that I\u2019m sure you\u2019re familiar with. It\u2019s a horrible mixture of dread and nervousness. It\u2019s the feeling you get when\u2014after working on a design for a while in a standards-compliant browser like Firefox, Safari or Opera\u2014you decide that you can no longer put off the inevitable moment when you must check the site in IE6. Fingers are crossed, prayers are muttered, but alas, to no avail. The nemesis browser invariably screws something up.\n\nWhat do you do next? If the differences in IE6 are minor, you could just leave it be. After all, websites don\u2019t need to look exactly the same in all browsers. But if there are major layout issues and a significant portion of your audience is still using IE6, you\u2019ll probably need to roll up your sleeves and start fixing the problems.\n\nA common approach is to quarantine IE6-specific CSS in a separate stylesheet. This stylesheet can then be referenced from the HTML document using conditional comments like this:\n\n<!--[if lt IE 7]>\n<link rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"ie6.css\" type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\" />\n<![endif]-->\n\nThat stylesheet will only be served up to Internet Explorer where the version number is less than 7.\n\nYou can put anything inside a conditional comment. You could put a script element in there. So as well as serving up browser-specific CSS, it\u2019s possible to serve up browser-specific JavaScript.\n\nA few years back, before Microsoft released Internet Explorer 7, JavaScript genius Dean Edwards wrote a script called IE7. This amazing piece of code uses JavaScript to make Internet Explorer 5 and 6 behave like a standards-compliant browser. Dean used JavaScript to bootstrap IE\u2019s CSS support.\n\nBecause the script is specifically targeted at Internet Explorer, there\u2019s no point in serving it up to other browsers. Conditional comments to the rescue:\n\n<!--[if lt IE 7]>\n<script src=\"http://ie7-js.googlecode.com/svn/version/2.0(beta3)/IE7.js\" type=\"text/javascript\"></script>\n<![endif]-->\n\nStandards-compliant browsers won\u2019t fetch the script. Users of IE6, on the hand, will pay a kind of bad browser tax by having to download the JavaScript file.\n\nSo when should you develop an IE6-specific stylesheet and when should you just use Dean\u2019s JavaScript code? This is the question that myself and my co-worker Natalie Downe set out to answer one morning at Clearleft. We realised that in order to answer that question you need to first answer two other questions, how much time does it take to develop for IE6? and how much of your audience is using IE6?\n\nLet\u2019s say that t represents the total development time. Let t6 represent the portion of that time you spend developing for IE6. If your total audience is a, then a6 is the portion of your audience using IE6. With some algebraic help from our mathematically minded co-worker Cennydd Bowles, Natalie and I came up with the following equation to calculate the percentage likelihood that you should be using Dean\u2019s IE7 script:\n\n\n\np = 50 [ log ( at6 / ta6 ) + 1 ]\n\nTry plugging in your own numbers. If you spend a lot of time developing for IE6 and only a small portion of your audience is using that browser, you\u2019ll get a very high number out of the equation; you should probably use the IE7 script. But if you only spend a little time developing for IE6 and a significant portion of you audience are still using that browser, you\u2019ll get a very small value for p; you might as well write an IE6-specific stylesheet.\n\nOf course this equation is somewhat disingenuous. While it\u2019s entirely possible to research the percentage of your audience still using IE6, it\u2019s not so easy to figure out how much of your development time will be spent developing for that one browser. You can\u2019t really know until you\u2019ve already done the development, by which time the equation is irrelevant.\n\nInstead of using the equation, you could try imposing a limit on how long you will spend developing for IE6. Get your site working in standards-compliant browsers first, then give yourself a time limit to get it working in IE6. If you can\u2019t solve all the issues in that time limit, switch over to using Dean\u2019s script. You could even make the time limit directly proportional to the percentage of your audience using IE6. If 20% of your audience is still using IE6 and you\u2019ve just spent five days getting the site working in standards-compliant browsers, give yourself one day to get it working in IE6. But if 50% of your audience is still using IE6, be prepared to spend 2.5 days wrestling with your nemesis.\n\nAll of these different methods for dealing with IE6 demonstrate that there\u2019s no one single answer that works for everyone. They also highlight a problem with the current debate around dealing with IE6. There\u2019s no shortage of blog posts, articles and even entire websites discussing when to drop support for IE6. But very few of them take the time to define what they mean by \u201csupport.\u201d This isn\u2019t a binary issue. There is no Boolean answer. Instead, there\u2019s a sliding scale of support:\n\n\n\tBlock IE6 users from your site.\n\tDevelop with web standards and don\u2019t spend any development time testing in IE6.\n\tUse the Dean Edwards IE7 script to bootstrap CSS support in IE6.\n\tWrite an IE6 stylesheet to address layout issues.\n\tMake your site look exactly the same in IE6 as in any other browser.\n\n\nEach end of that scale is extreme. I don\u2019t think that anybody should be actively blocking any browser but neither do I think that users of an outdated browser should get exactly the same experience as users of a more modern browser. The real meanings of \u201csupporting\u201d or \u201cnot supporting\u201d IE6 lie somewhere in-between those extremes.\n\nJust as I think that semantics are important in markup, they are equally important in our discussion of web development. So let\u2019s try to come up with some better terms than using the catch-all verb \u201csupport.\u201d If you say in your client contract that you \u201csupport\u201d IE6, define exactly what that means. If you find yourself in a discussion about \u201cdropping support\u201d for IE6, take the time to explain what you think that entails.\n\nThe web developers at Yahoo! are on the right track with their concept of graded browser support. I\u2019m interested in hearing more ideas of how to frame this discussion. If we can all agree to use clear and precise language, we stand a better chance of defeating our nemesis.", "year": "2008", "author": "Jeremy Keith", "author_slug": "jeremykeith", "published": "2008-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/the-ie6-equation/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 321, "title": "Tables with Style", "contents": "It might not seem like it but styling tabular data can be a lot of fun. From a semantic point of view, there are plenty of elements to tie some style into. You have cells, rows, row groups and, of course, the table element itself. Adding CSS to a paragraph just isn\u2019t as exciting.\n\nWhere do I start?\n\nFirst, if you have some tabular data (you know, like a spreadsheet with rows and columns) that you\u2019d like to spiffy up, pop it into a table \u2014 it\u2019s rightful place!\n\nTo add more semantics to your table \u2014 and coincidentally to add more hooks for CSS \u2014 break up your table into row groups. There are three types of row groups: the header (thead), the body (tbody) and the footer (tfoot). You can only have one header and one footer but you can have as many table bodies as is appropriate.\n\nSample table example\n\nInspiration\n\nTable Striping\n\nTo improve scanning information within a table, a common technique is to style alternating rows. Also known as zebra tables. Whether you apply it using a class on every other row or turn to JavaScript to accomplish the task, a handy-dandy trick is to use a semi-transparent PNG as your background image. This is especially useful over patterned backgrounds. \n\ntbody tr.odd td {\n     background:transparent url(background.png) repeat top left;\n }\n\n * html tbody tr.odd td {\n     background:#C00;\n     filter: progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.AlphaImageLoader(\n          src='background.png', sizingMethod='scale');\n }\n\nWe turn off the default background and apply our PNG hack to have this work in Internet Explorer. \n\nStyling Columns\n\nDid you know you could style a column? That\u2019s right. You can add special column (col) or column group (colgroup) elements. With that you can add border or background styles to the column.\n\n<table>\n     <col id=\"ingredients\">\n     <col id=\"serve12\">\n     <col id=\"serve24\">\n ...\n\nCheck out the example.\n\nFun with Backgrounds\n\nPop in a tiled background to give your table some character! Internet Explorer\u2019s PNG hack unfortunately only works well when applied to a cell.\n\nTo figure out which background will appear over another, just remember the hierarchy:\n\n (bottom) Table \u2192 Column \u2192 Row Group \u2192 Row \u2192 Cell (top)\n\nThe Future is Bright\n\nOnce browser-makers start implementing CSS3, we\u2019ll have more power at our disposal. Just with :first-child and :last-child, you can pull off a scalable version of our previous table with rounded corners and all \u2014 unfortunately, only Firefox manages to pull this one off successfully. And the selector the masses are clamouring for, nth-child, will make zebra tables easy as eggnog.", "year": "2005", "author": "Jonathan Snook", "author_slug": "jonathansnook", "published": "2005-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/tables-with-style/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 20, "title": "Make Your Browser Dance", "contents": "It was a crisp winter\u2019s evening when I pulled up alongside the pier. I stepped out of my car and the bitterly cold sea air hit my face. I walked around to the boot, opened it and heaved out a heavy flight case. I slammed the boot shut, locked the car and started walking towards the venue.\n\nThis was it. My first gig. I thought about all those weeks of preparation: editing video clips, creating 3-D objects, making coloured patterns, then importing them all into software and configuring effects to change as the music did; targeting frequency, beat, velocity, modifying size, colour, starting point; creating playlists of these\u2026 and working out ways to mix them as the music played.\n\nThis was it. This was me VJing.\n\nThis was all a lifetime (well a decade!) ago.\n\nWhen I started web designing, VJing took a back seat. I was more interested in interactive layouts, semantic accessible HTML, learning all the IE bugs and mastering the quirks that CSS has to offer. More recently, I have been excited by background gradients, 3-D transforms, the @keyframe directive, as well as new APIs such as getUserMedia, indexedDB, the Web Audio API\n\nBut wait, have I just come full circle? Could it be possible, with these wonderful new things in technologies I am already familiar with, that I could VJ again, right here, in a browser?\n\nWell, there\u2019s only one thing to do: let\u2019s try it!\n\nLet\u2019s take to the dance floor \n\nOver the past couple of years working in The Lab I have learned to take a much more iterative approach to projects than before. One of my new favourite methods of working is to create a proof of concept to make sure my theory is feasible, before going on to create a full-blown product. So let\u2019s take the same approach here.\n\nThe main VJing functionality I want to recreate is manipulating visuals in relation to sound. So for my POC I need to create a visual, with parameters that can be changed, then get some sound and see if I can analyse that sound to detect some data, which I can then use to manipulate the visual parameters. Easy, right?\n\nSo, let\u2019s start at the beginning: creating a simple visual. For this I\u2019m going to create a CSS animation. It\u2019s just a funky i element with the opacity being changed to make it flash.\n\n See the Pen Creating a light by Rumyra (@Rumyra) on CodePen\n\nA note about prefixes: I\u2019ve left them out of the code examples in this post to make them easier to read. Please be aware that you may need them. I find a great resource to find out if you do is caniuse.com. You can also check out all the code for the examples in this article\n\nStart the music\n\nWell, that\u2019s pretty easy so far. Next up: loading in some sound. For this we\u2019ll use the Web Audio API. The Web Audio API is based around the concept of nodes. You have a source node: the sound you are loading in; a destination node: usually the device\u2019s speakers; and any number of processing nodes in between. All this processing that goes on with the audio is sandboxed within the AudioContext.\n\nSo, let\u2019s start by initialising our audio context.\n\nvar contextClass = window.AudioContext;\nif (contextClass) {\n  //web audio api available.\n  var audioContext = new contextClass();\n} else {\n  //web audio api unavailable\n  //warn user to upgrade/change browser\n}\n\nNow let\u2019s load our sound file into the new context we created with an XMLHttpRequest.\n\nfunction loadSound() {\n\t//set audio file url\n\tvar audioFileUrl = '/octave.ogg';\n\t//create new request\n\tvar request = new XMLHttpRequest();\n\trequest.open(\"GET\", audioFileUrl, true);\n\trequest.responseType = \"arraybuffer\";\n\n\trequest.onload = function() {\n\t\t//take from http request and decode into buffer\n\t\tcontext.decodeAudioData(request.response, function(buffer) {\n\t    \taudioBuffer = buffer;\n\t     });\n\t\t}\n\trequest.send();\n}\n\nPhew! Now we\u2019ve loaded in some sound! There are plenty of things we can do with the Web Audio API: increase volume; add filters; spatialisation. If you want to dig deeper, the O\u2019Reilly Web Audio API book by Boris Smus is available to read online free.\n\nAll we really want to do for this proof of concept, however, is analyse the sound data. To do this we really need to know what data we have.\n\n Learning the steps\n\nLet\u2019s take a minute to step back and remember our school days and science class. I\u2019m sure if I drew a picture of a sound wave, we would all start nodding our heads.\n\n \n\nThe sound you hear is caused by pressure differences in the particles in the air. Sound pushes these particles together, causing vibrations. Amplitude is basically strength of pressure. A simple example of change of amplitude is when you increase the volume on your stereo and the output wave increases in size.\n\nThis is great when everything is analogue, but the waveform varies continuously and it\u2019s not suitable for digital processing: there\u2019s an infinite set of values. For digital processing, we need discrete numbers.\n\nWe have to sample the waveform at set time intervals, and record data such as amplitude and frequency. Luckily for us, just the fact we have a digital sound file means all this hard work is done for us. What we\u2019re doing in the code above is piping that data in the audio context. All we need to do now is access it.\n\nWe can do this with the Web Audio API\u2019s analysing functionality. Just pop in an analysing node before we connect the source to its destination node.\n\nfunction createAnalyser(source) {\n\t//create analyser node\n\tanalyser = audioContext.createAnalyser();\n\t//connect to source\n\tsource.connect(analyzer);\n\t//pipe to speakers\n\tanalyser.connect(audioContext.destination);\n}\n\nThe data I\u2019m really interested in here is frequency. Later we could look into amplitude or time, but for now I\u2019m going to stick with frequency.\n\nThe analyser node gives us frequency data via the getFrequencyByteData method.\n\n Don\u2019t forget to count!\n\nTo collect the data from the getFrequencyByteData method, we need to pass in an empty array (a JavaScript typed array is ideal). But how do we know how many items the array will need when we create it?\n\nThis is really up to us and how high the resolution of frequencies we want to analyse is. Remember we talked about sampling the waveform; this happens at a certain rate (sample rate) which you can find out via the audio context\u2019s sampleRate attribute. This is good to bear in mind when you\u2019re thinking about your resolution of frequencies.\n\nvar sampleRate = audioContext.sampleRate;\n\nLet\u2019s say your file sample rate is 48,000, making the maximum frequency in the file 24,000Hz (thanks to a wonderful theorem from Dr Harry Nyquist, the maximum frequency in the file is always half the sample rate). The analyser array we\u2019re creating will contain frequencies up to this point. This is ideal as the human ear hears the range 0\u201320,000hz.\n\nSo, if we create an array which has 2,400 items, each frequency recorded will be 10Hz apart. However, we are going to create an array which is half the size of the FFT (fast Fourier transform), which in this case is 2,048 which is the default. You can set it via the fftSize property.\n\n//set our FFT size\nanalyzer.fftSize = 2048;\n//create an empty array with 1024 items\nvar frequencyData = new Uint8Array(1024);\n\nSo, with an array of 1,024 items, and a frequency range of 24,000Hz, we know each item is 24,000 \u00f7 1,024 = 23.44Hz apart.\n\nThe thing is, we also want that array to be updated constantly. We could use the setInterval or setTimeout methods for this; however, I prefer the new and shiny requestAnimationFrame.\n\nfunction update() {\n  \t//constantly getting feedback from data\n  \trequestAnimationFrame(update);\n  \tanalyzer.getByteFrequencyData(frequencyData);\n}\n\n Putting it all together\n\nSweet sticks! Now we have an array of frequencies from the sound we loaded, updating as the sound plays. Now we want that data to trigger our animation from earlier.\n\nWe can easily pause and run our CSS animation from JavaScript:\n\nelement.style.webkitAnimationPlayState = \"paused\";\nelement.style.webkitAnimationPlayState = \"running\";\n\nUnfortunately, this may not be ideal as our animation might be a whole heap longer than just a flashing light. We may want to target specific points within that animation to have it stop and start in a visually pleasing way and perhaps not smack bang in the middle.\n\nThere is no really easy way to do this at the moment as Zach Saucier explains in this wonderful article. It takes some jiggery pokery with setInterval to try to ascertain how far through the CSS animation you are in percentage terms.\n\nThis seems a bit much for our proof of concept, so let\u2019s backtrack a little. We know by the animation we\u2019ve created which CSS properties we want to change. This is pretty easy to do directly with JavaScript.\n\nelement.style.opacity = \"1\";\nelement.style.opacity = \"0.2\";\n\nSo let\u2019s start putting it all together. For this example I want to trigger each light as a different frequency plays. For this, I\u2019ll loop through the HTML elements and change the opacity style if the frequency gain goes over a certain threshold.\n\n//get light elements\nvar lights = document.getElementsByTagName('i');\nvar totalLights = lights.length;\n\nfor (var i=0; i<totalLights; i++) {\n  //get frequencyData key\n  var freqDataKey = i*8;\n\t//if gain is over threshold for that frequency animate light\n  if (frequencyData[freqDataKey] > 160){\n    //start animation on element\n    lights[i].style.opacity = \"1\";\n  } else {\n    lights[i].style.opacity = \"0.2\";\n  }\n}\n\nSee all the code in action here. I suggest viewing in a modern browser :)\n\nAwesome! It is true \u2014 we can VJ in our browser!\n\nLet\u2019s dance!\n\nSo, let\u2019s start to expand this simple example. First, I feel the need to make lots of lights, rather than just a few. Also, maybe we should try a sound file more suited to gigs or clubs.\n\nCheck it out!\n\nI don\u2019t know about you, but I\u2019m pretty excited \u2014 that\u2019s just a bit of HTML, CSS and JavaScript!\n\nThe other thing to think about, of course, is the sound that you would get at a venue. We don\u2019t want to load sound from a file, but rather pick up on what is playing in real time. The easiest way to do this, I\u2019ve found, is to capture what my laptop\u2019s mic is picking up and piping that back into the audio context. We can do this by using getUserMedia.\n\nLet\u2019s include this in this demo. If you make some noise while viewing the demo, the lights will start to flash.\n\n And relax :)\n\nThere you have it. Sit back, play some music and enjoy the Winamp like experience in front of you.\n\nSo, where do we go from here? I already have a wealth of ideas. We haven\u2019t started with canvas, SVG or the 3-D features of CSS. There are other things we can detect from the audio as well. And yes, OK, it\u2019s questionable whether the browser is the best environment for this. For one, I\u2019m using a whole bunch of nonsensical HTML elements (maybe each animation could be held within a web component in the future). But hey, it\u2019s fun, and it looks cool and sometimes I think it\u2019s OK to just dance.", "year": "2013", "author": "Ruth John", "author_slug": "ruthjohn", "published": "2013-12-02T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2013/make-your-browser-dance/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 177, "title": "HTML5: Tool of Satan, or Yule of Santa?", "contents": "It would lead to unseasonal arguments to discuss the title of this piece here, and the arguments are as indigestible as the fourth turkey curry of the season, so we\u2019ll restrict our article to the practical rather than the philosophical: what HTML5 can you reasonably expect to be able to use reliably cross-browser in the early months of 2010?\n\nThe answer is that you can use more than you might think, due to the seasonal tinsel of feature-detection and using the sparkly pixie-dust of IE-only VML (but used in a way that won\u2019t damage your Elf).\n\nCanvas\n\ncanvas is a 2D drawing API that defines a blank area of the screen of arbitrary size, and allows you to draw on it using JavaScript. The pictures can be animated, such as in this canvas mashup of Wolfenstein 3D and Flickr. (The difference between canvas and SVG is that SVG uses vector graphics, so is infinitely scalable. It also keeps a DOM, whereas canvas is just pixels so you have to do all your own book-keeping yourself in JavaScript if you want to know where aliens are on screen, or do collision detection.)\n\nPreviously, you needed to do this using Adobe Flash or Java applets, requiring plugins and potentially compromising keyboard accessibility. Canvas drawing is supported now in Opera, Safari, Chrome and Firefox. The reindeer in the corner is, of course, Internet Explorer, which currently has zero support for canvas (or SVG, come to that).\n\nNow, don\u2019t pull a face like all you\u2019ve found in your Yuletide stocking is a mouldy satsuma and a couple of nuts\u2014that\u2019s not the end of the story. Canvas was originally an Apple proprietary technology, and Internet Explorer had a similar one called Vector Markup Language which was submitted to the W3C for standardisation in 1998 but which, unlike canvas, was not blessed with retrospective standardisation.\n\nWhat you need, then, is some way for Internet Explorer to translate canvas to VML on-the-fly, while leaving the other, more standards-compliant browsers to use the HTML5. And such a way exists\u2014it\u2019s a JavaScript library called excanvas. It\u2019s downloadable from http://code.google.com/p/explorercanvas/ and it\u2019s simple to include it via a conditional comment in the head for IE:\n\n<!--[if IE]>\n<script src=\"excanvas.js\"></script>\n<![endif]-->\n\nSimply include this, and your canvas will be natively supported in the modern browsers (and the library won\u2019t even be downloaded) whereas IE will suddenly render your canvas using its own VML engine. Be sure, however, to check it carefully, as the IE JavaScript engine isn\u2019t so fast and you\u2019ll need to be sure that performance isn\u2019t too degraded to use.\n\nForms\n\nSince the beginning of the Web, developers have been coding forms, and then writing JavaScript to check whether an input is a correctly formed email address, URL, credit card number or conforms to some other pattern. The cumulative labour of the world\u2019s developers over the last 15 years makes whizzing round in a sleigh and delivering presents seem like popping to the corner shop in comparison.\n\nWith HTML5, that\u2019s all about to change. As Yaili began to explore on Day 3, a host of new attributes to the input element provide built-in validation for email address formats (input type=email), URLs (input type=url), any pattern that can be expressed with a JavaScript-syntax regex (pattern=\"[0-9][A-Z]{3}\") and the like. New attributes such as required, autofocus, input type=number min=3 max=50 remove much of the tedious JavaScript from form validation.\n\nOther, really exciting input types are available (see all input types). The datalist is reminiscent of a select box, but allows the user to enter their own text if they don\u2019t want to choose one of the pre-defined options. input type=range is rendered as a slider, while input type=date pops up a date picker, all natively in the browser with no JavaScript required at all.\n\nCurrently, support is most complete in an experimental implementation in Opera and a number of the new attributes in Webkit-based browsers. But don\u2019t let that stop you! The clever thing about the specification of the new Web Forms is that all the new input types are attributes (rather than elements). input defaults to input type=text, so if a browser doesn\u2019t understand a new HTML5 type, it gracefully degrades to a plain text input.\n\nSo where does that leave validation in those browsers that don\u2019t support Web Forms? The answer is that you don\u2019t retire your pre-existing JavaScript validation just yet, but you leave it as a fallback after doing some feature detection. To detect whether (say) input type=email is supported, you make a new input type=email with JavaScript but don\u2019t add it to the page. Then, you interrogate your new element to find out what its type attribute is. If it\u2019s reported back as \u201cemail\u201d, then the browser supports the new feature, so let it do its work and don\u2019t bring in any JavaScript validation. If it\u2019s reported back as \u201ctext\u201d, it\u2019s fallen back to the default, indicating that it\u2019s not supported, so your code should branch to your old validation routines. Alternatively, use the small (7K) Modernizr library which will do this work for you and give you JavaScript booleans like Modernizr.inputtypes[email] set to true or false.\n\nSo what does this buy you? Well, first and foremost, you\u2019re future-proofing your code for that time when all browsers support these hugely useful additions to forms. Secondly, you buy a usability and accessibility win. Although it\u2019s tempting to style the stuffing out of your form fields (which can, incidentally, lead to madness), whatever your branding people say, it\u2019s better to leave forms as close to the browser defaults as possible. A browser\u2019s slider and date pickers will be the same across different sites, making it much more comprehensible to users. And, by using native controls rather than faking sliders and date pickers with JavaScript, your forms are much more likely to be accessible to users of assistive technology.\n\nHTML5 DOCTYPE\n\nYou can use the new DOCTYPE !doctype html now and \u2013 hey presto \u2013 you\u2019re writing HTML5, as it\u2019s pretty much a superset of HTML4. There are some useful advantages to doing this. The first is that the HTML5 validator (I use http://html5.validator.nu) also validates ARIA information, whereas the HTML4 validator doesn\u2019t, as ARIA is a new spec developed after HTML4. (Actually, it\u2019s more accurate to say that it doesn\u2019t validate your ARIA attributes, but it doesn\u2019t automatically report them as an error.)\n\nAnother advantage is that HTML5 allows tabindex as a global attribute (that is, on any element). Although originally designed as an accessibility bolt-on, I ordinarily advise you don\u2019t use it; a well-structured page should provide a logical tab order through links and form fields already.\n\nHowever, tabindex=\"-1\" is a legal value in HTML5 as it allows for the element to be programmatically focussable by JavaScript. It\u2019s also very useful for correcting a bug in Internet Explorer when used with a keyboard; in-page links go nowhere if the destination doesn\u2019t have a proprietary property called hasLayout set or a tabindex of -1.\n\nSo, whether it is the tool of Satan or yule of Santa, HTML5 is just around the corner. Some you can use now, and by the end of 2010 I predict you\u2019ll be able to use a whole lot more as new browser versions are released.", "year": "2009", "author": "Bruce Lawson", "author_slug": "brucelawson", "published": "2009-12-05T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/html5-tool-of-satan-or-yule-of-santa/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 246, "title": "Designing Your Site Like It\u2019s 1998", "contents": "It\u2019s 20 years to the day since my wife and I started Stuff & Nonsense, our little studio and my outlet for creative ideas on the web. To celebrate this anniversary\u2014and my fourteenth contribution to 24 ways\u2014 I\u2019d like to explain how I would\u2019ve developed a design for Planes, Trains and Automobiles, one of my favourite Christmas films.\nMy design for Planes, Trains and Automobiles is fixed at 800px wide.\nDeveloping a <frameset> framework\nI\u2019ll start by using frames to set up the framework for this new website. Frames are individual pages\u2014one for navigation, the other for my content\u2014pulled together to form a frameset. Space is limited on lower-resolution screens, so by using frames I can ensure my navigation always remains visible. I can include any number of frames inside a <frameset> element.\nI add two rows to my <frameset>; the first is for my navigation and is 50px tall, the second is for my content and will resize to fill any available space. As I don\u2019t want frame borders or any space between my frames, I set frameborder and framespacing attributes to 0:\n<frameset frameborder=\"0\" framespacing=\"0\" rows=\"50,*\">\n[\u2026]\n</frameset>\nNext I add the source of my two frame documents. I don\u2019t want people to be able to resize or scroll my navigation, so I add the noresize attribute to that frame:\n<frameset frameborder=\"0\" framespacing=\"0\" rows=\"50,*\">\n<frame noresize scrolling=\"no\" src=\"nav.html\">\n<frame src=\"content.html\">\n</frameset>\nI do want links from my navigation to open in the content frame, so I give each <frame> a name so I can specify where I want links to open:\n<frameset frameborder=\"0\" framespacing=\"0\" rows=\"50,*\">\n<frame name=\"navigation\" noresize scrolling=\"no\" src=\"nav.html\">\n<frame name=\"content\" src=\"content.html\">\n</frameset>\nThe framework for this website is simple as it contains only two horizontal rows. Should I need a more complex layout, I can nest as many framesets\u2014and as many individual documents\u2014as I need:\n<frameset rows=\"50,*\">\n <frame name=\"navigation\">\n <frameset cols=\"25%,*\">\n  <frame name=\"sidebar\">\n  <frame name=\"content\">\n </frameset>\n</frameset>\nLetterbox framesets were common way to deal with multiple screen sizes. In a letterbox, the central frameset had a fixed height and width, while the frames on the top, right, bottom, and left expanded to fill any remaining space.\nHandling older browsers\nSadly not every browser supports frames, so I should send a helpful message to people who use older browsers asking them to upgrade. Happily, I can do that using noframes content:\n<noframes>\n<body>\n<p>This page uses frames, but your browser doesn\u2019t support them. \n    Please upgrade your browser.</p>\n</body>\n</noframes>\nForcing someone back into a frame\nSometimes, someone may follow a link to a page from a portal or search engine, or they might attempt to open it in a new window or tab. If that page properly belongs inside a <frameset>, people could easily miss out on other parts of a design. This short script will prevent this happening and because it\u2019s vanilla Javascript, it doesn\u2019t require a library such as jQuery:\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\nif (top == self) {\n  location = 'frameset.html';\n}\n</script>\n\nLaying out my page\nBefore starting my layout, I add a few basic background and colour styles. I must include these attributes in every page on my website:\n<body background=\"img/container.jpg\" bgcolor=\"#fef7fb\" \n    link=\"#245eab\" alink=\"#245eab\" vlink=\"#3c146e\" text=\"#000000\">\nI want absolute control over how people experience my design and don\u2019t want to allow it to stretch, so I first need a <table> which limits the width of my layout to 800px. The align attribute will keep this <table> in the centre of someone\u2019s screen:\n<table width=\"800\" align=\"center\">\n <tr>\n  <td>[\u2026]</td>\n </tr>\n</table>\nAlthough they were developed for displaying tabular information, the cells and rows which make up the <table> element make it ideal for the precise implementation of a design. I need several tables\u2014often nested inside each other\u2014to implement my design. These include tables for a banner and three rows of content:\n<table width=\"800\" align=\"center\">\n <table>[\u2026]</table>\n <table>\n  <table>\n   <table>[\u2026]</table>\n  </table>\n </table>\n <table>[\u2026]</table>\n <table>[\u2026]</table>\n</table>\nThe width of the first table\u2014used for my banner\u2014is fixed to match the logo it contains. As I don\u2019t need borders, padding, or spacing between these cells, I use attributes to remove them:\n<table border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" width=\"587\" align=\"center\">\n <tr>\n  <td><img src=\"logo.gif\" border=\"0\" width=\"587\" alt=\"Logo\"></td>\n </tr>\n</table>\nThe next table\u2014which contains the largest image, introduction, and a call-to-action\u2014is one of the most complex parts of my design, so I need to ensure its layout is pixel perfect. To do that I add an extra row at the top of this table and fill each of its cells with tiny transparent images:\n<tr>\n <td><img src=\"spacer.gif\" width=\"593\" height=\"1\"></td>\n <td><img src=\"spacer.gif\" width=\"207\" height=\"1\"></td>\n</tr>\nThe height and width of these \u201cshims\u201d or \u201cspacers\u201d is only 1px but they will stretch to any size without increasing their weight on the page. This makes them perfect for performant website development.\nFor the hero of this design, I splice up the large image into three separate files and apply each slice as a background to the table cells. I also match the height of those cells to the background images:\n<tr>\n <td background=\"slice-1.jpg\" height=\"473\">\u00a0</td>\n <td background=\"slice-2.jpg\" height=\"473\">[\u2026]</td>\n</tr>\n\n<tr>\n <td background=\"slice-3.jpg\" height=\"388\">\u00a0</td>\n</tr>\nI use tables and spacer images throughout the rest of this design to lay out the various types of content with perfect precision. For example, to add a single-pixel border around my two columns of content, I first apply a blue background to an outer table along with 1px of cellspacing, then simply nest an inner table\u2014this time with a white background\u2014inside it:\n<table border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"1\" cellspacing=\"0\">\n <tr>\n  <td>\n   <table bgcolor=\"#ffffff\" border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\">\n[\u2026]\n   </table>\n  </td>\n </tr>\n</table>\nAdding details\nTables are fabulous tools for laying out a page, but they\u2019re also useful for implementing details on those pages. I can use a table to add a gradient background, rounded corners, and a shadow to the button which forms my \u201cBuy the DVD\u201d call-to-action. First, I splice my button graphic into three slices; two fixed-width rounded ends, plus a narrow gradient which stretches and makes this button responsive. Then, I add those images as backgrounds and use spacers to perfectly size my button:\n<table border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\">\n <tr>\n  <td background=\"btn-1.jpg\" border=\"0\" height=\"48\" width=\"30\"><img src=\"spacer.gif\" width=\"30\" height=\"1\"></td>\n\n  <td background=\"btn-2.jpg\" border=\"0\" height=\"48\">\n   <center>\n    <a href=\"\" target=\"_blank\"><b>Buy the DVD</b></a>\n   </center>\n  </td>\n\n  <td background=\"btn-3.jpg\" border=\"0\" height=\"48\" width=\"30\"><img src=\"spacer.gif\" width=\"30\" height=\"1\"></td>\n </tr>\n</table>\nI use those same elements to add details to headlines and lists too. Adding a \u201cbullet\u201d to each item in a list needs only two additional table cells, a circular graphic, and a spacer:\n<table border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\">\n <tr>\n  <td width=\"10\"><img src=\"li.gif\" border=\"0\" width=\"8\" height=\"8\">\u00a0</td>\n  <td><img src=\"spacer.gif\" width=\"10\" height=\"1\">\u00a0</td>\n  <td>Directed by John Hughes</td>\n </tr>\n</table>\nImplementing a typographic hierarchy\nSo far I\u2019ve explained how to use frames, tables, and spacers to develop a layout for my content, but what about styling that content? I use <font> elements to change the typeface from the browser\u2019s default to any font installed on someone\u2019s device:\n<font face=\"Arial\">Planes, Trains and Automobiles is a comedy film [\u2026]</font>\nTo adjust the size of those fonts, I use the size attribute and a value between the smallest (1) and the largest (7) where 3 is the browser\u2019s default. I use a size of 4 for this headline and 2 for the text which follows:\n<font face=\"Arial\" size=\"4\"><b>Steve Martin</b></font>\n\n<font face=\"Arial\" size=\"2\">An American actor, comedian, writer, producer, and musician.</font>\nWhen I need to change the typeface, perhaps from a sans-serif like Arial to a serif like Times New Roman, I must change the value of the face attribute on every element on all pages on my website.\nNB: I use as many <br> elements as needed to create space between headlines and paragraphs.\nView the final result (and especially the source.)\nMy modern day design for Planes, Trains and Automobiles.\nI can imagine many people reading this and thinking \u201cThis is terrible advice because we don\u2019t develop websites like this in 2018.\u201d That\u2019s true.\nWe have the ability to embed any number of web fonts into our products and websites and have far more control over type features, leading, ligatures, and sizes:\nfont-variant-caps: titling-caps;\nfont-variant-ligatures: common-ligatures;\nfont-variant-numeric: oldstyle-nums;\nGrid has simplified the implementation of even the most complex compound grid down to just a few lines of CSS:\nbody {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: 3fr 1fr 2fr 2fr 1fr 3fr;\n  grid-template-rows: auto;\n  grid-column-gap: 2vw;\n  grid-row-gap: 1vh;\n}\nFlexbox has made it easy to develop flexible components such as navigation links:\nnav ul { display: flex; }\nnav li { flex: 1; }\nJust one line of CSS can create multiple columns of fluid type:\nmain { column-width: 12em; }\nCSS Shapes enable text to flow around irregular shapes including polygons:\n[src*=\"main-img\"] {\n  float: left;\n  shape-outside: polygon(\u2026);\n}\nToday, we wouldn\u2019t dream of using images and a table to add a gradient, rounded corners, and a shadow to a button or link, preferring instead:\n.btn {\n  background: linear-gradient(#8B1212, #DD3A3C);\n  border-radius: 1em;\n  box-shadow: 0 2px 4px 0 rgba(0,0,0,0.50), inset 0 -1px 1px 0 rgba(0,0,0,0.50);\n}\nCSS Custom Properties, feature and media queries, filters, pseudo-elements, and SVG; the list of advances in HTML, CSS, and other technologies goes on. So does our understanding of how best to use them by separating content, structure, presentation, and behaviour. As 2018 draws to a close, we\u2019re certain we know how to design and develop products and websites better than we did at the end of 1998.\nStrange as it might seem looking back, in 1998 we were also certain our techniques and technologies were the best for the job. That\u2019s why it\u2019s dangerous to believe with absolute certainty that the frameworks and tools we increasingly rely on today\u2014tools like Bootstrap, Bower, and Brunch, Grunt, Gulp, Node, Require, React, and Sass\u2014will be any more relevant in the future than <font> elements, frames, layout tables, and spacer images are today.\nI have no prediction for what the web will be like twenty years from now. However, I want to believe we\u2019ll build on what we\u2019ve learned during these past two decades about the importance of accessibility, flexibility, and usability, and that the mistakes we made while infatuated by technologies won\u2019t be repeated.\n\nHead over to my website if you\u2019d like to read about how I\u2019d implement my design for \u2018Planes, Trains and Automobiles\u2019 today.", "year": "2018", "author": "Andy Clarke", "author_slug": "andyclarke", "published": "2018-12-23T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/designing-your-site-like-its-1998/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 64, "title": "Being Responsive to the Small Things", "contents": "It\u2019s that time of the year again to trim the tree with decorations. Or maybe a DOM tree?\nAny web page is made of HTML elements that lay themselves out in a tree structure. We start at the top and then have multiple branches with branches that branch out from there. \n\nTo decorate our tree, we use CSS to specify which branches should receive the tinsel we wish to adorn upon it. It\u2019s all so lovely.\nIn years past, this was rather straightforward. But these days, our trees need to be versatile. They need to be responsive!\nResponsive web design is pretty wonderful, isn\u2019t it? Based on our viewport, we can decide how elements on the page should change their appearance to accommodate various constraints using media queries.\nClearleft have a delightfully clean and responsive site\nAlas, it\u2019s not all sunshine, lollipops, and rainbows. \nWith complex layouts, we may have design chunks \u2014 let\u2019s call them components \u2014 that appear in different contexts. Each context may end up providing its own constraints on the design, both in its default state and in its possibly various responsive states.\n\nMedia queries, however, limit us to the context of the entire viewport, not individual containers on the page. For every container our component lives in, we need to specify how to rearrange things in that context. The more complex the system, the more contexts we need to write code for.\n@media (min-width: 800px) {\n  .features > .component { }\n  .sidebar > .component {}\n  .grid > .component {}\n}\nEach new component and each new breakpoint just makes the entire system that much more difficult to maintain. \n@media (min-width: 600px) {\n  .features > .component { }\n  .grid > .component {}\n}\n\n@media (min-width: 800px) {\n  .features > .component { }\n  .sidebar > .component {}\n  .grid > .component {}\n}\n\n@media (min-width: 1024px) {\n  .features > .component { }\n}\nEnter container queries\nContainer queries, also known as element queries, allow you to specify conditional CSS based on the width (or maybe height) of the container that an element lives in. In doing so, you no longer have to consider the entire page and the interplay of all the elements within. \nWith container queries, you\u2019ll be able to consider the breakpoints of just the component you\u2019re designing. As a result, you end up specifying less code and the components you develop have fewer dependencies on the things around them. (I guess that makes your components more independent.)\nAwesome, right?\nThere\u2019s only one catch.\nBrowsers can\u2019t do container queries. There\u2019s not even an official specification for them yet. The Responsive Issues (n\u00e9e Images) Community Group is looking into solving how such a thing would actually work. \nSee, container queries are tricky from an implementation perspective. The contents of a container can affect the size of the container. Because of this, you end up with troublesome circular references. \nFor example, if the width of the container is under 500px then the width of the child element should be 600px, and if the width of the container is over 500px then the width of the child element should be 400px. \nCan you see the dilemma? When the container is under 500px, the child element resizes to 600px and suddenly the container is 600px. If the container is 600px, then the child element is 400px! And so on, forever. This is bad.\nI guess we should all just go home and sulk about how we just got a pile of socks when we really wanted the Millennium Falcon. \nOur saviour this Christmas: JavaScript\nThe three wise men \u2014 Tim Berners-Lee, H\u00e5kon Wium Lie, and Brendan Eich \u2014 brought us the gifts of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. \nTo date, there are a handful of open source solutions to fill the gap until a browser implementation sees the light of day.\n\nElementary by Scott Jehl\nElementQuery by Tyson Matanich\nEQ.js by Sam Richards\nCSS Element Queries from Marcj\n\nUsing any of these can sometimes feel like your toy broke within ten minutes of unwrapping it.\nEach take their own approach on how to specify the query conditions. For example, Elementary, the smallest of the group, only supports min-width declarations made in a :before selector.\n.mod-foo:before {\n  content: \u201c300 410 500\u201d;\n}\nThe script loops through all the elements that you specify, reading the content property and then setting an attribute value on the HTML element, allowing you to use CSS to style that condition. \n.mod-foo[data-minwidth~=\"300\"] {\n  background: blue;\n}\nTo get the script to run, you\u2019ll need to set up event handlers for when the page loads and for when it resizes. \nwindow.addEventListener( \"load\", window.elementary, false );\nwindow.addEventListener( \"resize\", window.elementary, false );\nThis works okay for static sites but breaks down on pages where elements can expand or contract, or where new content is dynamically inserted.\nIn the case of EQ.js, the implementation requires the creation of the breakpoints in the HTML. That means that you have implementation details in HTML, JavaScript, and CSS. (Although, with the JavaScript, once it\u2019s in the build system, it shouldn\u2019t ever be much of a concern unless you\u2019re tracking down a bug.)\nAnother problem you may run into is the use of content delivery networks (CDNs) or cross-origin security issues. The ElementQuery and CSS Element Queries libraries need to be able to read the CSS file. If you are unable to set up proper cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) headers, these libraries won\u2019t help.\nAt Shopify, for example, we had all of these problems. The admin that store owners use is very dynamic and the CSS and JavaScript were being loaded from a CDN that prevented the JavaScript from reading the CSS. \nTo go responsive, the team built their own solution \u2014 one similar to the other scripts above, in that it loops through elements and adds or removes classes (instead of data attributes) based on minimum or maximum width.\nThe caveat to this particular approach is that the declaration of breakpoints had to be done in JavaScript. \n  elements = [\n    { \u2018module\u2019: \u201c.carousel\u201d, \u201cclassName\u201d:\u2019alpha\u2019, minWidth: 768, maxWidth: 1024 },\n    { \u2018module\u2019: \u201c.button\u201d, \u201cclassName\u201d:\u2019beta\u2019, minWidth: 768, maxWidth: 1024 } ,\n    { \u2018module\u2019: \u201c.grid\u201d, \u201cclassName\u201d:\u2019cappa\u2019, minWidth: 768, maxWidth: 1024 }\n  ]\nWith that done, the script then had to be set to run during various events such as inserting new content via Ajax calls. This sometimes reveals itself in flashes of unstyled breakpoints (FOUB). An unfortunate side effect but one largely imperceptible.\nUsing this approach, however, allowed the Shopify team to make the admin responsive really quickly. Each member of the team was able to tackle the responsive story for a particular component without much concern for how all the other components would react. \n\nEach element responds to its own breakpoint that would amount to dozens of breakpoints using traditional breakpoints. This approach allows for a truly fluid and adaptive interface for all screens.\nChristmas is over\nI wish I were the bearer of greater tidings and cheer. It\u2019s not all bad, though. We may one day see browsers implement container queries natively. At which point, we shall all rejoice!", "year": "2015", "author": "Jonathan Snook", "author_slug": "jonathansnook", "published": "2015-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/being-responsive-to-the-small-things/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 258, "title": "Mistletoe Offline", "contents": "It\u2019s that time of year, when we gather together as families to celebrate the life of the greatest person in history. This man walked the Earth long before us, but he left behind words of wisdom. Those words can guide us every single day, but they are at the forefront of our minds during this special season.\nI am, of course, talking about Murphy, and the golden rule he gave unto us:\n\nAnything that can go wrong will go wrong.\n\nSo true! I mean, that\u2019s why we make sure we\u2019ve got nice 404 pages. It\u2019s not that we want people to ever get served a File Not Found message, but we acknowledge that, despite our best efforts, it\u2019s bound to happen sometime. Murphy\u2019s Law, innit?\nBut there are some Murphyesque situations where even your lovingly crafted 404 page won\u2019t help. What if your web server is down? What if someone is trying to reach your site but they lose their internet connection? These are all things than can\u2014and will\u2014go wrong.\nI guess there\u2019s nothing we can do about those particular situations, right?\nWrong!\nA service worker is a Murphy-battling technology that you can inject into a visitor\u2019s device from your website. Once it\u2019s installed, it can intercept any requests made to your domain. If anything goes wrong with a request\u2014as is inevitable\u2014you can provide instructions for the browser. That\u2019s your opportunity to turn those server outage frowns upside down. Take those network connection lemons and make network connection lemonade.\nIf you\u2019ve got a custom 404 page, why not make a custom offline page too?\nGet your server in order\nStep one is to make \u2026actually, wait. There\u2019s a step before that. Step zero. Get your site running on HTTPS, if it isn\u2019t already. You won\u2019t be able to use a service worker unless everything\u2019s being served over HTTPS, which makes sense when you consider the awesome power that a service worker wields.\nIf you\u2019re developing locally, service workers will work fine for localhost, even without HTTPS. But for a live site, HTTPS is a must.\nMake an offline page\nAlright, assuming your site is being served over HTTPS, then step one is to create an offline page. Make it as serious or as quirky as is appropriate for your particular brand. If the website is for a restaurant, maybe you could put the telephone number and address of the restaurant on the custom offline page (unsolicited advice: you could also put this on the home page, you know). Here\u2019s an example of the custom offline page for this year\u2019s Ampersand conference.\nWhen you\u2019re done, publish the offline page at suitably imaginative URL, like, say /offline.html.\nPre-cache your offline page\nNow create a JavaScript file called serviceworker.js. This is the script that the browser will look to when certain events are triggered. The first event to handle is what to do when the service worker is installed on the user\u2019s device. When that happens, an event called install is fired. You can listen out for this event using addEventListener:\naddEventListener('install', installEvent => {\n// put your instructions here.\n}); // end addEventListener\nIn this case, you want to make sure that your lovingly crafted custom offline page is put into a nice safe cache. You can use the Cache API to do this. You get to create as many caches as you like, and you can call them whatever you want. Here, I\u2019m going to call the cache Johnny just so I can refer to it as JohnnyCache in the code:\naddEventListener('install', installEvent => {\n  installEvent.waitUntil(\n    caches.open('Johnny')\n    .then( JohnnyCache => {\n      JohnnyCache.addAll([\n       '/offline.html'\n      ]); // end addAll\n    }) // end open.then\n  ); // end waitUntil\n}); // end addEventListener\nI\u2019m betting that your lovely offline page is linking to a CSS file, maybe an image or two, and perhaps some JavaScript. You can cache all of those at this point:\naddEventListener('install', installEvent => {\n  installEvent.waitUntil(\n    caches.open('Johnny')\n    .then( JohnnyCache => {\n      JohnnyCache.addAll([\n       '/offline.html',\n       '/path/to/stylesheet.css',\n       '/path/to/javascript.js',\n           '/path/to/image.jpg'\n      ]); // end addAll\n    }) // end open.then\n  ); // end waitUntil\n}); // end addEventListener\nMake sure that the URLs are correct. If just one of the URLs in the list fails to resolve, none of the items in the list will be cached.\nIntercept requests\nThe next event you want to listen for is the fetch event. This is probably the most powerful\u2014and, let\u2019s be honest, the creepiest\u2014feature of a service worker. Once it has been installed, the service worker lurks on the user\u2019s device, waiting for any requests made to your site. Every time the user requests a web page from your site, a fetch event will fire. Every time that page requests a style sheet or an image, a fetch event will fire. You can provide instructions for what should happen each time:\naddEventListener('fetch', fetchEvent => {\n// What happens next is up to you!\n}); // end addEventListener\nLet\u2019s write a fairly conservative script with the following logic:\n\nWhenever a file is requested,\nFirst, try to fetch it from the network,\nBut if that doesn\u2019t work, try to find it in the cache,\nBut if that doesn\u2019t work, and it\u2019s a request for a web page, show the custom offline page instead.\n\nHere\u2019s how that translates into JavaScript:\n// Whenever a file is requested\naddEventListener('fetch', fetchEvent => {\n  const request = fetchEvent.request;\n  fetchEvent.respondWith(\n    // First, try to fetch it from the network\n    fetch(request)\n    .then( responseFromFetch => {\n      return responseFromFetch;\n    }) // end fetch.then\n    // But if that doesn't work\n    .catch( fetchError => {\n      // try to find it in the cache\n      caches.match(request)\n      .then( responseFromCache => {\n        if (responseFromCache) {\n         return responseFromCache;\n       // But if that doesn't work\n       } else {\n         // and it's a request for a web page\n         if (request.headers.get('Accept').includes('text/html')) {\n           // show the custom offline page instead\n           return caches.match('/offline.html');\n         } // end if\n       } // end if/else\n     }) // end match.then\n   }) // end fetch.catch\n  ); // end respondWith\n}); // end addEventListener\nI am fully aware that I may have done some owl-drawing there. If you need a more detailed breakdown of what\u2019s happening at each point in the code, I\u2019ve written a whole book for you. It\u2019s the perfect present for Murphymas.\nHook up your service worker script\nYou can publish your service worker script at /serviceworker.js but you still need to tell the browser where to look for it. You can do that using JavaScript. Put this in an existing JavaScript file that you\u2019re calling in to every page on your site, or add this in a script element at the end of every page\u2019s HTML:\nif (navigator.serviceWorker) {\n  navigator.serviceWorker.register('/serviceworker.js');\n}\nThat tells the browser to start installing the service worker, but not without first checking that the browser understands what a service worker is. When it comes to JavaScript, feature detection is your friend.\nYou might already have some JavaScript files in a folder like /assets/js/ and you might be tempted to put your service worker script in there too. Don\u2019t do that. If you do, the service worker will only be able to handle requests made to for files within /assets/js/. By putting the service worker script in the root directory, you\u2019re making sure that every request can be intercepted.\nGo further!\nNicely done! You\u2019ve made sure that if\u2014no, when\u2014a visitor can\u2019t reach your website, they\u2019ll get your hand-tailored offline page. You have temporarily defeated the forces of chaos! You have briefly fought the tide of entropy! You have made a small but ultimately futile gesture against the inevitable heat-death of the universe!\nThis is just the beginning. You can do more with service workers.\nWhat if, every time you fetched a page from the network, you stored a copy of that page in a cache? Then if that person tries to reach that page later, but they\u2019re offline, you could show them the cached version.\nOr, what if instead of reaching out the network first, you checked to see if a file is in the cache first? You could serve up that cached version\u2014which would be blazingly fast\u2014and still fetch a fresh version from the network in the background to pop in the cache for next time. That might be a good strategy for images.\nSo many options! The hard part isn\u2019t writing the code, it\u2019s figuring out the steps you want to take. Once you\u2019ve got those steps written out, then it\u2019s a matter of translating them into JavaScript.\nInevitably there will be some obstacles along the way\u2014usually it\u2019s a misplaced curly brace or a missing parenthesis. Don\u2019t be too hard on yourself if your code doesn\u2019t work at first. That\u2019s just Murphy\u2019s Law in action.", "year": "2018", "author": "Jeremy Keith", "author_slug": "jeremykeith", "published": "2018-12-04T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/mistletoe-offline/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 292, "title": "Watch Your Language!", "contents": "I\u2019m bilingual. My first language is French. I learned English in my early 20s. Learning a new language later in life meant that I was able to observe my thought processes changing over time. It made me realize that some concepts can\u2019t be expressed in some languages, while other languages express these concepts with ease.\nIt also helped me understand the way we label languages. English: business. French: romance. Here\u2019s an example of how words, or the absence thereof, can affect the way we think:\nIn French we love everything. There\u2019s no straightforward way to say we like something, so we just end up loving everything. I love my sisters, I love broccoli, I love programming, I love my partner, I love doing laundry (this is a lie), I love my mom (this is not a lie). I love, I love, I love. It\u2019s no wonder French is considered romantic. When I first learned English I used the word love rather than like because I hadn\u2019t grasped the difference. Needless to say, I\u2019ve scared away plenty of first dates!\nLearning another language made me realize the limitations of my native language and revealed concepts I didn\u2019t know existed. Without the nuances a given language provides, we fail to express what we really think. The absence of words in our vocabulary gets in the way of effectively communicating and considering ideas.\nWhen I lived in Montr\u00e9al, most people in my circle spoke both French and English. I could switch between them when I could more easily express an idea in one language or the other. I liked (or should I say loved?) those conversations. They were meaningful. They were efficient.\n\nI\u2019m quadrilingual. I code in Ruby, HTML/CSS, JavaScript, Python. In the past couple of years I have been lucky enough to write code in these languages at a massive scale. In learning Ruby, much like learning English, I discovered the strengths and limitations of not only the languages I knew but the language I was learning. It taught me to choose the right tool for the job.\nWhen I started working at Shopify, making a change to a view involved copy/pasting HTML and ERB from one view to another. The CSS was roughly structured into modules, but those modules were not responsive to different screen sizes. Our HTML was complete mayhem, and we didn\u2019t consider accessibility. All this made editing views a laborious process.\nGrep. Replace all. Test. Ship it. Repeat.\nThis wasn\u2019t sustainable at Shopify\u2019s scale, so the newly-formed front end team was given two missions:\n\nMake the app responsive (AKA Let\u2019s Make This Thing Responsive ASAP)\nMake the view layer scalable and maintainable (AKA Let\u2019s Build a Pattern Library\u2026 in Ruby)\n\nLet\u2019s make this thing responsive ASAP\nThe year was 2015. The Shopify admin wasn\u2019t mobile friendly. Our browser support was set to IE10. We had the wind in our sails. We wanted to achieve complete responsiveness in the shortest amount of time. Our answer: container queries.\nIt seemed like the obvious decision at the time. We would be able to set rules for each component in isolation and the component would know how to lay itself out on the page regardless of where it was rendered. It would save us a ton of development time since we wouldn\u2019t need to change our markup, it would scale well, and we would achieve complete component autonomy by not having to worry about page layout. By siloing our components, we were going to unlock the ultimate goal of componentization, cutting the tie to external dependencies. We were cool.\nWriting the JavaScript handling container queries was my first contribution to Shopify. It was a satisfying project to work on. We could drop our components in anywhere and they would magically look good. It took us less than a couple weeks to push this to production and make our app mostly responsive.\nBut with time, it became increasingly obvious that this was not as performant as we had hoped. It wasn\u2019t performant at all. Components would jarringly jump around the page before settling in on first paint.\nIt was only when we started using the flex-wrap: wrap CSS property to build new components that we realized we were not using the right language for the job. So we swapped out JavaScript container queries for CSS flex-wrapping. Even though flex wasn\u2019t yet as powerful as we wanted it to be, it was still a good compromise. Our components stayed independent of the window size but took much less time to render. Best of all: they used CSS instead of relying on JavaScript for layout.\nIn other words: we were using the wrong language to express our layout to the browser, when another language could do it much more simply and elegantly.\nLet\u2019s build a pattern library\u2026 in Ruby\nIn order to make our view layer maintainable, we chose to build a comprehensive library of helpers. This library would generate our markup from a single source of truth, allowing us to make changes system-wide, in one place. No. More. Grepping.\nWhen I joined Shopify it was a Rails shop freshly wounded by a JavaScript framework (See: Batman.js). JavaScript was like Voldemort, the language that could not be named. Because of this baggage, the only way for us to build a pattern library that would get buyin from our developers was to use Rails view helpers. And for many reasons using Ruby was the right choice for us. The time spent ramping developers up on the new UI Components would be negligible since the Ruby API felt familiar. The transition would be simple since we didn\u2019t have to introduce any new technology to the stack. The components would be fast since they would be rendered on the server. We had a plan.\nWe put in place a set of Rails tools to make it easy to build components, then wrote a bunch of sweet, sweet components using our shiny new tools. To document our design, content and front end patterns we put together an interactive styleguide to demonstrate how every component works. Our research and development department loved it (and still do)! We continue to roll out new components, and generally the project has been successful, though it has had its drawbacks.\nSince the Shopify admin is mostly made up of a huge number of forms, most of the content is static. For this reason, using server-rendered components didn\u2019t seem like a problem at the time. With new app features increasing the amount of DOM manipulation needed on the client side, our early design decisions mean making requests to the server for each re-paint. This isn\u2019t going to cut it.\nI don\u2019t know the end of this story, because we haven\u2019t written it yet. We\u2019ve been exploring alternatives to our current system to facilitate the rendering of our components on the client, including React, Vue.js, and Web Components, but we haven\u2019t determined the winner yet. Only time (and data gathering) will tell.\nRuby is great but it doesn\u2019t speak the browser\u2019s language efficiently. It was not the right language for the job.\n\nLearning a new spoken language has had an impact on how I write code. It has taught me that you don\u2019t know what you don\u2019t know until you have the language to express it. Understanding the strengths and limitations of any programming language is fundamental to making good design decisions. At the end of the day, you make the best choices with the information you have. But if you still feel like you\u2019re unable to express your thoughts to the fullest with what you know, it might be time to learn a new language.", "year": "2016", "author": "Annie-Claude C\u00f4t\u00e9", "author_slug": "annieclaudecote", "published": "2016-12-10T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/watch-your-language/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 180, "title": "Going Nuts with CSS Transitions", "contents": "I\u2019m going to show you how CSS 3 transforms and WebKit transitions can add zing to the way you present images on your site.\n\nLaying the foundations\n\nFirst we are going to make our images look like mini polaroids with captions. Here\u2019s the markup:\n\n<div class=\"polaroid pull-right\">\n\t<img src=\"../img/seal.jpg\" alt=\"\">\n\t<p class=\"caption\">Found this little cutie on a walk in New Zealand!</p>\n</div>\n\nYou\u2019ll notice we\u2019re using a somewhat presentational class of pull-right here. This means the logic is kept separate from the code that applies the polaroid effect. The polaroid class has no positioning, which allows it to be used generically anywhere that the effect is required. The pull classes set a float and add appropriate margins\u2014they can be used for things like blockquotes as well.\n\n.polaroid {\n\twidth: 150px;\n\tpadding: 10px 10px 20px 10px;\n\tborder: 1px solid #BFBFBF;\n\tbackground-color: white;\n\t-webkit-box-shadow: 2px 2px 3px rgba(135, 139, 144, 0.4);\n\t-moz-box-shadow: 2px 2px 3px rgba(135, 139, 144, 0.4);\n\tbox-shadow: 2px 2px 3px rgba(135, 139, 144, 0.4);\n}\n\nThe actual polaroid effect itself is simply applied using padding, a border and a background colour. We also apply a nice subtle box shadow, using a property that is supported by modern WebKit browsers and Firefox 3.5+. We include the box-shadow property last to ensure that future browsers that support the eventual CSS3 specified version natively will use that implementation over the legacy browser specific version.\n\nThe box-shadow property takes four values: three lengths and a colour. The first is the horizontal offset of the shadow\u2014positive values place the shadow on the right, while negative values place it to the left. The second is the vertical offset, positive meaning below. If both of these are set to 0, the shadow is positioned equally on all four sides. The last length value sets the blur radius\u2014the larger the number, the blurrier the shadow (therefore the darker you need to make the colour to have an effect).\n\nThe colour value can be given in any format recognised by CSS. Here, we\u2019re using rgba as explained by Drew behind the first door of this year\u2019s calendar.\n\nRotation\n\nFor browsers that understand it (currently our old favourites WebKit and FF3.5+) we can add some visual flair by rotating the image, using the transform CSS 3 property.\n\n-webkit-transform: rotate(9deg);\n-moz-transform: rotate(9deg);\ntransform: rotate(9deg);\n\nRotations can be specified in degrees, radians (rads) or grads. WebKit also supports turns unfortunately Firefox doesn\u2019t just yet.\n\nFor our example, we want any polaroid images on the left hand side to be rotated in the opposite direction, using a negative degree value:\n\n.pull-left.polaroid {\n\t-webkit-transform: rotate(-9deg);\n\t-moz-transform: rotate(-9deg);\n\ttransform: rotate(-9deg);\n}\n\nMultiple class selectors don\u2019t work in IE6 but as luck would have it, the transform property doesn\u2019t work in any current IE version either. The above code is a good example of progressive enrichment: browsers that don\u2019t support box-shadow or transform will still see the image and basic polaroid effect.\n\n\n\nAnimation\n\nWebKit is unique amongst browser rendering engines in that it allows animation to be specified in pure CSS. Although this may never actually make it in to the CSS 3 specification, it degrades nicely and more importantly is an awful lot of fun!\n\nLet\u2019s go nuts.\n\nIn the next demo, the image is contained within a link and mousing over that link causes the polaroid to animate from being angled to being straight.\n\nHere\u2019s our new markup:\n\n<a href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/nataliedowne/2340993237/\" class=\"polaroid\">\n\t<img src=\"../img/raft.jpg\" alt=\"\">\n\tWhite water rafting in Queenstown\n</a>\n\nAnd here are the relevant lines of CSS:\n\na.polaroid {\n\t/* ... */\n   -webkit-transform: rotate(10deg);\n   -webkit-transition: -webkit-transform 0.5s ease-in;\n}\na.polaroid:hover,\na.polaroid:focus,\na.polaroid:active {\n\t/* ... */\n\t-webkit-transform: rotate(0deg);\n}\n\nThe @-webkit-transition@ property is the magic wand that sets up the animation. It takes three values: the property to be animated, the duration of the animation and a \u2018timing function\u2019 (which affects the animation\u2019s acceleration, for a smoother effect).\n\n-webkit-transition only takes affect when the specified property changes. In pure CSS, this is done using dynamic pseudo-classes. You can also change the properties using JavaScript, but that\u2019s a story for another time.\n\nThrowing polaroids at a table\n\nImagine there are lots of differently sized polaroid photos scattered on a table. That\u2019s the effect we are aiming for with our next demo.\n\n\n\nAs an aside: we are using absolute positioning to arrange the images inside a flexible width container (with a minimum and maximum width specified in pixels). As some are positioned from the left and some from the right when you resize the browser they shuffle underneath each other. This is an effect used on the UX London site.\n\nThis demo uses a darker colour shadow with more transparency than before. The grey shadow in the previous example worked fine, but it was against a solid background. Since the images are now overlapping each other, the more opaque shadow looked fake.\n\n-webkit-box-shadow: 2px 2px 4px rgba(0,0, 0, 0.3);\n-moz-box-shadow: 2px 2px 4px rgba(0,0, 0, 0.3);\nbox-shadow: 2px 2px 4px rgba(0,0, 0, 0.3);\n\nOn hover, as well as our previous trick of animating the image rotation back to straight, we are also making the shadow darker and setting the z-index to be higher than the other images so that it appears on top.\n\nAnd Finally\u2026\n\nFinally, for a bit more fun, we\u2019re going to simulate the images coming towards you and lifting off the page. We\u2019ll achieve this by making them grow larger and by offsetting the shadow & making it longer.\n\n\n\n\nScreenshot 1 shows the default state, while 2 shows our previous hover effect. Screenshot 3 is the effect we are aiming for, illustrated by demo 4.\n\na.polaroid {\n\t/* ... */\n\tz-index: 2;\n\t-webkit-box-shadow: 2px 2px 4px rgba(0,0, 0, 0.3);\n\t-moz-box-shadow: 2px 2px 4px rgba(0,0, 0, 0.3);\n\tbox-shadow: 2px 2px 4px rgba(0,0, 0, 0.3);\n\t-webkit-transform: rotate(10deg);\n\t-moz-transform: rotate(10deg);\n\ttransform: rotate(10deg);\n\t-webkit-transition: all 0.5s ease-in;\n}\na.polaroid:hover,\na.polaroid:focus,\na.polaroid:active {\n\tz-index: 999;\n\tborder-color: #6A6A6A;\n\t-webkit-box-shadow: 15px 15px 20px rgba(0,0, 0, 0.4);\n\t-moz-box-shadow: 15px 15px 20px rgba(0,0, 0, 0.4);\n\tbox-shadow: 15px 15px 20px rgba(0,0, 0, 0.4);\n\t-webkit-transform: rotate(0deg) scale(1.05);\n\t-moz-transform: rotate(0deg) scale(1.05);\n\ttransform: rotate(0deg) scale(1.05);\n}\n\nYou\u2019ll notice we are now giving the transform property another transform function: scale, which takes increases the size by the specified factor. Other things you can do with transform include skewing, translating or you can go mad creating your own transforms with a matrix.\n\nThe box-shadow has both its offset and blur radius increased dramatically, and is darkened using the alpha channel of the rgba colour.\n\nAnd because we want the effects to all animate smoothly, we pass a value of all to the -webkit-transition property, ensuring that any changed property on that link will be animated.\n\nDemo 5 is the finished example, bringing everything nicely together.\n\nCSS transitions and transforms are a great example of progressive enrichment, which means improving the experience for a portion of the audience without negatively affecting other users. They are also a lot of fun to play with!\n\nFurther reading\n\n\n\t-moz-transform \u2013 the mozilla developer center has a comprehensive explanation of transform that also applies to -webkit-transform and transform.\n\tCSS: Animation Using CSS Transforms \u2013 this is a good, more indepth tutorial on animations.\n\tCSS Animation \u2013 the Safari blog explains the usage of -webkit-transform.\n\tDinky pocketbooks with transform \u2013 another use for transforms, create your own printable pocketbook.\n\tA while back, Simon wrote a little bookmarklet to spin the entire page\u2026 warning: this will spin the entire page.", "year": "2009", "author": "Natalie Downe", "author_slug": "nataliedowne", "published": "2009-12-14T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/going-nuts-with-css-transitions/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 193, "title": "Web Content Accessibility Guidelines\u2014for People Who Haven't Read Them", "contents": "I\u2019ve been a huge fan of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 since the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) published them, nine years ago. I\u2019ve found them practical and future-proof, and I\u2019ve found that they can save a huge amount of time for designers and developers. You can apply them to anything that you can open in a browser. My favourite part is when I use the guidelines to make a website accessible, and then attend user-testing and see someone with a disability easily using that website.\nToday, the United Nations International Day of Persons with Disabilities, seems like a good time to re-read Laura Kalbag\u2019s explanation of why we should bother with accessibility. That should motivate you to devour this article.\nIf you haven\u2019t read the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0, you might find them a bit off-putting at first. The editors needed to create a single standard that countries around the world could refer to in legislation, and so some of the language in the guidelines reads like legalese. The editors also needed to future-proof the guidelines, and so some terminology\u2014such as \u201ctime-based media\u201d and \u201cprogrammatically determined\u201d\u2014can sound ambiguous. The guidelines can seem lengthy, too: printing the guidelines, the Understanding WCAG 2.0 document, and the Techniques for WCAG 2.0 document would take 1,200 printed pages.\nThis festive season, let\u2019s rip off that legalese and ambiguous terminology like wrapping paper, and see\u2014in a single article\u2014what gifts the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 editors have bestowed upon us.\nCan your users perceive the information on your website?\nThe first guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking \u201cWhat the **** is this thing here supposed to be?\u201d\n1.1.1 Text is the most accessible format for information. Screen readers\u2014such as the \u201cVoiceOver\u201d setting on your iPhone or the \u201cTalkBack\u201d app on your Android phone\u2014understand text better than any other format. The same applies for other assistive technology, such as translation apps and Braille displays. So, if you have anything on your webpage that\u2019s not text, you must add some text that gives your user the same information. You probably know how to do this already; for example:\n\nfor images in webpages, put some alternative text in an alt attribute to tell your user what the image conveys to the user;\nfor photos in tweets, add a description to make the images accessible;\nfor Instagram posts, write a caption that conveys the photo\u2019s information.\n\nThe alternative text should allow the user to get the same information as someone who can see the image. For websites that have too many images for someone to add alternative text to, consider how machine learning and Dynamically Generated Alt Text might\u2014might\u2014be appropriate.\nYou can probably think of a few exceptions where providing text to describe an image might not make sense. Remember I described these guidelines as \u201cpractical\u201d? They cover all those exceptions:\n\nUser interface controls such as buttons and text inputs must have names or labels to tell your user what they do.\nIf your webpage has video or audio (more about these later on!), you must\u2014at least\u2014have text to tell the user what they are.\nMaybe your webpage has a test where your user has to answer a question about an image or some audio, and alternative text would give away the answer. In that case, just describe the test in text so your users know what it is.\nIf your webpage features a work of art, tell your user the experience it evokes.\nIf you have to include a Captcha on your webpage\u2014and please avoid Captchas if at all possible, because some users cannot get past them\u2014you must include text to tell your user what it is, and make sure that it doesn\u2019t rely on only one sense, such as vision.\nIf you\u2019ve included something just as decoration, you must make sure that your user\u2019s assistive technology can ignore it. Again, you probably know how to do this. For example, you could use CSS instead of HTML to include decorative images, or you could add an empty alt attribute to the img element. (Please avoid that recent trend where developers add empty alt attributes to all images in a webpage just to make the HTML validate. You\u2019re better than that.)\n\n(Notice that the guidelines allow you to choose how to conform to them, with whatever technology you choose. To make your website conform to a guideline, you can either choose one of the techniques for WCAG 2.0 for that guideline or come up with your own. Choosing a tried-and-tested technique usually saves time!)\n1.2.1 If your website includes a podcast episode, speech, lecture, or any other recorded audio without video, you must include a transcription or some other text to give your user the same information. In a lot of cases, you might find this easier than you expect: professional transcription services can prove relatively inexpensive and fast, and sometimes a speaker or lecturer can provide the speech or lecture notes that they read out word-for-word. Just make sure that all your users can get the same information and the same results, whether they can hear the audio or not. For example, David Smith and Marco Arment always publish episode transcripts for their Under the Radar podcast. \nSimilarly, if your website includes recorded video without audio\u2014such as an animation or a promotional video\u2014you must either use text to detail what happens in the video or include an audio version. Again, this might work out easier then you perhaps fear: for example, you could check to see whether the animation started life as a list of instructions, or whether the promotional video conveys the same information as the \u201cAbout Us\u201d webpage. You want to make sure that all your users can get the same information and the same results, whether they can see that video or not.\n1.2.2 If your website includes recorded videos with audio, you must add captions to those videos for users who can\u2019t hear the audio. Professional transcription services can provide you with time-stamped text in caption formats that YouTube supports, such as .srt and .sbv. You can upload those to YouTube, so captions appear on your videos there. YouTube can auto-generate captions, but the quality varies from impressively accurate to comically inaccurate. If you have a text version of what the people in the video said\u2014such as the speech that a politician read or the bedtime story that an actor read\u2014you can create a transcript file in .txt format, without timestamps. YouTube then creates captions for your video by synchronising that text to the audio in the video. If you host your own videos, you can ask a professional transcription service to give you .vtt files that you can add to a video element\u2019s track element\u2014or you can handcraft your own. (A quick aside: if your website has more videos than you can caption in a reasonable amount of time, prioritise the most popular videos, the most important videos, and the videos most relevant to people with disabilities. Then make sure your users know how to ask you to caption other videos as they encounter them.)\n1.2.3 If your website has recorded videos that have audio, you must add an \u201caudio description\u201d narration to the video to describe important visual details, or add text to the webpage to detail what happens in the video for users who cannot see the videos. (I like to add audio files from videos to my Huffduffer account so that I can listen to them while commuting.) Maybe your home page has a video where someone says, \u201cI\u2019d like to explain our new TPS reports\u201d while \u201cBill Lumbergh, division Vice President of Initech\u201d appears on the bottom of the screen. In that case, you should add an audio description to the video that announces \u201cBill Lumbergh, division Vice President of Initech\u201d, just before Bill starts speaking. As always, you can make life easier for yourself by considering all of your users, before the event: in this example, you could ask the speaker to begin by saying, \u201cI\u2019m Bill Lumbergh, division Vice President of Initech, and I\u2019d like to explain our new TPS reports\u201d\u2014so you won\u2019t need to spend time adding an audio description afterwards. \n1.2.4 If your website has live videos that have some audio, you should get a stenographer to provide real-time captions that you can include with the video. I\u2019ll be honest: this can prove tricky nowadays. The Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 predate YouTube Live, Instagram live Stories, Periscope, and other such services. If your organisation creates a lot of live videos, you might not have enough resources to provide real-time captions for each one. In that case, if you know the contents of the audio beforehand, publish the contents during the live video\u2014or failing that, publish a transcription as soon as possible.\n1.2.5 Remember what I said about the recorded videos that have audio? If you can choose to either add an audio description or add text to the webpage to detail what happens in the video, you should go with the audio description.\n1.2.6 If your website has recorded videos that include audio information, you could provide a sign language version of the audio information; some people understand sign language better than written language. (You don\u2019t need to caption a video of a sign language version of audio information.)\n1.2.7 If your website has recorded videos that have audio, and you need to add an audio description, but the audio doesn\u2019t have enough pauses for you to add an \u201caudio description\u201d narration, you could provide a separate version of that video where you have added pauses to fit the audio description into.\n1.2.8 Let\u2019s go back to the recorded videos that have audio once more! You could add text to the webpage to detail what happens in the video, so that people who can neither read captions nor hear dialogue and audio description can use braille displays to understand your video.\n1.2.9 If your website has live audio, you could get a stenographer to provide real-time captions. Again, if you know the contents of the audio beforehand, publish the contents during the live audio or publish a transcription as soon as possible.\n(Congratulations on making it this far! I know that seems like a lot to remember, but keep in mind that we\u2019ve covered a complex area: helping your users to understand multimedia information that they can\u2019t see and/or hear. Grab a mince pie to celebrate, and let\u2019s keep going.)\n1.3.1 You must mark up your website\u2019s content so that your user\u2019s browser, and any assistive technology they use, can understand the hierarchy of the information and how each piece of information relates to the rest. Once again, you probably know how to do this: use the most appropriate HTML element for each piece of information. Mark up headings, lists, buttons, radio buttons, checkboxes, and links with the most appropriate HTML element. If you\u2019re looking for something to do to keep you busy this Christmas, scroll through the list of the elements of HTML. Do you notice any elements that you didn\u2019t know, or that you\u2019ve never used? Do you notice any elements that you could use on your current projects, to mark up the content more accurately? Also, revise HTML table advanced features and accessibility, how to structure an HTML form, and how to use the native form widgets\u2014you might be surprised at how much you can do with just HTML! Once you\u2019ve mastered those, you can make your website much more usable for your all of your users.\n1.3.2 If your webpage includes information that your user has to read in a certain order, you must make sure that their browser and assistive technology can present the information in that order. Don\u2019t rely on CSS or whitespace to create that order visually. Check that the order of the information makes sense when CSS and whitespace aren\u2019t formatting it. Also, try using the Tab key to move the focus through the links and form widgets on your webpage. Does the focus go where you expect it to? Keep this in mind when using order in CSS Grid or Flexbox.\n1.3.3 You must not presume that your users can identify sensory characteristics of things on your webpage. Some users can\u2019t tell what you\u2019ve positioned where on the screen. For example, instead of asking your users to \u201cChoose one of the options on the left\u201d, you could ask them to \u201cChoose one of our new products\u201d and link to that section of the webpage.\n1.4.1 You must not rely on colour as the only way to convey something to your users. Some of your users can\u2019t see, and some of your users can\u2019t distinguish between colours. For example, if your webpage uses green to highlight the products that your shop has in stock, you could add some text to identify those products, or you could group them under a sub-heading.\n1.4.2  If your webpage automatically plays a sound for more than 3 seconds, you must make sure your users can stop the sound or change its volume. Don\u2019t rely on your user turning down the volume on their computer; some users need to hear the screen reader on their computer, and some users just want to keep listening to whatever they were listening before your webpage interrupted them!\n1.4.3 You should make sure that your text contrasts enough with its background, so that your users can read it. Bookmark Lea Verou\u2019s Contrast Ratio calculator now. You can enter the text colour and background colour as named colours, or as RGB, RGBa, HSL, or HSLa values. You should make sure that:\n\nnormal text that set at 24px or larger has a ratio of at least 3:1;\nbold text that set at 18.75px or larger has a ratio of at least 3:1;\nall other text has a ratio of at least 4\u00bd:1.\n\nYou don\u2019t have to do this for disabled form controls, decorative stuff, or logos\u2014but you could!\n1.4.4 You should make sure your users can resize the text on your website up to 200% without using their assistive technology\u2014and still access all your content and functionality. You don\u2019t have to do this for subtitles or images of text.\n1.4.5 You should avoid using images of text and just use text instead. In 1998, Jeffrey Veen\u2019s first Hot Design Tip said, \u201cText is text. Graphics are graphics. Don\u2019t confuse them.\u201d Now that you can apply powerful CSS text-styling properties, use CSS Grid to precisely position text, and choose from thousands of web fonts (Jeffrey co-founded Typekit to help with this), you pretty much never need to use images of text. The guidelines say you can use images of text if you let your users specify the font, size, colour, and background of the text in the image of text\u2014but I\u2019ve never seen that on a real website. Also, this doesn\u2019t apply to logos.\n1.4.6 Let\u2019s go back to colour contrast for a second. You could make your text contrast even more with its background, so that even more of your users can read it. To do that, use Lea Verou\u2019s Contrast Ratio calculator to make sure that:\n\nnormal text that is 24px or larger has a ratio of at least 4\u00bd:1;\nbold text that 18.75px or larger has a ratio of at least 4\u00bd:1;\nall other text has a ratio of at least 7:1.\n\n1.4.7 If your website has recorded speech, you could make sure there are no background sounds, or that your users can turn off any background sounds. If that\u2019s not possible, you could make sure that any background sounds that last longer than a couple of seconds are at least four times quieter than the speech. This doesn\u2019t apply to audio Captchas, audio logos, singing, or rapping. (Yes, these guidelines mention rapping!)\n1.4.8 You could make sure that your users can reformat blocks of text on your website so they can read them better. To do this, make sure that your users can:\n\nspecify the colours of the text and the background, and\nmake the blocks of text less than 80-characters wide, and \nalign text to the left (or right for right-to-left languages), and \nset the line height to 150%, and \nset the vertical distance between paragraphs to 1\u00bd times the line height of the text, and \nresize the text (without using their assistive technology) up to 200% and still not have to scroll horizontally to read it.\n\nBy the way, when you specify a colour for text, always specify a colour for its background too. Don\u2019t rely on default background colours!\n1.4.9 Let\u2019s return to images of text for a second. You could make sure that you use them only for decoration and logos.\nCan users operate the controls and links on your website?\nThe second guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cHow the **** does this thing work?\u201d\n2.1.1 You must make sure that you users can carry out all of your website\u2019s activities with just their keyboard, without time limits for pressing keys. (This doesn\u2019t apply to drawing or anything else that requires a pointing device such as a mouse.) Again, if you use the most appropriate HTML element for each piece of information and for each form element, this should prove easy.\n2.1.2 You must make sure that when the user uses the keyboard to focus on some part of your website, they can then move the focus to some other part of your webpage without needing to use a mouse or touch the screen. If your website needs them to do something complex before they can move the focus elsewhere, explain that to your user. These \u201ckeyboard traps\u201d have become rare, but beware of forms that move focus from one text box to another as soon as they receive the correct number of characters.\n2.1.3 Let\u2019s revisit making sure that you users can carry out all of your website\u2019s activities with just their keyboard, without time limits for pressing keys. You could make sure that your user can do absolutely everything on your website with just the keyboard.\n2.2.1 Sometimes people need more time than you might expect to complete a task on your website. If any part of your website imposes a time limit on a task, you must do at least one of these: \n\nlet your users turn off the time limit before they encounter it; or\nlet your users increase the time limit to at least 10 times the default time limit before they encounter it; or\nwarn your users before the time limit expires and give them at least 20 seconds to extend it, and let them extend it at least 10 times.\n\nRemember: these guidelines are practical. They allow you to enforce time limits for real-time events such as auctions and ticket sales, where increasing or extending time limits wouldn\u2019t make sense. Also, the guidelines allow you to enforce a maximum time limit of 20 hours. The editors chose 20 hours because people need to go to sleep at some stage. See? Practical!\n2.2.2 In my experience, this criterion remains the least well-known\u2014even though some users can only use websites that conform to it. If your website presents content alongside other content that can distract users by automatically moving, blinking, scrolling, or updating, you must make sure that your users can:\n\npause, stop, or hide the other content if it\u2019s not essential and lasts more than 5 seconds; and\npause, stop, hide, or control the frequency of the other content if it automatically updates.\n\nIt\u2019s OK if your users miss live information such as stock price updates or football scores; you can\u2019t do anything about that! Also, this doesn\u2019t apply to animations such as progress bars that you put on a website to let all users know that the webpage isn\u2019t frozen.\n(If this one sounds complex, just add a pause button to anything that might distract your users.)\n2.2.3 Let\u2019s go back to time limits on tasks on your website. You could   make your website even easier to use by removing all time limits except those on real-time events such as auctions and ticket sales. That would mean your user wouldn\u2019t need to interact with a timer at all.\n2.2.4 You could let your users turn off all interruptions\u2014server updates, promotions, and so on\u2014apart from any emergency information.\n2.2.5 This is possibly my favourite of these criteria! After your website logs your user out, you could make sure that when they log in again, they can continue from where they were without having lost any information. Do that, and you\u2019ll be on everyone\u2019s Nice List this Christmas.\n2.3.1 You must make sure that nothing flashes more than three times a second on your website, unless you can make sure that the flashes remain below the acceptable general flash and red flash thresholds\u2026\n2.3.2 \u2026or you could just make sure that nothing flashes more than three times per second on your website. This is usually an easier goal.\n2.4.1 You must make sure that your users can jump past any blocks of content, such as navigation menus, that are repeated throughout your website. You know the drill here: using HTML\u2019s sectioning elements such as header, nav, main, aside, and footer allows users with assistive technology to go straight to the content they need, and adding \u201cSkip Navigation\u201d links allows everyone to get to your main content faster.\n2.4.2 You must add a proper title to describe each webpage\u2019s topic. Your webpage won\u2019t even validate without a title element, so make it a useful one.\n2.4.3 If your users can focus on links and native form widgets, you must make sure that they can focus on elements in an order that makes sense.\n2.4.4 You must make sure that your users can understand the purpose of a link when they read:\n\nthe text of the link; or\nthe text of the paragraph, list item, table cell, or table header for the cell that contains the link; or\nthe heading above the link.\n\nYou don\u2019t have to do that for games and quizzes.\n2.4.5 You should give your users multiple ways to find any webpage within a set of webpages. Add site-wide search and a site map and you\u2019re done!\nThis doesn\u2019t apply for a webpage that is part of a series of actions (like a shopping cart and checkout flow) or to a webpage that is a result of a series of actions (like a webpage confirming that the user has bought what was in the shopping cart).\n2.4.6 You should help your users to understand your content by providing:\n\nheadings that describe the topics of you content;\nlabels that describe the purpose of the native form widgets on the webpage.\n\n2.4.7 You should make sure that users can see which element they have focussed on. Next time you use your website, try hitting the Tab key repeatedly. Does it visually highlight each item as it moves focus to it? If it doesn\u2019t, search your CSS to see whether you\u2019ve applied outline: 0; to all elements\u2014that\u2019s usually the culprit. Use the :focus pseudo-element to define how elements should appear when they have focus.\n2.4.8 You could help your user to understand where the current webpage is located within your website. Add \u201cbreadcrumb navigation\u201d and/or a site map and you\u2019re done.\n2.4.9 You could make links even easier to understand, by making sure that your users can understand the purpose of a link when they read the text of the link. Again, you don\u2019t have to do that for games and quizzes.\n2.4.10 You could use headings to organise your content by topic. \nCan users understand your content?\nThe third guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cWhat the **** does this mean?\u201d\n3.1.1 Let\u2019s start this section with the criterion that possibly takes the least time to implement; you must make sure that the user\u2019s browser can identify the main language that your webpage\u2019s content is written in. For a webpage that has mainly English content, use <html lang=\"en\">. \n3.1.2 You  must specify when content in another language appears in your webpage, like so: <q>I wish you a <span lang=\"fr\">Joyeux No\u00ebl</span>.</q>. You don\u2019t have to do this for proper names, technical terms, or words that you can\u2019t identify a language for. You also don\u2019t have to do it for words from a different language that people consider part of the language around those words; for example, <q>Come to our Christmas rendezvous!</q> is OK.\n3.1.3 You could make sure that your users can find out the meaning of any unusual words or phrases, including idioms like \u201cstocking filler\u201d or \u201cBah! Humbug!\u201d and jargon such as \u201cVoiceOver\u201d and \u201cTalkBack\u201d. Provide a glossary or link to a dictionary.\n3.1.4 You could make sure that your users can find out the meaning of any    abbreviation. For example, VoiceOver pronounces \u201cXmas\u201d as \u201cSmas\u201d instead of \u201cChristmas\u201d. Using the abbr element and linking to a glossary can help. (Interestingly, VoiceOver pronounces \u201cabbr\u201d as \u201cabbreviation\u201d!)\n3.1.5 Do your users need to be able to read better than a typically educated nine-year-old, to read your content (apart from proper names and titles)? If so, you could provide a version that doesn\u2019t require that level of reading ability, or you could provide images, videos, or audio to explain your content. (You don\u2019t have to add captions or audio description to those videos.)\n3.1.6 You could make sure that your users can access the pronunciation of any word in your content if that word\u2019s meaning depends on its pronunciation. For example, the word \u201cclose\u201d could have one of two meanings, depending on pronunciation, in a phrase such as, \u201cReady for Christmas? Close now!\u201d\n3.2.1 Some users need to focus on elements to access information about them. You must make sure that focusing on an element doesn\u2019t trigger any major changes, such as opening a new window, focusing on another element, or submitting a form.\n3.2.2 Webpages are easier for users when the controls do what they\u2019re supposed to do. Unless you have warned your users about it, you must make sure that changing the value of a control such as a text box, checkbox, or drop-down list doesn\u2019t trigger any major changes, such as opening a new window, focusing on another element, or submitting a form.\n3.2.3 To help your users to find the content they want on each webpage, you should put your navigation elements in the same place on each webpage. (This doesn\u2019t apply when your user has changed their preferences or when they use assistive technology to change how your content appears.) \n3.2.4 When a set of webpages includes things that have the same functionality on different webpages, you should name those things consistently. For example, don\u2019t use the word \u201cSearch\u201d for the search box on one webpage and \u201cFind\u201d for the search box on another webpage within that set of webpages.\n3.2.5 Let\u2019s go back to major changes, such as a new window opening, another element taking focus, or a form being submitted. You could make sure that they only happen when users deliberately make them happen, or when you have warned users about them first. For example, you could give the user a button for updating some content instead of automatically updating that content. Also, if a link will open in a new window, you could add the words \u201copens in new window\u201d to the link text.\n3.3.1 Users make mistakes when filling in forms. Your website must identify each mistake to your user, and must describe the mistake to your users in text so that the user can fix it. One way to identify mistakes reliably to your users is to set the aria-invalid attribute to true in the element that has a mistake. That makes sure that users with assistive technology will be alerted about the mistake. Of course, you can then use the [aria-invalid=\"true\"] attribute selector in your CSS to visually highlight any such mistakes. Also, look into how certain attributes of the input element such as required, type, and list can help prevent and highlight mistakes.\n3.3.2 You must include labels or instructions (and possibly examples) in your website\u2019s forms, to help your users to avoid making mistakes. \n3.3.3 When your user makes a mistake when filling in a form, your webpage should suggest ways to fix that mistake, if possible. This doesn\u2019t apply in scenarios where those suggestions could affect the security of the content.\n3.3.4 Whenever your user submits information that:\n\nhas legal or financial consequences; or\naffects information that they have previously saved in your website; or\nis part of a test\n\n\u2026you should make sure that they can:\n\nundo it; or\ncorrect any mistakes, after your webpage checks their information; or\nreview, confirm, and correct the information before they finally submit it.\n\n3.3.5 You could help prevent your users from making mistakes by providing obvious, specific help, such as examples, animations, spell-checking, or extra instructions.\n3.3.6 Whenever your user submits any information, you could make sure that they can:\n\nundo it; or\ncorrect any mistakes, after your webpage checks their information; or\nreview, confirm, and correct the information before they finally submit it.\n\nHave you made your website robust enough to work on your users\u2019 browsers and assistive technologies?\nThe fourth and final guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cWhy the **** doesn\u2019t this work on my device?\u201d\n4.1.1 You must make sure that your website works as well as possible with current and future browsers and assistive technology. Prioritise  complying with web standards instead of relying on the capabilities of currently popular devices and browsers. Web developers didn\u2019t expect their users to be unwrapping the Wii U Browser five years ago\u2014who knows what browsers and assistive technologies our users will be unwrapping in five years\u2019 time? Avoid hacks, and use the W3C Markup Validation Service to make sure that your HTML has no errors.\n4.1.2 If you develop your own user interface components, you must make their name, role, state, properties, and values available to your user\u2019s browsers and assistive technologies. That should make them almost as accessible as standard HTML elements such as links, buttons, and checkboxes.\n\u201c\u2026and a partridge in a pear tree!\u201d\n\u2026as that very long Christmas song goes. We\u2019ve covered a lot in this article\u2014because your users have a lot of different levels of ability. Hopefully this has demystified the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 for you. Hopefully you spotted a few situations that could arise for users on your website, and you now know how to tackle them. \nTo start applying what we\u2019ve covered, you might like to look at Sarah Horton and Whitney Quesenbery\u2019s personas for Accessible UX. Discuss the personas, get into their heads, and think about which aspects of your website might cause problems for them. See if you can apply what we\u2019ve covered today, to help users like them to do what they need to do on your website.\nHow to know when your website is perfectly accessible for everyone\nLOL! There will never be a time when your website becomes perfectly accessible for everyone. Don\u2019t aim for that. Instead, aim for regularly testing and making your website more accessible.\nWeb Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1\nThe W3C hope to release the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1 as a \u201crecommendation\u201d (that\u2019s what the W3C call something that we should start using) by the middle of next year. Ten years may seem like a long time to move from version 2.0 to version 2.1, but consider the scale of the task: the editors have to update the guidelines to cover all the new ways that people interact with new technologies, while keeping the guidelines backwards-compatible. Keep an eye out for 2.1!\nYou\u2019ll go down in history\nOne last point: I\u2019ve met a surprising number of web designers and developers who do great work to make their websites more accessible without ever telling their users about it. Some of your potential customers have possibly tried and failed to use your website in the past. They probably won\u2019t try again unless you let them know that things have improved. A quick Twitter search for your website\u2019s name alongside phrases like \u201cassistive technology\u201d, \u201cdoesn\u2019t work\u201d, or \u201c#fail\u201d can let you find frustrated users\u2014so you can tell them about how you\u2019re making your website more accessible. Start making your websites work better for everyone\u2014and please, let everyone know.", "year": "2017", "author": "Alan Dalton", "author_slug": "alandalton", "published": "2017-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/wcag-for-people-who-havent-read-them/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 37, "title": "JavaScript Modules the ES6 Way", "contents": "JavaScript admittedly has plenty of flaws, but one of the largest and most prominent is the lack of a module system: a way to split up your application into a series of smaller files that can depend on each other to function correctly. \n\nThis is something nearly all other languages come with out of the box, whether it be Ruby\u2019s require, Python\u2019s import, or any other language you\u2019re familiar with. Even CSS has @import! JavaScript has nothing of that sort, and this has caused problems for  application developers as they go from working with small websites to full client-side applications. Let\u2019s be clear: it doesn\u2019t mean the new module system in the upcoming version of JavaScript won\u2019t be useful to you if you\u2019re building smaller websites rather than the next Instagram.\n\nThankfully, the lack of a module system will soon be a problem of the past. The next version of JavaScript, ECMAScript 6, will bring with it a full-featured module and dependency management solution for JavaScript. The bad news is that it won\u2019t be landing in browsers for a while yet \u2013 but the good news is that the specification for the module system and how it will look has been finalised. The even better news is that there are tools available to get it all working in browsers today without too much hassle. In this post I\u2019d like to give you the gift of JS modules and show you the syntax, and how to use them in browsers today. It\u2019s much simpler than you might think.\n\nWhat is ES6?\n\nECMAScript is a scripting language that is standardised by a company called Ecma International. JavaScript is an implementation of ECMAScript. ECMAScript 6 is simply the next version of the ECMAScript standard and, hence, the next version of JavaScript. The spec aims to be fully comfirmed and complete by the end of 2014, with a target initial release date of June 2015. It\u2019s impossible to know when we will have full feature support across the most popular browsers, but already some ES6 features are landing in the latest builds of Chrome and Firefox. You shouldn\u2019t expect to be able to use the new features across browsers without some form of additional tooling or library for a while yet.\n\nThe ES6 module spec\n\nThe ES6 module spec was fully confirmed in July 2014, so all the syntax I will show you in this article is not expected to change. I\u2019ll first show you the syntax and the new APIs being added to the language, and then look at how to use them today. There are two parts to the new module system. The first is the syntax for declaring modules and dependencies in your JS files, and the second is a programmatic API for loading in modules manually. The first is what most people are expected to use most of the time, so it\u2019s what I\u2019ll focus on more.\n\nModule syntax\n\nThe key thing to understand here is that modules have two key components. First, they have dependencies. These are things that the module you are writing depends on to function correctly. For example, if you were building a carousel module that used jQuery, you would say that jQuery is a dependency of your carousel. You import these dependencies into your module, and we\u2019ll see how to do that in a minute. Second, modules have exports. These are the functions or variables that your module exposes publicly to anything that imports it. Using jQuery as the example again, you could say that jQuery exports the $ function. Modules that depend on and hence import jQuery get access to the $ function, because jQuery exports it.\n\nAnother important thing to note is that when I discuss a module, all I really mean is a JavaScript file. There\u2019s no extra syntax to use other than the new ES6 syntax. Once ES6 lands, modules and files will be analogous.\n\nNamed exports\n\nModules can export multiple objects, which can be either plain old variables or JavaScript functions. You denote something to be exported with the export keyword:\n\nexport function double(x) {\n  return x + x;\n};\n\n\nYou can also store something in a variable then export it. If you do that, you have to wrap the variable in a set of curly braces.\n\nvar double = function(x) {\n  return x + x;\n}\n\nexport { double };\n\nA module can then import the double function like so:\n\nimport { double } from 'mymodule';\ndouble(2); // 4\n\nAgain, curly braces are required around the variable you would like to import. It\u2019s also important to note that from 'mymodule' will look for a file called mymodule.js in the same directory as the file you are requesting the import from. There is no need to add the .js extension.\n\nThe reason for those extra braces is that this syntax lets you export multiple variables:\n\nvar double = function(x) {\n  return x + x;\n}\n\nvar square = function(x) {\n  return x * x;\n}\n\nexport { double, square }\n\nI personally prefer this syntax over the export function \u2026, but only because it makes it much clearer to me what the module exports. Typically I will have my export {\u2026} line at the bottom of the file, which means I can quickly look in one place to determine what the module is exporting.\n\nA file importing both double and square can do so in just the way you\u2019d expect:\n\nimport { double, square } from 'mymodule';\ndouble(2); // 4\nsquare(3); // 9\n\nWith this approach you can\u2019t easily import an entire module and all its methods. This is by design \u2013 it\u2019s much better and you\u2019re encouraged to import just the functions you need to use.\n\nDefault exports\n\nAlong with named exports, the system also lets a module have a default export. This is useful when you are working with a large library such as jQuery, Underscore, Backbone and others, and just want to import the entire library. A module can define its default export (it can only ever have one default export) like so:\n\nexport default function(x) {\n  return x + x;\n}\n\nAnd that can be imported:\n\nimport double from 'mymodule';\ndouble(2); // 4\n\n\nThis time you do not use the curly braces around the name of the object you are importing. Also notice how you can name the import whatever you\u2019d like. Default exports are not named, so you can import them as anything you like:\n\nimport christmas from 'mymodule';\nchristmas(2); // 4\n\nThe above is entirely valid.\n\nAlthough it\u2019s not something that is used too often, a module can have both named exports and a default export, if you wish.\n\nOne of the design goals of the ES6 modules spec was to favour default exports. There are many reasons behind this, and there is a very detailed discussion on the ES Discuss site about it. That said, if you find yourself preferring named exports, that\u2019s fine, and you shouldn\u2019t change that to meet the preferences of those designing the spec.\n\nProgrammatic API\n\nAlong with the syntax above, there is also a new API being added to the language so you can programmatically import modules. It\u2019s pretty rare you would use this, but one obvious example is loading a module conditionally based on some variable or property. You could easily import a polyfill, for example, if the user\u2019s browser didn\u2019t support a feature your app relied on. An example of doing this is:\n\nif(someFeatureNotSupported) {\n  System.import('my-polyfill').then(function(myPolyFill) {\n    // use the module from here\n  });\n}\n\nSystem.import will return a promise, which, if you\u2019re not familiar, you can read about in this excellent article on HTMl5 Rocks by Jake Archibald. A promise basically lets you attach callback functions that are run when the asynchronous operation (in this case, System.import), is complete.\n\nThis programmatic API opens up a lot of possibilities and will also provide hooks to allow you to register callbacks that will run at certain points in the lifetime of a module. Those hooks and that syntax are slightly less set in stone, but when they are confirmed they will provide really useful functionality. For example, you could write code that would run every module that you import through something like JSHint before importing it. In development that would provide you with an easy way to keep your code quality high without having to run a command line watch task.\n\nHow to use it today\n\nIt\u2019s all well and good having this new syntax, but right now it won\u2019t work in any browser \u2013 and it\u2019s not likely to for a long time. Maybe in next year\u2019s 24 ways there will be an article on how you can use ES6 modules with no extra work in the browser, but for now we\u2019re stuck with a bit of extra work.\n\nES6 module transpiler\n\nOne solution is to use the ES6 module transpiler, a compiler that lets you write your JavaScript using the ES6 module syntax (actually a subset of it \u2013 not quite everything is supported, but the main features are) and have it compiled into either CommonJS-style code (CommonJS is the module specification that NodeJS and Browserify use), or into AMD-style code (the spec RequireJS uses). There are also plugins for all the popular build tools, including Grunt and Gulp.\n\nThe advantage of using this transpiler is that if you are already using a tool like RequireJS or Browserify, you can drop the transpiler in, start writing in ES6 and not worry about any additional work to make the code work in the browser, because you should already have that set up already. If you don\u2019t have any system in place for handling modules in the browser, using the transpiler doesn\u2019t really make sense. Remember, all this does is convert ES6 module code into CommonJS- or AMD-compliant JavaScript. It doesn\u2019t do anything to help you get that code running in the browser, but if you have that part sorted it\u2019s a really nice addition to your workflow. If you would like a tutorial on how to do this, I wrote a post back in June 2014 on using ES6 with the ES6 module transpiler.\n\nSystemJS\n\nAnother solution is SystemJS. It\u2019s the best solution in my opinion, particularly if you are starting a new project from scratch, or want to use ES6 modules on a project where you have no current module system in place. SystemJS is a spec-compliant universal module loader: it loads ES6 modules, AMD modules, CommonJS modules, as well as modules that just add a variable to the global scope (window, in the browser).\n\nTo load in ES6 files, SystemJS also depends on two other libraries: the ES6 module loader polyfill; and Traceur. Traceur is best accessed through the bower-traceur package, as the main repository doesn\u2019t have an easy to find downloadable version. The ES6 module load polyfill implements System.import, and lets you load in files using it. Traceur is an ES6-to-ES5 module loader. It takes code written in ES6, the newest version of JavaScript, and transpiles it into ES5, the version of JavaScript widely implemented in browsers. The advantage of this is that you can play with the new features of the language today, even though they are not supported in browsers. The drawback is that you have to run all your files through Traceur every time you save them, but this is easily automated. Additionally, if you use SystemJS, the Traceur compilation is done automatically for you.\n\nAll you need to do to get SystemJS running is to add a <script> element to load SystemJS into your webpage. It will then automatically load the ES6 module loader and Traceur files when it needs them. In your HTML you then need to use System.import to load in your module:\n\n<script>\n  System.import('./app');\n</script>\n\nWhen you load the page, app.js will be asynchronously loaded. Within app.js, you can now use ES6 modules. SystemJS will detect that the file is an ES6 file, automatically load Traceur, and compile the file into ES5 so that it works in the browser. It does all this dynamically in the browser, but there are tools to bundle your application in production, so it doesn\u2019t make a lot of requests on the live site. In development though, it makes for a really nice workflow.\n\nWhen working with SystemJS and modules in general, the best approach is to have a main module (in our case app.js) that is the main entry point for your application. app.js should then be responsible for loading all your application\u2019s modules. This forces you to keep your application organised by only loading one file initially, and having the rest dealt with by that file.\n\nSystemJS also provides a workflow for bundling your application together into one file.\n\nConclusion\n\nES6 modules may be at least six months to a year away (if not more) but that doesn\u2019t mean they can\u2019t be used today. Although there is an overhead to using them now \u2013 with the work required to set up SystemJS, the module transpiler, or another solution \u2013 that doesn\u2019t mean it\u2019s not worthwhile. Using any module system in the browser, whether that be RequireJS, Browserify or another alternative, requires extra tooling and libraries to support it, and I would argue that the effort to set up SystemJS is no greater than that required to configure any other tool. It also comes with the extra benefit that when the syntax is supported in browsers, you get a free upgrade. You\u2019ll be able to remove SystemJS and have everything continue to work, backed by the native browser solution.\n\nIf you are starting a new project, I would strongly advocate using ES6 modules. It is a syntax and specification that is not going away at all, and will soon be supported in browsers. Investing time in learning it now will pay off hugely further down the road.\n\nFurther reading\n\nIf you\u2019d like to delve further into ES6 modules (or ES6 generally) and using them today, I recommend the following resources:\n\n\n\tECMAScript 6 modules: the final syntax by Axel Rauschmayer\n\tPractical Workflows for ES6 Modules by Guy Bedford\n\tECMAScript 6 resources for the curious JavaScripter by Addy Osmani\n\tTracking ES6 support by Addy Osmani\n\tES6 Tools List by Addy Osmani\n\tUsing Grunt and the ES6 Module Transpiler by Thomas Boyt\n\tJavaScript Modules and Dependencies with jspm by myself\n\tUsing ES6 Modules Today by Guy Bedford", "year": "2014", "author": "Jack Franklin", "author_slug": "jackfranklin", "published": "2014-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/javascript-modules-the-es6-way/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 326, "title": "Don't be eval()", "contents": "JavaScript is an interpreted language, and like so many of its peers it includes the all powerful eval() function. eval() takes a string and executes it as if it were regular JavaScript code. It\u2019s incredibly powerful and incredibly easy to abuse in ways that make your code slower and harder to maintain. As a general rule, if you\u2019re using eval() there\u2019s probably something wrong with your design.\n\nCommon mistakes\n\nHere\u2019s the classic misuse of eval(). You have a JavaScript object, foo, and you want to access a property on it \u2013 but you don\u2019t know the name of the property until runtime. Here\u2019s how NOT to do it:\n\nvar property = 'bar';\nvar value = eval('foo.' + property);\n\nYes it will work, but every time that piece of code runs JavaScript will have to kick back in to interpreter mode, slowing down your app. It\u2019s also dirt ugly.\n\nHere\u2019s the right way of doing the above:\n\nvar property = 'bar';\nvar value = foo[property];\n\nIn JavaScript, square brackets act as an alternative to lookups using a dot. The only difference is that square bracket syntax expects a string.\n\nSecurity issues\n\nIn any programming language you should be extremely cautious of executing code from an untrusted source. The same is true for JavaScript \u2013 you should be extremely cautious of running eval() against any code that may have been tampered with \u2013 for example, strings taken from the page query string. Executing untrusted code can leave you vulnerable to cross-site scripting attacks.\n\nWhat\u2019s it good for?\n\nSome programmers say that eval() is B.A.D. \u2013 Broken As Designed \u2013 and should be removed from the language. However, there are some places in which it can dramatically simplify your code. A great example is for use with XMLHttpRequest, a component of the set of tools more popularly known as Ajax. XMLHttpRequest lets you make a call back to the server from JavaScript without refreshing the whole page. A simple way of using this is to have the server return JavaScript code which is then passed to eval(). Here is a simple function for doing exactly that \u2013 it takes the URL to some JavaScript code (or a server-side script that produces JavaScript) and loads and executes that code using XMLHttpRequest and eval().\n\nfunction evalRequest(url) {\n     var xmlhttp = new XMLHttpRequest();\n     xmlhttp.onreadystatechange = function() {\n          if (xmlhttp.readyState==4 && xmlhttp.status==200) {\n               eval(xmlhttp.responseText);\n          }\n     }\n     xmlhttp.open(\"GET\", url, true);\n     xmlhttp.send(null);\n }\n\nIf you want this to work with Internet Explorer you\u2019ll need to include this compatibility patch.", "year": "2005", "author": "Simon Willison", "author_slug": "simonwillison", "published": "2005-12-07T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/dont-be-eval/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 11, "title": "JavaScript: Taking Off the Training Wheels", "contents": "JavaScript is the third pillar of front-end web development. Of those pillars, it is both the most powerful and the most complex, so it\u2019s understandable that when 24 ways asked, \u201cWhat one thing do you wish you had more time to learn about?\u201d, a number of you answered \u201cJavaScript!\u201d\n\nThis article aims to help you feel happy writing JavaScript, and maybe even without libraries like jQuery. I can\u2019t comprehensively explain JavaScript itself without writing a book, but I hope this serves as a springboard from which you can jump to other great resources.\n\nWhy learn JavaScript?\n\nSo what\u2019s in it for you? Why take the next step and learn the fundamentals?\n\nConfidence with jQuery\n\nIf nothing else, learning JavaScript will improve your jQuery code; you\u2019ll be comfortable writing jQuery from scratch and feel happy bending others\u2019 code to your own purposes. Writing efficient, fast and bug-free jQuery is also made much easier when you have a good appreciation of JavaScript, because you can look at what jQuery is really doing. Understanding how JavaScript works lets you write better jQuery because you know what it\u2019s doing behind the scenes. When you need to leave the beaten track, you can do so with confidence.\n\nIn fact, you could say that jQuery\u2019s ultimate goal is not to exist: it was invented at a time when web APIs were very inconsistent and hard to work with. That\u2019s slowly changing as new APIs are introduced, and hopefully there will come a time when jQuery isn\u2019t needed.\n\nAn example of one such change is the introduction of the very useful document.querySelectorAll. Like jQuery, it converts a CSS selector into a list of matching elements. Here\u2019s a comparison of some jQuery code and the equivalent without.\n\n$('.counter').each(function (index) {\n  $(this).text(index + 1);\n});\n\nvar counters = document.querySelectorAll('.counter');\n[].slice.call(counters).forEach(function (elem, index) {\n  elem.textContent = index + 1;\n});\n\nSolving problems no one else has!\n\nWhen you have to go to the internet to solve a problem, you\u2019re forever stuck reusing code other people wrote to solve a slightly different problem to your own. Learning JavaScript will allow you to solve problems in your own way, and begin to do things nobody else ever has.\n\nNode.js\n\nNode.js is a non-browser environment for running JavaScript, and it can do just about anything! But if that sounds daunting, don\u2019t worry: the Node community is thriving, very friendly and willing to help.\n\nI think Node is incredibly exciting. It enables you, with one language, to build complete websites with complex and feature-filled front- and back-ends. Projects that let users log in or need a database are within your grasp, and Node has a great ecosystem of library authors to help you build incredible things. Exciting!\n\nHere\u2019s an example web server written with Node. http is a module that allows you to create servers and, like jQuery\u2019s $.ajax, make requests. It\u2019s a small amount of code to do something complex and, while working with Node is different from writing front-end code, it\u2019s certainly not out of your reach.\n\nvar http = require('http');\nhttp.createServer(function (req, res) {\n  res.writeHead(200, {'Content-Type': 'text/plain'});\n  res.end('Hello World');\n}).listen(1337);\nconsole.log('Server running at http://localhost:1337/');\n\nGrunt and other website tools\n\nNode has brought in something of a renaissance in tools that run in the command line, like Yeoman and Grunt. Both of these rely heavily on Node, and I\u2019ll talk a little bit about Grunt here.\n\nGrunt is a task runner, and many people use it for compiling Sass or compressing their site\u2019s JavaScript and images. It\u2019s pretty cool. You configure Grunt via the gruntfile.js, so JavaScript skills will come in handy, and since Grunt supports plug-ins built with JavaScript, knowing it unlocks the bucketloads of power Grunt has to offer.\n\nWays to improve your skills\n\nSo you know you want to learn JavaScript, but what are some good ways to learn and improve? I think the answer to that is different for different people, but here are some ideas.\n\nRebuild a jQuery app\n\nConverting a jQuery project to non-jQuery code is a great way to explore how you modify elements on the page and make requests to the server for data. My advice is to focus on making it work in one modern browser initially, and then go cross-browser if you\u2019re feeling adventurous. There are many resources for directly comparing jQuery and non-jQuery code, like Jeffrey Way\u2019s jQuery to JavaScript article.\n\nFind a mentor\n\nIf you think you\u2019d work better on a one-to-one basis then finding yourself a mentor could be a brilliant way to learn. The JavaScript community is very friendly and many people will be more than happy to give you their time. I\u2019d look out for someone who\u2019s active and friendly on Twitter, and does the kind of work you\u2019d like to do. Introduce yourself over Twitter or send them an email. I wouldn\u2019t expect a full tutoring course (although that is another option!) but they\u2019ll be very glad to answer a question and any follow-ups every now and then.\n\nGo to a workshop\n\nMany conferences and local meet-ups run workshops, hosted by experts in a particular field. See if there\u2019s one in your area. Workshops are great because you can ask direct questions, and you\u2019re in an environment where others are learning just like you are \u2014 no need to learn alone!\n\nSet yourself challenges\n\nThis is one way I like to learn new things. I have a new thing that I\u2019m not very good at, so I pick something that I think is just out of my reach and I try to build it. It\u2019s learning by doing and, even if you fail, it can be enormously valuable.\n\nWhere to start?\n\nIf you\u2019ve decided learning JavaScript is an important step for you, your next question may well be where to go from here.\n\nI\u2019ve collected some links to resources I know of or use, with some discussion about why you might want to check a particular site out. I hope this serves as a springboard for you to go out and learn as much as you want.\n\nBeginner\n\nIf you\u2019re just getting started with JavaScript, I\u2019d recommend heading to one of these places. They cover the basics and, in some cases, a little more advanced stuff. They\u2019re all reputable sources (although, I\u2019ve included something I wrote \u2014 you can decide about that one!) and will not lead you astray.\n\n\n\tjQuery\u2019s JavaScript 101 is a great first resource for JavaScript that will give you everything you need to work with jQuery like a pro.\n\tCodecademy\u2019s JavaScript Track is a small but useful JavaScript course. If you like learning interactively, this could be one for you.\n\tHTMLDog\u2019s JavaScript Tutorials take you right through from the basics of code to a brief introduction to newer technology like Node and Angular. [Disclaimer: I wrote this stuff, so it comes with a hazard warning!]\n\tThe tuts+ jQuery to JavaScript mentioned earlier is great for seeing how jQuery code looks when converted to pure JavaScript.\n\n\nGetting in-depth\n\nFor more comprehensive documentation and help I\u2019d recommend adding these places to your list of go-tos.\n\n\n\tMDN: the Mozilla Developer Network is the first place I go for many JavaScript questions. I mostly find myself there via a search, but it\u2019s a great place to just go and browse.\n\tAxel Rauschmayer\u2019s 2ality is a stunning collection of articles that will take you deep into JavaScript. It\u2019s certainly worth looking at.\n\tAddy Osmani\u2019s JavaScript Design Patterns is a comprehensive collection of patterns for writing high quality JavaScript, particularly as you (I hope) start to write bigger and more complex applications.\n\n\nAnd finally\u2026\n\nI think the key to learning anything is curiosity and perseverance. If you have a question, go out and search for the answer, even if you have no idea where to start. Keep going and going and eventually you\u2019ll get there. I bet you\u2019ll learn a whole lot along the way. Good luck!\n\nMany thanks to the people who gave me their time when I was working on this article: Tom Oakley, Jack Franklin, Ben Howdle and Laura Kalbag.", "year": "2013", "author": "Tom Ashworth", "author_slug": "tomashworth", "published": "2013-12-05T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2013/javascript-taking-off-the-training-wheels/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 63, "title": "Be Fluid with Your Design Skills: Build Your Own Sites", "contents": "Just five years ago in 2010, when we were all busy trying to surprise and delight, learning CSS3 and trying to get whole websites onto one page, we had a poster on our studio wall. It was entitled \u2018Designers Vs Developers\u2019, an infographic that showed us the differences between the men(!) who created websites. \nDesigners wore skinny jeans and used Macs and developers wore cargo pants and brought their own keyboards to work. We began to learn that designers and developers were not only doing completely different jobs but were completely different people in every way. This opinion was backed up by hundreds of memes, millions of tweets and pages of articles which used words like void and battle and versus.\nThankfully, things move quickly in this industry; the wide world of web design has moved on in the last five years. There are new devices, technologies, tools \u2013 and even a few women. Designers have been helped along by great apps, software, open source projects, conferences, and a community of people who, to my unending pride, love to share their knowledge and their work.\nSo the world has moved on, and if Miley Cyrus, Ruby Rose and Eliot Sumner are identifying as gender fluid (an identity which refers to a gender which varies over time or is a combination of identities), then I would like to come out as discipline fluid! \nOK, I will probably never identify as a developer, but I will identify as fluid! How can we be anything else in an industry that moves so quickly? That\u2019s how we should think of our skills, our interests and even our job titles. After all, Steve Jobs told us that \u201cDesign is not just what it looks like and feels like. Design is how it works.\u201d Sorry skinny-jean-wearing designers \u2013 this means we\u2019re all designing something together. And it\u2019s not just about knowing the right words to use: you have to know how it feels. How it feels when you make something work, when you fix that bug, when you make it work on IE.\nLike anything in life, things run smoothly when you make the effort to share experiences, empathise and deeply understand the needs of others. How can designers do that if they\u2019ve never built their own site? I\u2019m not talking the big stuff, I\u2019m talking about your portfolio site, your mate\u2019s business website, a website for that great idea you\u2019ve had. I\u2019m talking about doing it yourself to get an unique insight into how it feels.\nWe all know that designers and developers alike love an <ol>, so here it is.\nTen reasons designers should be fluid with their skills and build their own sites\n1. It\u2019s never been easier\nNow here\u2019s where the definition of \u2018build\u2019 is going to get a bit loose and people are going to get angry, but when I say it\u2019s never been easier I mean because of the existence of apps and software like WordPress, Squarespace, Tumblr, et al. It\u2019s easy to make something and get it out there into the world, and these are all gateway drugs to hard coding!\n2. You\u2019ll understand how it feels\nHow it feels to be so proud that something actually works that you momentarily don\u2019t notice if the kerning is off or the padding is inconsistent. How it feels to see your site appear when you\u2019ve redirected a URL. How it feels when you just can\u2019t work out where that one extra space is in a line of PHP that has killed your whole site.\n3. It makes you a designer\nNot a better designer, it makes you a designer when you are designing how things look and how they work. \n4. You learn about movement\nPhotoshop and Sketch just don\u2019t cut it yet. Until you see your site in a browser or your app on a phone, it\u2019s hard to imagine how it moves. Building your own sites shows you that it\u2019s not just about how the content looks on the screen, but how it moves, interacts and feels.\n5. You make techie friends\nAll the tutorials and forums in the world can\u2019t beat your network of techie friends. Since I started working in web design I have worked with, sat next to, and co-created with some of the greatest developers. Developers who\u2019ve shared their knowledge, encouraged me to build things, patiently explained HTML, CSS, servers, divs, web fonts, iOS development. There has been no void, no versus, very few battles; just people who share an interest and love of making things.  \n6. You will own domain names\nWhen something is paid for, online and searchable then it\u2019s real and you\u2019ve got to put the work in. Buying domains has taught me how to stop procrastinating, but also about DNS, FTP, email, and how servers work.\n7. People will ask you to do things\u2028\nLearning about code and development opens a whole new world of design. When you put your own personal websites and projects out there people ask you to do more things. OK, so sometimes those things are \u201cMake me a website for free\u201d, but more often it\u2019s cool things like \u201cCome and speak at my conference\u201d, \u201cWrite an article for my magazine\u201d and \u201cCollaborate with me.\u201d\n8. The young people are coming!\nThey love typography, they love print, they love layout, but they\u2019ve known how to put a website together since they started their first blog aged five and they show me clever apps they\u2019ve knocked together over the weekend! They\u2019re new, they\u2019re fluid, and they\u2019re better than us!\n9. Your portfolio is your portfolio\nOK, it\u2019s an obvious one, but as designers our work is our CV, our legacy! We need to show our skill, our attention to detail and our creativity in the way we showcase our work. Building your portfolio is the best way to start building your own websites. (And please be that designer who\u2019s bothered to work out how to change the Squarespace favicon!) \n10. It keeps you fluid!\nBuilding your own websites is tough. You\u2019ll never be happy with it, you\u2019ll constantly be updating it to keep up with technology and fashion, and by the time you\u2019ve finished it you\u2019ll want to start all over again. Perfect for forcing you to stay up-to-date with what\u2019s going on in the industry.\n</ol>", "year": "2015", "author": "Ros Horner", "author_slug": "roshorner", "published": "2015-12-12T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/be-fluid-with-your-design-skills-build-your-own-sites/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 234, "title": "An Introduction to CSS 3-D Transforms", "contents": "Ladies and gentlemen, it is the second decade of the third millennium and we are still kicking around the same 2-D interface we got three decades ago. Sure, Apple debuted a few apps for OSX 10.7 that have a couple more 3-D flourishes, and Microsoft has had that Flip 3D for a while. But c\u2019mon \u2013 2011 is right around the corner. That\u2019s Twenty Eleven, folks. Where is our 3-D virtual reality? By now, we should be zipping around the Metaverse on super-sonic motorbikes.\n\nGranted, the capability of rendering complex 3-D environments has been present for years. On the web, there are already several solutions: Flash; three.js in <canvas>; and, eventually, WebGL. Finally, we meagre front-end developers have our own three-dimensional jewel: CSS 3-D transforms!\n\nRationale\n\nLike a beautiful jewel, 3-D transforms can be dazzling, a true spectacle to behold. But before we start tacking 3-D diamonds and rubies to our compositions like Liberace\u2018s tailor, we owe it to our users to ask how they can benefit from this awesome feature. \n\nAn entire application should not take advantage of 3-D transforms. CSS was built to style documents, not generate explorable environments. I fail to find a benefit to completing a web form that can be accessed by swivelling my viewport to the Sign-Up Room (although there have been proposals to make the web just that). Nevertheless, there are plenty of opportunities to use 3-D transforms in between interactions with the interface, via transitions.\n\nTake, for instance, the Weather App on the iPhone. The application uses two views: a details view; and an options view. Switching between these two views is done with a 3-D flip transition. This informs the user that the interface has two \u2013 and only two \u2013 views, as they can exist only on either side of the same plane.\n\n Flipping from details view to options view via a 3-D transition\n\nAlso, consider slide shows. When you\u2019re looking at the last slide, what cues tip you off that advancing will restart the cycle at the first slide? A better paradigm might be achieved with a 3-D transform, placing the slides side-by-side in a circle (carousel) in three-dimensional space; in that arrangement, the last slide obviously comes before the first.\n\n3-D transforms are more than just eye candy. We can also use them to solve dilemmas and make our applications more intuitive. \n\nCurrent support\n\nThe CSS 3D Transforms module has been out in the wild for over a year now. Currently, only Safari supports the specification \u2013 which includes Safari on Mac OS X and Mobile Safari on iOS. \n\nThe support roadmap for other browsers varies. The Mozilla team has taken some initial steps towards implementing the module. Mike Taylor tells me that the Opera team is keeping a close eye on CSS transforms, and is waiting until the specification is fleshed out. And our best friend Internet Explorer still needs to catch up to 2-D transforms before we can talk about the 3-D variety.\n\nTo make matters more perplexing, Safari\u2019s WebKit cousin Chrome currently accepts 3-D transform declarations, but renders them in 2-D space. Chrome team member Paul Irish, says that 3-D transforms are on the horizon, perhaps in one of the next 8.0 releases.\n\nThis all adds up to a bit of a challenge for those of us excited by 3-D transforms. I\u2019ll give it to you straight: missing the dimension of depth can make degradation a bit ungraceful. Unless the transform is relatively simple and holds up in non-3D-supporting browsers, you\u2019ll most likely have to design another solution. But what\u2019s another hurdle in a steeplechase? We web folk have had our mettle tested for years. We\u2019re prepared to devise multiple solutions.\n\nHere\u2019s the part of the article where I mention Modernizr, and you brush over it because you\u2019ve read this part of an article hundreds of times before. But seriously, it\u2019s the best way to test for CSS 3-D transform support. Use it.\n\nEven with these difficulties mounting up, trying out 3-D transforms today is the right move. The CSS 3-D transforms module was developed by the same team at Apple that produced the CSS 2D Transforms and Animation modules. Both specifications have since been adopted by Mozilla and Opera. Transforming in three-dimensions now will guarantee you\u2019ll be ahead of the game when the other browsers catch up.\n\nThe choice is yours. You can make excuses and pooh-pooh 3-D transforms because they\u2019re too hard and only snobby Apple fans will see them today. Or, with a tip of the fedora to Mr Andy Clarke, you can get hard-boiled and start designing with the best features out there right this instant.\n\nSo, I bid you, in the words of the eternal Optimus Prime\u2026\n\n\n\tTransform and roll out.\n\n\nLet\u2019s get coding.\n\nPerspective\n\nTo activate 3-D space, an element needs perspective. This can be applied in two ways: using the transform property, with the perspective as a functional notation:\n\n-webkit-transform: perspective(600);\n\nor using the perspective property: \n\n-webkit-perspective: 600;\n\nSee example: Perspective 1.\n\n\n\n The red element on the left uses transform: perspective() functional notation; the blue element on the right uses the perspective property\n\n\n\nThese two formats both trigger a 3-D space, but there is a difference. The first, functional notation is convenient for directly applying a 3-D transform on a single element (in the previous example, I use it in conjunction with a rotateY transform). But when used on multiple elements, the transformed elements don\u2019t line up as expected. If you use the same transform across elements with different positions, each element will have its own vanishing point. To remedy this, use the perspective property on a parent element, so each child shares the same 3-D space.\n\nSee Example: Perspective 2.\n\n\n\n Each red box on the left has its own vanishing point within the parent container; the blue boxes on the right share the vanishing point of the parent container\n\n\n\nThe value of perspective determines the intensity of the 3-D effect. Think of it as a distance from the viewer to the object. The greater the value, the further the distance, so the less intense the visual effect. perspective: 2000; yields a subtle 3-D effect, as if we were viewing an object from far away. perspective: 100; produces a tremendous 3-D effect, like a tiny insect viewing a massive object.\n\nBy default, the vanishing point for a 3-D space is positioned at its centre. You can change the position of the vanishing point with perspective-origin property.\n\n-webkit-perspective-origin: 25% 75%;\n\nSee Example: Perspective 3.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n3-D transform functions\n\nAs a web designer, you\u2019re probably well acquainted with working in two dimensions, X and Y, positioning items horizontally and vertically. With a 3-D space initialised with perspective, we can now transform elements in all three glorious spatial dimensions, including the third Z dimension, depth. \n\n3-D transforms use the same transform property used for 2-D transforms. If you\u2019re familiar with 2-D transforms, you\u2019ll find the basic 3D transform functions fairly similar. \n\n\n\trotateX(angle)\n\trotateY(angle)\n\trotateZ(angle)\n\ttranslateZ(tz)\n\tscaleZ(sz)\n\n\nWhereas translateX() positions an element along the horizontal X-axis, translateZ() positions it along the Z-axis, which runs front to back in 3-D space. Positive values position the element closer to the viewer, negative values further away.\n\nThe rotate functions rotate the element around the corresponding axis. This is somewhat counter-intuitive at first, as you might imagine that rotateX will spin an object left to right. Instead, using rotateX(45deg) rotates an element around the horizontal X-axis, so the top of the element angles back and away, and the bottom gets closer to the viewer.\n\nSee Example: Transforms 1.\n\n\n\n3-D rotate() and translate() functions around each axis\n\n\n\nThere are also several shorthand transform functions that require values for all three dimensions:\n\n\n\ttranslate3d(tx,ty,tz)\n\tscale3d(sx,sy,sz)\n\trotate3d(rx,ry,rz,angle)\n\n\nPro-tip: These foo3d() transform functions also have the benefit of triggering hardware acceleration in Safari. Dean Jackson, CSS 3-D transform spec author and main WebKit dude, writes (to Thomas Fuchs):\n\n\n\tIn essence, any transform that has a 3D operation as one of its functions will trigger hardware compositing, even when the actual transform is 2D, or not doing anything at all (such as translate3d(0,0,0)). Note this is just current behaviour, and could change in the future (which is why we don\u2019t document or encourage it). But it is very helpful in some situations and can significantly improve redraw performance.\n\n\nFor the sake of simplicity, my demos will use the basic transform functions, but if you\u2019re writing production-ready CSS for iOS or Safari-only, make sure to use the foo3d() functions to get the best rendering performance.\n\nCard flip\n\nWe now have all the tools to start making 3-D objects. Let\u2019s get started with something simple: flipping a card.\n\nHere\u2019s the basic markup we\u2019ll need:\n\n<section class=\"container\">\n  <div id=\"card\">\n    <figure class=\"front\">1</figure>\n    <figure class=\"back\">2</figure>\n  </div>\n</section>\n\nThe .container will house the 3-D space. The #card acts as a wrapper for the 3-D object. Each face of the card has a separate element: .front; and .back. Even for such a simple object, I recommend using this same pattern for any 3-D transform. Keeping the 3-D space element and the object element(s) separate establishes a pattern that is simple to understand and easier to style.\n\nWe\u2019re ready for some 3-D stylin\u2019. First, apply the necessary perspective to the parent 3-D space, along with any size or positioning styles.\n\n.container { \n  width: 200px;\n  height: 260px;\n  position: relative;\n  -webkit-perspective: 800;\n}\n\nNow the #card element can be transformed in its parent\u2019s 3-D space. We\u2019re combining absolute and relative positioning so the 3-D object is removed from the flow of the document. We\u2019ll also add width: 100%;  and height: 100%;. This ensures the object\u2019s transform-origin will occur in the centre of .container. More on transform-origin later. \n\nLet\u2019s add a CSS3 transition so users can see the transform take effect. \n\n#card {\n  width: 100%;\n  height: 100%;\n  position: absolute;\n  -webkit-transform-style: preserve-3d;\n  -webkit-transition: -webkit-transform 1s;\n}\n\nThe .container\u2019s perspective only applies to direct descendant children, in this case #card. In order for subsequent children to inherit a parent\u2019s perspective, and live in the same 3-D space, the parent can pass along its perspective with transform-style: preserve-3d. Without 3-D transform-style, the faces of the card would be flattened with its parents and the back face\u2019s rotation would be nullified. \n\nTo position the faces in 3-D space, we\u2019ll need to reset their positions in 2-D with position: absolute. In order to hide the reverse sides of the faces when they are faced away from the viewer, we use backface-visibility: hidden. \n\n#card figure {\n  display: block;\n  position: absolute;\n  width: 100%;\n  height: 100%;\n  -webkit-backface-visibility: hidden;\n}\n\nTo flip the .back face, we add a basic 3-D transform of rotateY(180deg). \n\n#card .front {\n  background: red;\n}\n#card .back {\n  background: blue;\n  -webkit-transform: rotateY(180deg);\n}\n\nWith the faces in place, the #card requires a corresponding style for when it is flipped.\n\n#card.flipped {\n  -webkit-transform: rotateY(180deg);\n}\n\nNow we have a working 3-D object. To flip the card, we can toggle the flipped class. When .flipped, the #card will rotate 180 degrees, thus exposing the .back face.\n\nSee Example: Card 1.\n\n\n\nFlipping a card in three dimensions\n\n\n\nSlide-flip\n\nTake another look at the Weather App 3-D transition. You\u2019ll notice that it\u2019s not quite the same effect as our previous demo. If you follow the right edge of the card, you\u2019ll find that its corners stay within the container. Instead of pivoting from the horizontal centre, it pivots on that right edge. But the transition is not just a rotation \u2013 the edge moves horizontally from right to left. We can reproduce this transition just by modifying a couple of lines of CSS from our original card flip demo.\n\nThe pivot point for the rotation occurs at the right side of the card. By default, the transform-origin of an element is at its horizontal and vertical centre (50% 50% or center center). Let\u2019s change it to the right side:\n\n#card { -webkit-transform-origin: right center; }\n\nThat flip now needs some horizontal movement with translateX. We\u2019ll set the rotation to -180deg so it flips right side out.\n\n#card.flipped {\n  -webkit-transform: translateX(-100%) rotateY(-180deg);\n}\n\nSee Example: Card 2.\n\n\n\nCreating a slide-flip from the right edge of the card\n\n\n\nCube\n\nCreating 3-D card objects is a good way to get started with 3-D transforms. But once you\u2019ve mastered them, you\u2019ll be hungry to push it further and create some true 3-D objects: prisms. We\u2019ll start out by making a cube.\n\nThe markup for the cube is similar to the card. This time, however, we need six child elements for all six faces of the cube:\n\n<section class=\"container\">\n  <div id=\"cube\">\n    <figure class=\"front\">1</figure>\n    <figure class=\"back\">2</figure>\n    <figure class=\"right\">3</figure>\n    <figure class=\"left\">4</figure>\n    <figure class=\"top\">5</figure>\n    <figure class=\"bottom\">6</figure>\n  </div>\n</section>\n\nBasic position and size styles set the six faces on top of one another in the container.\n\n.container {\n  width: 200px;\n  height: 200px;\n  position: relative;\n  -webkit-perspective: 1000;\n}\n#cube {\n  width: 100%;\n  height: 100%;\n  position: absolute;\n  -webkit-transform-style: preserve-3d;\n}\n#cube figure {\n  width: 196px;\n  height: 196px;\n  display: block;\n  position: absolute;\n  border: 2px solid black;\n}\n\nWith the card, we only had to rotate its back face. The cube, however, requires that five of the six faces to be rotated. Faces 1 and 2 will be the front and back. Faces 3 and 4 will be the sides. Faces 5 and 6 will be the top and bottom.\n\n#cube .front { -webkit-transform: rotateY(0deg); }\n#cube .back { -webkit-transform: rotateX(180deg); }\n#cube .right { -webkit-transform: rotateY(90deg); }\n#cube .left { -webkit-transform: rotateY(-90deg); }\n#cube .top { -webkit-transform: rotateX(90deg); }\n#cube .bottom { -webkit-transform: rotateX(-90deg); }\n\nWe could remove the first #cube .front style declaration, as this transform has no effect, but let\u2019s leave it in to keep our code consistent.\n\nNow each face is rotated, and only the front face is visible. The four side faces are all perpendicular to the viewer, so they appear invisible. To push them out to their appropriate sides, they need to be translated out from the centre of their positions. Each side of the cube is 200 pixels wide. From the cube\u2019s centre they\u2019ll need to be translated out half that distance, 100px.\n\n#cube .front { -webkit-transform: rotateY(0deg) translateZ(100px); }\n#cube .back { -webkit-transform: rotateX(180deg) translateZ(100px); }\n#cube .right { -webkit-transform: rotateY(90deg) translateZ(100px); }\n#cube .left { -webkit-transform: rotateY(-90deg) translateZ(100px); }\n#cube .top { -webkit-transform: rotateX(90deg) translateZ(100px); }\n#cube .bottom { -webkit-transform: rotateX(-90deg) translateZ(100px); }\n\nNote here that the translateZ function comes after the rotate. The order of transform functions is important. Take a moment and soak this up. Each face is first rotated towards its position, then translated outward in a separate vector.\n\nWe have a working cube, but we\u2019re not done yet.\n\nReturning to the Z-axis origin\n\nFor the sake of our users, our 3-D transforms should not distort the interface when the active panel is at its resting position. But once we start pushing elements off their Z-axis origin, distortion is inevitable. \n\nIn order to keep 3-D transforms snappy, Safari composites the element, then applies the transform. Consequently, anti-aliasing on text will remain whatever it was before the transform was applied. When transformed forward in 3-D space, significant pixelation can occur. \n\nSee Example: Transforms 2.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nLooking back at the Perspective 3 demo, note that no matter how small the perspective value is, or wherever the transform-origin may be, the panel number 1 always returns to its original position, as if all those funky 3-D transforms didn\u2019t even matter.\n\nTo resolve the distortion and restore pixel perfection to our #cube, we can push the 3-D object back, so that the front face will be positioned back to the Z-axis origin.\n\n#cube { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-100px); }\n\nSee Example: Cube 1.\n\n\n\nRestoring the front face to the original position on the Z-axis\n\n\n\nRotating the cube\n\nTo expose any face of the cube, we\u2019ll need a style that rotates the cube to expose any face. The transform values are the opposite of those for the corresponding face. We toggle the necessary class on the #box to apply the appropriate transform.\n\n#cube.show-front { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-100px) rotateY(0deg); }\n#cube.show-back { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-100px) rotateX(-180deg); }\n#cube.show-right { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-100px) rotateY(-90deg); }\n#cube.show-left { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-100px) rotateY(90deg); }\n#cube.show-top { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-100px) rotateX(-90deg); }\n#cube.show-bottom { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-100px) rotateX(90deg); }\n\nNotice how the order of the transform functions has reversed. First, we push the object back with translateZ, then we rotate it.\n\nFinishing up, we can add a transition to animate the rotation between states. \n\n#cube { -webkit-transition: -webkit-transform 1s; }\n\nSee Example: Cube 2.\n\n\n\nRotating the cube with a CSS transition\n\n\n\nRectangular prism\n\nCubes are easy enough to generate, as we only have to worry about one measurement. But how would we handle a non-regular rectangular prism? Let\u2019s try to make one that\u2019s 300 pixels wide, 200 pixels high, and 100 pixels deep. \n\nThe markup remains the same as the #cube, but we\u2019ll switch the cube id for #box. The container styles remain mostly the same:\n\n.container {\n  width: 300px;\n  height: 200px;\n  position: relative;\n  -webkit-perspective: 1000;\n}\n#box {\n  width: 100%;\n  height: 100%;\n  position: absolute;\n  -webkit-transform-style: preserve-3d;\n}\n\nNow to position the faces. Each set of faces will need their own sizes. The smaller faces (left, right, top and bottom) need to be positioned in the centre of the container, where they can be easily rotated and then shifted outward. The thinner left and right faces get positioned left: 100px ((300\u2009\u2212\u2009100)\u2009\u00f7\u20092), The stouter top and bottom faces get positioned top: 50px ((200\u2009\u2212\u2009100)\u2009\u00f7\u20092).\n\n#box figure {\n  display: block;\n  position: absolute;\n  border: 2px solid black;\n}\n#box .front,\n#box .back {\n  width: 296px;\n  height: 196px;\n}\n#box .right,\n#box .left {\n  width: 96px;\n  height: 196px;\n  left: 100px;\n}\n#box .top,\n#box .bottom {\n  width: 296px;\n  height: 96px;\n  top: 50px;\n}\n\nThe rotate values can all remain the same as the cube example, but for this rectangular prism, the translate values do differ. The front and back faces are each shifted out 50 pixels since the #box is 100 pixels deep. The translate value for the left and right faces is 150 pixels for their 300 pixels width. Top and bottom panels take 100 pixels for their 200 pixels height:\n\n#box .front { -webkit-transform: rotateY(0deg) translateZ(50px); }\n#box .back { -webkit-transform: rotateX(180deg) translateZ(50px); }\n#box .right { -webkit-transform: rotateY(90deg) translateZ(150px); }\n#box .left { -webkit-transform: rotateY(-90deg) translateZ(150px); }\n#box .top { -webkit-transform: rotateX(90deg) translateZ(100px); }\n#box .bottom { -webkit-transform: rotateX(-90deg) translateZ(100px); }\n\nSee Example: Box 1.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nJust like the cube example, to expose a face, the #box needs to have a style to reverse that face\u2019s transform. Both the translateZ and rotate values are the opposites of the corresponding face.\n\n#box.show-front { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-50px) rotateY(0deg); }\n#box.show-back { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-50px) rotateX(-180deg); }\n#box.show-right { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-150px) rotateY(-90deg); }\n#box.show-left { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-150px) rotateY(90deg); }\n#box.show-top { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-100px) rotateX(-90deg); }\n#box.show-bottom { -webkit-transform: translateZ(-100px) rotateX(90deg); }\n\nSee Example: Box 2.\n\n\n\nRotating the rectangular box with a CSS transition\n\n\n\nCarousel\n\nFront-end developers have a myriad of choices when it comes to content carousels. Now that we have 3-D capabilities in our browsers, why not take a shot at creating an actual 3-D carousel?\n\nThe markup for this demo takes the same form as the box, cube and card. Let\u2019s make it interesting and have a carousel with nine panels.\n\n<div class=\"container\">\n  <div id=\"carousel\">\n    <figure>1</figure>\n    <figure>2</figure>\n    <figure>3</figure>\n    <figure>4</figure>\n    <figure>5</figure>\n    <figure>6</figure>\n    <figure>7</figure>\n    <figure>8</figure>\n    <figure>9</figure>\n  </div>\n</div>\n\nNow, apply basic layout styles. Let\u2019s give each panel of the #carousel 20 pixel gaps between one another, done here with left: 10px; and top: 10px;. The effective width of each panel is 210 pixels.\n\n.container {\n  width: 210px;\n  height: 140px;\n  position: relative;\n  -webkit-perspective: 1000;\n}\n#carousel {\n  width: 100%;\n  height: 100%;\n  position: absolute;\n  -webkit-transform-style: preserve-3d;\n}\n#carousel figure {\n  display: block;\n  position: absolute;\n  width: 186px;\n  height: 116px;\n  left: 10px;\n  top: 10px;\n  border: 2px solid black;\n}\n\nNext up: rotating the faces. This #carousel has nine panels. If each panel gets an equal distribution on the carousel, each panel would be rotated forty degrees from its neighbour (360\u2009\u00f7\u20099).\n\n#carousel figure:nth-child(1) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(0deg); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(2) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(40deg); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(3) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(80deg); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(4) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(120deg); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(5) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(160deg); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(6) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(200deg); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(7) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(240deg); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(8) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(280deg); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(9) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(320deg); }\n\nNow, the outward shift. Back when we were creating the cube and box, the translate value was simple to calculate, as it was equal to one half the width, height or depth of the object. With this carousel, there is no size we can automatically use as a reference. We\u2019ll have to calculate the distance of the shift by other means.\n\n\n\nDrawing a diagram of the carousel, we can see that we know only two things: the width of each panel is 210 pixels; and the each panel is rotated forty degrees from the next. If we split one of these segments down its centre, we get a right-angled triangle, perfect for some trigonometry.\n\nWe can determine the length of r in this diagram with a basic tangent equation:\n\n\n\nThere you have it: the panels need to be translated 288 pixels in 3-D space. \n\n#carousel figure:nth-child(1) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(0deg) translateZ(288px); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(2) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(40deg) translateZ(288px); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(3) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(80deg) translateZ(288px); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(4) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(120deg) translateZ(288px); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(5) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(160deg) translateZ(288px); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(6) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(200deg) translateZ(288px); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(7) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(240deg) translateZ(288px); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(8) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(280deg) translateZ(288px); }\n#carousel figure:nth-child(9) { -webkit-transform: rotateY(320deg) translateZ(288px); }\n\nIf we decide to change the width of the panel or the number of panels, we only need to plug in those two variables into our equation to get the appropriate translateZ value. In JavaScript terms, that equation would be:\n\nvar tz = Math.round( ( panelSize / 2 ) / \n  Math.tan( ( ( Math.PI * 2 ) / numberOfPanels ) / 2 ) );\n// or simplified to\nvar tz = Math.round( ( panelSize / 2 ) / \n  Math.tan( Math.PI / numberOfPanels ) );\n\nJust like our previous 3-D objects, to show any one panel we need only apply the reverse transform on the carousel. Here\u2019s the style to show the fifth panel:\n\n-webkit-transform: translateZ(-288px) rotateY(-160deg);\n\nSee Example: Carousel 1.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nBy now, you probably have two thoughts: \n\n\n\tRewriting transform styles for each panel looks tedious.\n\tWhy bother doing high school maths? Aren\u2019t robots supposed to be doing all this work for us?\n\n\nAnd you\u2019re absolutely right. The repetitive nature of 3-D objects lends itself to scripting. We can offload all the monotonous transform styles to our dynamic script, which, if done correctly, will be more flexible than the hard-coded version.\n\nSee Example: Carousel 2.\n\nConclusion\n\n3-D transforms change the way we think about the blank canvas of web design. Better yet, they change the canvas itself, trading in the flat surface for voluminous depth.\n\nMy hope is that you took at least one peak at a demo and were intrigued. We web designers, who have rejoiced for border-radius, box-shadow and background gradients, now have an incredible tool at our disposal in 3-D transforms. They deserve just the same enthusiasm, research and experimentation we have seen on other CSS3 features. Now is the perfect time to take the plunge and start thinking about how to use three dimensions to elevate our craft. I\u2019m breathless waiting for what\u2019s to come. \n\nSee you on the flip side.", "year": "2010", "author": "David DeSandro", "author_slug": "daviddesandro", "published": "2010-12-14T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/intro-to-css-3d-transforms/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 307, "title": "Get the Balance Right: Responsive Display Text", "contents": "Last year in 24 ways I urged you to Get Expressive with Your Typography. I made the case for grabbing your readers\u2019 attention by setting text at display sizes, that is to say big. You should consider very large text in the same way you might a hero image: a picture that creates an atmosphere and anchors your layout.\nWhen setting text to be read, it is best practice to choose body and subheading sizes from a pre-defined scale appropriate to the viewport dimensions. We set those sizes using rems, locking the text sizes together so they all scale according to the page default and your reader\u2019s preferences.  You can take the same approach with display text by choosing larger sizes from the same scale.\nHowever, display text, as defined by its purpose and relative size, is text to be seen first, and read second. In other words a picture of text. When it comes to pictures, you are likely to scale all scene-setting imagery - cover photos, hero images, and so on - relative to the viewport. Take the same approach with display text: lock the size and shape of the text to the screen or browser window.\nIntroducing viewport units\nWith CSS3 came a new set of units which are locked to the viewport. You can use these viewport units wherever you might otherwise use any other unit of length such as pixels, ems or percentage. There are four viewport units, and in each case a value of 1 is equal to 1% of either the viewport width or height as reported in reference1 pixels:\n\nvw - viewport width,\nvh - viewport height,\nvmin - viewport height or width, whichever is smaller\nvmax - viewport height or width, whichever is larger\n\nIn one fell swoop you can set the size of a display heading to be proportional to the screen or browser width, rather than choosing from a scale in a series of media queries. The following makes the heading font size 13% of the viewport width:\nh1 {\n    font-size: 13 vw;\n}\nSo for a selection of widths, the rendered font size would be:\nRendered font size (px)\nViewport width\n13\u202fvw\n320\n42\n768\n100\n1024\n133\n1280\n166\n1920\n250\n\nA problem with using vw in this manner is the difference in text block proportions between portrait and landscape devices. Because the font size is based on the viewport width, the text on a landscape display is far bigger than when rendered on the same device held in a portrait orientation. \nLandscape text is much bigger than portrait text when using vw units.\nThe proportions of the display text relative to the screen are so dissimilar that each orientation has its own different character, losing the inconsistency and considered design you would want when designing to make an impression.\nHowever if the text was the same size in both orientations, the visual effect would be much more consistent. This where vmin comes into its own. Set the font size using vmin and the size is now set as a proportion of the smallest side of the viewport, giving you a far more consistent rendering.\nh1 {\n    font-size: 13vmin;\n}\nLandscape text is consistent with portrait text when using vmin units.\nComparing vw and vmin renderings for various common screen dimensions, you can see how using vmin keeps the text size down to a usable magnitude:\nRendered font size (px)\nViewport\n13\u202fvw\n13\u202fvmin\n320 \u00d7 480\n42\n42\n414 \u00d7 736\n54\n54\n768 \u00d7 1024\n100\n100\n1024 \u00d7 768\n133\n100\n1280 \u00d7 720\n166\n94\n1366 \u00d7 768\n178\n100\n1440 \u00d7 900\n187\n117\n1680 \u00d7 1050\n218\n137\n1920 \u00d7 1080\n250\n140\n2560 \u00d7 1440\n333\n187\n\nHybrid font sizing\nUsing vertical media queries to set text in direct proportion to screen dimensions works well when sizing display text. In can be less desirable when sizing supporting text such as sub-headings, which you may not want to scale upwards at the same rate as the display text. For example, we can size a subheading using vmin so that it starts at 16 px on smaller screens and scales up in the same way as the main heading:\nh1 {\n    font-size: 13vmin;\n}\nh2 {\n    font-size: 5vmin;\n}\nUsing vmin alone for supporting text can scale it too quickly\nThe balance of display text to supporting text on the phone works well, but the subheading text on the tablet, even though it has been increased in line with the main heading, is starting to feel disproportionately large and a little clumsy. This problem becomes magnified on even bigger screens.\nA solution to this is use a hybrid method of sizing text2. We can use the CSS calc() function to calculate a font size simultaneously based on both rems and viewport units. For example:\nh2 {\n    font-size: calc(0.5rem + 2.5vmin);\n}\nFor a 320 px wide screen, the font size will be 16 px, calculated as follows:\n(0.5 \u00d7 16) + (320 \u00d7 0.025) = 8 + 8 = 16px\nFor a 768 px wide screen, the font size will be 27 px:\n(0.5 \u00d7 16) + (768 \u00d7 0.025) = 8 + 19 = 27px\nThis results in a more balanced subheading that doesn\u2019t take emphasis away from the main heading:\n\nTo give you an idea of the effect of using a hybrid approach, here\u2019s a side-by-side comparison of hybrid and viewport text sizing:\ntable.ex--scale{width:100%;overflow: hidden;} table.ex--scale td{vertical-align:baseline;text-align:center;padding:0} tr.ex--scale-key{color:#666} tr.ex--scale-key td{font-size:.875rem;padding:0 0.125em} .ex--scale-2 tr.ex--scale-size{color:#ccc} tr.ex--scale-size td{font-size:1em;line-height:.34em;padding-bottom:.5rem} td.ex--scale-step{color:#000} td.ex--scale-hilite{color:red} .ex--scale-3 tr.ex--scale-size td{line-height:.9em}\n\ntop: calc() hybrid method; bottom: vmin only\n16\n20\n27\n32\n35\n40\n44\n16\n24\n38\n48\n54\n64\n72\n320\n480\n768\n960\n1080\n1280\n1440\n\nOver this festive period, try experiment with the proportion of rem and vmin in your hybrid calculation to see what feels best for your particular setting.\n\n\n\n\nA reference pixel is based on the logical resolution of a device which takes into account double density screens such as Retina displays.\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e\n\n\nFor even more sophisticated uses of hybrid text sizing see the work of Mike Riethmuller.\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e", "year": "2016", "author": "Richard Rutter", "author_slug": "richardrutter", "published": "2016-12-09T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/responsive-display-text/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 83, "title": "Cut Copy Paste", "contents": "Long before I got into this design thing, I was heavily into making my own music inspired by the likes of Coldcut and Steinski. I would scour local second-hand record shops in search of obscure beats, loops and bits of dialogue in the hope of finding that killer sample I could then splice together with other things to make a huge hit that everyone would love. While it did eventually lead to a record contract and getting to release a few 12\u2033 singles, ultimately I knew I\u2019d have to look for something else to pay the bills.\n\nI may not make my own records any more, but the approach I took back then \u2013 finding (even stealing) things, cutting and pasting them into interesting combinations \u2013 is still at the centre of how I work, only these days it\u2019s pretty much bits of code rather than bits of vinyl. Over the years I\u2019ve stored these little bits of code (some I\u2019ve found, some I\u2019ve created myself) in Evernote, ready to be dialled up whenever I need them. \n\nSo when Drew got in touch and asked if I\u2019d like to do something for this year\u2019s 24 ways I thought it might be kind of cool to share with you a few of these snippets that I find really useful. Think of these as a kind of coding mix tape; but remember \u2013 don\u2019t just copy as is: play around, combine and remix them into other wonderful things. \n\nSome of this stuff is dirty; some of it will make hardcore programmers feel ill. For those people, remember this \u2013 while you were complaining about the syntax, I made something.\n\nCreate unique colours\n\nLet\u2019s start right away with something I stole. Well, actually it was given away at the time by Matt Biddulph who was then at Dopplr before Nokia destroyed it. Imagine you have thousands of words and you want to assign each one a unique colour. Well, Matt came up with a crazily simple but effective way to do that using an MD5 hash. Just encode said word using an MD5 hash, then take the first six characters of the string you get back to create a hexadecimal colour representation. \n\nI can\u2019t guarantee that it will be a harmonious colour palette, but it\u2019s still really useful. The thing I love the most about this technique is the left-field thinking of using an encryption system to create colours! Here\u2019s an example using JavaScript:\n\n// requires the MD5 library available at http://pajhome.org.uk/crypt/md5\n\n  function MD5Hex(str){\n    result = MD5.hex(str).substring(0, 6);\n    return result;\n  }\n\nMake something breathe using a sine wave\n\nI never paid attention in school, especially during double maths. As a matter of fact, the only time I received corporal punishment \u2013 several strokes of the ruler \u2013 was in maths class. Anyway, if they had shown me then how beautiful mathematics actually is, I might have paid more attention. Here\u2019s a little example of how a sine wave can be used to make something appear to breathe. \n\nI recently used this on an Arduino project where an LED ring surrounding a button would gently breathe. Because of that it felt much more inviting. I love mathematics.\n\nfor(int i = 0; i<360; i++){    \n  float rad = DEG_TO_RAD * i;\n  int sinOut = constrain((sin(rad) * 128) + 128, 0, 255);\n  analogWrite(LED, sinOut);\n  delay(10);   \n}\n\nSnap position to grid\n\nThis is so elegant I love it, and it was shown to me by Gary Burgess, or Boom Boom as myself and others like to call him. It snaps a position, in this case the X-position, to a grid. Just define your grid size (say, twenty pixels) and you\u2019re good.\n\nsnappedXpos = floor( xPos / gridSize) * gridSize;\n\nCalculate the distance between two objects\n\nFor me, interaction design is about the relationship between two objects: you and another object; you and another person; or simply one object to another. How close these two things are to each other can be a handy thing to know, allowing you to react to that information within your design. Here\u2019s how to calculate the distance between two objects in a 2-D plane:\n\ndeltaX = round(p2.x-p1.x);\ndeltaY = round(p2.y-p1.y);\ndiff = round(sqrt((deltaX*deltaX)+(deltaY*deltaY)));\n\nFind the X- and Y-position between two objects\n\nWhat if you have two objects and you want to place something in-between them? A little bit of interruption and disruption can be a good thing. This small piece of code will allow you to place an object in-between two other objects:\n\n// set the position: 0.5 = half-way\t\n\nfloat position = 0.5;\nfloat x = x1 + (x2 - x1) *position;  \nfloat y = y1 + (y2 - y1) *position;  \n\nDistribute objects equally around a circle \t\n\nMore fun with maths, this time adding cosine to our friend sine. Let\u2019s say you want to create a circular navigation of arbitrary elements (yeah, Jakob, you heard), or you want to place images around a circle. Well, this piece of code will do just that. You can adjust the size of the circle by changing the distance variable and alter the number of objects with the numberOfObjects variable. Example below is for use in Processing.\n\n// Example for Processing available for free download at processing.org\n\nvoid setup() {\n\n  size(800,800);\n  int numberOfObjects = 12;\n  int distance = 100;\n  float inc = (TWO_PI)/numberOfObjects;\n  float x,y;\n  float a = 0;\n\n  for (int i=0; i < numberOfObjects; i++) {\n    x = (width/2) + sin(a)*distance;\n    y = (height/2) + cos(a)*distance;\n    ellipse(x,y,10,10);\n    a += inc;\n\n  }\n}\n\nUse modulus to make a grid\n\nThe modulus operator, represented by %, returns the remainder of a division. Fallen into a coma yet? Hold on a minute \u2013 this seemingly simple function is very powerful in lots of ways. At a simple level, you can use it to determine if a number is odd or even, great for creating alternate row colours in a table for instance:\n\nboolean checkForEven(numberToCheck) {\n  if (numberToCheck % 2 == 0) \n    return true;\n  } else {\n    return false; \n  }\n}\n\nThat\u2019s all well and good, but here\u2019s a use of modulus that might very well blow your mind. Construct a grid with only a few lines of code. Again the example is in Processing but can easily be ported to any other language.\n\nvoid setup() {\n\nsize(600,600);\nint numItems = 120;\nint numOfColumns = 12;\nint xSpacing = 40;\nint ySpacing = 40;\nint totalWidth = xSpacing*numOfColumns;\n\nfor (int i=0; i < numItems; i++) {\n\nellipse(floor((i*xSpacing)%totalWidth),floor((i*xSpacing)/totalWidth)*ySpacing,10,10);\n\n}\n}\n\nNot all the bits of code I keep around are for actual graphical output. I also have things that are very utilitarian, but which I still consider part of the design process. Here\u2019s a couple of things that I\u2019ve found really handy lately in my design workflow. They may be a little specific, but I hope they demonstrate that it\u2019s not about working harder, it\u2019s about working smarter. \n\nMerge CSV files into one file\n\nRecently, I\u2019ve had to work with huge \u2013 about 1GB \u2013 CSV text files that I then needed to combine into one master CSV file so I could then process the data. Opening up each text file and then copying and pasting just seemed really dumb, not to mention slow, so I thought there must be a better way. After some Googling I found this command line script that would combine .txt files into one file and add a new line after each:  \n\nawk 1 *.txt > finalfile.txt\n\nBut that wasn\u2019t what I was ideally after. I wanted to merge the CSV files, keeping the first row of the first file (the column headings) and then ignore the first row of subsequent files. Sure enough I found the answer after some Googling and it worked like a charm. Apologies to the original author but I can\u2019t remember where I found it, but you, sir or madam, are awesome. Save this as a shell script:\n\nFIRST=\n\nfor FILE in *.csv\n  do\n    exec 5<\"$FILE\" # Open file\n    read LINE <&5 # Read first line\n      [ -z \"$FIRST\" ] && echo \"$LINE\" # Print it only from first file\n      FIRST=\"no\"\n\n      cat <&5 # Print the rest directly to standard output\n      exec 5<&- # Close file\n      # Redirect stdout for this section into file.out \n\ndone > file.out\n\nCreate a symbolic link to another file or folder\n\nOftentimes, I\u2019ll find myself hunting through a load of directories to load a file to be processed, like a CSV file. Use a symbolic link (in the Terminal) to place a link on your desktop or wherever is most convenient and it\u2019ll save you loads of time. Especially great if you\u2019re going through a Java file dialogue box in Processing or something that doesn\u2019t allow the normal Mac dialog box or aliases.\n\ncd /DirectoryYouWantShortcutToLiveIn\nln -s /Directory/You/Want/ShortcutTo/ TheShortcut\n\nYou can do it, in the mix\n\nI hope you\u2019ve found some of the above useful and that they\u2019ve inspired a few ideas here and there. Feel free to tell me better ways of doing things or offer up any other handy pieces of code. Most of all though, collect, remix and combine the things you discover to make lovely new things.", "year": "2012", "author": "Brendan Dawes", "author_slug": "brendandawes", "published": "2012-12-17T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/cut-copy-paste/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 283, "title": "CSS3 Patterns, Explained", "contents": "Many of you have probably seen my CSS3 patterns gallery. It became very popular throughout the year and it showed many web developers how powerful CSS3 gradients really are. But how many really understand how these patterns are created? The biggest benefit of CSS-generated backgrounds is that they can be modified directly within the style sheet. This benefit is void if we are just copying and pasting CSS code we don\u2019t understand. We may as well use a data URI instead.\n\nImportant note\n\nIn all the examples that follow, I\u2019ll be using gradients without a vendor prefix, for readability and brevity. However, you should keep in mind that in reality you need to use all the vendor prefixes (-moz-, -ms-, -o-, -webkit-) as no browser currently implements them without a prefix. Alternatively, you could use -prefix-free and have the current vendor prefix prepended at runtime, only when needed.\n\nThe syntax described here is the one that browsers currently implement. The specification has since changed, but no browser implements the changes yet. If you are interested in what is coming, I suggest you take a look at the dev version of the spec.\n\nIf you are not yet familiar with CSS gradients, you can read these excellent tutorials by John Allsopp and return here later, as in the rest of the article I assume you already know the CSS gradient basics:\n\n\n\tCSS3 Linear Gradients\n\tCSS3 Radial Gradients\n\n\nThe main idea\n\nI\u2019m sure most of you can imagine the background this code generates:\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 20%, #8b0 80%);\n\nIt\u2019s a simple gradient from one color to another that looks like this:\n\n See this example live\n\nAs you probably know, in this case the first 20% of the container\u2019s width is solid white and the last 20% is solid green. The other 60% is a smooth gradient between these colors. Let\u2019s try moving these color stops closer to each other:\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 30%, #8b0 70%);\n\n See this example live\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 40%, #8b0 60%);\n\n See this example live\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 50%, #8b0 50%);\n\n See this example live\n\nNotice how the gradient keeps shrinking and the solid color areas expanding, until there is no gradient any more in the last example. We can even adjust the position of these two color stops to control where each color abruptly changes into another:\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 30%, #8b0 30%);\n\n See this example live\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 90%, #8b0 90%);\n\n See this example live\n\nWhat you need to take away from these examples is that when two color stops are at the same position, there is no gradient, only solid colors. Even without going any further, this trick is useful for a number of different use cases like faux columns or the effect I wanted to achieve in my homepage or the -prefix-free page where the background is only shown on one side and hidden on the other:\n\n\n\nCombining with background-size\n\nWe can do wonders, however, if we combine this with the CSS3 background-size property:\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 50%, #8b0 50%);\nbackground-size: 100px 100px;\n\n See this example live\n\nAnd there it is. We just created the simplest of patterns: (vertical) stripes. We can remove the first parameter (left) or replace it with top and we\u2019ll get horizontal stripes. However, let\u2019s face it: Horizontal and vertical stripes are kinda boring. Most stripey backgrounds we see on the web are diagonal. So, let\u2019s try doing that.\n\nOur first attempt would be to change the angle of the gradient to something like 45deg. However, this results in an ugly pattern like this: \n\n See this example live\n\nBefore reading on, think for a second: why didn\u2019t this produce the desired result? Can you figure it out?\n\nThe reason is that the gradient angle rotates the gradient inside each tile, not the tiled background as a whole. However, didn\u2019t we have the same problem the first time we tried to create diagonal stripes with an image? And then we learned that every stripe has to be included twice, like so:\n\n\n\nSo, let\u2019s try to create that effect with CSS gradients. It\u2019s essentially what we tried before, but with more color stops:\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(45deg, white 25%,\n    #8b0 25%, #8b0 50%, \n    white 50%, white 75%, \n    #8b0 75%);\nbackground-size:100px 100px;\n\n See this example live\n\nAnd there we have our stripes! An easy way to remember the order of the percentages and colors it is that you always have two of the same in succession, except the first and last color.\n\nNote: Firefox for Mac also needs an additional 100% color stop at the end of any pattern with more than two stops, like so: ..., white 75%, #8b0 75%, #8b0). The bug was reported in February 2011 and you can vote for it and track its progress at Bugzilla.\n\nUnfortunately, this is essentially a hack and we will realize that if we try to change the gradient angle to 60deg:\n\n See this example live\n\nNot that maintainable after all, eh? Luckily, CSS3 offers us another way of declaring such backgrounds, which not only helps this case but also results in much more concise code:\n\nbackground: repeating-linear-gradient(60deg, white, white 35px, #8b0 35px, #8b0 70px);\n\n See this example live\n\nIn this case, however, the size has to be declared in the color stop positions and not through background-size, since the gradient is supposed to cover the entire container. You might notice that the declared size is different from the one specified the previous way. This is because the size of the stripes is measured differently: in the first example we specify the dimensions of the tile itself; in the second, the width of the stripes (35px), which is measured diagonally.\n\nMultiple backgrounds\n\nUsing only one gradient you can create stripes and that\u2019s about it. There are a few more patterns you can create with just one gradient (linear or radial) but they are more or less boring and ugly. Almost every pattern in my gallery contains a number of different backgrounds. For example, let\u2019s create a polka dot pattern:\n\nbackground: radial-gradient(circle, white 10%, transparent 10%),\nradial-gradient(circle, white 10%, black 10%) 50px 50px;\nbackground-size:100px 100px;\n\n See this example live\n\nNotice that the two gradients are almost the same image, but positioned differently to create the polka dot effect. The only difference between them is that the first (topmost) gradient has transparent instead of black. If it didn\u2019t have transparent regions, it would effectively be the same as having a single gradient, as the topmost gradient would obscure everything beneath it.\n\nThere is an issue with this background. Can you spot it?\n\nThis background will be fine for browsers that support CSS gradients but, for browsers that don\u2019t, it will be transparent as the whole declaration is ignored. We have two ways to provide a fallback, each for different use cases. We have to either declare another background before the gradient, like so:\n\nbackground: black;\nbackground: radial-gradient(circle, white 10%, transparent 10%),\nradial-gradient(circle, white 10%, black 10%) 50px 50px;\nbackground-size:100px 100px;\n\nor declare each background property separately:\n\nbackground-color: black;\nbackground-image: radial-gradient(circle, white 10%, transparent 10%),\nradial-gradient(circle, white 10%, transparent 10%);\nbackground-size:100px 100px;\nbackground-position: 0 0, 50px 50px;\n\nThe vigilant among you will have noticed another change we made to our code in the last example: we altered the second gradient to have transparent regions as well. This way background-color serves a dual purpose: it sets both the fallback color and the background color of the polka dot pattern, so that we can change it with just one edit. Always strive to make code that can be modified with the least number of edits. You might think that it will never be changed in that way but, almost always, given enough time, you\u2019ll be proved wrong.\n\nWe can apply the exact same technique with linear gradients, in order to create checkerboard patterns out of right triangles:\n\nbackground-color: white;\nbackground-image: linear-gradient(45deg, black 25%, transparent 25%, transparent 75%, black 75%), \nlinear-gradient(45deg, black 25%, transparent 25%, transparent 75%, black 75%);\nbackground-size:100px 100px;\nbackground-position: 0 0, 50px 50px;\n\n See this example live\n\nUsing the right units\n\nDon\u2019t use pixels for the sizes without any thought. In some cases, ems make much more sense. For example, when you want to make a lined paper background, you want the lines to actually follow the text. If you use pixels, you have to change the size every time you change font-size. If you set the background-size in ems, it will naturally follow the text and you will only have to update it if you change line-height.\n\nIs it possible?\n\nThe shapes that can be achieved with only one gradient are:\n\n\n\tstripes\n\tright triangles\n\tcircles and ellipses\n\tsemicircles and other shapes formed from slicing ellipses horizontally or vertically\n\n\nYou can combine several of them to create squares and rectangles (two right triangles put together), rhombi and other parallelograms (four right triangles), curves formed from parts of ellipses, and other shapes.\n\nJust because you can doesn\u2019t mean you should\n\nTechnically, anything can be crafted with these techniques. However, not every pattern is suitable for it. The main advantages of this technique are:\n\n\n\tno extra HTTP requests\n\tshort code\n\thuman-readable code (unlike data URIs) that can be changed without even leaving the CSS file.\n\n\nComplex patterns that require a large number of gradients are probably better left to SVG or bitmap images, since they negate almost every advantage of this technique:\n\n\n\tthey are not shorter\n\tthey are not really comprehensible \u2013 changing them requires much more effort than using an image editor\n\n\nThey still save an HTTP request, but so does a data URI.\n\nI have included some very complex patterns in my gallery, because even though I think they shouldn\u2019t be used in production (except under very exceptional conditions), understanding how they work and coding them helps somebody understand the technology in much more depth.\n\nAnother rule of thumb is that if your pattern needs shapes to obscure parts of other shapes, like in the star pattern or the yin yang pattern, then you probably shouldn\u2019t use it. In these patterns, changing the background color requires you to also change the color of these shapes, making edits very tedious.\n\nIf a certain pattern is not practicable with a reasonable amount of CSS, that doesn\u2019t mean you should resort to bitmap images. SVG is a very good alternative and is supported by all modern browsers.\n\nBrowser support\n\nCSS gradients are supported by Firefox 3.6+, Chrome 10+, Safari 5.1+ and Opera 11.60+ (linear gradients since Opera 11.10). Support is also coming in Internet Explorer when IE10 is released. You can get gradients in older WebKit versions (including most mobile browsers) by using the proprietary -webkit-gradient(), if you really need them.\n\nEpilogue\n\nI hope you find these techniques useful for your own designs. If you come up with a pattern that\u2019s very different from the ones already included, especially if it demonstrates a cool new technique, feel free to send a pull request to the github repo of the patterns gallery. Also, I\u2019m always fascinated to see my techniques put in practice, so if you made something cool and used CSS patterns, I\u2019d love to know about it!\n\nHappy holidays!", "year": "2011", "author": "Lea Verou", "author_slug": "leaverou", "published": "2011-12-16T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/css3-patterns-explained/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 168, "title": "Unobtrusively Mapping Microformats with jQuery", "contents": "Microformats are everywhere. You can\u2019t shake an electronic stick these days without accidentally poking a microformat-enabled site, and many developers use microformats as a matter of course. And why not? After all, why invent your own class names when you can re-use pre-defined ones that give your site extra functionality for free?\n\nNevertheless, while it\u2019s good to know that users of tools such as Tails and Operator will derive added value from your shiny semantics, it\u2019s nice to be able to reuse that effort in your own code.\n\nWe\u2019re going to build a map of some of my favourite restaurants in Brighton. Fitting with the principles of unobtrusive JavaScript, we\u2019ll start with a semantically marked up list of restaurants, then use JavaScript to add the map, look up the restaurant locations and plot them as markers.\n\nWe\u2019ll be using a couple of powerful tools. The first is jQuery, a JavaScript library that is ideally suited for unobtrusive scripting. jQuery allows us to manipulate elements on the page based on their CSS selector, which makes it easy to extract information from microformats.\n\nThe second is Mapstraction, introduced here by Andrew Turner a few days ago. We\u2019ll be using Google Maps in the background, but Mapstraction makes it easy to change to a different provider if we want to later.\n\nGetting Started\n\nWe\u2019ll start off with a simple collection of microformatted restaurant details, representing my seven favourite restaurants in Brighton. The full, unstyled list can be seen in restaurants-plain.html. Each restaurant listing looks like this:\n\n<li class=\"vcard\">\n\t<h3><a class=\"fn org url\" href=\"http://www.riddleandfinns.co.uk/\">Riddle & Finns</a></h3>\n\t<div class=\"adr\">\n\t\t<p class=\"street-address\">12b Meeting House Lane</p>\n\t\t<p><span class=\"locality\">Brighton</span>, <abbr class=\"country-name\" title=\"United Kingdom\">UK</abbr></p>\n\t\t<p class=\"postal-code\">BN1 1HB</p>\n\t</div>\n\t<p>Telephone: <span class=\"tel\">+44 (0)1273 323 008</span></p>\n\t<p>E-mail: <a href=\"mailto:info@riddleandfinns.co.uk\" class=\"email\">info@riddleandfinns.co.uk</a></p>\n</li>\n\nSince we\u2019re dealing with a list of restaurants, each hCard is marked up inside a list item. Each restaurant is an organisation; we signify this by placing the classes fn and org on the element surrounding the restaurant\u2019s name (according to the hCard spec, setting both fn and org to the same value signifies that the hCard represents an organisation rather than a person).\n\nThe address information itself is contained within a div of class adr. Note that the HTML <address> element is not suitable here for two reasons: firstly, it is intended to mark up contact details for the current document rather than generic addresses; secondly, address is an inline element and as such cannot contain the paragraphs elements used here for the address information.\n\nA nice thing about microformats is that they provide us with automatic hooks for our styling. For the moment we\u2019ll just tidy up the whitespace a bit; for more advanced style tips consult John Allsop\u2019s guide from 24 ways 2006.\n\n.vcard p {\n\tmargin: 0;\n}\n.adr {\n\tmargin-bottom: 0.5em;\n}\n\nTo plot the restaurants on a map we\u2019ll need latitude and longitude for each one. We can find this out from their address using geocoding. Most mapping APIs include support for geocoding, which means we can pass the API an address and get back a latitude/longitude point. Mapstraction provides an abstraction layer around these APIs which can be included using the following script tag:\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://mapstraction.com/src/mapstraction-geocode.js\"></script>\n\nWhile we\u2019re at it, let\u2019s pull in the other external scripts we\u2019ll be using:\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"jquery-1.2.1.js\"></script>\n<script src=\"http://maps.google.com/maps?file=api&v=2&key=YOUR_KEY\" type=\"text/javascript\"></script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://mapstraction.com/src/mapstraction.js\"></script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://mapstraction.com/src/mapstraction-geocode.js\"></script>\n\nThat\u2019s everything set up: let\u2019s write some JavaScript!\n\nIn jQuery, almost every operation starts with a call to the jQuery function. The function simulates method overloading to behave in different ways depending on the arguments passed to it. When writing unobtrusive JavaScript it\u2019s important to set up code to execute when the page has loaded to the point that the DOM is available to be manipulated. To do this with jQuery, pass a callback function to the jQuery function itself:\n\njQuery(function() {\n\t// This code will be executed when the DOM is ready\n});\n\nInitialising the map\n\nThe first thing we need to do is initialise our map. Mapstraction needs a div with an explicit width, height and ID to show it where to put the map. Our document doesn\u2019t currently include this markup, but we can insert it with a single line of jQuery code:\n\njQuery(function() {\n\t// First create a div to host the map\n\tvar themap = jQuery('<div id=\"themap\"></div>').css({\n\t\t'width': '90%',\n\t\t'height': '400px'\n\t}).insertBefore('ul.restaurants');\n});\n\nWhile this is technically just a single line of JavaScript (with line-breaks added for readability) it\u2019s actually doing quite a lot of work. Let\u2019s break it down in to steps:\n\nvar themap = jQuery('<div id=\"themap\"></div>')\n\nHere\u2019s jQuery\u2019s method overloading in action: if you pass it a string that starts with a < it assumes that you wish to create a new HTML element. This provides us with a handy shortcut for the more verbose DOM equivalent:\n\nvar themap = document.createElement('div');\nthemap.id = 'themap';\n\nNext we want to apply some CSS rules to the element. jQuery supports chaining, which means we can continue to call methods on the object returned by jQuery or any of its methods:\n\nvar themap = jQuery('<div id=\"themap\"></div>').css({\n\t'width': '90%',\n\t'height': '400px'\n})\n\nFinally, we need to insert our new HTML element in to the page. jQuery provides a number of methods for element insertion, but in this case we want to position it directly before the <ul> we are using to contain our restaurants. jQuery\u2019s insertBefore() method takes a CSS selector indicating an element already on the page and places the current jQuery selection directly before that element in the DOM.\n\nvar themap = jQuery('<div id=\"themap\"></div>').css({\n\t'width': '90%',\n\t'height': '400px'\n}).insertBefore('ul.restaurants');\n\nFinally, we need to initialise the map itself using Mapstraction. The Mapstraction constructor takes two arguments: the first is the ID of the element used to position the map; the second is the mapping provider to use (in this case google ):\n\n// Initialise the map\nvar mapstraction = new Mapstraction('themap','google');\n\nWe want the map to appear centred on Brighton, so we\u2019ll need to know the correct co-ordinates. We can use www.getlatlon.com to find both the co-ordinates and the initial map zoom level.\n\n// Show map centred on Brighton\nmapstraction.setCenterAndZoom(\n\tnew LatLonPoint(50.82423734980143, -0.14007568359375),\n\t15 // Zoom level appropriate for Brighton city centre\n);\n\nWe also want controls on the map to allow the user to zoom in and out and toggle between map and satellite view.\n\nmapstraction.addControls({\n\tzoom: 'large',\n\tmap_type: true\n});\n\nAdding the markers\n\nIt\u2019s finally time to parse some microformats. Since we\u2019re using hCard, the information we want is wrapped in elements with the class vcard. We can use jQuery\u2019s CSS selector support to find them:\n\nvar vcards = jQuery('.vcard');\n\nNow that we\u2019ve found them, we need to create a marker for each one in turn. Rather than using a regular JavaScript for loop, we can instead use jQuery\u2019s each() method to execute a function against each of the hCards.\n\njQuery('.vcard').each(function() {\n\t// Do something with the hCard\n});\n\nWithin the callback function, this is set to the current DOM element (in our case, the list item). If we want to call the magic jQuery methods on it we\u2019ll need to wrap it in another call to jQuery:\n\njQuery('.vcard').each(function() {\n\tvar hcard = jQuery(this);\n});\n\nThe Google maps geocoder seems to work best if you pass it the street address and a postcode. We can extract these using CSS selectors: this time, we\u2019ll use jQuery\u2019s find() method which searches within the current jQuery selection:\n\nvar streetaddress = hcard.find('.street-address').text();\nvar postcode = hcard.find('.postal-code').text();\n\nThe text() method extracts the text contents of the selected node, minus any HTML markup.\n\nWe\u2019ve got the address; now we need to geocode it. Mapstraction\u2019s geocoding API requires us to first construct a MapstractionGeocoder, then use the geocode() method to pass it an address. Here\u2019s the code outline:\n\nvar geocoder = new MapstractionGeocoder(onComplete, 'google');\ngeocoder.geocode({'address': 'the address goes here');\n\nThe onComplete function is executed when the geocoding operation has been completed, and will be passed an object with the resulting point on the map. We just want to create a marker for the point:\n\nvar geocoder = new MapstractionGeocoder(function(result) {\n\tvar marker = new Marker(result.point);\n\tmapstraction.addMarker(marker);\n}, 'google');   \n\nFor our purposes, joining the street address and postcode with a comma to create the address should suffice:\n\ngeocoder.geocode({'address': streetaddress + ', ' + postcode});   \n\nThere\u2019s one last step: when the marker is clicked, we want to display details of the restaurant. We can do this with an info bubble, which can be configured by passing in a string of HTML. We\u2019ll construct that HTML using jQuery\u2019s html() method on our hcard object, which extracts the HTML contained within that DOM node as a string.\n\nvar marker = new Marker(result.point);\nmarker.setInfoBubble(\n\t'<div class=\"bubble\">' + hcard.html() + '</div>'\n);\nmapstraction.addMarker(marker);\n\nWe\u2019ve wrapped the bubble in a div with class bubble to make it easier to style. Google Maps can behave strangely if you don\u2019t provide an explicit width for your info bubbles, so we\u2019ll add that to our CSS now:\n\n.bubble {\n\twidth: 300px;\n}\n\nThat\u2019s everything we need: let\u2019s combine our code together:\n\njQuery(function() {\n\t// First create a div to host the map\n\tvar themap = jQuery('<div id=\"themap\"></div>').css({\n\t\t'width': '90%',\n\t\t'height': '400px'\n\t}).insertBefore('ul.restaurants');\n\t// Now initialise the map\n\tvar mapstraction = new Mapstraction('themap','google');\n\tmapstraction.addControls({\n\t\tzoom: 'large',\n\t\tmap_type: true\n\t});\n\t// Show map centred on Brighton\n\tmapstraction.setCenterAndZoom(\n\t\tnew LatLonPoint(50.82423734980143, -0.14007568359375),\n\t\t15 // Zoom level appropriate for Brighton city centre\n\t);\n\t// Geocode each hcard and add a marker\n\tjQuery('.vcard').each(function() {\n\t\tvar hcard = jQuery(this);\n\t\tvar streetaddress = hcard.find('.street-address').text();\n\t\tvar postcode = hcard.find('.postal-code').text();\n\t\tvar geocoder = new MapstractionGeocoder(function(result) {\n\t\t\tvar marker = new Marker(result.point);\n\t\t\tmarker.setInfoBubble(\n\t\t\t\t'<div class=\"bubble\">' + hcard.html() + '</div>'\n\t\t\t);\n\t\t\tmapstraction.addMarker(marker);\n\t\t}, 'google');\t \n\t\tgeocoder.geocode({'address': streetaddress + ', ' + postcode});\n\t});\n});\n\nHere\u2019s the finished code.\n\nThere\u2019s one last shortcut we can add: jQuery provides the $ symbol as an alias for jQuery. We could just go through our code and replace every call to jQuery() with a call to $(), but this would cause incompatibilities if we ever attempted to use our script on a page that also includes the Prototype library. A more robust approach is to start our code with the following:\n\njQuery(function($) {\n\t// Within this function, $ now refers to jQuery\n\t// ...\n});\n\njQuery cleverly passes itself as the first argument to any function registered to the DOM ready event, which means we can assign a local $ variable shortcut without affecting the $ symbol in the global scope. This makes it easy to use jQuery with other libraries.\n\nLimitations of Geocoding\n\nYou may have noticed a discrepancy creep in to the last example: whereas my original list included seven restaurants, the geocoding example only shows five. This is because the Google Maps geocoder incorporates a rate limit: more than five lookups in a second and it starts returning error messages instead of regular results.\n\nIn addition to this problem, geocoding itself is an inexact science: while UK postcodes generally get you down to the correct street, figuring out the exact point on the street from the provided address usually isn\u2019t too accurate (although Google do a pretty good job).\n\nFinally, there\u2019s the performance overhead. We\u2019re making five geocoding requests to Google for every page served, even though the restaurants themselves aren\u2019t likely to change location any time soon. Surely there\u2019s a better way of doing this?\n\nMicroformats to the rescue (again)! The geo microformat suggests simple classes for including latitude and longitude information in a page. We can add specific points for each restaurant using the following markup:\n\n<li class=\"vcard\">\n\t<h3 class=\"fn org\">E-Kagen</h3>\n\t<div class=\"adr\">\n\t\t<p class=\"street-address\">22-23 Sydney Street</p>\n\t\t<p><span class=\"locality\">Brighton</span>, <abbr class=\"country-name\" title=\"United Kingdom\">UK</abbr></p>\n\t\t<p class=\"postal-code\">BN1 4EN</p>\n\t</div>\n\t<p>Telephone: <span class=\"tel\">+44 (0)1273 687 068</span></p>\n\t<p class=\"geo\">Lat/Lon: \n\t\t<span class=\"latitude\">50.827917</span>, \n\t\t<span class=\"longitude\">-0.137764</span>\n\t</p>\n</li>\n\nAs before, I used www.getlatlon.com to find the exact locations \u2013 I find satellite view is particularly useful for locating individual buildings.\n\nLatitudes and longitudes are great for machines but not so useful for human beings. We could hide them entirely with display: none, but I prefer to merely de-emphasise them (someone might want them for their GPS unit):\n\n.vcard .geo {\n\tmargin-top: 0.5em;\n\tfont-size: 0.85em;\n\tcolor: #ccc;\n}\n\nIt\u2019s probably a good idea to hide them completely when they\u2019re displayed inside an info bubble:\n\n.bubble .geo {\n\tdisplay: none;\n}\n\nWe can extract the co-ordinates in the same way we extracted the address. Since we\u2019re no longer geocoding anything our code becomes a lot simpler:\n\n$('.vcard').each(function() {\n\tvar hcard = $(this);\n\tvar latitude = hcard.find('.geo .latitude').text();\n\tvar longitude = hcard.find('.geo .longitude').text();\n\tvar marker = new Marker(new LatLonPoint(latitude, longitude));\n\tmarker.setInfoBubble(\n\t\t'<div class=\"bubble\">' + hcard.html() + '</div>'\n\t);\n\tmapstraction.addMarker(marker);\n});\n\nAnd here\u2019s the finished geo example.\n\nFurther reading\n\nWe\u2019ve only scratched the surface of what\u2019s possible with microformats, jQuery (or just regular JavaScript) and a bit of imagination. If this example has piqued your interest, the following links should give you some more food for thought.\n\n\n\tThe hCard specification\n\tNotes on parsing hCards\n\tjQuery for JavaScript programmers \u2013 my extended tutorial on jQuery.\n\tDann Webb\u2019s Sumo \u2013 a full JavaScript library for parsing microformats, based around some clever metaprogramming techniques.\n\tJeremy Keith\u2019s Adactio Austin \u2013 the first place I saw using microformats to unobtrusively plot locations on a map. Makes clever use of hEvent as well.", "year": "2007", "author": "Simon Willison", "author_slug": "simonwillison", "published": "2007-12-12T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2007/unobtrusively-mapping-microformats-with-jquery/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 117, "title": "The First Tool You Reach For", "contents": "Microsoft recently announced that Internet Explorer 8 will be released in the first half of 2009. Compared to the standards support of other major browsers, IE8 will not be especially great, but it will finally catch up with the state of the art in one specific area: support for CSS tables. This milestone has the potential to trigger an important change in the way you approach web design.\n\nTo show you just how big a difference CSS tables can make, think about how you might code a fluid, three-column layout from scratch. Just to make your life more difficult, give it one fixed-width column, with a background colour that differs from the rest of the page. Ready? Go!\n\nOkay, since you\u2019re the sort of discerning web designer who reads 24ways, I\u2019m going to assume you at least considered doing this without using HTML tables for the layout. If you\u2019re especially hardcore, I imagine you began thinking of CSS floats, negative margins, and faux columns. If you did, colour me impressed!\n\nNow admit it: you probably also gave an inward sigh about the time it would take to figure out the math on the negative margin overlaps, check for dropped floats in Internet Explorer and generally wrestle each of the major browsers into giving you what you want. If after all that you simply gave up and used HTML tables, I can\u2019t say I blame you.\n\nThere are plenty of professional web designers out there who still choose to use HTML tables as their main layout tool. Sure, they may know that users with screen readers get confused by inappropriate use of tables, but they have a job to do, and they want tools that will make that job easy, not difficult.\n\nNow let me show you how to do it with CSS tables. First, we have a div element for each of our columns, and we wrap them all in another two divs:\n\n<div class=\"container\">\n\t<div>\n\t\t<div id=\"menu\">\n\t\t\u22ee\n\t\t</div>\n\t\t<div id=\"content\">\n\t\t\u22ee\n\t\t</div>\n\t\t<div id=\"sidebar\">\n\t\t\u22ee\n\t\t</div>\n\t</div>\n</div>\n\nDon\u2019t sweat the \u201cdiv clutter\u201d in this code. Unlike tables, divs have no semantic meaning, and can therefore be used liberally (within reason) to provide hooks for the styles you want to apply to your page.\n\nUsing CSS, we can set the outer div to display as a table with collapsed borders (i.e. adjacent cells share a border) and a fixed layout (i.e. cell widths unaffected by their contents):\n\n.container {\n\tdisplay: table;\n\tborder-collapse: collapse;\n\ttable-layout: fixed;\n}\n\nWith another two rules, we set the middle div to display as a table row, and each of the inner divs to display as table cells:\n\n.container > div {\n\tdisplay: table-row;\n}\n.container > div > div {\n\tdisplay: table-cell;\n}\n\nFinally, we can set the widths of the cells (and of the table itself) directly:\n\n.container {\n\twidth: 100%;\n}\n#menu {\n\twidth: 200px;\n}\n#content {\n\twidth: auto;\n}\n#sidebar {\n\twidth: 25%;\n}\n\nAnd, just like that, we have a rock solid three-column layout, ready to be styled to your own taste, like in this example:\n\n\n\nThis example will render perfectly in reasonably up-to-date versions of Firefox, Safari and Opera, as well as the current beta release of Internet Explorer 8.\n\nCSS tables aren\u2019t only useful for multi-column page layout; they can come in handy in most any situation that calls for elements to be displayed side-by-side on the page. Consider this simple login form layout:\n\n\n\nThe incantation required to achieve this layout using CSS floats may be old hat to you by now, but try to teach it to a beginner, and watch his eyes widen in horror at the hoops you have to jump through (not to mention the assumptions you have to build into your design about the length of the form labels).\n\nHere\u2019s how to do it with CSS tables:\n\n<form action=\"/login\" method=\"post\">\n\t<div>\n\t\t<div>\n\t\t\t<label for=\"username\">Username:</label>\n\t\t\t<span class=\"input\"><input type=\"text\" name=\"username\" id=\"username\"/></span>\n\t\t</div>\n\t\t<div>\n\t\t\t<label for=\"userpass\">Password:</label>\n\t\t\t<span class=\"input\"><input type=\"password\" name=\"userpass\" id=\"userpass\"/></span>\n\t\t</div>\n\t\t<div class=\"submit\">\n\t\t\t<label for=\"login\"></label>\n\t\t\t<span class=\"input\"><input type=\"submit\" name=\"login\" id=\"login\" value=\"Login\"/></span>\n\t\t</div>\n\t</div>\n</form>\n\nThis time, we\u2019re using a mixture of divs and spans as semantically transparent styling hooks. Let\u2019s look at the CSS code.\n\nFirst, we set up the outer div to display as a table, the inner divs to display as table rows, and the labels and spans as table cells (with right-aligned text):\n\nform > div {\n\tdisplay: table;\n}\nform > div > div {\n\tdisplay: table-row;\n}\nform label,\nform span {\n\tdisplay: table-cell;\n\ttext-align: right;\n}\n\nWe want the first column of the table to be wide enough to accommodate our labels, but no wider. With CSS float techniques, we had to guess at what that width was likely to be, and adjust it whenever we changed our form labels. With CSS tables, we can simply set the width of the first column to something very small (1em), and then use the white-space property to force the column to the required width:\n\nform label {\n\twhite-space: nowrap;\n\twidth: 1em;\n}\n\nTo polish off the layout, we\u2019ll make our text and password fields occupy the full width of the table cells that contain them:\n\ninput[type=text],\ninput[type=password] {\n\twidth: 100%;\n}\n\nThe rest is margins, padding and borders to get the desired look. Check out the finished example.\n\nAs the first tool you reach for when approaching any layout task, CSS tables make a lot more sense to your average designer than the cryptic incantations called for by CSS floats. When IE8 is released and all major browsers support CSS tables, we can begin to gradually deploy CSS table-based layouts on sites that are more and more mainstream.\n\nIn our new book, Everything You Know About CSS Is Wrong!, Rachel Andrew and I explore in much greater detail how CSS tables work as a page layout tool in the real world. CSS tables have their quirks just like floats do, but they don\u2019t tend to affect common layout tasks, and the workarounds tend to be less fiddly too. Check it out, and get ready for the next big step forward in web design with CSS.", "year": "2008", "author": "Kevin Yank", "author_slug": "kevinyank", "published": "2008-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/the-first-tool-you-reach-for/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 175, "title": "Front-End Code Reusability with CSS and JavaScript", "contents": "Most web standards-based developers are more than familiar with creating their sites with semantic HTML with lots and lots of CSS. With each new page in a design, the CSS tends to grow and grow and more elements and styles are added. But CSS can be used to better effect.\n\nThe idea of object-oriented CSS isn\u2019t new. Nicole Sullivan has written a presentation on the subject and outlines two main concepts: separate structure and visual design; and separate container and content. Jeff Croft talks about Applying OOP Concepts to CSS:\n\n\n\tI can make a class of .box that defines some basic layout structure, and another class of .rounded that provides rounded corners, and classes of .wide and .narrow that define some widths, and then easily create boxes of varying widths and styles by assigning multiple classes to an element, without having to duplicate code in my CSS.\n\n\nThis concept helps reduce CSS file size, allows for great flexibility, rapid building of similar content areas and means greater consistency throughout the entire design. You can also take this concept one step further and apply it to site behaviour with JavaScript.\n\nBuild a versatile slideshow\n\nI will show you how to build multiple slideshows using jQuery, allowing varying levels of functionality which you may find on one site design. The code will be flexible enough to allow you to add previous/next links, image pagination and the ability to change the animation type. More importantly, it will allow you to apply any combination of these features.\n\nImage galleries are simply a list of images, so the obvious choice of marking the content up is to use a <ul>. Many designs, however, do not cater to non-JavaScript versions of the website, and thus don\u2019t take in to account large multiple images. You could also simply hide all the other images in the list, apart from the first image. This method can waste bandwidth because the other images might be downloaded when they are never going to be seen.\n\nTaking this second concept \u2014 only showing one image \u2014 the only code you need to start your slideshow is an <img> tag. The other images can be loaded dynamically via either a per-page JavaScript array or via AJAX.\n\nThe slideshow concept is built upon the very versatile Cycle jQuery Plugin and is structured in to another reusable jQuery plugin. Below is the HTML and JavaScript snippet needed to run every different type of slideshow I have mentioned above.\n\n<img src=\"path/to/image.jpg\" alt=\"About the image\" title=\"\" height=\"250\" width=\"400\" class=\"slideshow\">\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\n\tjQuery().ready(function($) {\n\t\t$('img.slideshow').slideShow({\n\t\t\timages: ['1.jpg', '2.jpg', '3.jpg']\n\t\t});\n\t});\n</script>\n\nSlideshow plugin\n\nIf you\u2019re not familiar with jQuery or how to write and author your own plugin there are plenty of articles to help you out.\n\njQuery has a chainable interface and this is something your plugin must implement. This is easy to achieve, so your plugin simply returns the collection it is using:\n\nreturn this.each(\n\tfunction () {}\n};\n\nLocal Variables\n\nTo keep the JavaScript clean and avoid any conflicts, you must set up any variables which are local to the plugin and should be used on each collection item. Defining all your variables at the top under one statement makes adding more and finding which variables are used easier. For other tips, conventions and improvements check out JSLint, the \u201cJavaScript Code Quality Tool\u201d.\n\nvar $$, $div, $images, $arrows, $pager,\n\tid, selector, path, o, options,\n\theight, width,\n\tlist = [], li = 0,\n\tparts = [], pi = 0,\n\tarrows = ['Previous', 'Next'];\n\nCache jQuery Objects\n\nIt is good practice to cache any calls made to jQuery. This reduces wasted DOM calls, can improve the speed of your JavaScript code and makes code more reusable.\n\nThe following code snippet caches the current selected DOM element as a jQuery object using the variable name $$. Secondly, the plugin makes its settings available to the Metadata plugin\u2021 which is best practice within jQuery plugins.\n\nFor each slideshow the plugin generates a <div> with a class of slideshow and a unique id. This is used to wrap the slideshow images, pagination and controls.\n\nThe base path which is used for all the images in the slideshow is calculated based on the existing image which appears on the page. For example, if the path to the image on the page was /img/flowers/1.jpg the plugin would use the path /img/flowers/ to load the other images.\n\n$$ = $(this);\no = $.metadata ? $.extend({}, settings, $$.metadata()) : settings;\nid = 'slideshow-' + (i++ + 1);\n$div = $('<div />').addClass('slideshow').attr('id', id);\nselector = '#' + id + ' ';\npath = $$.attr('src').replace(/[0-9]\\.jpg/g, '');\noptions = {};\nheight = $$.height();\nwidth = $$.width();\n\nNote: the plugin uses conventions such as folder structure and numeric filenames. These conventions help with the reusable aspect of plugins and best practices.\n\nBuild the Images\n\nThe cycle plugin uses a list of images to create the slideshow. Because we chose to start with one image we must now build the list programmatically. This is a case of looping through the images which were added via the plugin options, building the appropriate HTML and appending the resulting <ul> to the DOM.\n\n$.each(o.images, function () {\n\tlist[li++] = '<li>';\n\tlist[li++] = '<img src=\"' + path + this + '\" height=\"' + height + '\" width=\"' + width + '\">';\n\tlist[li++] = '</li>';\n});\n$images = $('<ul />').addClass('cycle-images');\n$images.append(list.join('')).appendTo($div);\n\nAlthough jQuery provides the append method it is much faster to create one really long string and append it to the DOM at the end.\n\nUpdate the Options\n\nHere are some of the options we\u2019re making available by simply adding classes to the <img>. You can change the slideshow effect from the default fade to the sliding effect. By adding the class of stopped the slideshow will not auto-play and must be controlled via pagination or previous and next links.\n\n// different effect\nif ($$.is('.slide')) {\n\toptions.fx = 'scrollHorz';\n}\n// don't move by default\nif ($$.is('.stopped')) {\n\toptions.timeout = 0;\n}\n\nIf you are using the same set of images throughout a website you may wish to start on a different image on each page or section. This can be easily achieved by simply adding the appropriate starting class to the <img>.\n\n// based on the class name on the image\nif ($$.is('[class*=start-]')) {\n\toptions.startingSlide = parseInt($$.attr('class').replace(/.*start-([0-9]+).*/g, \"$1\"), 10) - 1;\n}\n\nFor example:\n\n<img src=\"/img/slideshow/3.jpg\" alt=\"About the image\" title=\"\" height=\"250\" width=\"400\" class=\"slideshow start-3\">\n\nBy default, and without JavaScript, the third image in this slideshow is shown. When the JavaScript is applied to the page the slideshow must know to start from the correct place, this is why the start class is required.\n\nYou could capture the default image name and parse it to get the position, but only the default image needs to be numeric to work with this plugin (and could easily be changed in future). Therefore, this extra specifically defined option means the plugin is more tolerant.\n\nPrevious/Next Links\n\nA common feature of slideshows is previous and next links enabling the user to manually progress the images. The Cycle plugin supports this functionality, but you must generate the markup yourself. Most people add these directly in the HTML but normally only support their behaviour when JavaScript is enabled. This goes against progressive enhancement. To keep with the best practice progress enhancement method the previous/next links should be generated with JavaScript.\n\nThe follow snippet checks whether the slideshow requires the previous/next links, via the arrows class. It restricts the Cycle plugin to the specific slideshow using the selector we created at the top of the plugin. This means multiple slideshows can run on one page without conflicting each other.\n\nThe code creates a <ul> using the arrows array we defined at the top of the plugin. It also adds a class to the slideshow container, meaning you can style different combinations of options in your CSS.\n\n// create the arrows\nif ($$.is('.arrows') && list.length > 1) {\n\toptions.next = selector + '.next';\n\toptions.prev = selector + '.previous';\n\t$arrows = $('<ul />').addClass('cycle-arrows');\n\t$.each(arrows, function (i, val) {\n\t\tparts[pi++] = '<li class=\"' + val.toLowerCase() + '\">';\n\t\tparts[pi++] = '<a href=\"#' + val.toLowerCase() + '\">';\n\t\tparts[pi++] = '<span>' + val + '</span>';\n\t\tparts[pi++] = '</a>';\n\t\tparts[pi++] = '</li>';\n\t});\n\t$arrows.append(parts.join('')).appendTo($div);\n\t$div.addClass('has-cycle-arrows');\n}\n\nThe arrow array could be placed inside the plugin settings to allow for localisation.\n\nPagination\n\nThe Cycle plugin creates its own HTML for the pagination of the slideshow. All our plugin needs to do is create the list and selector to use. This snippet creates the pagination container and appends it to our specific slideshow container. It sets the Cycle plugin pager option, restricting it to the specific slideshow using the selector we created at the top of the plugin. Like the previous/next links, a class is added to the slideshow container allowing you to style the slideshow itself differently.\n\n// create the clickable pagination\nif ($$.is('.pagination') && list.length > 1) {\n\toptions.pager = selector + '.cycle-pagination';\n\t$pager = $('<ul />').addClass('cycle-pagination');\n\t$pager.appendTo($div);\n\t$div.addClass('has-cycle-pagination');\n}\n\nNote: the Cycle plugin creates a <ul> with anchors listed directly inside without the surrounding <li>. Unfortunately this is invalid markup but the code still works.\n\nDemos\n\nWell, that describes all the ins-and-outs of the plugin, but demos make it easier to understand! Viewing the source on the demo page shows some of the combinations you can create with a simple <img>, a few classes and some thought-out JavaScript.\n\nView the demos \u2192\n\nDecide on defaults\n\nThe slideshow plugin uses the exact same settings as the Cycle plugin, but some are explicitly set within the slideshow plugin when using the classes you have set.\n\nWhen deciding on what functionality is going to be controlled via this class method, be careful to choose your defaults wisely. If all slideshows should auto-play, don\u2019t make this an option \u2014 make the option to stop the auto-play. Similarly, if every slideshow should have previous/next functionality make this the default and expose the ability to remove them with a class such as \u201cno-pagination\u201d.\n\nIn the examples presented on this article I have used a class on each <img>. You can easily change this to anything you want and simply apply the plugin based on the jQuery selector required.\n\nGrab your images\n\nIf you are using AJAX to load in your images, you can speed up development by deciding on and keeping to a folder structure and naming convention. There are two methods: basing the image path based on the current URL; or based on the src of the image. The first allows a different slideshow on each page, but in many instances a site will have a couple of sets of images and therefore the second method is probably preferred.\n\nMetadata \u2021\n\nA method which allows you to directly modify settings in certain plugins, which also uses the classes from your HTML already exists. This is a jQuery plugin called Metadata. This method allows for finer control over the plugin settings themselves. Some people, however, may dislike the syntax and prefer using normal classes, like above which when sprinkled with a bit more JavaScript allows you to control what you need to control.\n\nThe takeaway\n\nHopefully you have understood not only what goes in to a basic jQuery plugin but also learnt a new and powerful idea which you can apply to other areas of your website.\n\nThe idea can also be applied to other common interfaces such as lightboxes or mapping services such as Google Maps \u2014 for example creating markers based on a list of places, each with different pin icons based the anchor class.", "year": "2009", "author": "Trevor Morris", "author_slug": "trevormorris", "published": "2009-12-06T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/front-end-code-reusability-with-css-and-javascript/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 294, "title": "New Tricks for an Old Dog", "contents": "Much of my year has been spent helping new team members find their way around the expansive and complex codebase that is the TweetDeck front-end, trying to build a happy and productive group of people around a substantial codebase with many layers of legacy.\nI\u2019ve loved doing this. Everything from writing new documentation, drawing diagrams, and holding technical architecture sessions teaches you something you didn\u2019t know or exposes an area of uncertainty that you can go work on.\nIn this article, I hope to share some experiences and techniques that will prove useful in your own situation and that you can impress your friends in some new and exciting ways!\nHow do you do, fellow kids?\nTo start with I\u2019d like to introduce you to our JavaScript framework, Flight. Right now it\u2019s used by twitter.com and TweetDeck although, as a company, Twitter is largely moving to React.\nOver time, as we used Flight for more complex interfaces, we found it wasn\u2019t scaling with us.\nComposing components into trees was fiddly and often only applied for a specific parent-child pairing. It seems like an obvious feature with hindsight, but it didn\u2019t come built-in to Flight, and it made reusing components a real challenge.\nThere was no standard way to manage the state of a component; they all did it slightly differently, and the technique often varied by who was writing the code. This cost us in maintainability as you just couldn\u2019t predict how a component would be built until you opened it.\nMaking matters worse, Flight relied on events to move data around the application. Unfortunately, events aren\u2019t good for giving structure to complex logic. They jump around in a way that\u2019s hard to understand and debug, and force you to search your code for a specific string \u2014 the event name\u201a to figure out what\u2019s going on.\nTo find fixes for these problems, we looked around at other frameworks. We like React for it\u2019s simple, predictable state management and reactive re-render flow, and Elm for bringing strict functional programming to everyone.\nBut when you have lots of existing code, rewriting or switching framework is a painful and expensive option. You have to understand how it will interact with your existing code, how you\u2019ll test it alongside existing code, and how it will affect the size and performance of the application. This all takes time and effort!\nInstead of planning a rewrite, we looked for the ideas hidden within other frameworks that we could reapply in our own situation or bring to the tools we already were using.\nBoiled down, what we liked seemed quite simple:\n\nComponent nesting & composition\nEasy, predictable state management\nNormal functions for data manipulation\n\nMaking these ideas applicable to Flight took some time, but we\u2019re in a much better place now. Through persistent trial-and-error, we have well documented, testable and standard techniques for creating complex component hierarchies, updating and reacting to state changes, and passing data around the app.\nWhile the specifics of our situation and Flight aren\u2019t really important, this experience taught me something: \n\nDistill good tech into great ideas. You can apply great ideas anywhere.\n\nYou don\u2019t have to use cool kids\u2019 latest framework, hottest build tool or fashionable language to benefit from them. If you can identify a nugget of gold at the heart of it all, why not use it to improve what you have already?\nTimes, they are a changin\u2019\nApart from stealing ideas from the new and shiny, how can we keep make the most of improved tooling and techniques? Times change and so should the way we write code.\nGoing back in time a bit, TweetDeck used some slightly outmoded tools for building and bundling. Without a transpiler like Babel we were missing out new language features, and without a more advanced build tools like Webpack, every module\u2019s source was encased in AMD boilerplate.\nIn fact, we found ourselves with a mix of both AMD syntaxes:\ndefine([\"lodash\"], function (_) {\n  // . . .\n});\n\ndefine(function (require) {\n  var _ = require(\"lodash\");\n  // . . .\n});\nThis just wouldn\u2019t do. And besides, what we really wanted was CommonJS, or even ES2015 module syntax:\nimport _ from \"lodash\";\nThese days we\u2019re using Babel, Webpack, ES2015 modules and many new language features that make development just\u2026 better. But how did we get there?\nTo explain, I want to introduce you to codemods and jscodeshift.\nA codemod is a large-scale refactor of a whole codebase, often mechanical or repetitive. Think of renaming a module or changing an API like URL(\"...\") to new URL(\"...\").\njscodeshift is a toolkit for running automated codemods, where you express a code transformation using code. The automated codemod operates on each file\u2019s syntax tree \u2013 a data-structure representation of the code \u2014 finding and modifying in place as it goes.\nHere\u2019s an example that renames all instances of the variable foo to bar:\nmodule.exports = function (fileInfo, api) {\n  return api\n    .jscodeshift(fileInfo.source)\n    .findVariableDeclarators('foo')\n    .renameTo('bar')\n    .toSource();\n};\nIt\u2019s a seriously powerful tool, and we\u2019ve used it to write a series of codemods that:\n\nrename modules,\nunify our use of AMD to a single syntax,\ntransition from one testing framework to another, and\nswitch from AMD to CommonJS.\n\nThese changes can be pretty huge and far-reaching. Here\u2019s an example commit from when we switched to CommonJS:\ncommit 8f75de8fd4c702115c7bf58febba1afa96ae52fc\nDate:   Tue Jul 12 2016\n\n   Run AMD -> CommonJS codemod\n\n 418 files changed, 47550 insertions(+), 48468 deletions(-)\n\nYep, that\u2019s just under 50k lines changed, tested, merged and deployed without any trouble. AMD be gone!\n\nFrom this step-by-step approach,  using codemods to incrementally tweak and improve, we extracted a little codemod recipe for making significant, multi-stage changes:\n\nFind all the existing patterns\nChoose the two most similar\nUnify with a codemod\nRepeat.\n\nFor example:\n\nFor module loading, we had 2 competing AMD patterns plus some use of CommonJS\nThe two AMD syntaxes were the most similar\nWe used a codemod to move to unify the AMD patterns\nLater we returned to AMD to convert it to CommonJS\n\nIt\u2019s worked for us, and if you\u2019d like to know more about codemods then check out Evolving Complex Systems Incrementally by Facebook engineer, Christoph Pojer.\nWelcome aboard!\nAs TweetDeck has gotten older and larger, the amount of things a new engineer has to learn about has exploded. The myriad of microservices that manage our data and their layers of authentication, security and business logic around them make for an overwhelming amount of information to hand to a newbie.\nInspired by Amy\u2019s amazing Guide to the Care and Feeding of Junior Devs, we realised it was important to take time to design our onboarding that each of our new hires go through to make the most of their first few weeks.\nJoining a new company, team, or both, is stressful and uncomfortable. Everything you can do to help a new hire will be valuable to them. So please, take time to design your onboarding!\nAnd as you build up an onboarding process, you\u2019ll create things that are useful for more than just new hires; it\u2019ll force you to write documentation, for example, in a way that\u2019s understandable for people who are unfamiliar with your team, product and codebase. This can lead to more outside contributions: potential contributors feel more comfortable getting set up on your product without asking for help.\nThis is something that\u2019s taken for granted in open source, but somehow I think we forget about it in big companies.\nAfter all, better documentation is just a good thing. You will forget things from time to time, and you\u2019d be surprised how often the \u201cbeginner\u201d docs help!\nFor TweetDeck, we put together system and architecture diagrams, and one-pager explanations of important concepts:\n\nWhat are our dependencies?\nWhere are the potential points of failure?\nWhere does authentication live? Storage? Caching?\nWho owns \u201cX\u201d?\n\n\nOf course, learning continues long after onboarding. The landscape is constantly shifting; old services are deprecated, new APIs appear and what once true can suddenly be very wrong. Keeping up with this is a serious challenge, and more than any one person can track.\nTo address this, we\u2019ve thought hard about our knowledge sharing practices across the whole team. For example, we completely changed the way we do code review.\nIn my opinion, code review is the single most effective practice you can introduce to share knowledge around, and build the quality and consistency of your team\u2019s work. But, if you\u2019re not doing it, here\u2019s my suggestion for getting started:\n\nEvery pull request gets a +1 from someone else.\n\nThat\u2019s all \u2014 it\u2019s very light-weight and easy. Just ask someone to have a quick look over your code before it goes into master.\nAt Twitter, every commit gets a code review. We do a lot of reviewing, so small efficiency and effectiveness improvements make a big difference. Over time we learned some things:\n\nDon\u2019t review for more than hour 1\nKeep reviews smaller than ~400 lines 2\nCode review your own code first 2\n\nAfter an hour, and above roughly 400 lines, your ability to detect issues in a code review starts to decrease. So review little and often. The gaps around lunch, standup and before you head home are ideal. And remember, if someone\u2019s put code up for a review, that review is blocking them doing other work. It\u2019s your job to unblock them.\nOn TweetDeck, we actually try to keep reviews under 250 lines. It doesn\u2019t sound like much, but this constraint applies pressure to make smaller, incremental changes. This makes breakages easier to detect and roll back, and leads to a very natural feature development process that encourages learning and iteration.\nBut the most important thing I\u2019ve learned personally is that reviewing my own code is the best way to spot issues. I try to approach my own reviews the way I approach my team\u2019s: with fresh, critical eyes, after a break, using a dedicated code review tool.\nIt\u2019s amazing what you can spot when you put a new in a new interface around code you\u2019ve been staring at for hours!\nAnd yes, this list features science. The data backs up these conclusions, and if you\u2019d like to learn more about scientific approaches to software engineering then I recommend you buy Making Software: What Really Works, and Why We Believe It. It\u2019s ace.\nFor more dedicated information sharing, we\u2019ve introduced regular seminars for everyone who works on a specific area or technology. It works like this: a team-member shares or teaches something to everyone else, and next time it\u2019s someone else\u2019s turn. Giving everyone a chance to speak, and encouraging a wide range of topics, is starting to produce great results.\nIf you\u2019d like to run a seminar, one thing you could try to get started: run a point at the thing you least understand in our architecture session \u2014 thanks to James for this idea. And guess what\u2026 your onboarding architecture diagrams will help (and benefit from) this!\nMore, please!\nThere\u2019s a few ideas here to get you started, but there are even more in a talk I gave this year called Frontend Archaeology, including a look at optimising for confidence with front-end operations.\nAnd finally, thanks to Amy for proof reading this and to Passy for feedback on the original talk.\n\n\n\n\nDunsmore et al. 2000. Object-Oriented Inspection in the Face of Delocalisation. Beverly, MA: SmartBear Software.\u00a0\u21a9\n\n\nCohen, Jason. 2006. Best Kept Secrets of Peer Code Review. Proceedings of the 22nd ICSE 2000: 467-476.\u00a0\u21a9 \u21a9", "year": "2016", "author": "Tom Ashworth", "author_slug": "tomashworth", "published": "2016-12-18T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/new-tricks-for-an-old-dog/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 165, "title": "Transparent PNGs in Internet Explorer 6", "contents": "Newer breeds of browser such as Firefox and Safari have offered support for PNG images with full alpha channel transparency for a few years. With the use of hacks, support has been available in Internet Explorer 5.5 and 6, but the hacks are non-ideal and have been tricky to use. With IE7 winning masses of users from earlier versions over the last year, full PNG alpha-channel transparency is becoming more of a reality for day-to-day use.\n\nHowever, there are still numbers of IE6 users out there who we can\u2019t leave out in the cold this Christmas, so in this article I\u2019m going to look what we can do to support IE6 users whilst taking full advantage of transparency for the majority of a site\u2019s visitors.\n\nSo what\u2019s alpha channel transparency?\n\nCast your minds back to the Ghost of Christmas Past, the humble GIF. Images in GIF format offer transparency, but that transparency is either on or off for any given pixel. Each pixel\u2019s either fully transparent, or a solid colour. In GIF, transparency is effectively just a special colour you can chose for a pixel.\n\nThe PNG format tackles the problem rather differently. As well as having any colour you chose, each pixel also carries a separate channel of information detailing how transparent it is. This alpha channel enables a pixel to be fully transparent, fully opaque, or critically, any step in between.\n\nThis enables designers to produce images that can have, for example, soft edges without any of the \u2018halo effect\u2019 traditionally associated with GIF transparency. If you\u2019ve ever worked on a site that has different colour schemes and therefore requires multiple versions of each graphic against a different colour, you\u2019ll immediately see the benefit. \n\nWhat\u2019s perhaps more interesting than that, however, is the extra creative freedom this gives designers in creating beautiful sites that can remain web-like in their ability to adjust, scale and reflow.\n\nThe Internet Explorer problem\n\nUp until IE7, there has been no fully native support for PNG alpha channel transparency in Internet Explorer. However, since IE5.5 there has been some support in the form of proprietary filter called the AlphaImageLoader. Internet Explorer filters can be applied directly in your CSS (for both inline and background images), or by setting the same CSS property with JavaScript. \n\nCSS:\n\nimg {\n\tfilter: progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.AlphaImageLoader(...);\n}\n\nJavaScript:\n\nimg.style.filter = \"progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.AlphaImageLoader(...)\";\n\nThat may sound like a problem solved, but all is not as it may appear. Firstly, as you may realise, there\u2019s no CSS property called filter in the W3C CSS spec. It\u2019s a proprietary extension added by Microsoft that could potentially cause other browsers to reject your entire CSS rule. \n\nSecondly, AlphaImageLoader does not magically add full PNG transparency support so that a PNG in the page will just start working. Instead, when applied to an element in the page, it draws a new rendering surface in the same space that element occupies and loads a PNG into it. If that sounds weird, it\u2019s because that\u2019s precisely what it is. However, by and large the result is that PNGs with an alpha channel can be accommodated.\n\nThe pitfalls\n\nSo, whilst support for PNG transparency in IE5.5 and 6 is possible, it\u2019s not without its problems.\n\nBackground images cannot be positioned or repeated\n\nThe AlphaImageLoader does work for background images, but only for the simplest of cases. If your design requires the image to be tiled (background-repeat) or positioned (background-position) you\u2019re out of luck. The AlphaImageLoader allows you to set a sizingMethod to either crop the image (if necessary) or to scale it to fit. Not massively useful, but something at least.\n\nDelayed loading and resource use\n\nThe AlphaImageLoader can be quite slow to load, and appears to consume more resources than a standard image when applied. Typically, you\u2019d need to add thousands of GIFs or JPEGs to a page before you saw any noticeable impact on the browser, but with the AlphaImageLoader filter applied Internet Explorer can become sluggish after just a handful of alpha channel PNGs.\n\nThe other noticeable effect is that as more instances of the AlphaImageLoader are applied, the longer it takes to render the PNGs with their transparency. The user sees the PNG load in its original non-supported state (with black or grey areas where transparency should be) before one by one the filter kicks in and makes them properly transparent.\n\nBoth the issue of sluggish behaviour and delayed load only really manifest themselves with volume and size of image. Use just a couple of instances and it\u2019s fine, but be careful adding more than five or six. As ever, test, test, test.\n\nLinks become unclickable, forms unfocusable \n\nThis is a big one. There\u2019s a bug/weirdness with AlphaImageLoader that sometimes prevents interaction with links and forms when a PNG background image is used. This is sometimes reported as a z-index issue, but I don\u2019t believe it is. Rather, it\u2019s an artefact of that weird way the filter gets applied to the document almost outside of the normal render process. \n\nOften this can be solved by giving the links or form elements hasLayout using position: relative; where possible. However, this doesn\u2019t always work and the non-interaction problem cannot always be solved. You may find yourself having to go back to the drawing board.\n\nSidestepping the danger zones\n\nFrankly, it\u2019s pretty bad news if you design a site, have that design signed off by your client, build it and then find out only at the end (because you don\u2019t know what might trigger a problem) that your search field can\u2019t be focused in IE6. That\u2019s an absolute nightmare, and whilst it\u2019s not likely to happen, it\u2019s possible that it might. It\u2019s happened to me. So what can you do?\n\nThe best approach I\u2019ve found to this scenario is\n\n\n\tIsolate the PNG or PNGs that are causing the problem. Step through the PNGs in your page, commenting them out one by one and retesting. Typically it\u2019ll be the nearest PNG to the problem, so try there first. Keep going until you can click your links or focus your form fields.\n\tThis is where you really need luck on your side, because you\u2019re going to have to fake it. This will depend on the design of the site, but some way or other create a replacement GIF or JPEG image that will give you an acceptable result. Then use conditional comments to serve that image to only users of IE older than version 7.\n\n\nA hack, you say? Well, you started it chum.\n\nApplying AlphaImageLoader\n\nBecause the filter property is invalid CSS, the safest pragmatic approach is to apply it selectively with JavaScript for only Internet Explorer versions 5.5 and 6. This helps ensure that by default you\u2019re serving standard CSS to browsers that support both the CSS and PNG standards correct, and then selectively patching up only the browsers that need it. \n\nSeveral years ago, Aaron Boodman wrote and released a script called sleight for doing just that. However, sleight dealt only with images in the page, and not background images applied with CSS. Building on top of Aaron\u2019s work, I hacked sleight and came up with bgsleight for applying the filter to background images instead. That was in 2003, and over the years I\u2019ve made a couple of improvements here and there to keep it ticking over and to resolve conflicts between sleight and bgsleight when used together. However, with alpha channel PNGs becoming much more widespread, it\u2019s time for a new version.\n\nIntroducing SuperSleight\n\nSuperSleight adds a number of new and useful features that have come from the day-to-day needs of working with PNGs.\n\n\n\tWorks with both inline and background images, replacing the need for both sleight and bgsleight\n\tWill automatically apply position: relative to links and form fields if they don\u2019t already have position set. (Can be disabled.)\n\tCan be run on the entire document, or just a selected part where you know the PNGs are. This is better for performance.\n\tDetects background images set to no-repeat and sets the scaleMode to crop rather than scale.\n\tCan be re-applied by any other JavaScript in the page \u2013 useful if new content has been loaded by an Ajax request.\n\n\n  Download SuperSleight \n\nImplementation\n\nGetting SuperSleight running on a page is quite straightforward, you just need to link the supplied JavaScript file (or the minified version if you prefer) into your document inside conditional comments so that it is delivered to only Internet Explorer 6 or older.\n\n<!--[if lte IE 6]>\n\t<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"supersleight-min.js\"></script>\n<![endif]-->\n\nSupplied with the JavaScript is a simple transparent GIF file. The script replaces the existing PNG with this before re-layering the PNG over the top using AlphaImageLoaded. You can change the name or path of the image in the top of the JavaScript file, where you\u2019ll also find the option to turn off the adding of position: relative to links and fields if you don\u2019t want that.\n\nThe script is kicked off with a call to supersleight.init() at the bottom. The scope of the script can be limited to just one part of the page by passing an ID of an element to supersleight.limitTo(). And that\u2019s all there is to it.\n\nUpdate March 2008: a version of this script as a jQuery plugin is also now available.", "year": "2007", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2007-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2007/supersleight-transparent-png-in-ie6/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 129, "title": "Knockout Type - Thin Is Always In", "contents": "OS X has gorgeous native anti-aliasing (although I will admit to missing 10px aliased Geneva \u2014 *sigh*). This is especially true for dark text on a light background. However, things can go awry when you start using light text on a dark background. Strokes thicken. Counters constrict. Letterforms fill out like seasonal snackers.\n\n \n\nSo how do we combat the fat? In Safari and other Webkit-based browsers we can use the CSS \u2018text-shadow\u2019 property. While trying to add a touch more contrast to the navigation on haveamint.com I noticed an interesting side-effect on the weight of the type. \n\n\n\nThe second line in the example image above has the following style applied to it:\n\n  \n\nThis creates an invisible drop-shadow. (Why is it invisible? The shadow is positioned directly behind the type (the first two zeros) and has no spread (the third zero). So the color, black, is completely eclipsed by the type it is supposed to be shadowing.)\n\n \n\nWhy applying an invisible drop-shadow effectively lightens the weight of the type is unclear. What is clear is that our light-on-dark text is now of a comparable weight to its dark-on-light counterpart.\n\n \n\nYou can see this trick in effect all over ShaunInman.com and in the navigation on haveamint.com and Subtraction.com. The HTML and CSS source code used to create the example images used in this article can be found here.", "year": "2006", "author": "Shaun Inman", "author_slug": "shauninman", "published": "2006-12-17T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/knockout-type/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 323, "title": "Introducing UDASSS!", "contents": "Okay. What\u2019s that mean?\n\nUnobtrusive Degradable Ajax Style Sheet Switcher!\n\nBoy are you in for treat today \u2018cause we\u2019re gonna have a whole lotta Ajaxifida Unobtrucitosity CSS swappin\u2019 Fun!\n\nOkay are you really kidding? Nope. I\u2019ve even impressed myself on this one. Unfortunately, I don\u2019t have much time to tell you the ins and outs of what I actually did to get this to work. We\u2019re talking JavaScript, CSS, PHP\u2026Ajax. But don\u2019t worry about that. I\u2019ve always believed that a good A.P.I. is an invisible A.P.I\u2026 and this I felt I achieved. The only thing you need to know is how it works and what to do.\n\nA Quick Introduction Anyway\u2026\n\nFirst of all, the idea is very simple. I wanted something just like what Paul Sowden put together in \nAlternative Style: Working With Alternate Style Sheets from Alistapart Magazine EXCEPT a few minor (not-so-minor actually) differences which I\u2019ve listed briefly below:\n\n\n\n\tAllow users to switch styles without JavaScript enabled (degradable)\n\tPreventing the F.O.U.C. before the window \u2018load\u2019 when getting preferred styles\n\tKeep the JavaScript entirely off our markup (no onclick\u2019s or onload\u2019s)\n\tMake it very very easy to implement (ok, Paul did that too)\n\n\nWhat I did to achieve this was used server-side cookies instead of JavaScript cookies. Hence, PHP. However this isn\u2019t a \u201cPHP style switcher\u201d \u2013 which is where Ajax comes in. For the extreme technical folks, no, there is no xml involved here, or even a callback response. I only say Ajax because everyone knows what \u2018it\u2019 means. With that said, it\u2019s the Ajax that sets the cookies \u2018on the fly\u2019. Got it? Awesome!\n\nWhat you need\n\nLuckily, I\u2019ve done the work for you. It\u2019s all packaged up in a nice zip file (at the end\u2026keep reading for now) \u2013 so from here on out, \njust follow these instructions\n\nAs I\u2019ve mentioned, one of the things we\u2019ll be working with is PHP. So, first things first, open up a file called index and save it with a \u2018.php\u2019 extension.\n\nNext, place the following text at the top of your document (even above your DOCTYPE)\n\n<?php\n require_once('utils/style-switcher.php');\n // style sheet path[, media, title, bool(set as alternate)]\n $styleSheet = new AlternateStyles();\n $styleSheet->add('css/global.css','screen,projection'); // [Global Styles]\n $styleSheet->add('css/preferred.css','screen,projection','Wog Standard'); // [Preferred Styles]\n $styleSheet->add('css/alternate.css','screen,projection','Tiny Fonts',true); // [Alternate Styles]\n $styleSheet->add('css/alternate2.css','screen,projection','Big O Fonts',true); // // [Alternate Styles]\n $styleSheet->getPreferredStyles();\n ?>\n\nThe way this works is REALLY EASY. Pay attention closely.\n\nNotice in the first line we\u2019ve included our style-switcher.php file.\n\nNext we instantiate a PHP class called AlternateStyles() which will allow us to configure our style sheets. \nSo for kicks, let\u2019s just call our object $styleSheet\n\nAs part of the AlternateStyles object, there lies a public method called add. So naturally with our $styleSheet object, we can call it to (da \u2013 da-da-da!) Add Style Sheets!\n\nHow the add() method works\n\nThe add method takes in a possible four arguments, only one is required. However, you\u2019ll want to add some\u2026 since the whole point is working with alternate style sheets.\n\n$path can simply be a uri, absolute, or relative path to your style sheet. $media adds a media attribute to your style sheets. $title gives a name to your style sheets (via title attribute).$alternate (which shows boolean) simply tells us that these are the alternate style sheets.\n\nadd() Tips\n\nFor all global style sheets (meaning the ones that will always be seen and will not be swapped out), simply use the add method as shown next to // [Global Styles].\n\nTo add preferred styles, do the same, but add a \u2018title\u2019.\n\nTo add the alternate styles, do the same as what we\u2019ve done to add preferred styles, but add the extra boolean and set it to true.\n\nNote following when adding style sheets\n\n\n\tMultiple global style sheets are allowed\n\tYou can only have one preferred style sheet (That\u2019s a browser rule)\n\tFeel free to add as many alternate style sheets as you like\n\n\nMoving on\n\nSimply add the following snippet to the <head> of your web document:\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"js/prototype.js\"></script>\n <script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"js/common.js\"></script>\n <script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"js/alternateStyles.js\"></script>\n <?php\n $styleSheet->drop();\n ?>\n\nNothing much to explain here. Just use your copy & paste powers.\n\nHow to Switch Styles\n\nWhether you knew it or not, this baby already has the built in \u2018ubobtrusive\u2019 functionality that lets you switch styles by the drop of any link with a class name of \u2018altCss\u2018. Just drop them where ever you like in your document as follows:\n\n<a class=\"altCss\" href=\"index.php?css=Bog_Standard\">Bog Standard</a>\n <a class=\"altCss\" href=\"index.php?css=Really_Small_Fonts\">Small Fonts</a>\n <a class=\"altCss\" href=\"index.php?css=Large_Fonts\">Large Fonts</a>\n\nTake special note where the file is linking to. Yep. Just linking right back to the page we\u2019re on. The only extra parameters we pass in is a variable called \u2018css\u2019 \u2013 and within that we append the names of our style sheets.\n\nAlso take very special note on the names of the style sheets have an under_score to take place of any spaces we might have.\n\nGo ahead\u2026 play around and change the style sheet on the example page. Try disabling JavaScript and refreshing your browser. Still works!\n\nCool eh?\n\nWell, I put this together in one night so it\u2019s still a work in progress and very beta. If you\u2019d like to hear more about it and its future development, be sure stop on by my site where I\u2019ll definitely be maintaining it.\n\nDownload the beta anyway\n\nWell this wouldn\u2019t be fun if there was nothing to download. So we\u2019re hooking you up so you don\u2019t go home (or logoff) unhappy\n\n Download U.D.A.S.S.S | V0.8\n\nMerry Christmas!\n\nThanks for listening and I hope U.D.A.S.S.S. has been well worth your time and will bring many years of Ajaxy Style Switchin\u2019 Fun!\n\nMany Blessings, Merry Christmas and have a great new year!", "year": "2005", "author": "Dustin Diaz", "author_slug": "dustindiaz", "published": "2005-12-18T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/introducing-udasss/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 49, "title": "Universal React", "contents": "One of the libraries to receive a huge amount of focus in 2015 has been ReactJS, a library created by Facebook for building user interfaces and web applications.\nMore generally we\u2019ve seen an even greater rise in the number of applications built primarily on the client side with most of the logic implemented in JavaScript. One of the main issues with building an app in this way is that you immediately forgo any customers who might browse with JavaScript turned off, and you can also miss out on any robots that might visit your site to crawl it (such as Google\u2019s search bots). Additionally, we gain a performance improvement by being able to render from the server rather than having to wait for all the JavaScript to be loaded and executed.\nThe good news is that this problem has been recognised and it is possible to build a fully featured client-side application that can be rendered on the server. The way in which these apps work is as follows:\n\nThe user visits www.yoursite.com and the server executes your JavaScript to generate the HTML it needs to render the page.\nIn the background, the client-side JavaScript is executed and takes over the duty of rendering the page.\nThe next time a user clicks, rather than being sent to the server, the client-side app is in control.\nIf the user doesn\u2019t have JavaScript enabled, each click on a link goes to the server and they get the server-rendered content again.\n\nThis means you can still provide a very quick and snappy experience for JavaScript users without having to abandon your non-JS users. We achieve this by writing JavaScript that can be executed on the server or on the client (you might have heard this referred to as isomorphic) and using a JavaScript framework that\u2019s clever enough handle server- or client-side execution. Currently, ReactJS is leading the way here, although Ember and Angular are both working on solutions to this problem.\nIt\u2019s worth noting that this tutorial assumes some familiarity with React in general, its syntax and concepts. If you\u2019d like a refresher, the ReactJS docs are a good place to start.\n\u00a0Getting started\nWe\u2019re going to create a tiny ReactJS application that will work on the server and the client. First we\u2019ll need to create a new project and install some dependencies. In a new, blank directory, run:\nnpm init -y\nnpm install --save ejs express react react-router react-dom\nThat will create a new project and install our dependencies:\n\nejs is a templating engine that we\u2019ll use to render our HTML on the server.\nexpress is a small web framework we\u2019ll run our server on.\nreact-router is a popular routing solution for React so our app can fully support and respect URLs.\nreact-dom is a small React library used for rendering React components.\n\nWe\u2019re also going to write all our code in ECMAScript 6, and therefore need to install BabelJS and configure that too.\nnpm install --save-dev babel-cli babel-preset-es2015 babel-preset-react\nThen, create a .babelrc file that contains the following:\n{\n  \"presets\": [\"es2015\", \"react\"]\n}\nWhat we\u2019ve done here is install Babel\u2019s command line interface (CLI) tool and configured it to transform our code from ECMAScript 6 (or ES2015) to ECMAScript 5, which is more widely supported. We\u2019ll need the React transforms when we start writing JSX when working with React.\nCreating a server\nFor now, our ExpressJS server is pretty straightforward. All we\u2019ll do is render a view that says \u2018Hello World\u2019. Here\u2019s our server code:\nimport express from 'express';\nimport http from 'http';\n\nconst app = express();\n\napp.use(express.static('public'));\n\napp.set('view engine', 'ejs');\n\napp.get('*', (req, res) => {\n  res.render('index');\n});\n\nconst server = http.createServer(app);\n\nserver.listen(3003);\nserver.on('listening', () => {\n  console.log('Listening on 3003');\n});\nHere we\u2019re using ES6 modules, which I wrote about on 24 ways last year, if you\u2019d like a reminder. We tell the app to render the index view on any GET request (that\u2019s what app.get('*') means, the wildcard matches any route).\nWe now need to create the index view file, which Express expects to be defined in views/index.ejs:\n<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n  <head>\n    <title>My App</title>\n  </head>\n\n  <body>\n    Hello World\n  </body>\n</html>\nFinally, we\u2019re ready to run the server. Because we installed babel-cli earlier we have access to the babel-node executable, which will transform all your code before running it through node. Run this command:\n./node_modules/.bin/babel-node server.js\nAnd you should now be able to visit http://localhost:3003 and see \u2018Hello World\u2019 right there:\n\nBuilding the React app\nNow we\u2019ll build the React application entirely on the server, before adding the client-side JavaScript right at the end. Our app will have two routes, / and /about which will both show a small amount of content. This will demonstrate how to use React Router on the server side to make sure our React app plays nicely with URLs.\nFirstly, let\u2019s update views/index.ejs. Our server will figure out what HTML it needs to render, and pass that into the view. We can pass a value into our view when we render it, and then use EJS syntax to tell it to output that data. Update the template file so the body looks like so:\n<body>\n  <%- markup %>\n</body>\nNext, we\u2019ll define the routes we want our app to have using React Router. For now we\u2019ll just define the index route, and not worry about the /about route quite yet. We could define our routes in JSX, but I think for server-side rendering it\u2019s clearer to define them as an object. Here\u2019s what we\u2019re starting with:\nconst routes = {\n  path: '',\n  component: AppComponent,\n  childRoutes: [\n    {\n      path: '/',\n      component: IndexComponent\n    }\n  ]\n}\nThese are just placed at the top of server.js, after the import statements. Later we\u2019ll move these into a separate file, but for now they are fine where they are.\nNotice how I define first that the AppComponent should be used at the '' path, which effectively means it matches every single route and becomes a container for all our other components. Then I give it a child route of /, which will match the IndexComponent. Before we hook these routes up with our server, let\u2019s quickly define components/app.js and components/index.js. app.js looks like so:\nimport React from 'react';\n\nexport default class AppComponent extends React.Component {\n  render() {\n    return (\n      <div>\n        <h2>Welcome to my App</h2>\n        { this.props.children }\n      </div>\n    );\n  }\n}\nWhen a React Router route has child components, they are given to us in the props under the children key, so we need to include them in the code we want to render for this component. The index.js component is pretty bland:\nimport React from 'react';\n\nexport default class IndexComponent extends React.Component {\n  render() {\n    return (\n      <div>\n        <p>This is the index page</p>\n      </div>\n    );\n  }\n}\nServer-side routing with React Router\nHead back into server.js, and firstly we\u2019ll need to add some new imports:\nimport React from 'react';\nimport { renderToString } from 'react-dom/server';\nimport { match, RoutingContext } from 'react-router';\n\nimport AppComponent from './components/app';\nimport IndexComponent from './components/index';\nThe ReactDOM package provides react-dom/server which includes a renderToString method that takes a React component and produces the HTML string output of the component. It\u2019s this method that we\u2019ll use to render the HTML from the server, generated by React. From the React Router package we use match, a function used to find a matching route for a URL; and RoutingContext, a React component provided by React Router that we\u2019ll need to render. This wraps up our components and provides some functionality that ties React Router together with our app. Generally you don\u2019t need to concern yourself about how this component works, so don\u2019t worry too much.\nNow for the good bit: we can update our app.get('*') route with the code that matches the URL against the React routes:\napp.get('*', (req, res) => {\n  // routes is our object of React routes defined above\n  match({ routes, location: req.url }, (err, redirectLocation, props) => {\n    if (err) {\n      // something went badly wrong, so 500 with a message\n      res.status(500).send(err.message);\n    } else if (redirectLocation) {\n      // we matched a ReactRouter redirect, so redirect from the server\n      res.redirect(302, redirectLocation.pathname + redirectLocation.search);\n    } else if (props) {\n      // if we got props, that means we found a valid component to render\n      // for the given route\n      const markup = renderToString(<RoutingContext {...props} />);\n\n      // render `index.ejs`, but pass in the markup we want it to display\n      res.render('index', { markup })\n\n    } else {\n      // no route match, so 404. In a real app you might render a custom\n      // 404 view here\n      res.sendStatus(404);\n    }\n  });\n});\nWe call match, giving it the routes object we defined earlier and req.url, which contains the URL of the request. It calls a callback function we give it, with err, redirectLocation and props as the arguments. The first two conditionals in the callback function just deal with an error occuring or a redirect (React Router has built in redirect support). The most interesting bit is the third conditional, else if (props). If we got given props and we\u2019ve made it this far it means we found a matching component to render and we can use this code to render it:\n...\n} else if (props) {\n  // if we got props, that means we found a valid component to render\n  // for the given route\n  const markup = renderToString(<RoutingContext {...props} />);\n\n  // render `index.ejs`, but pass in the markup we want it to display\n  res.render('index', { markup })\n} else {\n   ...\n}\nThe renderToString method from ReactDOM takes that RoutingContext component we mentioned earlier and renders it with the properties required. Again, you need not concern yourself with what this specific component does or what the props are. Most of this is data that React Router provides for us on top of our components.\nNote the {...props}, which is a neat bit of JSX syntax that spreads out our object into key value properties. To see this better, note the two pieces of JSX code below, both of which are equivalent:\n<MyComponent a=\"foo\" b=\"bar\" />\n\n// OR:\n\nconst props = { a: \"foo\", b: \"bar\" };\n<MyComponent {...props} />\nRunning the server again\nI know that felt like a lot of work, but the good news is that once you\u2019ve set this up you are free to focus on building your React components, safe in the knowledge that your server-side rendering is working. To check, restart the server and head to http://localhost:3003 once more. You should see it all working!\n\nRefactoring and one more route\nBefore we move on to getting this code running on the client, let\u2019s add one more route and do some tidying up. First, move our routes object out into routes.js:\nimport AppComponent from './components/app';\nimport IndexComponent from './components/index';\n\nconst routes = {\n  path: '',\n  component: AppComponent,\n  childRoutes: [\n    {\n      path: '/',\n      component: IndexComponent\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\nexport { routes };\nAnd then update server.js. You can remove the two component imports and replace them with:\nimport { routes } from './routes';\nFinally, let\u2019s add one more route for ./about and links between them. Create components/about.js:\nimport React from 'react';\n\nexport default class AboutComponent extends React.Component {\n  render() {\n    return (\n      <div>\n        <p>A little bit about me.</p>\n      </div>\n    );\n  }\n}\nAnd then you can add it to routes.js too:\nimport AppComponent from './components/app';\nimport IndexComponent from './components/index';\nimport AboutComponent from './components/about';\n\nconst routes = {\n  path: '',\n  component: AppComponent,\n  childRoutes: [\n    {\n      path: '/',\n      component: IndexComponent\n    },\n    {\n      path: '/about',\n      component: AboutComponent\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\nexport { routes };\nIf you now restart the server and head to http://localhost:3003/about` you\u2019ll see the about page!\n\nFor the finishing touch we\u2019ll use the React Router link component to add some links between the pages. Edit components/app.js to look like so:\nimport React from 'react';\nimport { Link } from 'react-router';\n\nexport default class AppComponent extends React.Component {\n  render() {\n    return (\n      <div>\n        <h2>Welcome to my App</h2>\n        <ul>\n          <li><Link to='/'>Home</Link></li>\n          <li><Link to='/about'>About</Link></li>\n        </ul>\n        { this.props.children }\n      </div>\n    );\n  }\n}\nYou can now click between the pages to navigate. However, everytime we do so the requests hit the server. Now we\u2019re going to make our final change, such that after the app has been rendered on the server once, it gets rendered and managed in the client, providing that snappy client-side app experience.\nClient-side rendering\nFirst, we\u2019re going to make a small change to views/index.ejs. React doesn\u2019t like rendering directly into the body and will give a warning when you do so. To prevent this we\u2019ll wrap our app in a div:\n<body>\n  <div id=\"app\"><%- markup %></div>\n  <script src=\"build.js\"></script>\n</body>\nI\u2019ve also added in a script tag to build.js, which is the file we\u2019ll generate containing all our client-side code.\nNext, create client-render.js. This is going to be the only bit of JavaScript that\u2019s exclusive to the client side. In it we need to pull in our routes and render them to the DOM.\nimport React from 'react';\nimport ReactDOM from 'react-dom';\nimport { Router } from 'react-router';\n\nimport { routes } from './routes';\n\nimport createBrowserHistory from 'history/lib/createBrowserHistory';\n\nReactDOM.render(\n  <Router routes={routes} history={createBrowserHistory()} />,\n  document.getElementById('app')\n)\nThe first thing you might notice is the mention of createBrowserHistory. React Router is built on top of the history module, a module that listens to the browser\u2019s address bar and parses the new location. It has many modes of operation: it can keep track using a hashbang, such as http://localhost/#!/about (this is the default), or you can tell it to use the HTML5 history API by calling createBrowserHistory, which is what we\u2019ve done. This will keep the URLs nice and neat and make sure the client and the server are using the same URL structure. You can read more about React Router and histories in the React Router documentation.\nFinally we use ReactDOM.render and give it the Router component, telling it about all our routes, and also tell ReactDOM where to render, the #app element.\nGenerating build.js\nWe\u2019re actually almost there! The final thing we need to do is generate our client side bundle. For this we\u2019re going to use webpack, a module bundler that can take our application, follow all the imports and generate one large bundle from them. We\u2019ll install it and babel-loader, a webpack plugin for transforming code through Babel.\nnpm install --save-dev webpack babel-loader\nTo run webpack we just need to create a configuration file, called webpack.config.js. Create the file in the root of our application and add the following code:\nvar path = require('path');\nmodule.exports = {\n  entry: path.join(process.cwd(), 'client-render.js'),\n  output: {\n    path: './public/',\n    filename: 'build.js'\n  },\n  module: {\n    loaders: [\n      {\n        test: /.js$/,\n        loader: 'babel'\n      }\n    ]\n  }\n}\nNote first that this file can\u2019t be written in ES6 as it doesn\u2019t get transformed. The first thing we do is tell webpack the main entry point for our application, which is client-render.js. We use process.cwd() because webpack expects an exact location \u2013 if we just gave it the string \u2018client-render.js\u2019, webpack wouldn\u2019t be able to find it.\nNext, we tell webpack where to output our file, and here I\u2019m telling it to place the file in public/build.js. Finally we tell webpack that every time it hits a file that ends in .js, it should use the babel-loader plugin to transform the code first.\nNow we\u2019re ready to generate the bundle!\n./node_modules/.bin/webpack\nThis will take a fair few seconds to run (on my machine it\u2019s about seven or eight), but once it has it will have created public/build.js, a client-side bundle of our application. If you restart your server once more you\u2019ll see that we can now navigate around our application without hitting the server, because React on the client takes over. Perfect!\nThe first bundle that webpack generates is pretty slow, but if you run webpack -w it will go into watch mode, where it watches files for changes and regenerates the bundle. The key thing is that it only regenerates the small pieces of the bundle it needs, so while the first bundle is very slow, the rest are lightning fast. I recommend leaving webpack constantly running in watch mode when you\u2019re developing.\nConclusions\nFirst, if you\u2019d like to look through this code yourself you can find it all on GitHub. Feel free to raise an issue there or tweet me if you have any problems or would like to ask further questions.\nNext, I want to stress that you shouldn\u2019t use this as an excuse to build all your apps in this way. Some of you might be wondering whether a static site like the one we built today is worth its complexity, and you\u2019d be right. I used it as it\u2019s an easy example to work with but in the future you should carefully consider your reasons for wanting to build a universal React application and make sure it\u2019s a suitable infrastructure for you.\nWith that, all that\u2019s left for me to do is wish you a very merry Christmas and best of luck with your React applications!", "year": "2015", "author": "Jack Franklin", "author_slug": "jackfranklin", "published": "2015-12-05T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/universal-react/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 157, "title": "Capturing Caps Lock", "contents": "One of the more annoying aspects of having to remember passwords (along with having to remember loads of them) is that if you\u2019ve got Caps Lock turned on accidentally when you type one in, it won\u2019t work, and you won\u2019t know why. Most desktop computers alert you in some way if you\u2019re trying to enter your password to log on and you\u2019ve enabled Caps Lock; there\u2019s no reason why the web can\u2019t do the same. What we want is a warning \u2013 maybe the user wants Caps Lock on, because maybe their password is in capitals \u2013 rather than something that interrupts what they\u2019re doing. Something subtle.\n\nBut that doesn\u2019t answer the question of how to do it. Sadly, there\u2019s no way of actually detecting whether Caps Lock is on directly. However, there\u2019s a simple work-around; if the user presses a key, and it\u2019s a capital letter, and they don\u2019t have the Shift key depressed, why then they must have Caps Lock on! Simple. \n\nDOM scripting allows your code to be notified when a key is pressed in an element; when the key is pressed, you get the ASCII code for that key. Capital letters, A to Z, have ASCII codes 65 to 90. So, the code would look something like:\n\non a key press\n\tif the ASCII code for the key is between 65 and 90 *and* if shift is pressed\n\t\twarn the user that they have Caps Lock on, but let them carry on\n\tend if\nend keypress\n\nThe actual JavaScript for this is more complicated, because both event handling and keypress information differ across browsers. Your event handling functions are passed an event object, except in Internet Explorer where you use the global event object; the event object has a which parameter containing the ASCII code for the key pressed, except in Internet Explorer where the event object has a keyCode parameter; some browsers store whether the shift key is pressed in a shiftKey parameter and some in a modifiers parameter. All this boils down to code that looks something like this:\n\nkeypress: function(e) {\n\tvar ev = e ? e : window.event;\n\tif (!ev) {\n\t\treturn;\n\t}\n\tvar targ = ev.target ? ev.target : ev.srcElement;\n\t// get key pressed\n\tvar which = -1;\n\tif (ev.which) {\n\t\twhich = ev.which;\n\t} else if (ev.keyCode) {\n\t\twhich = ev.keyCode;\n\t}\n\t// get shift status\n\tvar shift_status = false;\n\tif (ev.shiftKey) {\n\t\tshift_status = ev.shiftKey;\n\t} else if (ev.modifiers) {\n\t\tshift_status = !!(ev.modifiers & 4);\n\t}\n\n\t// At this point, you have the ASCII code in \u201cwhich\u201d, \n\t// and shift_status is true if the shift key is pressed\n}\n\nThen it\u2019s just a check to see if the ASCII code is between 65 and 90 and the shift key is pressed. (You also need to do the same work if the ASCII code is between 97 (a) and 122 (z) and the shift key is not pressed, because shifted letters are lower-case if Caps Lock is on.)\n\nif (((which >= 65 && which <= 90) && !shift_status) || \n\t((which >= 97 && which <= 122) && shift_status)) {\n\t// uppercase, no shift key\n\t/* SHOW THE WARNING HERE */\n} else {\n\t/* HIDE THE WARNING HERE */\n}\n\nThe warning can be implemented in many different ways: highlight the password field that the user is typing into, show a tooltip, display text next to the field. For simplicity, this code shows the warning as a previously created image, with appropriate alt text. Showing the warning means creating a new <img> tag with DOM scripting, dropping it into the page, and positioning it so that it\u2019s next to the appropriate field. The image looks like this:\n\n\n\nYou know the position of the field the user is typing into (from its offsetTop and offsetLeft properties) and how wide it is (from its offsetWidth properties), so use createElement to make the new img element, and then absolutely position it with style properties so that it appears in the appropriate place (near to the text field). \n\nThe image is a transparent PNG with an alpha channel, so that the drop shadow appears nicely over whatever else is on the page. Because Internet Explorer version 6 and below doesn\u2019t handle transparent PNGs correctly, you need to use the AlphaImageLoader technique to make the image appear correctly.\n\nnewimage = document.createElement('img');\nnewimage.src = \"http://farm3.static.flickr.com/2145/2067574980_3ddd405905_o_d.png\";\nnewimage.style.position = \"absolute\";\nnewimage.style.top = (targ.offsetTop - 73) + \"px\";\nnewimage.style.left = (targ.offsetLeft + targ.offsetWidth - 5) + \"px\";\nnewimage.style.zIndex = \"999\";\nnewimage.setAttribute(\"alt\", \"Warning: Caps Lock is on\");\nif (newimage.runtimeStyle) {\n\t// PNG transparency for IE\n\tnewimage.runtimeStyle.filter += \"progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.AlphaImageLoader(src='http://farm3.static.flickr.com/2145/2067574980_3ddd405905_o_d.png',sizingMethod='scale')\";\n}\ndocument.body.appendChild(newimage);\n\nNote that the alt text on the image is also correctly set. Next, all these parts need to be pulled together. On page load, identify all the password fields on the page, and attach a keypress handler to each. (This only needs to be done for password fields because the user can see if Caps Lock is on in ordinary text fields.)\n\nvar inps = document.getElementsByTagName(\"input\");\nfor (var i=0, l=inps.length; i\n\nThe \u201ccreate an image\u201d code from above should only be run if the image is not already showing, so instead of creating a newimage object, create the image and attach it to the password field so that it can be checked for later (and not shown if it\u2019s already showing). For safety, all the code should be wrapped up in its own object, so that its functions don\u2019t collide with anyone else\u2019s functions. So, create a single object called capslock and make all the functions be named methods of the object:\n\nvar capslock = {\n\t... \n\tkeypress: function(e) {\n\t}\n\t...\n}\n\nAlso, the \u201ccreate an image\u201d code is saved into its own named function, show_warning(), and the converse \u201cremove the image\u201d code into hide_warning(). This has the advantage that developers can include the JavaScript library that has been written here, but override what actually happens with their own code, using something like:\n\n<script src=\"jscapslock.js\" type=\"text/javascript\"></script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\n\tcapslock.show_warning(target) {\n\t\t// do something different here to warn the user\n\t}\n\tcapslock.hide_warning(target) {\n\t\t// hide the warning that we created in show_warning() above\n\t}\n</script>\n\nAnd that\u2019s all. Simply include the JavaScript library in your pages, override what happens on a warning if that\u2019s more appropriate for what you\u2019re doing, and that\u2019s all you need.\n\n See the script in action.", "year": "2007", "author": "Stuart Langridge", "author_slug": "stuartlangridge", "published": "2007-12-04T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2007/capturing-caps-lock/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 104, "title": "Sitewide Search On A Shoe String", "contents": "One of the questions I got a lot when I was building web sites for smaller businesses was if I could create a search engine for their site. Visitors should be able to search only this site and find things without the maintainer having to put \u201crelated articles\u201d  or \u201cfeatured content\u201d links on every page by hand. \n\nBack when this was all fields this wasn\u2019t easy as you either had to write your own scraping tool, use ht://dig or a paid service from providers like Yahoo, Altavista or later on Google. In the former case you had to swallow the bitter pill of computing and indexing all your content and storing it in a database for quick access and in the latter it hurt your wallet.\n\nTimes have moved on and nowadays you can have the same functionality for free using Yahoo\u2019s \u201cBuild your own search service\u201d \u2013 BOSS. The cool thing about BOSS is that it allows for a massive amount of hits a day and you can mash up the returned data in any format you want. Another good feature of it is that it comes with JSON-P as an output format which makes it possible to use it without any server-side component!\n\nStarting with a working HTML form\n\nIn order to add a search to your site, you start with a simple HTML form which you can use without JavaScript. Most search engines will allow you to filter results by domain. In this case we will search \u201cbbc.co.uk\u201d. If you use Yahoo as your standard search, this could be: \n\n<form id=\"customsearch\" action=\"http://search.yahoo.com/search\">\n\t<div>\n\t\t<label for=\"p\">Search this site:</label>\n\t\t<input type=\"text\" name=\"p\" id=\"term\">\n\t\t<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"vs\" id=\"site\" value=\"bbc.co.uk\">\n\t\t<input type=\"submit\" value=\"go\">\n\t</div>\n</form>\n\nThe Google equivalent is:\n\n<form id=\"customsearch\" action=\"http://www.google.co.uk/search\">\n\t<div>\n\t\t<label for=\"p\">Search this site:</label>\n\t\t<input type=\"text\" name=\"as_q\" id=\"term\">\n\t\t<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"as_sitesearch\" id=\"site\" value=\"bbc.co.uk\">\n\t\t<input type=\"submit\" value=\"go\">\n\t</div>\n</form>\n\nIn any case make sure to use the ID term for the search term and site for the site, as this is what we are going to use for the script. To make things easier, also have an ID called customsearch on the form.\n\nTo use BOSS, you should get your own developer API for BOSS and replace the one in the demo code. There is click tracking on the search results to see how successful your app is, so you should make it your own.\n\nAdding the BOSS magic\n\nBOSS is a REST API, meaning you can use it in any HTTP request or in a browser by simply adding the right parameters to a URL. Say for example you want to search \u201cbbc.co.uk\u201d for \u201cchristmas\u201d all you need to do is open the following URL:\n\nhttp://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/christmas?sites=bbc.co.uk&format=xml&appid=YOUR-APPLICATION-ID\n\nTry it out and click it to see the results in XML. We don\u2019t want XML though, which is why we get rid of the format=xml parameter which gives us the same information in JSON:\n\nhttp://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/christmas?sites=bbc.co.uk&appid=YOUR-APPLICATION-ID\n\nJSON makes most sense when you can send the output to a function and immediately use it. For this to happen all you need is to add a callback parameter and the JSON will be wrapped in a function call. Say for example we want to call SITESEARCH.found() when the data was retrieved we can do it this way:\n\nhttp://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/christmas?sites=bbc.co.uk&callback=SITESEARCH.found&appid=YOUR-APPLICATION-ID\n\nYou can use this immediately in a script node if you want to. The following code would display the total amount of search results for the term christmas on bbc.co.uk as an alert:\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\n\tvar SITESEARCH = {};\n\tSITESEARCH.found = function(o){\n\t\talert(o.ysearchresponse.totalhits);\n\t}\n</script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/christmas?sites=bbc.co.uk&callback=SITESEARCH.found&appid=Kzv_lcHV34HIybw0GjVkQNnw4AEXeyJ9Rb1gCZSGxSRNrcif_HdMT9qTE1y9LdI-\">\n</script>\n\nHowever, for our example, we need to be a bit more clever with this.\n\nEnhancing the search form\n\n\n\n\nHere\u2019s the script that enhances a search form to show results below it.\n\nSITESEARCH = function(){\n\tvar config = {\n\t\tIDs:{\n\t\t\tsearchForm:'customsearch',\n\t\t\tterm:'term',\n\t\t\tsite:'site'\n\t\t},\n\t\tloading:'Loading results...',\n\t\tnoresults:'No results found.',\n\t\tappID:'YOUR-APP-ID',\n\t\tresults:20\n\t};\n\tvar form;\n\tvar out;\n\tfunction init(){\n\t\tif(config.appID === 'YOUR-APP-ID'){\n\t\t\talert('Please get a real application ID!');\n\t\t} else {\n\t\t\tform = document.getElementById(config.IDs.searchForm);\n\t\t\tif(form){\n\t\t\t\tform.onsubmit = function(){\n\t\t\t\t\tvar site = document.getElementById(config.IDs.site).value;\n\t\t\t\t\tvar term = document.getElementById(config.IDs.term).value;\n\t\t\t\t\tif(typeof site === 'string' && typeof term === 'string'){\n\t\t\t\t\t\tif(typeof out !== 'undefined'){\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\tout.parentNode.removeChild(out);\n\t\t\t\t\t\t}\n\t\t\t\t\t\tout = document.createElement('p');\n\t\t\t\t\t\tout.appendChild(document.createTextNode(config.loading));\n\t\t\t\t\t\tform.appendChild(out);\n\t\t\t\t\t\tvar APIurl = 'http://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/' + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tterm + '?callback=SITESEARCH.found&sites=' + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tsite + '&count=' + config.results + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t'&appid=' + config.appID;\n\t\t\t\t\t\tvar s = document.createElement('script');\n\t\t\t\t\t\ts.setAttribute('src',APIurl);\n\t\t\t\t\t\ts.setAttribute('type','text/javascript');\n\t\t\t\t\t\tdocument.getElementsByTagName('head')[0].appendChild(s);\n\t\t\t\t\t\treturn false;\n\t\t\t\t\t}\n\t\t\t\t};\n\t\t\t}\n\t\t}\n\t};\n\tfunction found(o){\n\t\tvar list = document.createElement('ul');\n\t\tvar results = o.ysearchresponse.resultset_web;\n\t\tif(results){\n\t\t\tvar item,link,description;\n\t\t\tfor(var i=0,j=results.length;i<j;i++){\n\t\t\t\titem = document.createElement('li');\n\t\t\t\tlink = document.createElement('a');\n\t\t\t\tlink.setAttribute('href',results[i].clickurl);\n\t\t\t\tlink.innerHTML = results[i].title;\n\t\t\t\titem.appendChild(link);\n\t\t\t\tdescription = document.createElement('p');\n\t\t\t\tdescription.innerHTML = results[i]['abstract'];\n\t\t\t\titem.appendChild(description);\n\t\t\t\tlist.appendChild(item);\n\t\t\t}\n\t\t} else {\n\t\t\tlist = document.createElement('p');\n\t\t\tlist.appendChild(document.createTextNode(config.noresults));\n\t\t}\n\t\tform.replaceChild(list,out);\n\t\tout = list;\n\t};\n\treturn{\n\t\tconfig:config,\n\t\tinit:init,\n\t\tfound:found\n\t};\n}();\n\nOooohhhh scary code! Let\u2019s go through this one bit at a time:\n\nWe start by creating a module called SITESEARCH and give it an configuration object: \n\nSITESEARCH = function(){\n\tvar config = {\n\t\tIDs:{\n\t\t\tsearchForm:'customsearch',\n\t\t\tterm:'term',\n\t\t\tsite:'site'\n\t\t},\n\t\tloading:'Loading results...',\n\t\tappID:'YOUR-APP-ID',\n\t\tresults:20\n\t}\n\nConfiguration objects are a great idea to make your code easy to change and also to override. In this case you can define different IDs than the one agreed upon earlier, define a message to show when the results are loading, when there aren\u2019t any results, the application ID and the number of results that should be displayed.\n\nNote: you need to replace \u201cYOUR-APP-ID\u201d with the real ID you retrieved from BOSS, otherwise the script will complain! \n\nvar form;\nvar out;\nfunction init(){\n\tif(config.appID === 'YOUR-APP-ID'){\n\t\talert('Please get a real application ID!');\n\t} else {\n\nWe define form and out as variables to make sure that all the methods in the module have access to them. We then check if there was a real application ID defined. If there wasn\u2019t, the script complains and that\u2019s that.      \n\nform = document.getElementById(config.IDs.searchForm);\nif(form){\n\tform.onsubmit = function(){\n\t\tvar site = document.getElementById(config.IDs.site).value;\n\t\tvar term = document.getElementById(config.IDs.term).value;\n\t\tif(typeof site === 'string' && typeof term === 'string'){      \n\nIf the application ID was a winner, we check if the form with the provided ID exists and apply an onsubmit event handler. The first thing we get is the values of the site we want to search in and the term that was entered and check that those are strings.\n\nif(typeof out !== 'undefined'){\n\tout.parentNode.removeChild(out);\n}\nout = document.createElement('p');\nout.appendChild(document.createTextNode(config.loading));\nform.appendChild(out);  \n\nIf both are strings we check of out is undefined. We will create a loading message and subsequently the list of search results later on and store them in this variable. So if out is defined, it\u2019ll be an old version of a search (as users will re-submit the form over and over again)  and we need to remove that old version.\n\nWe then create a paragraph with the loading message and append it to the form.\n\nvar APIurl = 'http://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/' + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tterm + '?callback=SITESEARCH.found&sites=' + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tsite + '&count=' + config.results + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t'&appid=' + config.appID;\n\t\t\t\t\tvar s = document.createElement('script');\n\t\t\t\t\ts.setAttribute('src',APIurl);\n\t\t\t\t\ts.setAttribute('type','text/javascript');\n\t\t\t\t\tdocument.getElementsByTagName('head')[0].appendChild(s);\n\t\t\t\t\treturn false;\n\t\t\t\t}\n\t\t\t};\n\t\t}\n\t}\n};\n\nNow it is time to call the BOSS API by assembling a correct REST URL, create a script node and apply it to the head of the document. We return false to ensure the form does not get submitted as we want to stay on the page.\n\nNotice that we are using SITESEARCH.found as the callback method, which means that we need to define this one to deal with the data returned by the API.\n\nfunction found(o){\n\tvar list = document.createElement('ul');\n\tvar results = o.ysearchresponse.resultset_web;\n\tif(results){\n\t\tvar item,link,description;\n\nWe create a new list and then get the resultset_web array from the data returned from the API. If there aren\u2019t any results returned, this array will not exist which is why we need to check for it. Once we done that we can define three variables to repeatedly store the item title we want to display, the link to point to and the description of the link.\n\nfor(var i=0,j=results.length;i<j;i++){\n\titem = document.createElement('li');\n\tlink = document.createElement('a');\n\tlink.setAttribute('href',results[i].clickurl);\n\tlink.innerHTML = results[i].title;\n\titem.appendChild(link);\n\tdescription = document.createElement('p');\n\tdescription.innerHTML = results[i]['abstract'];\n\titem.appendChild(description);\n\tlist.appendChild(item);\n}\n\nWe then loop over the results array and assemble a list of results with the titles in links and paragraphs with the abstract of the site. Notice the bracket notation for abstract as abstract is a reserved word in JavaScript2 :).\n\n} else {\n\t\tlist = document.createElement('p');\n\t\tlist.appendChild(document.createTextNode(config.noresults));\n\t}\n\tform.replaceChild(list,out);\n\tout = list;\n};      \n\nIf there aren\u2019t any results, we define a paragraph with the no results message as list. In any case we replace the old out (the loading message) with the list and re-define out as the list.  \n\nreturn{\n\t\tconfig:config,\n\t\tinit:init,\n\t\tfound:found\n\t};\n}();\n\nAll that is left to do is return the properties and methods we want to make public. In this case found needs to be public as it is accessed by the API return. We return init to make it accessible and config to allow implementers to override any of the properties.\n\nUsing the script\n\n\nIn order to use this script, all you need to do is to add it after the form in the document, override the API key with your own and call init():\n\n<form id=\"customsearch\" action=\"http://search.yahoo.com/search\">\n\t<div>\n\t\t<label for=\"p\">Search this site:</label>\n\t\t<input type=\"text\" name=\"p\" id=\"term\">\n\t\t<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"vs\" id=\"site\" value=\"bbc.co.uk\">\n\t\t<input type=\"submit\" value=\"go\">\n\t</div>\n</form>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"boss-site-search.js\"></script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\n\tSITESEARCH.config.appID = 'copy-the-id-you-know-to-get-where';\n\tSITESEARCH.init();\n</script>\n\nWhere to go from here\n\nThis is just a very simple example of what you can do with BOSS. You can define languages and regions, retrieve and display images and news and mix the results with other data sources before displaying them. One very cool feature is that by adding a view=keyterms parameter to the URL you can get the keywords of each of the results to drill deeper into the search. An example for this written in PHP is available on the YDN blog. For JavaScript solutions there is a handy wrapper called yboss available to help you go nuts.", "year": "2008", "author": "Christian Heilmann", "author_slug": "chrisheilmann", "published": "2008-12-04T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/sitewide-search-on-a-shoestring/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 163, "title": "Get To Grips with Slippy Maps", "contents": "Online mapping has definitely hit mainstream. Google Maps made \u2018slippy maps\u2019 popular and made it easy for any developer to quickly add a dynamic map to his or her website. You can now find maps for store locations, friends nearby, upcoming events, and embedded in blogs. \n\nIn this tutorial we\u2019ll show you how to easily add a map to your site using the Mapstraction mapping library. There are many map providers available to choose from, each with slightly different functionality, design, and terms of service. Mapstraction makes deciding which provider to use easy by allowing you to write your mapping code once, and then easily switch providers.\n\nAssemble the pieces\n\nUtilizing any of the mapping library typically consists of similar overall steps:\n\n\n\tCreate an HTML div to hold the map\n\tInclude the Javascript libraries\n\tCreate the Javascript Map element\n\tSet the initial map center and zoom level\n\tAdd markers, lines, overlays and more\n\n\nCreate the Map Div\n\nThe HTML div is where the map will actually show up on your page. It needs to have a unique id, because we\u2019ll refer to that later to actually put the map here. This also lets you have multiple maps on a page, by creating individual divs and Javascript map elements. The size of the div also sets the height and width of the map. You set the size using CSS, either inline with the element, or via a CSS reference to the element id or class. For this example, we\u2019ll use inline styling.\n\n<div id=\"map\" style=\"width: 400px; height: 400px;\"></div>\n\nInclude Javascript libraries\n\nA mapping library is like any Javascript library. You need to include the library in your page before you use the methods of that library. For our tutorial, we\u2019ll need to include at least two libraries: Mapstraction, and the mapping API(s) we want to display. Our first example we\u2019ll use the ubiquitous Google Maps library. However, you can just as easily include Yahoo, MapQuest, or any of the other supported libraries.\n\nAnother important aspect of the mapping libraries is that many of them require an API key. You will need to agree to the terms of service, and get an API key these.\n\n<script src=\"http://maps.google.com/maps?file=api&v=2&key=YOUR_KEY\" type=\"text/javascript\"></script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://mapstraction.com/src/mapstraction.js\"></script>\n\nCreate the Map\n\nGreat, we\u2019ve now put in all the pieces we need to start actually creating our map. This is as simple as creating a new Mapstraction object with the id of the HTML div we created earlier, and the name of the mapping provider we want to use for this map. \n\nWith several of the mapping libraries you will need to set the map center and zoom level before the map will appear. The map centering actually triggers the initialization of the map. \n\nvar mapstraction = new Mapstraction('map','google');\nvar myPoint = new LatLonPoint(37.404,-122.008);\nmapstraction.setCenterAndZoom(myPoint, 10);\n\nA note about zoom levels. The setCenterAndZoom function takes two parameters, the center as a LatLonPoint, and a zoom level that has been defined by mapping libraries. The current usage is for zoom level 1 to be \u201czoomed out\u201d, or view the entire earth \u2013 and increasing the zoom level as you zoom in. Typically 17 is the maximum zoom, which is about the size of a house. \n\nDifferent mapping providers have different quality of zoomed in maps over different parts of the world. This is a perfect reason why using a library like Mapstraction is very useful, because you can quickly change mapping providers to accommodate users in areas that have bad coverage with some maps. \n\nTo switch providers, you just need to include the Javascript library, and then change the second parameter in the Mapstraction creation. Or, you can call the switch method to dynamically switch the provider.\n\nSo for Yahoo Maps  (demo):\n\nvar mapstraction = new Mapstraction('map','yahoo');\n\nor Microsoft Maps (demo):\n\nvar mapstraction = new Mapstraction('map','microsoft');\n\nwant a 3D globe in your browser? try FreeEarth (demo):\n\nvar mapstraction = new Mapstraction('map','freeearth');\n\nor even OpenStreetMap (free your data!)  (demo):\n\nvar mapstraction = new Mapstraction('map','openstreetmap');\n\nVisit the Mapstraction multiple map demo page for an example of how easy it is to have many maps on your page, each with a different provider. \n\nAdding Markers\n\nWhile adding your first map is fun, and you can probably spend hours just sliding around, the point of adding a map to your site is usually to show the location of something. So now you want to add some markers. There are a couple of ways to add to your map.\n\nThe simplest is directly creating markers. You could either hard code this into a rather static page, or dynamically generate these using whatever tools your site is built on.\n\nvar marker = new Marker( new LatLonPoint(37.404,-122.008) );\nmarker.setInfoBubble(\"It's easy to add maps to your site\");\nmapstraction.addMarker( marker );\n\nThere is a lot more you can do with markers, including changing the icon, adding timestamps, automatically opening the bubble, or making them draggable. \n\nWhile it is straight-forward to create markers one by one, there is a much easier way to create a large set of markers. And chances are, you can make it very easy by extending some data you already are sharing: RSS. \n\nSpecifically, using GeoRSS you can easily add a large set of markers directly to a map. GeoRSS is a community built standard (like Microformats) that added geographic markup to RSS and Atom entries. It\u2019s as simple as adding <georss:point>42 -83</georss:point> to your feeds to share items via GeoRSS. Once you\u2019ve done that, you can add that feed as an \u2018overlay\u2019 to your map using the function:\n\nmapstraction.addOverlay(\"http://api.flickr.com/services/feeds/groups_pool.gne?id=322338@N20&format=rss_200&georss=1\");\n\nMapstraction also supports KML for many of the mapping providers. So it\u2019s easy to add various data sources together with your own data. Check out Mapufacture for a growing index of available GeoRSS feeds and KML documents. \n\nPlay with your new toys\n\nMapstraction offers a lot more functionality you can utilize for demonstrating a lot of geographic data on your website. It also includes geocoding and routing abstraction layers for making sure your users know where to go. You can see more on the Mapstraction website: http://mapstraction.com.", "year": "2007", "author": "Andrew Turner", "author_slug": "andrewturner", "published": "2007-12-02T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2007/get-to-grips-with-slippy-maps/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 21, "title": "Keeping Parts of Your Codebase Private on GitHub", "contents": "Open source is brilliant, there\u2019s no denying that, and GitHub has been  instrumental in open source\u2019s recent success. I\u2019m a keen open-sourcerer myself, and I have a number of projects on GitHub. However, as great as sharing code is, we often want to keep some projects to ourselves. To this end, GitHub created private repositories which act like any other Git repository, only, well, private!\n\nA slightly less common issue, and one I\u2019ve come up against myself, is the desire to only keep certain parts of a codebase private. A great example would be my site, CSS Wizardry; I want the code to be open source so that people can poke through and learn from it, but I want to keep any draft blog posts private until they are ready to go live. Thankfully, there is a very simple solution to this particular problem: using multiple remotes.\n\nBefore we begin, it\u2019s worth noting that you can actually build  a GitHub Pages site from a private repo. You can keep the entire source private, but still have GitHub build and display a full Pages/Jekyll site. I do this with csswizardry.net. This post will deal with the more specific problem of keeping only certain parts of the codebase (branches) private, and expose parts of it as either an open source project, or a built GitHub Pages site.\n\nN.B. This post requires some basic Git knowledge.\n\nAdding your public remote\n\nLet\u2019s assume you\u2019re starting from scratch and you currently have no repos set up for your project. (If you do already have your public repo set up, skip to the \u201cAdding your private remote\u201d section.)\n\nSo, we have a clean slate: nothing has been set up yet, we\u2019re doing all of that now. On GitHub, create two repositories. For the sake of this article we shall call them site.com and private.site.com. Make the site.com repo public, and the private.site.com repo private (you will need a paid GitHub account).\n\nOn your machine, create the site.com directory, in which your project will live. Do your initial work in there, commit some stuff \u2014 whatever you need to do. Now we need to link this local Git repo on your machine with the public repo (remote) on GitHub. We should all be used to this:\n\n$ git remote add origin git@github.com:[user]/site.com.git\n\nHere we are simply telling Git to add a remote called origin which lives at git@github.com:[user]/site.com.git. Simple stuff. Now we need to push our current branch (which will be master, unless you\u2019ve explicitly changed it) to that remote:\n\n$ git push -u origin master\n\nHere we are telling Git to push our master branch to a corresponding master branch on the remote called origin, which we just added. The -u sets upstream tracking, which basically tells Git to always shuttle code on this branch between the local master branch and the master branch on the origin remote. Without upstream tracking, you would have to tell Git where to push code to (and pull it from) every time you ran the push or pull commands. This sets up a permanent bond, if you like.\n\nThis is really simple stuff, stuff that you will probably have done a hundred times before as a Git user. Now to set up our private remote.\n\nAdding your private remote\n\nWe\u2019ve set up our public, open source repository on GitHub, and linked that to the repository on our machine. All of this code will be publicly viewable on GitHub.com. (Remember, GitHub is just a host of regular Git repositories, which also puts a nice GUI around it all.) We want to add the ability to keep certain parts of the codebase private. What we do now is add another remote repository to the same local repository. We have two repos on GitHub (site.com and private.site.com), but only one repository (and, therefore, one directory) on our machine. Two GitHub repos, and one local one.\n\nIn your local repo, check out a new branch. For the sake of this article we shall call the branch dev. This branch might contain work in progress, or draft blog posts, or anything you don\u2019t want to be made publicly viewable on GitHub.com. The contents of this branch will, in a moment, live in our private repository.\n\n$ git checkout -b dev\n\nWe have now made a new branch called dev off the branch we were on last (master, unless you renamed it).\n\nNow we need to add our private remote (private.site.com) so that, in a second, we can send this branch to that remote:\n\n$ git remote add private git@github.com:[user]/private.site.com.git\n\nLike before, we are just telling Git to add a new remote to this repo, only this time we\u2019ve called it private and it lives at git@github.com:[user]/private.site.com.git. We now have one local repo on our machine which has two remote repositories associated with it.\n\nNow we need to tell our dev branch to push to our private remote:\n\n$ git push -u private dev\n\nHere, as before, we are pushing some code to a repo. We are saying that we want to push the dev branch to the private remote, and, once again, we\u2019ve set up upstream tracking. This means that, by default, the dev branch will only push and pull to and from the private remote (unless you ever explicitly state otherwise).\n\nNow you have two branches (master and dev respectively) that push to two remotes (origin and private respectively) which are public and private respectively.\n\nAny work we do on the master branch will push and pull to and from our publicly viewable remote, and any code on the dev branch will push and pull from our private, hidden remote.\n\nAdding more branches\n\nSo far we\u2019ve only looked at two branches pushing to two remotes, but this workflow can grow as much or as little as you\u2019d like. Of course, you\u2019d never do all your work in only two branches, so you might want to push any number of them to either your public or private remotes. Let\u2019s imagine we want to create a branch to try something out real quickly:\n\n$ git checkout -b test\n\nNow, when we come to push this branch, we can choose which remote we send it to:\n\n$ git push -u private test\n\nThis pushes the new test branch to our private remote (again, setting the persistent tracking with -u).\n\nYou can have as many or as few remotes or branches as you like.\n\nCombining the two\n\nLet\u2019s say you\u2019ve been working on a new feature in private for a few days, and you\u2019ve kept that on the private remote. You\u2019ve now finalised the addition and want to move it into your public repo. This is just a simple merge. Check out your master branch:\n\n$ git checkout master\n\nThen merge in the branch that contained the feature:\n\n$ git merge dev\n\nNow master contains the commits that were made on dev and, once you\u2019ve pushed master to its remote, those commits will be viewable publicly on GitHub:\n\n$ git push\n\nNote that we can just run $ git push on the master branch as we\u2019d previously set up our upstream tracking (-u).\n\nMultiple machines\n\nSo far this has covered working on just one machine; we had two GitHub remotes and one local repository. Let\u2019s say you\u2019ve got yourself a new Mac (yay!) and you want to clone an existing project:\n\n$ git clone git@github.com:[user]/site.com.git\n\nThis will not clone any information about the remotes you had set up on the previous machine. Here you have a fresh clone of the public project and you will need to add the private remote to it again, as above.\n\nDone!\n\nIf you\u2019d like to see me blitz through all that in one go, check the showterm recording.\n\nThe beauty of this is that we can still share our code, but we don\u2019t have to develop quite so openly all of the time. Building a framework with a killer new feature? Keep it in a private branch until it\u2019s ready for merge. Have a blog post in a Jekyll site that you\u2019re not ready to make live? Keep it in a private drafts branch. Working on a new feature for your personal site? Tuck it away until it\u2019s finished. Need a staging area for a Pages-powered site? Make a staging remote with its own custom domain.\n\nAll this boils down to, really, is the fact that you can bring multiple remotes together into one local codebase on your machine. What you do with them is entirely up to you!", "year": "2013", "author": "Harry Roberts", "author_slug": "harryroberts", "published": "2013-12-09T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2013/keeping-parts-of-your-codebase-private-on-github/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 296, "title": "Animation in Design Systems", "contents": "Our modern front-end workflow has matured over time to include design systems and component libraries that help us stay organized, improve workflows, and simplify maintenance. These systems, when executed well, ensure proper documentation of the code available and enable our systems to scale with reduced communication conflicts. \nBut while most of these systems take a critical stance on fonts, colors, and general building blocks, their treatment of animation remains disorganized and ad-hoc. Let\u2019s leverage existing structures and workflows to reduce friction when it comes to animation and create cohesive and performant user experiences. \nUnderstand the importance of animation\nPart of the reason we treat animation like a second-class citizen is that we don\u2019t really consider its power. When users are scanning a website (or any environment or photo), they are attempting to build a spatial map of their surroundings. During this process, nothing quite commands attention like something in motion. \nWe are biologically trained to notice motion: evolutionarily speaking, our survival depends on it. For this reason, animation when done well can guide your users. It can aid and reinforce these maps, and give us a sense that we understand the UX more deeply. We retrieve information and put it back where it came from instead of something popping in and out of place. \n\n\u201cWhere did that menu go? Oh it\u2019s in there.\u201d \n\nFor a deeper dive into how animation can connect disparate states, I wrote about the Importance of Context-Shifting in UX Patterns for CSS-Tricks.\nAn animation flow on mobile.\nAnimation also aids in perceived performance. Viget conducted a study where they measured user engagement with a standard loading GIF versus a custom animation. Customers were willing to wait almost twice as long for the custom loader, even though it wasn\u2019t anything very fancy or crazy. Just by showing their users that they cared about them, they stuck around, and the bounce rates dropped.\n\n14 second generic loading screen.22 second custom loading screen.\nThis also works for form submission. Giving your personal information over to an online process like a static form can be a bit harrowing. It becomes more harrowing without animation used as a signal that something is happening, and that some process is completing. That same animation can also entertain users and make them feel as though the wait isn\u2019t as long. \nEli Fitch gave a talk at CSS Dev Conf called: \u201cPerceived Performance: The Only Kind That Really Matters\u201d, which is one of my favorite talk titles of all time. In it, he discussed how we tend to measure things like timelines and network requests because they are more quantifiable\u2013and therefore easier to measure\u2013but that measuring how a user feels when visiting the site is more important and worth the time and attention. \nIn his talk, he states \u201cHumans over-estimate passive waits by 36%, per Richard Larson of MIT\u201d. This means that if you\u2019re not using animation to speed up how fast the wait time of a form submission loads, users are perceiving it to be much slower than the dev tools timeline is recording.\nReign it in\nUnlike fonts, colors, and so on, we tend to add animation in as a last step, which leads to disorganized implementations that lack overall cohesion. If you asked a designer or developer if they would create a mockup or build a UI without knowing the fonts they were working with, they would dislike the idea. Not knowing the building blocks they\u2019re working with means that the design can fall apart or the development can break with something so fundamental left out at the start. Good animation works the same way.\nThe first step in reigning in your use of animation is to perform an animation audit. Look at all the places you are using animation on your site, or the places you aren\u2019t using animation but probably should. (Hint: perceived performance of a loader on a form submission can dramatically change your bounce rates.) \nNot sure how to perform a good audit? Val Head has a great chapter on it in her book, Designing Interface Animations, which has of buckets of research and great ideas.\nEven some beautiful component libraries that have animation in the docs make this mistake. You don\u2019t need every kind of animation, just like you don\u2019t need every kind of font. This bloats our code. Ask yourself questions like: do you really need a flip 180 degree animation? I can\u2019t even conceive of a place on a typical UI where that would be useful, yet most component libraries that I\u2019ve seen have a mixin that does just this.\nWhich leads to\u2026\nHave an opinion\nMany people are confused about Material Design. They think that Material Design is Motion Design, mostly because they\u2019ve never seen anyone take a stance on animation before and document these opinions well. But every time you use Material Design as your motion design language, people look at your site and think GOOGLE. Now that\u2019s good branding.\nBy using Google\u2019s motion design language and not your own, you\u2019re losing out on a chance to be memorable on your own website.\nWhat does having an opinion on motion look like in practice? It could mean you\u2019ve decided that you never flip things. It could mean that your eases are always going to glide. In that instance, you would put your efforts towards finding an ease that looks \u201cgliding\u201d and pulling out any transform: scaleX(-1) animation you find on your site. Across teams, everyone knows not to spend time mocking up flipping animation (even if they\u2019re working on an entirely different codebase), and to instead work on something that feels like it glides. You save time and don\u2019t have to communicate again and again to make things feel cohesive.\nCreate good developer resources\nSometimes people don\u2019t incorporate animation into a design system because they aren\u2019t sure how, beyond the base hover states. All animation properties can be broken into interchangeable pieces. This allows developers and designers alike to mix and match and iterate quickly, while still staying in the correct language. Here are some recommendations (with code and a demo to follow):\nCreate timing units, similar to h1, h2, h3. In a system I worked on recently, I called these t1, t2, t3. T1 would be reserved for longer pieces, down to t5 which is a bit like h5 in that it\u2019s the default (usually around .25 seconds or thereabouts).\nKeep animation easings for entrance, exit, entrance emphasis and exit emphasis that people can commonly refer to. This, and the animation-fill-mode, are likely to be the only two properties that can be reused for the entrance and exit of the animation.\nUse the animation-name property to define the keyframes for the animation itself. I would recommend starting with 5 or 6 before making a slew of them, and see if you need more. Writing 30 different animations might seem like a nice resource, but just like your color palette having too many can unnecessarily bulk up your codebase, and keep it from feeling cohesive. Think critically about what you need here. \nSee the Pen Modularized Animation for Component Libraries by Sarah Drasner (@sdras) on CodePen.\n\nThe example above is pared-down, but you can see how in a robust system, having pieces that are interchangeable cached across the whole system would save time for iterations and prototyping, not to mention make it easy to make adjustments for different feeling movement on the same animation easily.\nOne low hanging fruit might be a loader that leads to a success dialog. On a big site, you might have that pattern many times, so writing up a component that does only that helps you move faster while also allowing you to really zoom in and focus on that pattern. You avoid throwing something together at the last minute, or using a GIF, which are really heavy and mushy on retina. You can make singular pieces that look really refined and are reusable. \nReact and Vue Implementations are great for reusable components, as you can create a building block with a common animation pattern, and once created, it can be a resource for all. Remember to take advantage of things like props to allow for timing and easing adjustments like we have in the previous example!\nResponsive\nAt the very least we should ensure that interaction also works well on mobile, but if we\u2019d like to create interactions that take advantage of all of the gestures mobile has to offer, we can use libraries like zingtouch or hammer to work with swipe or multiple finger detection. With a bit of work, these can all be created through native detection as well.\nResponsive web pages can specify initial-scale=1.0 in the meta tag so that the device is not waiting the required 300ms on the secondary tap before calling action. Interaction for touch events must either start from a larger touch-target (40px \u00d7 40px or greater) or use @media(pointer:coarse) as support allows.\nBuy-in\nSometimes people don\u2019t create animation resources simply because it gets deprioritized. But design systems were also something we once had to fight for, too. This year at CSS Dev Conf, Rachel Nabors demonstrated how to plot out animation wants vs. needs on a graph (reproduced with her permission) to help prioritize them:\n\n\nThis helps people you\u2019re working with figure out the relative necessity and workload of the addition of these animations and think more critically about it. You\u2019re also more likely to get something through if you\u2019re proving that what you\u2019re making is needed and can be reused. \nGood compromises can be made this way: \u201cwe\u2019re not going to go all out and create an animated \u2018About Us\u2019 page like you wanted, but I suppose we can let our users know their contact email went through with a small progress and success notification.\u201d \nSuccessfully pushing smaller projects through helps build trust with your team, and lets them see what this type of collaboration can look like. This builds up the type of relationship necessary to push through projects that are more involved. It can\u2019t be overstressed that good communication is key.\nGet started!\nWith these tools and good communication, we can make our codebases more efficient, performant, and feel better for our users. We can enhance the user experience on our sites, and create great resources for our teams to allow them to move more quickly while innovating beautifully.", "year": "2016", "author": "Sarah Drasner", "author_slug": "sarahdrasner", "published": "2016-12-16T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/animation-in-design-systems/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 54, "title": "Putting My Patterns through Their Paces", "contents": "Over the last few years, the conversation around responsive design has shifted subtly, focusing not on designing pages, but on patterns: understanding the small, reusable elements that comprise a larger design system. And given that many of those patterns are themselves responsive, learning to manage these small layout systems has become a big part of my work.\nThe thing is, the more pattern-driven work I do, the more I realize my design process has changed in a number of subtle, important ways. I suppose you might even say that pattern-driven design has, in a few ways, redesigned me.\nMeet the Teaser\nHere\u2019s a recent example. A few months ago, some friends and I redesigned The Toast. (It was a really, really fun project, and we learned a lot.) Each page of the site is, as you might guess, stitched together from a host of tiny, reusable patterns. Some of them, like the search form and footer, are fairly unique, and used once per page; others are used more liberally, and built for reuse. The most prevalent example of these more generic patterns is the teaser, which is classed as, uh, .teaser. (Look, I never said I was especially clever.)\nIn its simplest form, a teaser contains a headline, which links to an article:\n\nFairly straightforward, sure. But it\u2019s just the foundation: from there, teasers can have a byline, a description, a thumbnail, and a comment count. In other words, we have a basic building block (.teaser) that contains a few discrete content types \u2013 some required, some not. In fact, very few of those pieces need to be present; to qualify as a teaser, all we really need is a link and a headline. But by adding more elements, we can build slight variations of our teaser, and make it much, much more versatile.\n\n        Nearly every element visible on this page is built out of our generic \u201cteaser\u201d pattern.\n    \nBut the teaser variation I\u2019d like to call out is the one that appears on The Toast\u2019s homepage, on search results or on section fronts. In the main content area, each teaser in the list features larger images, as well as an interesting visual treatment: the byline and comment count were the most prominent elements within each teaser, appearing above the headline.\n\n        The approved visual design of our teaser, as it appears on lists on the homepage and the section fronts.\n    \nAnd this is, as it happens, the teaser variation that gave me pause. Back in the old days \u2013 you know, like six months ago \u2013 I probably would\u2019ve marked this module up to match the design. In other words, I would\u2019ve looked at the module\u2019s visual hierarchy (metadata up top, headline and content below) and written the following HTML:\n<div class=\"teaser\">\n  <p class=\"article-byline\">By <a href=\"#\">Author Name</a></p>\n  <a class=\"comment-count\" href=\"#\">126 <i>comments</i></a>\n  <h1 class=\"article-title\"><a href=\"#\">Article Title</a></h1>\n  <p class=\"teaser-excerpt\">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur\u2026</p>\n</div>\nBut then I caught myself, and realized this wasn\u2019t the best approach.\nMoving Beyond Layout\nSince I\u2019ve started working responsively, there\u2019s a question I work into every step of my design process. Whether I\u2019m working in Sketch, CSSing a thing, or researching a project, I try to constantly ask myself:\n\nWhat if someone doesn\u2019t browse the web like I do?\n\n\u2026Okay, that doesn\u2019t seem especially fancy. (And maybe you came here for fancy.) But as straightforward as that question might seem, it\u2019s been invaluable to so many aspects of my practice. If I\u2019m working on a widescreen layout, that question helps me remember the constraints of the small screen; if I\u2019m working on an interface that has some enhancements for touch, it helps me consider other input modes as I work. It\u2019s also helpful as a reminder that many might not see the screen the same way I do, and that accessibility (in all its forms) should be a throughline for our work on the web.\nAnd that last point, thankfully, was what caught me here. While having the byline and comment count at the top was a lovely visual treatment, it made for a terrible content hierarchy. For example, it\u2019d be a little weird if the page was being read aloud in a speaking browser: the name of the author and the number of comments would be read aloud before the title of the article with which they\u2019re associated.\nThat\u2019s why I find it\u2019s helpful to begin designing a pattern\u2019s hierarchy before its layout: to move past the visual presentation in front of me, and focus on the underlying content I\u2019m trying to support. In other words, if someone\u2019s encountering my design without the CSS I\u2019ve written, what should their experience be?\nSo I took a step back, and came up with a different approach:\n<div class=\"teaser\">\n  <h1 class=\"article-title\"><a href=\"#\">Article Title</a></h1>\n  <h2 class=\"article-byline\">By <a href=\"#\">Author Name</a></h2>\n  <p class=\"teaser-excerpt\">\n    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur\u2026\n    <a class=\"comment-count\" href=\"#\">126 <i>comments</i></a>\n  </p>\n</div>\nMuch, much better. This felt like a better match for the content I was designing: the headline \u2013 easily most important element \u2013 was at the top, followed by the author\u2019s name and an excerpt. And while the comment count is visually the most prominent element in the teaser, I decided it was hierarchically the least critical: that\u2019s why it\u2019s at the very end of the excerpt, the last element within our teaser. And with some light styling, we\u2019ve got a respectable-looking hierarchy in place:\n\nYeah, you\u2019re right \u2013 it\u2019s not our final design. But from this basic-looking foundation, we can layer on a bit more complexity. First, we\u2019ll bolster the markup with an extra element around our title and byline:\n<div class=\"teaser\">\n  <div class=\"teaser-hed\">\n    <h1 class=\"article-title\"><a href=\"#\">Article Title</a></h1>\n    <h2 class=\"article-byline\">By <a href=\"#\">Author Name</a></h2>\n  </div>\n  \u2026\n</div>\nWith that in place, we can use flexbox to tweak our layout, like so:\n.teaser-hed {\n  display: flex;\n  flex-direction: column-reverse;\n}\nflex-direction: column-reverse acts a bit like a change in gravity within our teaser-hed element, vertically swapping its two children.\n\nGetting closer! But as great as flexbox is, it doesn\u2019t do anything for elements outside our container, like our little comment count, which is, as you\u2019ve probably noticed, still stranded at the very bottom of our teaser.\nFlexbox is, as you might already know, wonderful! And while it enjoys incredibly broad support, there are enough implementations of old versions of Flexbox (in addition to plenty of bugs) that I tend to use a feature test to check if the browser\u2019s using a sufficiently modern version of flexbox. Here\u2019s the one we used:\nvar doc = document.body || document.documentElement;\nvar style = doc.style;\n\nif ( style.webkitFlexWrap == '' ||\n    style.msFlexWrap == '' ||\n    style.flexWrap == '' ) {\n  doc.className += \" supports-flex\";\n}\nEagle-eyed readers will note we could have used @supports feature queries to ask browsers if they support certain CSS properties, removing the JavaScript dependency. But since we wanted to serve the layout to IE we opted to write a little question in JavaScript, asking the browser if it supports flex-wrap, a property used elsewhere in the design. If the browser passes the test, then a class of supports-flex gets applied to our html element. And with that class in place, we can safely quarantine our flexbox-enabled layout from less-capable browsers, and finish our teaser\u2019s design:\n.supports-flex .teaser-hed {\n  display: flex;\n  flex-direction: column-reverse;\n}\n.supports-flex .teaser .comment-count {\n  position: absolute;\n  right: 0;\n  top: 1.1em;\n}\nIf the supports-flex class is present, we can apply our flexbox layout to the title area, sure \u2013 but we can also safely use absolute positioning to pull our comment count out of its default position, and anchor it to the top right of our teaser. In other words, the browsers that don\u2019t meet our threshold for our advanced styles are left with an attractive design that matches our HTML\u2019s content hierarchy; but the ones that pass our test receive the finished, final design.\n\nAnd with that, our teaser\u2019s complete.\nDiving Into Device-Agnostic Design\nThis is, admittedly, a pretty modest application of flexbox. (For some truly next-level work, I\u2019d recommend Heydon Pickering\u2019s \u201cFlexbox Grid Finesse\u201d, or anything Zoe Mickley Gillenwater publishes.) And for such a simple module, you might feel like this is, well, quite a bit of work. And you\u2019d be right! In fact, it\u2019s not one layout, but two: a lightly styled content hierarchy served to everyone, with the finished design served conditionally to the browsers that can successfully implement it. But I\u2019ve found that thinking about my design as existing in broad experience tiers \u2013 in layers \u2013 is one of the best ways of designing for the modern web. And what\u2019s more, it works not just for simple modules like our teaser, but for more complex or interactive patterns as well.\nOpen video\n    \n        Even a simple search form can be conditionally enhanced, given a little layered thinking.\n    \nThis more layered approach to interface design isn\u2019t a new one, mind you: it\u2019s been championed by everyone from Filament Group to the BBC. And with all the challenges we keep uncovering, a more device-agnostic approach is one of the best ways I\u2019ve found to practice responsive design. As Trent Walton once wrote,\n\nLike cars designed to perform in extreme heat or on icy roads, websites should be built to face the reality of the web\u2019s inherent variability.\n\nWe have a weird job, working on the web. We\u2019re designing for the latest mobile devices, sure, but we\u2019re increasingly aware that our definition of \u201csmartphone\u201d is much too narrow. Browsers have started appearing on our wrists and in our cars\u2019 dashboards, but much of the world\u2019s mobile data flows over sub-3G networks. After all, the web\u2019s evolution has never been charted along a straight line: it\u2019s simultaneously getting slower and faster, with devices new and old coming online every day. With all the challenges in front of us, including many we don\u2019t yet know about, a more device-agnostic, more layered design process can better prepare our patterns \u2013 and ourselves \u2013 for the future.\n(It won\u2019t help you get enough to eat at holiday parties, though.)", "year": "2015", "author": "Ethan Marcotte", "author_slug": "ethanmarcotte", "published": "2015-12-10T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/putting-my-patterns-through-their-paces/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 202, "title": "Design Systems and CSS Grid", "contents": "Recently, my client has been looking at creating a few new marketing pages for their website. They currently have a design system in place but they\u2019re looking to push this forward into 2018 with some small and possibly some larger changes.\nTo start with we are creating a couple of new marketing pages. As well as making use of existing components within the design systems component library there are a couple of new components. Looking at the first couple of sketch files I felt this would be a great opportunity to use CSS Grid, to me the newer components need to be laid out on that page and grid would help with this perfectly.\n\nAs well as this layout of the new components and the text within it, imagery would be used that breaks out of the grid and pushes itself into the spaces where the text is aligned.\nThe existing grid system\nWhen the site was rebuilt in 2015 the team decided to make use of Sass and Susy, a \u201clightweight grid-layout engine using Sass\u201d.  It was built separating the grid system from the components that would be laid out on the page with a container, a row, an optional column, and a block.\nTo make use of the grid system on a page for a component that would take the full width of the row you would have to write something like this:\n<div class=\"grid-container\">\n  <div class=\"grid-row\">\n    <div class=\"grid-column-4\">\n      <div class=\"grid-block\">\n        <!-- component code here -->\n      </div>\n    </div>\n  </div>\n</div>\nUsing a grid system similar to this can easily create quite the tag soup. It could fill the HTML full of divs that may become complex to understand and difficult to edit.\nAlthough there is this reliance on several <div>s to lay out the components on a page it does allow a tidy way to place the component code within that page. It abstracts the layout of the page to its own code, its own system, so the components can \u2018fit\u2019 where needed.\nThe requirements of the new grid system\nMoving forward I set myself some goals for what I\u2019d like to have achieved in this new grid system:\nIt needs to behave like the existing grid systems\nWe are not ripping up the existing grid system, it would be too much work, for now,  to retrofit all of the existing components to work in a grid that has a different amount of columns, and spacing at various viewport widths.\nAllow full-width components\nCurrently the grid system is a 14 column grid that becomes centred on the page when viewport is wide enough. We have, in the past, written some CSS that would allow for a full-width component, but his had always felt like a hack. We want the option to have a full-width element as part of the new grid system, not something that needs CSS to fight against.\nLess of a tag soup\nIdeally we want to end up writing less HTML to layout the page. Although the existing system can be quite clear as to what each element is doing, it can also become a little laborious in working out what each grid row or block is doing where.\nI would like to move the layout logic to CSS as much as is possible, potentially creating some utility classes or additional \u2018layout classes\u2019 for the components.\nEasier for people to use and author\nWith many people using the existing design systems codebase  we need to create a new grid system that is as easy or easier to use than the existing one. I think and hope this would be helped by removing as many <div>s as needed and would require new documentation and examples, and potentially some initial training.\nSeparating layout from style\nThere still needs to be a separation of layout from the styles for the component. To allow for the component itself to be placed wherever needed in the page we need to make sure that the CSS for the layout is a separate entity to the CSS for that styling.\nWith these base requirements I took to CodePen and started working on some throwaway code to get started.\nMaking the new grid(s)\nThe Full-Width Grid\nTo start with I created a grid that had three columns, one for the left, one for the middle, and one for the right. This would give the full-width option to components.\nThankfully, one of Rachel Andrew\u2019s many articles on Grid discussed this exact requirement of the new grid system to break out with Grid.\nI took some of the code in the examples and edited to make grid we needed.\n.container {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns:\n    [full-start]\n      minmax(.75em, 1fr)\n        [main-start]\n          minmax(0, 1008px)\n        [main-end]\n      minmax(.75em, 1fr)\n    [full-end];\n}\nWe are declaring a grid, we have four grid column lines which we name and we define how the three columns they create react to the viewport width. We have a left and right column that have a minimum of 12px, and a central column with a maximum width of 1008px.\nBoth left and right columns fill up any additional space if the viewport is wider that 1032px wide. We are also not declaring any gutters to this grid, the left and right columns would act as gutters at smaller viewports.\nAt this point I noticed that older versions of Sass cannot parse the brackets in this code. To combat this I used Sass\u2019 unquote method  to wrap around the value of the grid-template-column.\n.container {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns:\n  unquote(\"\n    [full-start]\n      minmax(.75em, 1fr)\n        [main-start]\n          minmax(0, 1008px)\n        [main-end]\n      minmax(.75em, 1fr)\n    [full-end]\n  \");\n}\nThe existing codebase makes use of Sass variables, mixins and functions so to remove that would be a problem, but luckily the version of Sass used is up-to-date (note: example CodePens will be using CSS).\nThe initial full-width grid displays on a webpage as below:\n\nThe 14 column grid\nI decided to work out the 14 column grid as a separate prototype before working out how it would fit within the full-width grid. This grid is very similar to the 12 column grids that have been used in web design. Here we need 14 columns with a gutter between each one.\nAlong with the many other resources on Grid, Mozilla\u2019s MDN site had a page on common layouts using CSS Grid. This gave me the perfect CSS I needed to create my grid and I edited it as required:\n.inner {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: repeat(14, [col-start] 1fr);\n  grid-gap: .75em;\n}\nWe, again, are declaring a grid, and we are splitting up the available space by creating 14 columns with 1 fr-unit and giving each one a starting line named col-start.\nThis grid would display on web page as below:\n\nBringing the grids together\nNow that we have got the two grids we need to help fulfil our requirements we need to put them together so that they are actually we we need.\nThe subgrid\nThere is no subgrid in CSS, yet. To workaround this for the new grid system we could nest the 14 column grid inside the full-width grid.\nIn the HTML we nest the 14 column inner grid inside the full-width container.\n<div class=\"container\">\n  <div class=\"inner\">\n  </div>\n</div>\nSo that the inner knows where to be laid out within the container we tell it what column to start and end with, with this code it would be the start and end of the main column.\n.inner {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-column: main-start / main-end;\n  grid-template-columns: repeat(14, [col-start] 1fr);\n  grid-gap: .75em;\n}\nThe CSS for the container remains unchanged.\n\nThis works, but we have added another div to our HTML. One of our requirements is to try and remove the potential for tag soup.\nThe faux subgrid subgrid\nI wanted to see if it would be possible to place the CSS for the 14 column grid within the CSS for the full-width grid. I replaced the CSS for the main grid and added the grid-column-gap to the .container.\n.container {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-gap: .75em;\n  grid-template-columns:\n    [full-start]\n      minmax(.75em, 1fr)\n        [main-start]\n          repeat(14, [col-start] 1fr)\n        [main-end]\n      minmax(.75em, 1fr)\n    [full-end];\n}\nWhat this gave me was a 16 column grid. I was unable to find a way to tell the main grid, the grid betwixt main-start and main-end to be a maximum of 1008px as required.\n\nI trawled the internet to find if it was possible to create our main requirement, a 14 column grid which also allows for full-width components. I found that we could not reverse minmax to minmax(1fr, 72px) as 1fr is not allowed as a minimum if there is a maximum. I tried working out if we could make the min larger than its max but in minmax it would be ignored.\nI was struggling, I was hoping for a cleaner version of the grid system we currently use but getting to the point where needing that extra <div> would be a necessity.\nAt 3 in the morning, when I was failing to get to sleep, my mind happened upon an question: \u201cCould you use calc?\u201d\nAt some point I drifted back to sleep so the next day I set upon seeing if this was possible. I knew that the maximum width of the central grid needed to be 1008px. The left and right columns needed to be however many pixels were left in the viewport divided by 2. In CSS it looked like I would need to use calc twice. The first time to takeaway 1008px from 100% of the viewport width and the second to divide that result by 2.\ncalc(calc(100% - 1008px) / 2)\nThe CSS above was part of the value that I would need to include in the declaration for the grid.\n.container {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-gap: .75em;\n  grid-template-columns:\n    [full-start]\n      minmax(calc(calc(100% - 1008px) / 2), 1fr)\n        [main-start]\n          repeat(14, [col-start] 1fr)\n        [main-end]\n      minmax(calc(calc(100% - 1008px) / 2), 1fr)\n    [full-end];\n}\nWe have created the grid required. A full-width grid, with a central 14 column grid, using fewer <div> elements.\n\nSee the Pen Design Systems and CSS Grid, 6 by Stuart Robson (@sturobson) on CodePen.\n\nSuccess!\nProgressive enhancement\nNow that we have created the grid system required we need to back-track a little.\nNot all browsers support Grid, over the last 9 months or so this has gotten a lot better. However there will still be browsers that visit that potentially won\u2019t have support. The effort required to make the grid system fall back for these browsers depends on your product or sites browser support.\n\nTo determine if we will be using Grid or not for a browser we will make use of  feature queries. This would mean that any version of Internet Explorer will not get Grid, as well as some mobile browsers and older versions of other browsers.\n@supports (display: grid) {\n /* Styles for browsers that support Grid */\n}\nIf a browser does not pass the requirements for @supports we will fallback to using flexbox where possible, and if that is not supported we are happy for the page to be laid out in one column.\nA website doesn\u2019t have to look the same in every browser after all.\nA responsive grid\nWe started with the big picture, how the grid would be at a large viewport and the grid system we have created gets a little silly when the viewport gets smaller.\nAt smaller viewports we have a single column layout where every item of content, every component stacks atop each other. We don\u2019t start to define a grid before we the viewport gets to 700px wide. At this point we have an 8 column grid and if the viewport gets to 1100px or wider  we have our 14 column grid.\n/*\n * to start with there is no 'grid' just a single column\n */\n.container {\n  padding: 0 .75em;\n}\n\n/*\n * when we get to 700px we create an 8 column grid with\n * a left and right area to breakout of the grid.\n */\n@media (min-width: 700px) {\n  .container {\n    display: grid;\n    grid-gap: .75em;\n    grid-template-columns:\n      [full-start]\n        minmax(calc(calc(100% - 1008px) / 2), 1fr)\n          [main-start]\n            repeat(8, [col-start] 1fr)\n          [main-end]\n        minmax(calc(calc(100% - 1008px) / 2), 1fr)\n      [full-end];\n    padding: 0;\n  }\n}\n\n/*\n * when we get to 1100px we create an 14 column grid with\n * a left and right area to breakout of the grid.\n */\n@media (min-width: 1100px) {\n  .container {\n    grid-template-columns:\n    [full-start]\n      minmax(calc(calc(100% - 1008px) / 2), 1fr)\n        [main-start]\n          repeat(14, [col-start] 1fr)\n        [main-end]\n      minmax(calc(calc(100% - 1008px) / 2), 1fr)\n    [full-end];\n  }\n}\nBeing explicit in creating this there is some repetition that we could avoid, we will define the number of columns for the inner grid by using a Sass variable or CSS custom properties (more commonly termed as CSS variables).\nLet\u2019s use CSS custom properties. We need to declare the variable first by adding it to our stylesheet.\n:root {\n  --inner-grid-columns: 8;\n}\nWe then need to edit a few more lines. First make use of the variable for this line.\nrepeat(8, [col-start] 1fr)\n/* replace with */\nrepeat(var(--inner-grid-columns), [col-start] 1fr)\nThen at the 1100px breakpoint we would only need to change the value of the \u2014inner-grid-columns value.\n@media (min-width: 1100px) {\n  .container {\n    grid-template-columns:\n    [full-start]\n      minmax(calc(calc(100% - 1008px) / 2), 1fr)\n        [main-start]\n          repeat(14, [col-start] 1fr)\n        [main-end]\n      minmax(calc(calc(100% - 1008px) / 2), 1fr)\n    [full-end];\n  }\n}\n/* replace with */\n@media (min-width: 1100px) {\n  .container {\n    --inner-grid-columns: 14;\n  }\n}\nSee the Pen Design Systems and CSS Grid, 8 by Stuart Robson (@sturobson) on CodePen.\n\nThe final grid system\nWe have finally created our new grid for the design system. It stays true to the existing grid in place, adds the ability to break-out of the grid, removes a <div> that could have been needed for the nested 14 column grid.\nWe can move on to the new component.\nCreating a new component\nBack to the new components we are needing to create.\n\nTo me there are two components one of which is a slight variant of the first. This component contains a title, subtitle, a paragraph (potentially paragraphs) of content, a list, and a call to action.\nTo start with we should write the HTML for the component, something like this:\n<article class=\"features\">\n  <h3 class=\"features__title\"></h3>\n  <p class=\"features__subtitle\"></p>\n  <div class=\"features__content\">\n    <p class=\"features__paragraph\"></p>\n  </div>\n  <ul class=\"features__list\">\n    <li></li>\n    <li></li>\n  </ul>\n  <a href=\"\" class=\"features__button\"></a>\n</article>\nTo place the component on the existing grid is fine, but as child elements are not affected by the container grid we need to define another grid for the features component.\nAs the grid doesn\u2019t get invoked until 700px it is possible to negate the need for a media query.\n.features {\n  grid-column: col-start 1 / span 6;\n}\n\n@supports (display: grid) {\n  @media (min-width: 1100px) {\n    .features {\n      grid-column-end: 9;\n    }\n  }\n}\nWe can also avoid duplication of declarations by making use of the grid-column shorthand and longhand. We need to write a little more CSS for the variant component, the one that will sit on the right side of the page too.\n.features:nth-of-type(even) {\n  grid-column-start: 4;\n  grid-row: 2;\n}\n\n@supports (display: grid) {\n  @media (min-width: 1100px) {\n    .features:nth-of-type(even) {\n      grid-column-start: 9;\n      grid-column-end: 16;\n    }\n  }\n}\nWe cannot place the items within features on the container grid as they are not direct children. To make this work we have to define a grid for the features component.\nWe can do this by defining the grid at the first breakpoint of 700px making use of CSS custom properties again to define how many columns there will need to be.\n.features {\n  grid-column: col-start 1 / span 6;\n  --features-grid-columns: 5;\n}\n\n@supports (display: grid) {\n  @media (min-width: 700px) {\n    .features {\n      display: grid;\n    grid-gap: .75em;\n      grid-template-columns: repeat(var(--features-grid-columns), [col-start] 1fr);\n    }\n  }\n}\n\n@supports (display: grid) {\n  @media (min-width: 1100px) {\n    .features {\n      grid-column-end: 9;\n      --features-grid-columns: 7;\n    }\n  }\n}\nSee the Pen Design Systems and CSS Grid, 10 by Stuart Robson (@sturobson) on CodePen.\n\nLaying out the parts\nLooking at the spec and reading several articles I feel there are two ways that I could layout the text of this component on the grid.\nWe could use the grid-column shorthand that incorporates grid-column-start and grid-column-end or we can make use of grid-template-areas.\ngrid-template-areas allow for a nice visual way of representing how the parts of the component would be laid out. We can take the the mock of the features on the grid and represent them in text in our CSS.\n\nWithin the .features  rule we can add the relevant grid-template-areas value to represent the above.\n.features {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: repeat(var(--features-grid-columns), [col-start] 1fr);\n  grid-template-areas:\n   \". title     title     title     title     title    title\"\n   \". subtitle  subtitle  subtitle  subtitle  subtitle .    \"\n   \". content   content   content   content   .        .    \"\n   \". list      list      list      .         .        .    \"\n   \". .         .         .         link      link     link \";\n}\n\nIn order to make the variant of the component we would have to create the grid-template-areas for that component too.\nWe then need to tell each element of the component in what grid-area it should be placed within the grid.\n.features__title { grid-area: title; }\n.features__subtitle { grid-area: subtitle; }\n.features__content { grid-area: content; }\n.features__list { grid-area: list; }\n.features__link { grid-area: link; }\nSee the Pen Design Systems and CSS Grid, 12 by Stuart Robson (@sturobson) on CodePen.\n\nThe other way would be to use the grid-column shorthand and the grid-column-start and grid-column-end we have used previously.\n.features .features__title {\n  grid-column: col-start 2 / span 6;\n}\n.features .features__subtitle {\n  grid-column: col-start 2 / span 5;\n}\n.features .features__content {\n  grid-column: col-start 2 / span 4;\n}\n.features .features__list {\n  grid-column: col-start 2 / span 4;\n}\n.features .features__link {\n  grid-column: col-start 5 / span 3;\n}\nFor the variant of the component we can use the grid-column-start property as it will inherit the span defined in the grid-column shorthand.\n.features:nth-of-type(even) .features__title {\n  grid-column-start: col-start 1;\n}\n.features:nth-of-type(even) .features__subtitle {\n  grid-column-start: col-start 1;\n}\n.features:nth-of-type(even) .features__content {\n  grid-column-start: col-start 3;\n}\n.features:nth-of-type(even) .features__list {\n  grid-column-start: col-start 3;\n}\n.features:nth-of-type(even) .features__link {\n  grid-column-start: col-start 1;\n}\nSee the Pen Design Systems and CSS Grid, 14 by Stuart Robson (@sturobson) on CodePen.\n\nI think, for now, we will go with using grid-column properties rather than grid-template-areas. The repetition needed for creating the variant feels too much where we can change the grid-column-start instead, keeping the components elements layout properties tied a little closer to the elements rather than the grid.\nSome additional decisions\nThe current component library has existing styles for titles, subtitles, lists, paragraphs of text and calls to action. These are name-spaced so that they shouldn\u2019t clash with any other components. Looking forward there will be a chance that other products adopt the component library, but they may bring their own styles for titles, subtitles, etc.\nOne way that we could write our code now for that near future possibility is to make sure our classes are working hard. Using class-attribute selectors we can target part of the class attributes that we know the elements in the component will have using *=.\n.features [class*=\"title\"]  {\n  grid-column: col-start 2 / span 6;\n}\n.features [class*=\"subtitle\"] {\n  grid-column: col-start 2 / span 5;\n}\n.features [class*=\"content\"] {\n  grid-column: col-start 2 / span 4;\n}\n.features [class*=\"list\"] {\n  grid-column: col-start 2 / span 4;\n}\n.features [class*=\"link\"]  {\n  grid-column: col-start 5 / span 3;\n}\nSee the Pen Design Systems and CSS Grid, 15 by Stuart Robson (@sturobson) on CodePen.\n\nAlthough the component we have created have a title, subtitle, paragraphs, a list, and a call to action there may be a time where one ore more of these is not required or available. One thing I found out is that if the element doesn\u2019t exist then grid will not create space for it. This may be obvious, but it can be really helpful in making a nice malleable component.\nWe have only looked at columns, as existing components have their own spacing for the vertical rhythm of the page we don\u2019t really want to have them take up equal space in the component and just take up the space as needed. We can do this by adding grid-auto-rows: min-content; to our .features. This is useful if you also need your component to take up a height that is more than the component itself.\nThe grid of the future\nFrom prototyping this new grid and components in CSS Grid, I\u2019ve found it a fantastic way to reimagine how we can create a layout or grid system for our sites. It gives us options to create the same layouts in differing ways that could suit a project and its needs.\nIt allows us to carry on \u2013 if we choose to \u2013 using a <div>-based grid but swapping out floats for CSS Grid or to tie it to our components so they have specific places to go depending on what component is being used. Or we could have several \u2018grid components\u2019 in our design system that we could use to layout various components throughout a page.\nIf you find yourself tasked with creating some new components for your design system try it. If you are starting from scratch I believe you really should start with CSS Grid for your layout.\nIt really feels like the possibilities are endless in terms of layout for the web.\nResources\nHere are just a few resources I have pawed over these last few weeks whilst getting acquainted with CSS Grid.\n\nA collection of CodePens from this article\nGrid by Example from Rachel Andrew\nA Complete Guide to CSS Grid on Codrops from Hui Jing Chen\nRachel Andrew\u2019s Blog Archive tagged: cssgrid\nCSS Grid Layout Examples\nMDN\u2019s CSS Grid Layout\nA Complete Guide to Grid from CSS-Tricks\nCSS Grid Layout Module Level 1 Specification", "year": "2017", "author": "Stuart Robson", "author_slug": "stuartrobson", "published": "2017-12-12T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/design-systems-and-css-grid/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 91, "title": "Infinite Canvas: Moving Beyond the Page", "contents": "Remember Web 2.0? I do. In fact, that phrase neatly bifurcates my life on the internet. Pre-2.0, I was occupied by chatting on AOL and eventually by learning HTML so I could build sites on Geocities. Around 2002, however, I saw a WYSIWYG demo in Dreamweaver. The instructor was dragging boxes and images around a canvas. With a few clicks he was able to build a dynamic, single-page interface. Coming from the world of tables and inline HTML styles, I was stunned.\n\nAs I entered college the next year, the web was blossoming: broadband, Wi-Fi, mobile (proud PDA owner, right here), CSS, Ajax, Bloglines, Gmail and, soon, Google Maps. I was a technology fanatic and a hobbyist web developer. For me, the web had long been informational. It was now rapidly becoming something else, something more: sophisticated, presentational, actionable.\n\nIn 2003 we watched as the internet changed. The predominant theme of those early Web 2.0 years was the withering of Internet Explorer 6 and the triumph of web standards. Upon cresting that mountain, we looked around and collectively breathed the rarefied air of pristine HMTL and CSS, uncontaminated by toxic hacks and forks \u2013 only to immediately begin hurtling down the other side at what is, frankly, terrifying speed.\n\nTen years later, we are still riding that rocket. Our days (and nights) are spent cramming for exams on CSS3 and RWD and Sass and RESS. We are the proud, frazzled owners of tiny pocket computers that annihilate the best laptops we could have imagined, and the architects of websites that are no longer restricted to big screens nor even segregated by device. We dragoon our sites into working any time, anywhere. At this point, we can hardly ask the spec developers to slow down to allow us to catch our breath, nor should we. It is, without a doubt, a most wonderful time to be a web developer.\n\nBut despite the newfound luxury of rounded corners, gradients, embeddable fonts, low-level graphics APIs, and, glory be, shadows, the canyon between HTML and native appears to be as wide as ever. The improvements in HTML and CSS have, for the most part, been conveniences rather than fundamental shifts. What I\u2019d like to do now, if you\u2019ll allow me, is outline just a few of the remaining gaps that continue to separate web sites and applications from their native companions.\n\nWhat I\u2019d like for Christmas\n\nThere is one irritant which is the grandfather of them all, the one from which all others flow and have their being, and it is, simply, the page refresh. That\u2019s right, the foundational principle of the web is our single greatest foe. To paraphrase a patron saint of designers everywhere, if you see a page refresh, we blew it.\n\nThe page refresh brings with it, of course, many noble and lovely benefits: addressability, for one; and pagination, for another. (See also caching, resource loading, and probably half a dozen others.) Still, those concerns can be answered (and arguably answered more compellingly) by replacing the weary page with the young and hearty document. Flash may be dead, but it has many lessons yet to bequeath.\n\nPreparing a single document when the site loads allows us to engage the visitor in a smooth and engrossing experience. We have long known this, of course. Twitter was not the first to attempt, via JavaScript, to envelop the user in a single-page application, nor the first to abandon it. Our shared task is to move those technologies down the stack, to make them more primitive, so that the next Twitter can be built with the most basic combination of HTML and CSS rather than relying on complicated, slow, and unreliable scripted solutions.\n\nSo, let\u2019s take a look at what we can do, right now, that we might have a better idea of where our current tools fall short.\n\nA print magazine in HTML clothing\n\nLike many others, I suspect, one of my earliest experiences with publishing was laying out newsletters and newspapers on a computer for print. If you\u2019ve ever used InDesign or Quark or even Microsoft Publisher, you\u2019ll remember reflowing content from page to page. The advent of the internet signaled, in many ways, the abandonment of that model. Articles were no longer constrained by the physical limitations of paper. In shedding our chains, however, it is arguable that we\u2019ve lost something useful. We had a self-contained and complete package, a closed loop. It was a thing that could be handled and finished, and doing so provided a sense of accomplishment that our modern, infinitely scrolling, ever-fractal web of content has stolen.\n\nFor our purposes today, we will treat 24 ways as the online equivalent of that newspaper or magazine. A single year\u2019s worth of articles could easily be considered an issue. Right now, navigating between articles means clicking on the article you\u2019d like to view and being taken to that specific address via a page reload. If Drew wanted to, it wouldn\u2019t be difficult to update the page in place (via JavaScript) and change the address (again via JavaScript with the History API) to reflect the new content found at the new location. But what if Drew wanted to do that without  JavaScript? And what if he wanted the site to not merely load the content but actually whisk you along the page in a compelling and delightful way, \u00e0 la the Mag+ demo we all saw a few years ago when the iPad was first introduced? Uh, no.\n\nWe\u2019re all familiar with websites that have attempted to go beyond the page by weaving many chunks of content together into a large document and for good reason. There is tremendous appeal in opening and exploring the canvas beyond the edges of our screens.\n\nIn one rather straightforward example from last year, Mozilla contacted Full Stop to build a website promoting Aza Raskin\u2019s proposal for a set of Creative Commons-style privacy icons. Like a lot of the sites we build (including our own), the amount of information we were presenting was minimal. In these instances, we encourage our clients to consider including everything on a single page. The result was a horizontally driven site that was, if not whimsical, at least clever and attractive to the intended audience. An experience that is taken for granted when using device-native technology is utterly, maddeningly impossible to replicate on the web without jumping through JavaScript hoops.\n\nIn another, more complex example, we again had the pleasure of working with Aza earlier this year, this time on a redesign of the Massive Health website. Our assignment was to design and build a site that communicated Massive\u2019s commitment to modern personal health. The site had to be visually and interactively stunning while maintaining a usable and clear interface for the casual visitor. Our solution was to extend the infinite company logo into a ribbon that carried the visitor through the site narrative. It also meant we\u2019d be asking the browser to accommodate something it was never designed to handle: a non-linear design. (Be sure to play around. There\u2019s a lot going on under the hood. We were also this close to a ZUI, if WebKit didn\u2019t freak out when pages were scaled beyond 10\u00d7.) Despite the apparent and deliberate design simplicity, the techniques necessary to implement it are anything but. From updating the URL to moving the visitor from section to section, we\u2019re firmly in JavaScript territory. And that\u2019s a shame.\n\nWhat can we do?\n\nWe might not be able to specify these layouts in HTML and CSS just yet, but that doesn\u2019t mean we can\u2019t learn a few new tricks while we wait. Let\u2019s see how close we can come to recreating the privacy icons design, the Massive design, or the Mag+ design without resorting to JavaScript.\n\nA horizontally paginated site\n\nThe first thing we\u2019re going to need is the concept of a page within our HTML document. Using plain old HTML and CSS, we can stack a series of <div>s sideways (with a little assist from our new friend, the viewport-width unit, not that he was strictly necessary). All we need to know is how many pages we have. (And, boy, wouldn\u2019t it be nice to be able to know that without having to predetermine it or use JavaScript?)\n\n.window {\noverflow: hidden;\n  width: 100%;\n}\n.pages {\n  width: 200vw;\n}\n.page {\n  float: left;\n  overflow: hidden;\n  width: 100vw;\n}\n\nIf you look carefully, you\u2019ll see that the conceit we\u2019ll use in the rest of the demos is in place. Despite the document containing multiple pages, only one is visible at any given time. This allows us to keep the user focused on the task (or content) at hand.\n\nBy the way, you\u2019ll need to use a modern, WebKit-based browser for these demos. I recommend downloading the WebKit nightly builds, Chrome Canary, or being comfortable with setting flags in Chrome.\n\nA horizontally paginated site, with transitions\n\nAh, here\u2019s the rub. We have functional navigation, but precious few cues for the user. It\u2019s not much good shoving the visitor around various parts of the document if they don\u2019t get the pleasant whooshing experience of the journey. You might be thinking, what about that new CSS selector, target-something\u2026? Well, my friend, you\u2019re on the right track. Let\u2019s test it. We\u2019re going to need to use a bit of sleight of hand. While we\u2019d like to simply offset the containing element by the number of pages we\u2019re moving (like we did on Massive), CSS alone can\u2019t give us that information, and that means we\u2019re going to need to fake it by expanding and collapsing pages as you navigate. Here are the bits we\u2019re going to need:\n\n.page {\n  -webkit-transition: width 1s; // Naturally you're going to want to include all the relevant prefixes here\n  float: left;\n  left: 0;\n  overflow: hidden;\n  position: relative;\n  width: 100vw;\n}\n.page:not(:target) {\n  width: 0;\n}\n\nAh, but we\u2019re not fooling anyone with that trick. As soon as you move beyond a single page, the visitor\u2019s disbelief comes tumbling down when the linear page transitions are unaffected by the distance the pages are allegedly traveling. And you may have already noticed an even more fatal flaw: I secretly linked you to the first page rather than the unadorned URL. If you visit the same page with no URL fragment, you get a blank screen. Sure, we could force a redirect with some server-side trickery, but that feels like cheating. Perhaps if we had the CSS4 subject selector we could apply styles to the parent based on the child being targeted by the URL. We might also need a few more abilities, like determining the total number of pages and having relative sibling selectors (e.g. nth-sibling), but we\u2019d sure be a lot closer.\n\nA horizontally paginated site, with transitions \u2013 no cheating\n\nWell, what other cards can we play? How about the checkbox hack? Sure, it\u2019s a garish trick, but it might be the best we can do today. Check it out. \n\nlabel {\n  cursor: pointer;\n}\ninput {\n display: none;\n}\ninput:not(:checked) + .page {\n  max-height: 100vh;\n  width: 0;\n}\n\nFinally, we can see the first page thanks to the state we are able to set on the appropriate radio button. Of course, now we don\u2019t have URLs, so maybe this isn\u2019t a winning plan after all. While our HTML and CSS toolkit may feel primitive at the moment, we certainly don\u2019t want to sacrifice the addressability of the web. If there\u2019s one bedrock principle, that\u2019s it.\n\nA horizontally paginated site, with transitions \u2013 no cheating and a gorgeous homepage\n\nGorgeous may not be the right word, but our little magazine is finally shaping up. Thanks to the CSS regions spec, we\u2019ve got an exciting new power, the ability to begin an article in one place and bend it to our will. (Remember, your everyday browser isn\u2019t going to work for these demos. Try the WebKit nightly build to see what we\u2019re talking about.) As with the rest of the examples, we\u2019re clearly abusing these features. Off-canvas layouts (you can thank Luke Wroblewski for the name) are simply not considered to be normal patterns\u2026 yet.\n\nHere\u2019s a quick look at what\u2019s going on:\n\n.excerpt-container {\n  float: left;\n  padding: 2em;\n  position: relative;\n  width: 100%;\n}\n.excerpt {\n  height: 16em;\n}\n.excerpt_name_article-1,\n.page-1 .article-flow-region {\n  -webkit-flow-from: article-1;\n}\n.article-content_for_article-1 {\n  -webkit-flow-into: article-1;\n}\n\nThe regions pattern is comprised of at least three components: a beginning; an ending; and a source. Using CSS, we\u2019re able to define specific elements that should be available for the content to flow through. If magazine-style layouts are something you\u2019re interested in learning more about (and you should be), be sure to check out the great work Adobe has been doing.\n\nLooking forward, and backward\n\nAs designers, builders, and consumers of the web, we share a desire to see the usability and enjoyability of websites continue to rise. We are incredibly lucky to be working in a time when a three-month-old website can be laughably outdated. Our goal ought to be to improve upon both the weaknesses and the strengths of the web platform. We seek not only smoother transitions and larger canvases, but fine-grained addressability. Our URLs should point directly and unambiguously to specific content elements, be they pages, sections, paragraphs or words. Moreover, off-screen design patterns are essential to accommodating and empowering the multitude of devices we use to access the web. We should express the desire that interpage links take advantage of the CSS transitions which have been put to such good effect in every other aspect of our designs. Transitions aren\u2019t just nice to have, they\u2019re table stakes in the highly competitive world of native applications. \n\nThe tools and technologies we have right now allow us to create smart, beautiful, useful webpages. With a little help, we can begin removing the seams and sutures that bind the web to an earlier, less sophisticated generation.", "year": "2012", "author": "Nathan Peretic", "author_slug": "nathanperetic", "published": "2012-12-21T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/infinite-canvas-moving-beyond-the-page/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 136, "title": "Making XML Beautiful Again: Introducing Client-Side XSL", "contents": "Remember that first time you saw XML and got it? When you really understood what was possible and the deep meaning each element could carry? Now when you see XML, it looks ugly, especially when you navigate to a page of XML in a browser. Well, with every modern browser now supporting XSL 1.0, I\u2019m going to show you how you can turn something as simple as an ATOM feed into a customised page using a browser, Notepad and some XSL.\n\nWhat on earth is this XSL?\n\nXSL is a family of recommendations for defining XML document transformation and presentation. It consists of three parts:\n\n\n\tXSLT 1.0 \u2013 Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation, a language for transforming XML\n\tXPath 1.0 \u2013 XML Path Language, an expression language used by XSLT to access or refer to parts of an XML document. (XPath is also used by the XML Linking specification)\n\tXSL-FO 1.0 \u2013 Extensible Stylesheet Language Formatting Objects, an XML vocabulary for specifying formatting semantics\n\n\nXSL transformations are usually a one-to-one transformation, but with newer versions (XSL 1.1 and XSL 2.0) its possible to create many-to-many transformations too. So now you have an overview of XSL, on with the show\u2026\n\nSo what do I need?\n\nSo to get going you need a browser an supports client-side XSL transformations such as Firefox, Safari, Opera or Internet Explorer. Second, you need a source XML file \u2013 for this we\u2019re going to use an ATOM feed from Flickr.com. And lastly, you need an editor of some kind. I find Notepad++ quick for short XSLs, while I tend to use XMLSpy or Oxygen for complex XSL work. \n\nBecause we\u2019re doing a client-side transformation, we need to modify the XML file to tell it where to find our yet-to-be-written XSL file. Take a look at the source XML file, which originates from my Flickr photos tagged sky, in ATOM format.\n\nThe top of the ATOM file now has an additional <?xml-stylesheet /> instruction, as can been seen on Line 2 below. This instructs the browser to use the XSL file to transform the document.\n\n<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\" standalone=\"yes\"?>\n<?xml-stylesheet type=\"text/xsl\" href=\"flickr_transform.xsl\"?>\n<feed xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom\"\n\txmlns:dc=\"http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/\">\n\nYour first transformation\n\nYour first XSL will look something like this:\n\n<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>\n<xsl:stylesheet version=\"1.0\"\n\txmlns:xsl=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform\"\n\txmlns:atom=\"http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom\"\n\txmlns:dc=\"http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/\">\n\t<xsl:output method=\"html\" encoding=\"utf-8\"/>\n</xsl:stylesheet>\n\nThis is pretty much the starting point for most XSL files. You will notice the standard XML processing instruction at the top of the file (line 1). We then switch into XSL mode using the XSL namespace on all XSL elements (line 2). In this case, we have added namespaces for ATOM (line 4) and Dublin Core (line 5). This means the XSL can now read and understand those elements from the source XML. \n\nAfter we define all the namespaces, we then move onto the xsl:output element (line 6). This enables you to define the final method of output. Here we\u2019re specifying html, but you could equally use XML or Text, for example. The encoding attributes on each element do what they say on the tin. As with all XML, of course, we close every element including the root.\n\nThe next stage is to add a template, in this case an <xsl:template /> as can be seen below:\n\n<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>\n<xsl:stylesheet version=\"1.0\"\n\txmlns:xsl=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform\"\n\txmlns:atom=\"http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom\"\n\txmlns:dc=\"http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/\">\n\t<xsl:output method=\"html\" encoding=\"utf-8\"/>\n\t<xsl:template match=\"/\">\n\t\t<html>\n\t\t\t<head>\n\t\t\t\t<title>Making XML beautiful again : Transforming ATOM</title>\n\t\t\t</head>\n\t\t\t<body>\n\t\t\t\t<xsl:apply-templates select=\"/atom:feed\"/>\n\t\t\t</body>\n\t\t</html>\n\t</xsl:template>\n</xsl:stylesheet>\n\nThe beautiful thing about XSL is its English syntax, if you say it out loud it tends to make sense. \n\nThe / value for the match attribute on line 8 is our first example of XPath syntax. The expression / matches any element \u2013 so this <xsl:template/> will match against any element in the document. As the first element in any XML document is the root element, this will be the one matched and processed first.\n\nOnce we get past our standard start of a HTML document, the only instruction remaining in this <xsl:template/> is to look for and match all <atom:feed/> elements using the <xsl:apply-templates/> in line 14, above.\n\n<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>\n<xsl:stylesheet version=\"1.0\"\n\txmlns:xsl=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform\"\n\txmlns:atom=\"http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom\"\n\txmlns:dc=\"http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/\">\n\t<xsl:output method=\"html\" encoding=\"utf-8\"/>\n\t<xsl:template match=\"/\">\n\t\t<xsl:apply-templates select=\"/atom:feed\"/>\n\t</xsl:template>\n\t<xsl:template match=\"/atom:feed\">\n\t\t<div id=\"content\">\n\t\t\t<h1>\n\t\t\t\t<xsl:value-of select=\"atom:title\"/>\n\t\t\t</h1>\n\t\t\t<p>\n\t\t\t\t<xsl:value-of select=\"atom:subtitle\"/>\n\t\t\t</p>\n\t\t\t<ul id=\"entries\">\n\t\t\t\t<xsl:apply-templates select=\"atom:entry\"/>\n\t\t\t</ul>\n\t\t</div>\n\t</xsl:template>\n</xsl:stylesheet>\n\nThis new template (line 12, above) matches <feed/> and starts to write the new HTML elements out to the output stream. The <xsl:value-of/> does exactly what you\u2019d expect \u2013 it finds the value of the item specifed in its select attribute. With XPath you can select any element or attribute from the source XML. \n\nThe last part is a repeat of the now familiar <xsl:apply-templates/> from before, but this time we\u2019re using it inside of a called template. Yep, XSL is full of recursion\u2026\n\n<xsl:template match=\"atom:entry\">\n\t<li class=\"entry\">\n\t\t<h2>\n\t\t\t<a href=\"{atom:link/@href}\">\n\t\t\t\t<xsl:value-of select=\"atom:title\"/>\n\t\t\t</a>\n\t\t</h2>\n\t\t<p class=\"date\">\n\t\t\t(<xsl:value-of select=\"substring-before(atom:updated,'T')\"/>)\n\t\t</p>\n\t\t<p class=\"content\">\n\t\t\t<xsl:value-of select=\"atom:content\" disable-output-escaping=\"yes\"/>\n\t\t</p>\n\t\t<xsl:apply-templates select=\"atom:category\"/>\n\t</li>\n</xsl:template>\n\nThe <xsl:template/> which matches atom:entry (line 1) occurs every time there is a <entry/> element in the source XML file. So in total that is 20 times, this is naturally why XSLT is full of recursion. This <xsl:template/> has been matched and therefore called higher up in the document, so we can start writing list elements directly to the output stream. The first part is simply a <h2/> with a link wrapped within it (lines 3-7). We can select attributes using XPath using @. \n\nThe second part of this template selects the date, but performs a XPath string function on it. This means that we only get the date and not the time from the string (line 9). This is achieved by getting only the part of the string that exists before the T. \n\nRegular Expressions are not part of the XPath 1.0 string functions, although XPath 2.0 does include them. Because of this, in XSL we tend to rely heavily on the available XML output. \n\nThe third part of the template (line 12) is a <xsl:value-of/> again, but this time we use an attribute of <xsl:value-of/> called disable output escaping to turn escaped characters back into XML. \n\nThe very last section is another <xsl:apply-template/> call, taking us three templates deep. Do not worry, it is not uncommon to write XSL which go 20 or more templates deep!\n\n<xsl:template match=\"atom:category\">\n\t<xsl:for-each select=\".\">\n\t\t<xsl:element name=\"a\">\n\t\t\t<xsl:attribute name=\"rel\">\n\t\t\t\t<xsl:text>tag</xsl:text>\n\t\t\t</xsl:attribute>\n\t\t\t<xsl:attribute name=\"href\">\n\t\t\t\t<xsl:value-of select=\"concat(@scheme, @term)\"/>\n\t\t\t</xsl:attribute>\n\t\t\t<xsl:value-of select=\"@term\"/>\n\t\t</xsl:element>\n\t\t<xsl:text> </xsl:text>\n\t</xsl:for-each>\n</xsl:template>\n\nIn our final <xsl:template/>, we see a combination of what we have done before with a couple of twists. Once we match atom:category we then count how many elements there are at that same level (line 2). The XPath . means \u2018self\u2019, so we count how many category elements are within the <entry/> element. \n\nFollowing that, we start to output a link with a rel attribute of the predefined text, tag (lines 4-6). In XSL you can just type text, but results can end up with strange whitespace if you do (although there are ways to simply remove all whitespace). \n\nThe only new XPath function in this example is concat(), which simply combines what XPaths or text there might be in the brackets. We end the output for this tag with an actual tag name (line 10) and we add a space afterwards (line 12) so it won\u2019t touch the next tag. (There are better ways to do this in XSL using the last() XPath function). \n\nAfter that, we go back to the <xsl:for-each/> element again if there is another category element, otherwise we end the <xsl:for-each/> loop and end this <xsl:template/>.\n\nA touch of style\n\nBecause we\u2019re using recursion through our templates, you will find this is the end of the templates and the rest of the XML will be ignored by the parser. Finally, we can add our CSS to finish up. (I have created one for Flickr and another for News feeds)\n\n<style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\">@import \"flickr_overview.css?v=001\";</style>\n\nSo we end up with a nice simple to understand but also quick to write XSL which can be used on ATOM Flickr feeds and ATOM News feeds. With a little playing around with XSL, you can make XML beautiful again.\n\nAll the files can be found in the zip file (14k)", "year": "2006", "author": "Ian Forrester", "author_slug": "ianforrester", "published": "2006-12-07T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/beautiful-xml-with-xsl/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 92, "title": "Redesigning the Media Query", "contents": "Responsive web design is showing us that designing content is more important than designing containers. But if you\u2019ve given RWD a serious try, you know that shifting your focus from the container is surprisingly hard to do. There are many factors and\ninstincts working against you, and one culprit is a perpetrator you\u2019d least suspect.\n\nThe media query is the ringmaster of responsive design. It lets us establish the rules of the game and gives us what we need most: control. However, like some kind of evil double agent, the media query is actually working against you.\n\nIts very nature diverts your attention away from content and forces you to focus on the container.\n\nThe very act of choosing a media query value means choosing a screen size.\n\nLook at the history of the media query\u2014it\u2019s always been about the container. Values like screen, print, handheld and tv don\u2019t have anything to do with content. The modern media query lets us choose screen dimensions, which is great because it makes RWD possible. But it\u2019s still the act of choosing something that is completely unpredictable.\n\nContent should dictate our breakpoints, not the container. In order to get our focus back to the only thing that matters, we need a reengineered media query\u2014one that frees us from thinking about screen dimensions. A media query that works for your content, not the window. Fortunately, Sass 3.2 is ready and willing to take on this challenge.\n\nThinking in Columns\n\nFluid grids never clicked for me. I feel so disoriented and confused by their squishiness. Responsive design demands their use though, right?\n\nI was ready to surrender until I found a grid that turned my world upright again. The Frameless Grid by Joni Korpi demonstrates that column and gutter sizes can stay fixed. As the screen size changes, you simply add or remove columns to accommodate. This made sense to me and armed with this concept I was able to give Sass the first component it needs to rewrite the media query: fixed column and gutter size variables.\n\n$grid-column: 60px;\n$grid-gutter: 20px;\n\nWe\u2019re going to want some resolution independence too, so let\u2019s create a function that converts those nasty pixel values into ems.\n\n@function em($px, $base: $base-font-size) {\n\t@return ($px / $base) * 1em;\n}\n\nWe now have the components needed to figure out the width of multiple columns in ems. Let\u2019s put them together in a function that will take any number of columns and return the fixed width value of their size.\n\n@function fixed($col) {\n\t@return $col * em($grid-column + $grid-gutter)\n}\n\nWith the math in place we can now write a mixin that takes a column count as a parameter, then generates the perfect media query necessary to fit that number of columns on the screen. We can also build in some left and right margin for our layout by adding an additional gutter value (remembering that we already have one gutter built into our fixed function).\n\n@mixin breakpoint($min) {\n\t@media (min-width: fixed($min) + em($grid-gutter)) {\n\t\t@content\n\t}\n}\n\nAnd, just like that, we\u2019ve rewritten the media query. Instead of picking a minimum screen size for our layout, we can simply determine the number of columns needed. Let\u2019s add a wrapper class so that we can center our content on the screen.\n\n@mixin breakpoint($min) {\n    @media (min-width: fixed($min) + em($grid-gutter)) {\n\t.wrapper {\n\t\twidth: fixed($min) - em($grid-gutter);\n\t\tmargin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\n\t}\n\t@content\n    }\n}\n\nDesigning content with a column count gives us nice, easy, whole numbers to work with. Sizing content, sidebars or widgets is now as simple as specifying a single-digit number.\n\n@include breakpoint(8) {\n\t.main { width: fixed(5); }\n\t.sidebar { width: fixed(3); }\n}\n\nThose four lines of Sass just created a responsive layout for us. When the screen is big enough to fit eight columns, it will trigger a fixed width layout. And give widths to our main content and sidebar. The following is the outputted CSS\u2026\n\n@media (min-width: 41.25em) {\n  .wrapper {\n    width: 38.75em;\n    margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\n  }\n  .main { width: 25em; }\n  .sidebar { width: 15em; }\n}\n\nDemo\n\nI\u2019ve created a Codepen demo that demonstrates what we\u2019ve covered so far. I\u2019ve added to the demo some grid classes based on Griddle by Nicolas Gallagher to create a floatless layout. I\u2019ve also added a CSS gradient overlay to help you visualize columns. Try changing the column variable sizes or the breakpoint includes to see how the layout reacts to different screen sizes.\n\nResponsive Images\n\nResponsive images are a serious problem, but I\u2019m excited to see the community talk so passionately about a solution. Now, there are some excellent stopgaps while we wait for something official, but these solutions require you to mirror your breakpoints in JavaScript or HTML. This poses a serious problem for my Sass-generated media queries, because I have no idea what the real values of my breakpoints are anymore. For responsive images to work, JavaScript needs to recognize which media query is active so that proper images can be loaded for that layout.\n\nWhat I need is a way to label my breakpoints. Fortunately, people much smarter than I have figured this out. Jeremy Keith devised a labeling method by using CSS-generated content as the storage method for breakpoint labels. We can use this technique in our breakpoint mixin by passing a label as another argument.\n\n@include breakpoint(8, 'desktop') { /* styles */ }\n\nSass can take that label and use it when writing the corresponding media query. We just need to slightly modify our breakpoint mixin.\n\n@mixin breakpoint($min, $label) {\n    @media (min-width: fixed($min) + em($grid-gutter)) {\n\n        // label our mq with CSS generated content\n\tbody::before { content: $label; display: none; }\n\n\t.wrapper {\n\t\twidth: fixed($min) - em($grid-gutter);\n\t\tmargin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\n\t}\n\t@content\n    }\n}\n\nThis allows us to label our breakpoints with a user-friendly string. Now that our media queries are defined and labeled, we just need JavaScript to step in and read which label is active.\n\n// get css generated label for active media query\nvar label = getComputedStyle(document.body, '::before')['content'];\n\nJavaScript now knows which layout is active by reading the label in the current media query\u2014we just need to match that label to an image. I prefer to store references to different image sizes as data attributes on my image tag.\n\n<img class=\"responsive-image\" data-mobile=\"mobile.jpg\" data-desktop=\"desktop.jpg\" />\n<noscript><img src=\"desktop.jpg\" /></noscript>\n\nThese data attributes have names that match the labels set in my CSS. So while there is some duplication going on, setting a keyword like \u2018tablet\u2019 in two places is much easier than hardcoding media query values. With matching labels in CSS and HTML our script can marry the two and load the right sized image for our layout.\n\n// get css generated label for active media query\nvar label = getComputedStyle(document.body, '::before')['content'];\n\n// select image\nvar $image = $('.responsive-image');\n\n// create source from data attribute\n$image.attr('src', $image.data(label));\n\nDemo\n\nWith some slight additions to our previous Codepen demo you can see this responsive image technique in action. While the above JavaScript will work it is not nearly robust enough for production so the demo uses a jQuery plugin that can accomodate multiple images, reloading on screen resize and fallbacks if something doesn\u2019t match up.\n\nCreating a Framework\n\nThis media query mixin and responsive image JavaScript are the center piece of a front end framework I use to develop websites. It\u2019s a fluid, mobile first foundation that uses the breakpoint mixin to structure fixed width layouts for tablet and desktop. Significant effort was focused on making this framework completely cross-browser. For example, one of the problems with using media queries is that essential desktop structure code ends up being hidden from legacy Internet Explorer. Respond.js is an excellent polyfill, but if you\u2019re comfortable serving a single desktop layout to older IE, we don\u2019t need JavaScript. We simply need to capture layout code outside of a media query and sandbox it under an IE only class name.\n\n// set IE fallback layout to 8 columns\n$ie-support = 8;\n\n// inside of our breakpoint mixin (but outside the media query)\n@if ($ie-support and $min <= $ie-support) {\n\t.lt-ie9 { @content; }\n}\n\nPerspective Regained\n\nThinking in columns means you are thinking about content layout. How big of a screen do you need for 12 columns? Who cares? Having Sass write media queries means you can use intuitive numbers for content layout. A fixed grid means more layout control and less edge cases to test than a fluid grid. Using CSS labels for activating responsive images means you don\u2019t have to duplicate breakpoints across separations of concern. \n\nIt\u2019s a harmonious blend of approaches that gives us something we need\u2014responsive design that feels intuitive. And design that, from the very outset, focuses on what matters most. Just like our kindergarten teachers taught us: It\u2019s what\u2019s inside that counts.", "year": "2012", "author": "Les James", "author_slug": "lesjames", "published": "2012-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/redesigning-the-media-query/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 263, "title": "Securing Your Site like It\u2019s 1999", "contents": "Running a website in the early years of the web was a scary business. The web was an evolving medium, and people were finding new uses for it almost every day. From book stores to online auctions, the web was an expanding universe of new possibilities.\nAs the web evolved, so too did the knowledge of its inherent security vulnerabilities. Clever tricks that were played on one site could be copied on literally hundreds of other sites. It was a normal sight to log in to a website to find nothing working because someone had breached its defences and deleted its database. Lessons in web security in those days were hard-earned.\nWhat follows are examples of critical mistakes that brought down several early websites, and how you can help protect yourself and your team from the same fate.\nBad input validation: Trusting anything the user sends you\nOur story begins in the most unlikely place: Animal Crossing. Animal Crossing was a 2001 video game set in a quaint town, filled with happy-go-lucky inhabitants that co-exist peacefully. Like most video games, Animal Crossing was the subject of many fan communities on the early web.\nOne such unofficial web forum was dedicated to players discussing their adventures in Animal Crossing. Players could trade secrets, ask for help, and share pictures of their virtual homes. This might sound like a model community to you, but you would be wrong.\nOne day, a player discovered a hidden field in the forum\u2019s user profile form. Normally, this page allows users to change their name, their password, or their profile photo. This person discovered that the hidden field contained their unique user ID, which identifies them when the forum\u2019s backend saves profile changes to its database. They discovered that by modifying the form to change the user ID, they could make changes to any other player\u2019s profile.\nNeedless to say, this idyllic online community descended into chaos. Users changed each other\u2019s passwords, deleted each other\u2019s messages, and attacked each-other under the cover of complete anonymity. What happened?\nThere aren\u2019t any official rules for developing software on the web. But if there were, my golden rule would be:\nNever trust user input. Ever.\nAlways ask yourself how users will send you data that isn\u2019t what it seems to be. If the nicest community of gamers playing the happiest game on earth can turn on each other, nowhere on the web is safe.\nMake sure you validate user input to make sure it\u2019s of the correct type (e.g. string, number, JSON string) and that it\u2019s the length that you were expecting. Don\u2019t forget that user input doesn\u2019t become safe once it is stored in your database; any data that originates from outside your network can still be dangerous and must be escaped before it is inserted into HTML.\nMake sure to check a user\u2019s actions against what they are allowed to do. Create a clear access control policy that defines what actions a user may take, and to whose data they are allowed access to. For example, a newly-registered user should not be allowed to change the user profile of a web forum\u2019s owner.\nFinally, never rely on client-side validation. Validating user input in the browser is a convenience to the user, not a security measure. Always assume the user has full control over any data sent from the browser and make sure you validate any data sent to your backend from the outside world.\nSQL injection: Allowing the user to run their own database queries\nA long time ago, my favourite website was a web forum dedicated to the Final Fantasy video game series. Like the users of the Animal Crossing forum, I\u2019d while away many hours arguing with other people on the internet about my favourite characters, my favourite stories, and the greatest controversies of the day.\nOne day, I noticed people were acting strangely. Users were being uncharacteristically nasty and posting in private areas of the forum they wouldn\u2019t normally have access to. Then messages started disappearing, and user accounts for well-respected people were banned.\nIt turns out someone had discovered a way of logging in to any other user account, using a secret password that allowed them to do literally anything they wanted. What was this password that granted untold power to those who wielded it?\n' OR '1'='1\nSQL is a computer language that is used to query databases. When you fill out a login form, just like the one above, your username and your password are usually inserted into an SQL query like this:\n\nSELECT COUNT(*)\nFROM USERS\nWHERE USERNAME='Alice'\nAND PASSWORD='hunter2'\nThis query selects users from the database that match the username Alice and the password hunter2. If there is at least one user matching record, the user will be granted access. Let\u2019s see what happens when we use our magic password instead!\n\nSELECT COUNT(*)\nFROM USERS\nWHERE USERNAME='Admin'\nAND PASSWORD='' OR '1'='1'\nDoes the password look like part of the query to you? That\u2019s because it is! This password is a deliberate attempt to inject our own SQL into the query, hence the term SQL injection. The query is now looking for users matching the username Admin, with a password that is blank, or 1=1. In an SQL query, 1=1 is always true, which makes this query select every single record in the database. As long as the forum software is checking for at least one matching user, it will grant the person logging in access. This password will work for any user registered on the forum!\nSo how can you protect yourself from SQL injection?\nNever build SQL queries by concatenating strings. Instead, use parameterised query tools. PHP offers prepared statements, and Node.JS has the knex package. Alternatively, you can use an ORM tool, such as Propel or sequelize.\nExpert help in the form of language features or software tools is a key ally for securing your code. Get all the help you can!\nCross site request forgery: Getting other users to do your dirty work for you\nDo you remember Netflix? Not the Netflix we have now, the Netflix that used to rent you DVDs by mailing them to you. My next story is about how someone managed to convince Netflix users to send him their DVDs - free of charge.\nHave you ever clicked on a hyperlink, only to find something that you weren\u2019t expecting? If you were lucky, you might have just gotten Rickrolled. If you were unlucky\u2026\nLet\u2019s just say there are older and fouler things than Rick Astley in the dark places of the web.\nWhat if you could convince people to visit a page you controlled? And what if those people were Netflix users, and they were logged in? In 2006, Dave Ferguson did just that. He created a harmless-looking page with an image on it:\n<img src=\"http://www.netflix.com/JSON/AddToQueue?movieid=70110672\" />\nDid you notice the source URL of the image? It\u2019s deliberately crafted to add a particular DVD to your queue. Sprinkle in a few more requests to change the user\u2019s name and shipping address, and you could ship yourself DVDs completely free of charge!\nThis attack is possible when websites unconditionally trust a user\u2019s session cookies without checking where HTTP requests come from.\nThe first check you can make is to verify that a request\u2019s origin and referer headers match the location of the website. These headers can\u2019t be programmatically set.\nAnother check you can use is to add CSRF tokens to your web forms, to verify requests have come from an actual form on your website. Tokens are long, unpredictable, unique strings that are generated by your server and inserted into web forms. When users complete a form, the form data sent to the server can be checked for a recently generated token. This is an effective deterrent of CSRF attacks because CSRF tokens aren\u2019t stored in cookies.\nYou can also set SameSite=Strict when setting cookies with the Set-Cookie HTTP header. This communicates to browsers that cookies are not to be sent with cross-site requests. This is a relatively new feature, though it is well supported in evergreen browsers.\nCross site scripting: Someone else\u2019s code running on your website\nIn 2005, Samy Kamkar became famous for having lots of friends. Lots and lots of friends.\nSamy enjoyed using MySpace which, at the time, was the world\u2019s largest social network. Social networks at that time were more limited than today. For instance, MySpace let you upload photos to your photo gallery, but capped the limit at twelve. Twelve photos. At least you didn\u2019t have to wade through photos of avocado toast back then\u2026\nSamy discovered that MySpace also locked down the kinds of content that you could post on your MySpace page. He discovered he could inject <img /> and <div /> tags into his headline, but <script /> was filtered. MySpace wasn\u2019t about to let someone else run their own code on MySpace.\nIntrigued, Samy set about finding out exactly what he could do with <img /> and <div /> tags. He found that you could add style properties to <div /> tags to style them with CSS.\n<div style=\"background:url('javascript:alert(1)')\">\nThis code only worked in Internet Explorer and in some versions of Safari, but that was plenty of people to befriend. However, MySpace was prepared for this: they also filtered the word javascript from <div />.\n<div style=\"background:url('java\nscript:alert(1)')\">\nSamy discovered that by inserting a line break into his code, MySpace would not filter out the word javascript. The browser would continue to run the code just fine! Samy had now broken past MySpace\u2019s first line of defence and was able to start running code on his profile page. Now he started looking at what he could do with that code.\nalert(document.body.innerHTML)\nSamy wondered if he could inspect the page\u2019s source to find the details of other MySpace users to befriend. To do this, you would normally use document.body.innerHTML, but MySpace had filtered this too.\nalert(eval('document.body.inne' + 'rHTML'))\nThis isn\u2019t a problem if you build up JavaScript code inside a string and execute it using the eval() function. This trick also worked with XMLHttpRequest.onReadyStateChange, which allowed Samy to send friend requests to the MySpace API and install the JavaScript code on his new friends\u2019 pages.\nOne final obstacle stood in his way. The same origin policy is a security mechanism that prevents scripts hosted on one domain interacting with sites hosted on another domain.\nif (location.hostname == 'profile.myspace.com') {\n  document.location = 'http://www.myspace.com'\n  + location.pathname + location.search\n}\nSamy discovered that only the http://www.myspace.com domain would accept his API requests, and requests from http://profile.myspace.com were being blocked by the browser\u2019s same-origin policy. By redirecting the browser to http://www.myspace.com, he discovered that he could load profile pages and successfully make requests to MySpace\u2019s API. Samy installed this code on his profile page, and he waited.\n\nOver the course of the next day, over a million people unwittingly installed Samy\u2019s code into their MySpace profile pages and invited their friends. The load of friend requests on MySpace was so large that the site buckled and shut down. It took them two hours to remove Samy\u2019s code and patch the security holes he exploited. Samy was raided by the United States secret service and sentenced to do 90 days of community service.\nThis is the power of installing a little bit of JavaScript on someone else\u2019s website. It is called cross site scripting, and its effects can be devastating. It is suspected that cross-site scripting was to blame for the 2018 British Airways breach that leaked the credit card details of 380,000 people.\nSo how can you help protect yourself from cross-site scripting?\nAlways sanitise user input when it comes in, using a library such as sanitize-html. Open source tools like this benefit from hundreds of hours of work from dozens of experienced contributors. Don\u2019t be tempted to roll your own protection. MySpace was prepared, but they were not prepared enough. It makes no sense to turn this kind of help down.\nYou can also use an auto-escaping templating language to make sure nobody else\u2019s HTML can get into your pages. Both Angular and React will do this for you, and they are extremely convenient to use.\nYou should also implement a content security policy to restrict the domains that content like scripts and stylesheets can be loaded from. Loading content from sites not under your control is a significant security risk, and you should use a CSP to lock this down to only the sources you trust. CSP can also block the use of the eval() function.\nFor content not under your control, consider setting up sub-resource integrity protection. This allows you to add hashes to stylesheets and scripts you include on your website. Hashes are like fingerprints for digital files; if the content changes, so does the fingerprint. Adding hashes will allow your browser to keep your site safe if the content changes without you knowing.\nnpm audit: Protecting yourself from code you don\u2019t own\nJavaScript and npm run the modern web. Together, they make it easy to take advantage of the world\u2019s largest public registry of open source software. How do you protect yourself from code written by someone you\u2019ve never met? Enter npm audit.\nnpm audit reviews the security of your website\u2019s dependency tree. You can start using it by upgrading to the latest version of npm:\nnpm install npm -g\nnpm audit\nWhen you run npm audit, npm submits a description of your dependencies to the Registry, which returns a report of known vulnerabilities for the packages you have installed.\n\nIf your website has a known cross-site scripting vulnerability, npm audit will tell you about it. What\u2019s more, if the vulnerability has been patched, running npm audit fix will automatically install the patched package for you!\nSecuring your site like it\u2019s 2019\nThe truth is that since the early days of the web, the stakes of a security breach have become much, much higher. The web is so much more than fandom and mailing DVDs - online banking is now mainstream, social media and dating websites store intimate information about our personal lives, and we are even inviting the internet into our homes.\nHowever, we have powerful new allies helping us stay safe. There are more resources than ever before to teach us how to write secure code. Tools like Angular and React are designed with security features baked-in from the start. We have a new generation of security tools like npm audit to watch over our dependencies.\nAs we roll over into 2019, let\u2019s take the opportunity to reflect on the security of the code we write and be grateful for the everything we\u2019ve learned in the last twenty years.", "year": "2018", "author": "Katie Fenn", "author_slug": "katiefenn", "published": "2018-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/securing-your-site-like-its-1999/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 42, "title": "An Overview of SVG Sprite Creation Techniques", "contents": "SVG can be used as an icon system to replace icon fonts. The reasons why SVG makes for a superior icon system are numerous, but we won\u2019t be going over them in this article. If you don\u2019t use SVG icons and are interested in knowing why you may want to use them, I recommend you check out \u201cInline SVG vs Icon Fonts\u201d by Chris Coyier \u2013 it covers the most important aspects of both systems and compares them with each other to help you make a better decision about which system to choose.\n\nOnce you\u2019ve made the decision to use SVG instead of icon fonts, you\u2019ll need to think of the best way to optimise the delivery of your icons, and ways to make the creation and use of icons faster.\n\nJust like bitmaps, we can create image sprites with SVG \u2013 they don\u2019t look or work exactly alike, but the basic concept is pretty much the same.\n\nThere are several ways to create SVG sprites, and this article will give you an overview of three of them. While we\u2019re at it, we\u2019re going to take a look at some of the available tools used to automate sprite creation and fallback for us.\n\nPrerequisites\n\nThe content of this article assumes you are familiar with SVG. If you\u2019ve never worked with SVG before, you may want to look at some of the introductory tutorials covering SVG syntax, structure and embedding techniques. I recommend the following:\n\n\n\tSVG basics: Using SVG.\n\tStructure: Structuring, Grouping, and Referencing in SVG  \u2014  The <g>, <use>, <defs> and <symbol> Elements. We\u2019ll mention <use> and <symbol> quite a bit in this article.\n\tEmbedding techniques: Styling and Animating SVGs with CSS. The article covers several topics, but the section linked focuses on embedding techniques.\n\tA compendium of SVG resources compiled by Chris Coyier  \u2014  contains resources to almost every aspect of SVG you might be interested in.\n\n\nAnd if you\u2019re completely new to the concept of spriting, Chris Coyier\u2019s CSS Sprites explains all about them.\n\nAnother important SVG feature is the viewBox attribute. For some of the techniques, knowing your way around this attribute is not required, but it\u2019s definitely more useful if you understand \u2013 even if just vaguely \u2013 how it works. The last technique mentioned in the article requires that you do know the attribute\u2019s syntax and how to use it. To learn all about viewBox, you can refer to my blog post about SVG coordinate systems.\n\nWith the prerequisites in place, let\u2019s move on to spriting SVGs!\n\nBefore you sprite\u2026\n\nIn order to create an SVG sprite with your icons, you\u2019ll of course need to have these icons ready for use.\n\nSome spriting tools require that you place your icons in a folder to which a certain spriting process is to be applied. As such, for all of the upcoming sections we\u2019ll work on the assumption that our SVG icons are placed in a folder named SVG.\n\nEach icon is an individual .svg file.\n\nYou\u2019ll need to make sure each icon is well-prepared and optimised for use \u2013 make sure you\u2019ve cleaned up the code by running it through one of the optimisation tools or processes available (or doing it manually if it\u2019s not tedious).\n\nAfter prepping the icon files and placing them in a folder, we\u2019re ready to create our SVG sprite.\n\nHTML inline SVG sprites\n\nSince SVG is XML code, it can be embedded inline in an HTML document as a code island using the <svg> element. Chris Coyier wrote about this technique first on CSS-Tricks.\n\nThe embedded SVG will serve as a container for our icons and is going to be the actual sprite we\u2019re going to use. So we\u2019ll start by including the SVG in our document.\n\n<!DOCTYPE html>\n<!-- HTML document stuff -->\n\n<svg style=\"display:none;\">\n  <!-- icons here -->\n</svg>\n\n<!-- other document stuff -->\n</html>\n\nNext, we\u2019re going to place the icons inside the <svg>. Each icon will be wrapped in a <symbol> element we can then reference and use elsewhere in the page using the SVG <use> element. The <symbol> element has many benefits, and we\u2019re using it because it allows us to define a symbol (which is a convenient markup for an icon) without rendering that symbol on the screen. The elements defined inside <symbol> will only be rendered when they are referenced \u2013 or called \u2013 by the <use> element.\n\nMoreover, <symbol> can have its own viewBox attribute, which makes it possible to control the positioning of its content inside its container at any time.\n\nBefore we move on, I\u2019d like to shed some light on the style=\"display:none;\" part of the snippet above. Without setting the display of the SVG to none, and even though its contents are not rendered on the page, the SVG will still take up space in the page, resulting in a big empty area. In order to avoid that, we\u2019re hiding the SVG entirely with CSS.\n\nNow, suppose we have a Twitter icon in the icons folder. twitter.svg might look something like this:\n\n<!-- twitter.svg -->\n<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>\n<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd\">\n<svg version=\"1.1\" xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/2000/svg\" xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" width=\"32\" height=\"32\" viewBox=\"0 0 32 32\">\n<path d=\"M32 6.076c-1.177 0.522-2.443 0.875-3.771 1.034 1.355-0.813 2.396-2.099 2.887-3.632-1.269 0.752-2.674 1.299-4.169 1.593-1.198-1.276-2.904-2.073-4.792-2.073-3.626 0-6.565 2.939-6.565 6.565 0 0.515 0.058 1.016 0.17 1.496-5.456-0.274-10.294-2.888-13.532-6.86-0.565 0.97-0.889 2.097-0.889 3.301 0 2.278 1.159 4.287 2.921 5.465-1.076-0.034-2.088-0.329-2.974-0.821-0.001 0.027-0.001 0.055-0.001 0.083 0 3.181 2.263 5.834 5.266 6.437-0.551 0.15-1.131 0.23-1.73 0.23-0.423 0-0.834-0.041-1.235-0.118 0.835 2.608 3.26 4.506 6.133 4.559-2.247 1.761-5.078 2.81-8.154 2.81-0.53 0-1.052-0.031-1.566-0.092 2.905 1.863 6.356 2.95 10.064 2.95 12.076 0 18.679-10.004 18.679-18.68 0-0.285-0.006-0.568-0.019-0.849 1.283-0.926 2.396-2.082 3.276-3.398z\" fill=\"#000000\"></path>\n</svg>\n\nWe don\u2019t need the root svg element, so we\u2019ll strip the code and only keep the parts that make up the Twitter icon\u2019s shape, which in this example is just the <path> element.Let\u2019s drop that into the sprite container like so:\n\n<svg style=\"display:none;\">\n  <symbol id=\"twitter-icon\" viewBox=\"0 0 32 32\">\n    <path d=\"M32 6.076c-1.177 \u2026\" fill=\"#000000\"></path>\n  </symbol>\n\n <!-- remaining icons here -->\n  <symbol id=\"instagram-icon\" viewBox=\"0 0 32 32\">\n   <!-- icon contents -->\n  </symbol>\n\n  <!-- etc. -->\n</svg>\n\nRepeat for the other icons.\n\nThe value of the <symbol> element\u2019s viewBox attribute depends on the size of the SVG. You don\u2019t need to know how the viewBox works to use it in this case. Its value is made up of four parts: the first two will almost always be \u201c0 0\u201d; the second two will be equal to the size of the icon. For example, our Twitter icon is 32px by 32px (see twitter.svg above), so the viewBox value is \u201c0 0 32 32\u201d.\n\nThat said, it is certainly useful to understand how the viewBox works \u2013 it can help you troubleshoot SVG sometimes and gives you better control over it, allowing you to scale, position and even crop SVGs manually without having to resort to an editor. My blog post explains all about the viewBox attribute and its related attributes.\n\nOnce you have your SVG sprite ready, you can display the icons anywhere on the page by referencing them using the SVG <use> element:\n\n<svg class=\"twitter-icon\">\n  <use xlink:href=\"#twitter-icon\"></use>\n<svg>\n\nAnd that\u2019s all there is to it!\n\nHTML-inline SVG sprites are simple to create and use, but when you have a lot of icons (and the more icon sets you create) it can easily become daunting if you have to manually transfer the icons into the <svg>. Fortunately, you don\u2019t have to do that. Fabrice Weinberg created a Grunt plugin called grunt-svgstore which takes the icons in your SVG folder and generates the SVG sprites for you; all you have to do is just drop the sprites into your page and use the icons like we did earlier.\n\nThis technique works in all browsers supporting SVG. There seems to be a bug in Safari on iOS which causes the icons not to show up when the SVG sprite is defined at the bottom of the document after the <use> references to the icons, so it\u2019s safest to include the sprite before you use the icons until this bug is fixed.\n\nThis technique has one disadvantage: the SVG sprite cannot be cached. We\u2019re saving an extra HTTP request here but the browser cannot cache the image, so we aren\u2019t speeding up any subsequent page loads by inlining the SVG. There must be a better way \u2013 and there is.\n\nStyling the icons is possible, but getting deep into the styles becomes a bit harder owing to the nature of the contents of the <use> element \u2013 these contents are cloned into a shadow DOM, and hence selecting elements in CSS the traditional way is not possible. However, some techniques to work around that do exist, and give us slightly more styling flexibility. Animations work as expected.\n\nReferencing an external SVG sprite in HTML\n\nInstead of including the SVG inline in the document, you can reference the sprite and the icons inside it externally, taking advantage of fragment identifiers to select individual icons in the sprite.\n\nFor example, the above reference to the Twitter icon would look something like this instead:\n\n<svg class=\"twitter-icon\">\n  <use xlink:href=\"path/to/icons.svg#twitter-icon\"></use>\n<svg>\n\n\nicons.svg is the name of the SVG file that contains all of our icons as symbols, and the fragment identifier #twitter-icon is the reference to the <symbol> wrapping the Twitter icon\u2019s contents. Very convenient, isn\u2019t it? The browser will request the sprite and then cache it, speeding up subsequent page loads. Win!\n\nThis technique also works in all browsers supporting SVG except Internet Explorer \u2013 not even IE9+ with SVG support permits this technique. No version of IE supports referencing an external SVG in <use>.\n\nFortunately (again), Jonathan Neil has created a plugin called svg4everybody which fills this gap in IE; you can reference an external sprite in <use> and also provide fallback for browsers that do not support SVG. However, it requires you to have the fallback images (PNG or JPEG, for example) available to do so. For details, refer to the plugin\u2019s Github repository\u2019s readme file.\n\nCSS inline SVG sprites\n\nAnother way to create an SVG sprite is by inlining the SVG icons in a style sheet using data URIs, and providing fallback for non-supporting browsers \u2013 also within the CSS.\n\nUsing this approach, we\u2019re turning the style sheet into the sprite that includes our icons. The style sheet is normally cached by the browser, so we have that concern out of the way.\n\nThis technique is put into practice in Filament Group\u2019s icon system approach, which uses their Grunticon plugin \u2013 or its sister Grumpicon web app \u2013 for generating the necessary CSS for the sprite. As such, we\u2019re going to cover this technique by following a workflow that uses one of these tools.\n\nAgain, we start with our icon SVG files. To focus on the actual spriting method and not on the tooling, I\u2019ll go over the process of sprite creation using the Grumpicon web app, instead of the Grunticon plugin. Both tools generate the same resources that we\u2019re going to use for the icon system. Whether you choose the web app or the Grunt set-up, after processing your SVG folder you\u2019re going to end up with the same set of resources that we\u2019ll be using throughout this section.\n\nThe first step is to drop your icons into the Grumpicon web app.\n\n Grumpicon homepage screenshot.\n\nThe application will then show you a preview of your icons, and a download button will allow you to download the generated files. These files will contain everything you need for your icon system \u2013 all that\u2019s left is for you to drop the generated files and code into your project as recommended and you\u2019ll have your sprite and icons ready to use anywhere you want in your page.\n\nGrumpicon generates five files and one folder in the downloaded package: a png folder containing PNG versions of your icons; three style sheets (that we\u2019ll go over briefly); a loader script file; and preview.html which is a live example showing you the other files in action.\n\nThe script in the loader goes into the <head> of your page. This script handles browser and feature detection, and requests the necessary style sheet depending on browser support for SVG and base64 data URIs. If you view the source code of the preview page, you can see exactly how the script is added.\n\nicons.data.svg.css is the style sheet that contains your icons \u2013 the sprite. The icons are embedded inline inside the style sheet using data URIs, and applied to elements of your choice as background images, using class names. For example:\n\n.twitter-icon{\n    background-image: url('data:image/svg+xml;\u2026'); /* the ellipsis is where the icon\u2019s data would go */\n    background-repeat: no-repeat;\n    background-position: 50% 50%;\n    height: 2em;\n    width: 2em;\n    /* etc. */\n}\n\nThen, you only have to apply the twitter-icon class name to an element in your HTML to apply the icon as a background to it:\n\n<span class=\"twitter-icon\"></span>\n\nAnd that\u2019s all you need to do to get an icon on the page.\n\nicons.data.svg.css, along with the other two style sheets and the png folder should be added to your CSS folder.\n\nicons.data.png.css is the style sheet the script will load in browsers that don\u2019t support SVG, such as IE8. Fallback for the inline SVG is provided as a base64-encoded PNG. For instance, the fallback for the Twitter icon from our example would look like so:\n\n.twitter-icon{\n    background-image: url('data:image/png;base64;\u2026\u2019);\n    /* etc. */\n}\n\nicons.fallback.css is the style sheet required for browsers that don\u2019t support base64-encoded PNGs \u2013 the PNG images are loaded as usual using the image\u2019s URL. The script will load this style sheet for IE6 and IE7, for example.\n\n.twitter-icon{\n    background-image: url(png/twitter-icon.png);\n    /* etc. */\n}\n\nThis technique is very different from the previous one. The sprite in this case is literally the style sheet, not an SVG container, and the icon usage is very similar to that of a CSS sprite \u2013 the icons are provided as background images.\n\nThis technique has advantages and disadvantages. For the sake of brevity, I won\u2019t go into further details, but the main limitations worth mentioning are that SVGs embedded as background images cannot be styled with CSS; and animations are restricted to those defined inside the <svg> for each icon. CSS interactions (such as hover effects) don\u2019t work either. Thus, to apply an effect for an icon that changes its color on hover, for example, you\u2019ll need to export a set of SVGs for each colour in order for Grumpicon to create matching fallback PNG images that can then be used for the animation.\n\nFor more details about the Grumpicon workflow, I recommend you check out \u201cA Designer\u2019s Guide to Grumpicon\u201d on Filament Group\u2019s website.\n\nUsing SVG fragment identifiers and views\n\nThis spriting technique is, again, different from the previous ones, and it is my personal favourite.\n\nSVG comes with a standard way of cropping to a specific area in a particular SVG image. If you\u2019ve ever worked with CSS sprites before then this definitely sounds familiar: it\u2019s almost exactly what we do with CSS sprites \u2013 the image containing all of the icons is cropped, so to speak, to show only the one icon that we want in the background positioning area of the element, using background size and positioning properties.\n\nInstead of using background properties, we\u2019ll be using SVG\u2019s viewBox attribute to crop our SVG to the specific icon we want.\n\nWhat I like about this technique is that it is more visual than the previous ones. Using this technique, the SVG sprite is treated like an actual image containing other images (the icons), instead of treating it as a piece of code containing other code.\n\nAgain, our SVG icons are placed inside a main SVG container that is going to be our SVG sprite. If you\u2019re working in a graphics editor, position or arrange your icons inside the canvas any way you want them to be, and then export the graphic as is. Of course, the less empty space there is in your SVG, the better.\n\nIn our example, the sprite contains three icons as shown in the following image. The sprite is open in Sketch. Notice how the SVG is just big enough to fit the icons inside it. It doesn\u2019t have to be like this, but it\u2019s cleaner this way.\n\n Screenshot showing the SVG sprite containing our icons.\n\nNow, suppose you want to display only the Instagram icon. Using the SVG viewBox attribute, we can crop the SVG to the icon. The Instagram icon is positioned at 64px along the positive x-axis, and zero pixels along the y-axis. It is also 32px by 32px in size.\n\n Screenshot showing the position (offset) of the Instagram icon inside the SVG sprite, and its size.\n\nUsing this information, we can specify the value of the viewBox as: 64 0 32 32. This area of the view box contains only the Instagram icon. 64 0 specifies the top-left corner of the view box area, and 32 32 specify its dimensions.\n\nNow, if we were to change the viewBox value on the SVG sprite to this value, only the Instagram icon will be visible inside the SVG viewport. Great. But how do we use this information to display the icon in our page using our sprite?\n\nSVG comes with a native way to link to portions or areas of an image using fragment identifiers. Fragment identifiers are used to link into a particular view area of an SVG document. Thus, using a fragment identifier and the boundaries of the area that we want (from the viewBox), we can link to that area and display it.\n\nFor example, if you want to display the icon from the sprite using an <img> tag, you can reference the icon in the sprite like so:\n\n<img src='uiIcons.svg#svgView(viewBox(64, 0, 32, 32))' alt=\"Settings icon\"/>\n\nThe fragment identifier in the snippet above (#svgView(viewBox(64, 0, 32, 32))) is the important part. This will result in only the Instagram icon\u2019s area of the sprite being displayed.\n\nThere is also another way to do this, using the SVG <view> element. The <view> element can be used to define a view area and then reference that area somewhere else. For example, to define the view box containing the Instagram icon, we can do the following:\n\n<view id='instagram-icon' viewBox='64 0 32 32' />\n\nThen, we can reference this view in our <img> element like this:\n\n<img src='sprite.svg#instagram-icon' alt=\"Instagram icon\" />\n\nThe best part about this technique \u2013 besides the ability to reference an external SVG and hence make use of browser caching \u2013 is that it allows us to use practically any SVG embedding technique and does not restrict us to specific tags.\n\nIt goes without saying that this feature can be used for more than just icon systems, owing to viewBox\u2019s power in controlling an SVG\u2019s viewable area.\n\nSVG fragment identifiers have decent browser support, but the technique is buggy in Safari: there is a bug that causes problems when loading a server SVG file and then using fragment identifiers with it. Bear Travis has documented the issue and a workaround.\n\nWhere to go from here\n\nPick the technique that works best for your project. Each technique has its own pros and cons, relating to convenience and maintainability, performance, and styling and scripting. Each technique also requires its own fallback mechanism.\n\nThe spriting techniques mentioned here are not the only techniques available. Other methods exist, such as SVG stacks, and others may surface in future, but these are the three main ones today.\n\nThe third technique using SVG\u2019s built-in viewBox features is my favourite, and with better browser support and fewer (ideally, no) bugs, I believe it is more likely to become the standard way to create and use SVG sprites. Fallback techniques can be created, of course, in one of many possible ways.\n\nDo you use SVG for your icon system? If so, which is your favourite technique? Do you know or have worked with other ways for creating SVG sprites?", "year": "2014", "author": "Sara Soueidan", "author_slug": "sarasoueidan", "published": "2014-12-16T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/an-overview-of-svg-sprite-creation-techniques/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 110, "title": "Shiny Happy Buttons", "contents": "Since Mac OS X burst onto our screens, glossy, glassy, shiny buttons have been almost de rigeur, and have essentially, along with reflections and rounded corners, become a clich\u00e9 of Web 2.0 \u201cdesign\u201d. But if you can\u2019t beat \u2018em you\u2019d better join \u2018em. So, in this little contribution to our advent calendar, we\u2019re going to take a plain old boring HTML button, and 2.0 it up the wazoo. \n\nBut, here\u2019s the catch. We\u2019ll use no images, either in our HTML or our CSS. No sliding doors, no image replacement techniques. Just straight up, CSS, CSS3 and a bit of experimental CSS. And, it will be compatible with pretty much any browser (though with some progressive enhancement for those who keep up with the latest browsers).\n\nThe HTML\n\nWe\u2019ll start with our HTML.\n\n<button type=\"submit\">This is a shiny button</button>\n\nOK, so it\u2019s not shiny yet \u2013 but boy will it ever be.\n\nBefore styling, that\u2019s going to look like this.\n\nIronically, depending on the operating system and browser you are using, it may well be a shiny button already, but that\u2019s not the point. We want to make it shiny 2.0. Our mission is to make it look something like this\n\n\n\nIf you want to follow along at home keep in mind that depending on which browser you are using you may see fewer of the CSS effects we\u2019ve added to create the button. As of writing, only in Safari are all the effects we\u2019ll apply supported.\n\nTaking a look at our finished product, here\u2019s what we\u2019ve done to it:\n\n\n\tWe\u2019ve given the button some padding and a width.\n\tWe\u2019ve changed the text color, and given the text a drop shadow.\n\tWe\u2019ve given the button a border.\n\tWe\u2019ve given the button some rounded corners.\n\tWe\u2019ve given the button a drop shadow.\n\tWe\u2019ve given the button a gradient background.\n\n\nand remember, all without using any images.\n\nStyling the button\n\nSo, let\u2019s get to work.\n\nFirst, we\u2019ll add given the element some padding and a width:\n\nbutton {\n\tpadding: .5em;\n\twidth: 15em;\n}\n\nNext, we\u2019ll add the text color, and the drop shadow:\n\ncolor: #ffffff;\ntext-shadow: 1px 1px 1px #000;\n\nA note on text-shadow\n\nIf you\u2019ve not seen text-shadows before well, here\u2019s the quick back-story. Text shadow was introduced in CSS2, but only supported in Safari (version 1!) some years later. It was removed from CSS2.1, but returned in CSS3 (in the text module). It\u2019s now supported in Safari, Opera and Firefox (3.1). Internet Explorer has a shadow filter, but the syntax is completely different.\n\nSo, how do text-shadows work? The three length values specify respectively a horizontal offset, a vertical offset and a blur (the greater the number the more blurred the shadow will be), and finally a color value for the shadow.\n\nRounding the corners\n\nNow we\u2019ll add a border, and round the corners of the element:\n\nborder: solid thin #882d13;\n-webkit-border-radius: .7em;\n-moz-border-radius: .7em;\nborder-radius: .7em;\n\nHere, we\u2019ve used the same property in three slightly different forms. We add the browser specific prefix for Webkit and Mozilla browsers, because right now, both of these browsers only support border radius as an experimental property. We also add the standard property name, for browsers that do support the property fully in the future. \n\nThe benefit of the browser specific prefix is that if a browser only partly supports a given property, we can easily avoid using the property with that browser simply by not adding the browser specific prefix. At present, as you might guess, border-radius is supported in Safari and Firefox, but in each the relevant prefix is required.\n\nborder-radius takes a length value, such as pixels. (It can also take two length values, but that\u2019s for another Christmas.) In this case, as with padding, I\u2019ve used ems, which means that as the user scales the size of text up and down, the radius will scale as well. You can test the difference by making the radius have a value of say 5px, and then zooming up and down the text size. \n\nWe\u2019re well and truly on the way now. All we need to do is add a shadow to the button, and then a gradient background.\n\nIn CSS3 there\u2019s the box-shadow property, currently only supported in Safari 3. It\u2019s very similar to text-shadow \u2013 you specify a horizontal and vertical offset, a blur value and a color.\n\n-webkit-box-shadow: 2px 2px 3px #999; \nbox-shadow: 2px 2px 2px #bbb;\n\nOnce more, we require the \u201cexperimental\u201d -webkit- prefix, as Safari\u2019s support for this property is still considered by its developers to be less than perfect.\n\nGradient Background\n\nSo, all we have left now is to add our shiny gradient effect. Now of course, people have been doing this kind of thing with images for a long time. But if we can avoid them all the better. Smaller pages, faster downloads, and more scalable designs that adapt better to the user\u2019s font size preference. But how can we add a gradient background without an image?\n\nHere we\u2019ll look at the only property that is not as yet part of the CSS standard \u2013 Apple\u2019s gradient function for use anywhere you can use images with CSS (in this case backgrounds). In essence, this takes SVG gradients, and makes them available via CSS syntax.\n\nHere\u2019s what the property and its value looks like:\n\nbackground-image: -webkit-gradient(linear, left top, left bottom, from(#e9ede8), to(#ce401c),color-stop(0.4, #8c1b0b));\n\nZooming in on the gradient function, it has this basic form:\n\n-webkit-gradient(type, point, point, from(color), to(color),color-stop(where, color));\n\nWhich might look complicated, but is less so than at first glance.\n\nThe name of the function is gradient (and in this case, because it is an experimental property, we use the -webkit- prefix).\n\nYou might not have seen CSS functions before, but there are others, including the attr() function, used with generated content. A function returns a value that can be used as a property value \u2013 here we are using it as a background image.\n\nNext we specify the type of the gradient. Here we have a linear gradient, and there are also radial gradients. \n\nAfter that, we specify the start and end points of the gradient \u2013 in our case the top and bottom of the element, in a vertical line. \n\nWe then specify the start and end colors \u2013 and finally one stop color, located at 40% of the way down the element. Together, this creates a gradient that smoothly transitions from the start color in the top, vertically to the stop color, then smoothly transitions to the end color.\n\nThere\u2019s one last thing. What color will the background of our button be if the browser doesn\u2019t support gradients? It will be white (or possibly some default color for buttons). Which may make the text difficult or impossible to read. So, we\u2019ll add a background color as well (see why the validator is always warning you when a color but not a background color is specified for an element?).\n\nIf we put it all together, here\u2019s what we have:\n\nbutton {\n\twidth: 15em;\n\tpadding: .5em;\n\tcolor: #ffffff;\n\ttext-shadow: 1px 1px 1px #000;\n\tborder: solid thin #882d13;\n\t-webkit-border-radius: .7em;\n\t-moz-border-radius: .7em;\n\tborder-radius: .7em;\n\t-webkit-box-shadow: 2px 2px 3px #999; \n\tbox-shadow: 2px 2px 2px #bbb;\n\tbackground-color: #ce401c;\n\tbackground-image: -webkit-gradient(linear, left top, left bottom, from(#e9ede8), to(#ce401c),color-stop(0.4, #8c1b0b));\n}\n\nWhich looks like this in various browsers:\n\nIn Safari (3)\n\n\n\nIn Firefox 3.1 (3.0 supports border-radius but not text-shadow)\n\n\n\nIn Opera 10\n\n\n\nand of course in Internet Explorer (version 8 shown here)\n\n\n\nBut it looks different in different browsers\n\nYes, it does look different in different browsers, but we all know the answer to the question \u201cdo web sites need to look the same in every browser?\u201c.\n\nEven if you really think sites should look the same in every browser, hopefully this little tutorial has whet your appetite for what CSS3 and experimental CSS that\u2019s already supported in widely used browsers (and we haven\u2019t even touched on animations and similar effects!).\n\nI hope you\u2019ve enjoyed out little CSSMas present, and look forward to seeing your shiny buttons everywhere on the web.\n\nOh, and there\u2019s just a bit of homework \u2013 your job is to use the :hover selector, and make a gradient in the hover state.", "year": "2008", "author": "John Allsopp", "author_slug": "johnallsopp", "published": "2008-12-18T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/shiny-happy-buttons/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 220, "title": "Finding Your Way with Static Maps", "contents": "Since the introduction of the Google Maps service in 2005, online maps have taken off in a way not really possible before the invention of slippy map interaction. Although quickly followed by a plethora of similar services from both commercial and non-commercial parties, Google\u2019s first-mover advantage, and easy-to-use developer API saw Google Maps become pretty much the de facto mapping service.\n\n\n\nIt\u2019s now so easy to add a map to a web page, there\u2019s no reason not to. Dropping an iframe map into your page is as simple as embedding a YouTube video.\n\nBut there\u2019s one crucial drawback to both the solution Google provides for you to drop into your page and the code developers typically implement themselves \u2013 they don\u2019t work without JavaScript.\n\nA bit about JavaScript\n\nBack in October of this year, The Yahoo! Developer Network blog ran some tests to measure how many visitors to the Yahoo! home page didn\u2019t have JavaScript available or enabled in their browser. It\u2019s an interesting test when you consider that the audience for the Yahoo! home page (one of the most visited pages on the web) represents about as mainstream a sample as you\u2019ll find. If there\u2019s any such thing as an \u2018average Web user\u2019 then this is them.\n\nThe results surprised me. It varied from region to region, but at most just two per cent of visitors didn\u2019t have JavaScript running. To be honest, I was expecting it to be higher, but this quote from the article caught my attention:\n\n\n\tWhile the percentage of visitors with JavaScript disabled seems like a low number, keep in mind that small percentages of big numbers are also big numbers.\n\n\nThat\u2019s right, of course, and it got me thinking about what that two per cent means. For many sites, two per cent is the number of visitors using the Opera web browser, using IE6, or using Mobile Safari. \n\nSo, although a small percentage of the total, users without JavaScript can\u2019t just be forgotten about, and catering for them is at the very heart of how the web is supposed to work.\n\nStarting with content in HTML, we layer on presentation with CSS and then enhance interactivity with JavaScript. If anything fails along the way or the network craps out, or a browser just doesn\u2019t support one of the technologies, the user still gets something they can work with. \n\nIt\u2019s progressive enhancement \u2013 also known as doing our jobs properly.\n\nSorry, wasn\u2019t this about maps?\n\nAs I was saying, the default code Google provides, and the example code it gives to developers (which typically just gets followed \u2018as is\u2019) doesn\u2019t account for users without JavaScript. No JavaScript, no content.\n\nWhen adding the ability to publish maps to our small content management system Perch, I didn\u2019t want to provide a solution that only worked with JavaScript. I had to go looking for a way to provide maps without JavaScript, too.\n\nThere\u2019s a simple solution, fortunately, in the form of static map tiles. All the various slippy map services use a JavaScript interface on top of what are basically rendered map image tiles. Dragging the map loads in more image tiles in the direction you want to view. If you\u2019ve used a slippy map on a slow connection, you\u2019ll be familiar with seeing these tiles load in one by one.\n\nThe Static Map API\n\nThe good news is that these tiles (or tiles just like them) can be used as regular images on your site. Google has a Static Map API which not only gives you a handy interface to retrieve a tile for the exact area you need, but also allows you to place pins, and zoom and centre the tile so that the image looks just so. \n\nThis means that you can create a static, non-JavaScript version of your slippy map\u2019s initial (or ideal) state to load into your page as a regular image, and then have the JavaScript map hijack the image and make it slippy.\n\nClearly, that\u2019s not going to be a perfect solution for every map\u2019s requirements. It doesn\u2019t allow for panning, zooming or interrogation without JavaScript. However, for the majority of straightforward map uses online, a static map makes a great alternative for those visitors without JavaScript.\n\n\n\nHere\u2019s the how\n\nRetrieving a static map tile is staggeringly easy \u2013 it\u2019s just a case of forming a URL with the correct arguments and then using that as the src of an image tag.\n\n<img src=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/api/staticmap\n\t?center=Bethlehem+Israel\n\t&zoom=5\n\t&size=540x280\n\t&maptype=satellite\n\t&markers=color:red|31.4211,35.1144\n\t&sensor=false\" \n\twidth=\"540\" height=\"280\" alt=\"Map of Bethlehem, Israel\" />\n\nAs you can see, there are a few key options that we pass along to the base URL. All of these should be familiar to anyone who\u2019s worked with the JavaScript API.\n\n\n\tcenter determines the point on which the map is centred. This can be latitude and longitude values, or simply an address which is then geocoded.\n\tzoom sets the zoom level.\n\tsize is the pixel dimensions of the image you require.\n\tmaptype can be roadmap, satellite, terrain or hybrid.\n\tmarkers sets one or more pin locations. Markers can be labelled, have different colours, and so on \u2013 there\u2019s quite a lot of control available.\n\tsensor states whether you are using a sensor to determine the user\u2019s location. When just embedding a map in a web page, set this to false.\n\n\nThere are many options, including plotting paths and setting the image format, which can all be found in the straightforward documentation.\n\nAdding to your page\n\nIf you\u2019ve worked with the JavaScript API, you\u2019ll know that it needs a container element which you inject the map into:\n\n<div id=\"map\"></div>\n\nAll you need to do is put your static image inside that container:\n\n<div id=\"map\">\n   <img src=\"http://maps.google.com/maps/api/staticmap[...]\" />\n </div>\n\nAnd then, in your JavaScript, find the image and remove it. For example, with jQuery you\u2019d simply use:\n\n$('#map img').remove();\n\nWhy not use a <noscript> element around the image? You could, and that would certainly work fine for browsers that do not support JavaScript. What that won\u2019t cover, however, is the situation where the browser has JavaScript support but, for whatever reason, the JavaScript doesn\u2019t run. This could be due to network issues, an aggressive corporate firewall, or even just a bug in your code. So for that reason, we put the image in for all browsers that show images, and then remove it when the JavaScript is  successfully running.\n\nSee an example in action\n\nAbout rate limits\n\nThe Google Static Map API limits the requests per site viewer \u2013 currently at one thousand distinct maps per day per viewer. So, for most sites you really don\u2019t need to worry about the rate limit. Requests for the same tile aren\u2019t normally counted, as the tile has already been generated and is cached. You can embed the images direct from Google and let it worry about the distribution and caching.\n\nIn conclusion\n\nAs you can see, adding a static map alongside your dynamic map for those users without JavaScript is very easy indeed. There may not be a huge percentage of web visitors browsing without JavaScript but, as we\u2019ve seen, a small percentage of a big number is still a big number. When it\u2019s so easy to add a static map, can you really justify not doing it?", "year": "2010", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2010-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/finding-your-way-with-static-maps/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 305, "title": "CSS Writing Modes", "contents": "Since you may not have a lot of time, I\u2019m going to start at the end, with the dessert.\nYou can use a little-known, yet important and powerful CSS property to make text run vertically. Like this.\n\nOr instead of running text vertically, you can layout a set of icons or interface buttons in this way. Or, of course, with anything on your page.  \nThe CSS I\u2019ve applied makes the browser rethink the orientation of the world, and flow the layout of this element at a 90\u00b0 angle to \u201cnormal\u201d. Check out the live demo, highlight the headline, and see how the cursor is now sideways.\nSee the Pen Writing Mode Demo \u2014 Headline by Jen Simmons (@jensimmons) on CodePen.\n\nThe code for accomplishing this is pretty simple. \nh1 { \n  writing-mode: vertical-rl;\n}\nThat\u2019s all it takes to switch the writing mode from the web\u2019s default horizontal top-to-bottom mode to a vertical right-to-left mode. If you apply such code to the html element, the entire page is switched, affecting the scroll direction, too. \nIn my example above, I\u2019m telling the browser that only the h1 will be in this vertical-rl mode, while the rest of my page stays in the default of horizontal-tb.\nSo now the dessert course is over. Let me serve up this whole meal, and explain the the CSS Writing Mode Specification.\nWhy learn about writing modes?\nThere are three reasons I\u2019m teaching writing modes to everyone\u2014including western audiences\u2014and explaining the whole system, instead of quickly showing you a simple trick.\n\n\nWe live in a big, diverse world, and learning about other languages is fascinating. Many of you lay out pages in languages like Chinese, Japanese and Korean. Or you might be inspired to in the future.\n\n\nUsing writing-mode to turn bits sideways is cool. This CSS can be used in all kinds of creative ways, even if you are working only in English.\n\nMost importantly, I\u2019ve found understanding Writing Modes incredibly helpful when understanding Flexbox and CSS Grid. Before I learned Writing Mode, I felt like there was still a big hole in my knowledge, something I just didn\u2019t get about why Grid and Flexbox work the way they do. Once I wrapped my head around Writing Modes, Grid and Flexbox got a lot easier. Suddenly the Alignment properties, align-* and justify-*, made sense.\n\nWhether you know about it or not, the writing mode is the first building block of every layout we create. You can do what we\u2019ve been doing for 25 years \u2013 and leave your page set to the default left-to-right direction, horizontal top-to-bottom writing mode. Or you can enter a world of new possibilities where content flows in other directions.\nCSS properties\nI\u2019m going to focus on the CSS writing-mode property in this article. It has five possible options:\n  writing-mode: horizontal-tb;\n  writing-mode: vertical-rl;\n  writing-mode: vertical-lr;\n  writing-mode: sideways-rl;\n  writing-mode: sideways-lr;\nThe CSS Writing Modes Specification is designed to support a wide range of written languages in all our human and linguistic complexity. Which\u2014spoiler alert\u2014is pretty insanely complex. The global evolution of written languages has been anything but simple. \nSo I\u2019ve got to start with explaining some basic concepts of web page layout and writing systems. Then I can show you what these CSS properties do. \nInline Direction, Block Direction, and Character Direction\nIn the world of the web, there\u2019s a concept of \u2018block\u2019 and \u2018inline\u2019 layout. If you\u2019ve ever written display: block or display: inline, you\u2019ve leaned on these concepts.  \nIn the default writing mode, blocks stack vertically starting at the top of the page and working their way down. Think of how a bunch of block-levels elements stack\u2014like a bunch of a paragraphs\u2014that\u2019s the block direction. \n\nInline is how each line of text flows. The default on the web is from left to right, in horizontal lines. Imagine this text that you are reading right now, being typed out one character at a time on a typewriter. That\u2019s the inline direction. \n\nThe character direction is which way the characters point. If you type a capital \u201cA\u201d for instance, on which side is the top of the letter? Different languages can point in different directions. Most languages have their characters pointing towards the top of the page, but not all.\n\nPut all three together, and you start to see how they work as a system. \nThe default settings for the web work like this.\nNow that we know what block, inline, and character directions mean, let\u2019s see how they are used in different writing systems from around the world.\nThe four writing systems of CSS Writing Modes\nThe CSS Writing Modes Specification handles all the use cases for four major writing systems; Latin, Arabic, Han and Mongolian. \nLatin-based systems\nOne writing system dominates the world more than any other, reportedly covering about 70% of the world\u2019s population. \n\nThe text is horizontal, running from left to right, or LTR. The block direction runs from top to bottom. \nIt\u2019s called the Latin-based system because it includes all languages that use the Latin alphabet, including English, Spanish, German, French, and many others. But there are many non-Latin-alphabet languages that also use this system, including Greek, Cyrillic (Russian, Ukrainian, Bulgarian, Serbian, etc.), and Brahmic scripts (Devanagari, Thai, Tibetan), and many more.\nYou don\u2019t need to do anything in your CSS to trigger this mode. This is the default. \nBest practices, however, dictate that you declare in your opening <html> element which language and which direction (LTR or RTL) you are using. This website, for instance, uses <html lang='en-gb' dir='ltr'> to let the browser know this content is published in Great Britian\u2019s version of English, in a left to right direction. \nArabic-based systems\nArabic, Hebrew and a few other languages run the inline direction from right to left. This is commonly known as RTL.  \nNote that the inline direction still runs horizontally. The block direction runs from top to bottom. And the characters are upright.\n\nIt\u2019s not just the flow of text that runs from right to left, but everything about the layout of the website. The upper right-hand corner is the starting position. Important things are on the right. The eyes travel from right to left. So, typically RTL websites use layouts that are just like LTR websites, only flipped.\nOn websites that support both LTR and RTL, like the United Nations\u2019 site at un.org, the two layouts are mirror images of each other.\nFor many web developers, our experiences with internationalization have focused solely on supporting Arabic and Hebrew script. \nCSS layout hacks for internationalization & RTL\nTo prepare an LTR project to support RTL, developers have had to create all sorts of hacks. For example, the Drupal community started a convention of marking every margin-left and -right, every padding-left and -right, every float: left and float: right with the comment /* LTR */. Then later developers could search for each instance of that exact comment, and create stylesheets to override each left with right, and vice versa. It\u2019s a tedious and error prone way to work. CSS itself needed a better way to let web developers write their layout code once, and easily switch language directions with a single command.\nOur new CSS layout system does exactly that. Flexbox, Grid and Alignment use start and end instead of left and right. This lets us define everything in relationship to the writing system, and switch directions easily. By writing justify-content: flex-start, justify-items: end, and eventually margin-inline-start: 1rem we have code that doesn\u2019t need to be changed. \nThis is a much better way to work. I know it can be confusing to think through start and end as replacements for left and right. But it\u2019s better for any multiligual project, and it\u2019s better for the web as a whole.\nSadly, I\u2019ve seen CSS preprocessor tools that claim to \u201cfix\u201d the new CSS layout system by getting rid of start and end and bringing back left and right. They want you to use their tool, write justify-content: left, and feel self-righteous. It seems some folks think the new way of working is broken and should be discarded. It was created, however, to fulfill real needs. And to reflect a global internet. As Bruce Lawson says, WWW stands for the World Wide Web, not the Wealthy Western Web. Please don\u2019t try to convince the industry that there\u2019s something wrong with no longer being biased towards western culture. Instead, spread the word about why this new system is here.  \nSpend a bit of time drilling the concept of inline and block into your head, and getting used to start and end. It will be second nature soon enough. \nI\u2019ve also seen CSS preprocessors that let us use this new way of thinking today, even as all the parts aren\u2019t fully supported by browsers yet. Some tools let you write text-align: start instead of text-align: left, and let the preprocessor handle things for you. That is terrific, in my opinion. A great use of the power of a preprocessor to help us switch over now. \nBut let\u2019s get back to RTL. \nHow to declare your direction\nYou don\u2019t want to use CSS to tell the browser to switch from an LTR language to RTL. You want to do this in your HTML. That way the browser has the information it needs to display the document even if the CSS doesn\u2019t load.\nThis is accomplished mainly on the html element. You should also declare your main language. As I mentioned above, the 24 ways website is using <html lang='en-gb' dir='ltr'> to declare the LTR direction and the use of British English. The UN Arabic website uses <html lang='ar' dir='rtl'>to declare the site as an Arabic site, using a RTL layout. \nThings get more complicated when you\u2019ve got a page with a mix of languages. But I\u2019m not going to get into all of that, since this article is focused on CSS and layouts, not explaining everything about internationalization. \nLet me just leave direction here by noting that much of the heavy work of laying out the characters which make up each word is handled by Unicode. If you are interested in learning more about LTR, RTL and bidirectional text, watch this video: Introduction to Bidirectional Text, a presentation by Elika Etemad. \nMeanwhile, let\u2019s get back to CSS.\nThe writing mode CSS for Latin-based and Arabic-based systems\nFor both of these systems\u2014Latin-based and Arabic-based, whether LTR or RTL\u2014the same CSS property applies for specifying the writing mode: writing-mode: horizontal-tb. That\u2019s because in both systems, the inline text flow is horizontal, while the block direction is top-to-bottom. This is expressed as horizontal-tb.\nhorizontal-tb is the default writing mode for the web, so you don\u2019t need to specify it unless you are overriding something else higher up in the cascade. You can just imagine that every site you\u2019ve ever built came with:\nhtml {\n  writing-mode: horizontal-tb;\n}\nNow let\u2019s turn our attention to the vertical writing systems. \nHan-based systems\nThis is where things start to get interesting. \nHan-based writing systems include CJK languages, Chinese, Japanese, Korean and others. There are two options for laying out a page, and sometimes both are used at the same time.\nMuch of CJK text is laid out like Latin-based languages, with a horizontal top-to-bottom block direction, and a left-to-right inline direction. This is the more modern way to doing things, started in the 20th century in many places, and further pushed into domination by the computer and later the web. \nThe CSS to do this bit of the layouts is the same as above:\nsection {\n  writing-mode: horizontal-tb;\n}\nOr, you know, do nothing, and get that result as a default. \nAlternatively Han-based languages can be laid out in a vertical writing mode, where the inline direction runs vertically, and the block direction goes from right to left. \nSee both options in this diagram:\n\nNote that the horizontal text flows from left to right, while the vertical text flows from right to left. Wild, eh? \nThis Japanese issue of Vogue magazine is using a mix of writing modes. The cover opens on the left spine, opposite of what an English magazine does.  \n\nThis page mixes English and Japanese, and typesets the Japanese text in both horizontal and vertical modes. Under the title \u201cRichard Stark\u201d in red, you can see a passage that\u2019s horizontal-tb and LTR, while the longer passage of text at the bottom of the page is typeset vertical-rl. The red enlarged cap marks the beginning of that passage. The long headline above the vertical text is typeset LTR, horizontal-tb.\n\nThe details of how to set the default of the whole page will depend on your use case. But each element, each headline, each section, each article can be marked to flow the opposite of the default however you\u2019d like.\nFor example, perhaps you leave the default as horizontal-tb, and specify your vertical elements like this:\ndiv.articletext {\n  writing-mode: vertical-rl;\n}\nOr alternatively you could change the default for the page to a vertical orientation, and then set specific elements to horizontal-tb, like this:\nhtml { \n  writing-mode: vertical-rl;\n}\nh2, .photocaptions, section {\n  writing-mode: horizontal-tb;\n}\nIf your page has a sideways scroll, then the writing mode will determine whether the page loads with upper left corner as the starting point, and scroll to the right (horizontal-tb as we are used to), or if the page loads with the upper right corner as the starting point, scrolling to the left to display overflow. Here\u2019s an example of that change in scrolling direction, in a CSS Writing Mode demo by Chen Hui Jing. Check out her demo \u2014 you can switch from horizontal to vertical writing modes with a checkbox and see the difference. \n\nMongolian-based systems\nNow, hopefully so far all of this kind of makes sense. It might be a bit more complicated than expected, but it\u2019s not so hard. Well, enter the Mongolian-based systems.\nMongolian is also a vertical script language. Text runs vertically down the page. Just like Han-based systems. There are two major differences. First, the block direction runs the other way. In Mongolian, block-level elements stack from left to right. \nHere\u2019s a drawing of how Wikipedia would look in Mongolian if it were laid out correctly.\nPerhaps the Mongolian version of Wikipedia will be redone with this layout.\nNow you might think, that doesn\u2019t look so weird. Tilt your head to the left, and it\u2019s very familiar. The block direction starts on the left side of the screen and goes to the right. The inline direction starts on the top of the page and moves to the bottom (similar to RTL text, just turned 90\u00b0 counter-clockwise). But here comes the other huge difference. The character direction is \u201cupside down\u201d. The top of the Mongolian characters are not pointing to the left, towards the start edge of the block direction. They point to the right. Like this:\n\nNow you might be tempted to ignore all this. Perhaps you don\u2019t expect to be typesetting Mongolian content anytime soon. But here\u2019s why this is important for everyone \u2014 the way Mongolian works defines the results writing-mode: vertical-lr. And it means we cannot use vertical-lr for typesetting content in other languages in the way we might otherwise expect. \nIf we took what we know about vertical-rl and guessed how vertical-lr works, we might imagine this:\n\nBut that\u2019s wrong. Here\u2019s how they actually compare:\n\nSee the unexpected situation? In both writing-mode: vertical-rl and writing-mode: vertical-lr latin text is rotated clockwise. Neither writing mode let\u2019s us rotate text counter-clockwise. \nIf you are typesetting Mongolian content, apply this CSS in the same way you would apply writing-mode to Han-based writing systems. To the whole page on the html element, or to specific pages of the page like this:\nsection {\n  writing-mode: vertical-lr;\n}\nNow, if you are using writing-mode for a graphic design effect on a language that is otherwise typesets horizontally, I don\u2019t think writing-mode: vertical-lr is useful. If the text wraps onto two lines, it stacks in a very unexpected way. So I\u2019ve sort of obliterated it from my toolkit. I find myself using writing-mode: vertical-rl a lot. And never using -lr. Hm.\nWriting modes for graphic design\nSo how do we use writing-mode to turn English headlines sideways? We could rely on transform: rotate()\nHere are two examples, one for each direction. (By the way, each of these demos use CSS Grid for their overall layout, so be sure to test them in a browser that supports CSS Grid, like Firefox Nightly.)\n\nIn this demo 4A, the text is rotated clockwise using this code: \nh1 {\n  writing-mode: vertical-rl;\n}\n\nIn this demo 4B, the text is rotated counter-clockwise using this code: \nh1 {\n  writing-mode: vertical-rl;\n  transform: rotate(180deg);\n  text-align: right;\n}\nI use vertical-rl to rotate the text so that it takes up the proper amount of space in the overall flow of the layout. Then I rotate it 180\u00b0 to spin it around to the other direction. And then I use text-align: right to get it to rise up to the top of it\u2019s container. This feels like a hack, but it\u2019s a hack that works.\nNow what I would like to do instead is use another CSS value that was designed for this use case \u2014 one of the two other options for writing mode.\nIf I could, I would lay out example 4A with:\nh1 {\n  writing-mode: sideways-rl;\n}\nAnd layout example 4B with: \nh1 {\n  writing-mode: sideways-lr;\n}\nThe problem is that these two values are only supported in Firefox. None of the other browsers recognize sideways-*. Which means we can\u2019t really use it yet. \nIn general, the writing-mode property is very well supported across browsers. So I\u2019ll use writing-mode: vertical-rl for now, with the transform: rotate(180deg); hack to fake the other direction. \nThere\u2019s much more to what we can do with the CSS designed to support multiple languages, but I\u2019m going to stop with this intermediate introduction. \nIf you do want a bit more of a taste, look at this example that adds text-orientation: upright; to the mix \u2014 turning the individual letters of the latin font to be upright instead of sideways.\n\nIt\u2019s this demo 4C, with this CSS applied: \nh1 {\n  writing-mode: vertical-rl;\n  text-orientation: upright;\n  text-transform: uppercase;\n  letter-spacing: -25px;\n}\nYou can check out all my Writing Modes demos at labs.jensimmons.com/#writing-modes. \n\nI\u2019ll leave you with this last demo. One that applies a vertical writing mode to the sub headlines of a long article. I like how small details like this can really bring a fresh feeling to the content. \nSee the Pen Writing Mode Demo \u2014 Article Subheadlines by Jen Simmons (@jensimmons) on CodePen.", "year": "2016", "author": "Jen Simmons", "author_slug": "jensimmons", "published": "2016-12-23T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/css-writing-modes/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 99, "title": "A Christmas hCard From Me To You", "contents": "So apparently Christmas is coming. And what is Christmas all about? Well, cleaning out your address book, of course! What better time to go through your contacts, making sure everyone\u2019s details are up date and that you\u2019ve deleted all those nasty clients who never paid on time?\n\nIt\u2019s also a good time to make sure your current clients and colleagues have your most up-to-date details, so instead of filling up their inboxes with e-cards, why not send them something useful? Something like a\u2026 vCard! (See what I did there?)\n\nJust in case you\u2019ve been working in a magical toy factory in the upper reaches of Scandinavia for the last few years, I\u2019m going to tell you that now would also be the perfect time to get into microformats. Using the hCard format, we\u2019ll build a very simple web page and markup our contact details in such a way that they\u2019ll be understood by microformats plugins, like Operator or Tails for Firefox, or the cross-browser Microformats Bookmarklet.\n\nOh, and because Christmas is all about dressing up and being silly, we\u2019ll make the whole thing look nice and have a bit of fun with some CSS3 progressive enhancement. \n\nIf you can\u2019t wait to see what we end up with, you can preview it here.\n\n\n\nStep 1: Contact Details\n\nFirst, let\u2019s decide what details we want to put on the page. I\u2019d put my full name, my email address, my phone number, and my postal address, but I\u2019d rather not get surprise visits from strangers when I\u2019m fannying about with my baubles, so I\u2019m going to use Father Christmas instead (that\u2019s Santa to you Yanks).\n\nFather Christmas\nfatherchristmas@elliotjaystocks.com\n25 Laughingallthe Way\nSnow Falls\nLapland\nFinland\n010 60 58 000\n\nStep 2: hCard Creator\n\nNow I\u2019m not sure about you, but I rather like getting the magical robot pixies to do the work for me, so head on over to the hCard Creator and put those pixies to work! Pop in your details and they\u2019ll give you some nice microformatted HTML in turn.\n\n\n\n<div id=\"hcard-Father-Christmas\" class=\"vcard\">\n\t<a class=\"url fn\" href=\"http://elliotjaystocks.com/fatherchristmas\">Father Christmas</a>\n\t<a class=\"email\" href=\"mailto:fatherchristmas@elliotjaystocks.com\"> fatherchristmas@elliotjaystocks.com</a>\n\t<div class=\"adr\">\n\t<div class=\"street-address\">25 Laughingallthe Way</div>\n\t<span class=\"locality\">Snow Falls</span>\n\t, \n\t<span class=\"region\">Lapland</span>\n\t, \n\t<span class=\"postal-code\">FI-00101</span>\n\t<span class=\"country-name\">Finland</span>\n</div>\n<div class=\"tel\">010 60 58 000</div>\n\t<p style=\"font-size:smaller;\">This <a href=\"http://microformats.org/wiki/hcard\">hCard</a> created with the <a href=\"http://microformats.org/code/hcard/creator\">hCard creator</a>.</p>\n</div>\n\nStep 3: Editing The Code\n\nOne of the great things about microformats is that you can use pretty much whichever HTML tags you want, so just because the hCard Creator Fairies say something should be wrapped in a <span> doesn\u2019t mean you can\u2019t change it to a <blink>. Actually, no, don\u2019t do that. That\u2019s not even excusable at Christmas.\n\nI personally have a penchant for marking up each line of an address inside a <li> tag, where the parent url retains the class of adr. As long as you keep the class names the same, you\u2019ll be fine.\n\n<div id=\"hcard-Father-Christmas\" class=\"vcard\">\n\t<h1><a class=\"url fn\" href=\"http://elliotjaystocks.com/fatherchristmas\">Father Christmas </a></h1>\n\t<a class=\"email\" href=\"mailto:fatherchristmas@elliotjaystocks.com?subject=Here, have some Christmas cheer!\">fatherchristmas@elliotjaystocks.com</a>\n\t<ul class=\"adr\">\n\t\t<li class=\"street-address\">25 Laughingallthe Way</li>\n\t\t<li class=\"locality\">Snow Falls</li>\n\t\t<li class=\"region\">Lapland</li>\n\t\t<li class=\"postal-code\">FI-00101</li>\n\t\t<li class=\"country-name\">Finland</li>\n\t</ul>\n\t<span class=\"tel\">010 60 58 000</span>\n</div>\n\nStep 4: Testing The Microformats\n\nWith our microformats in place, now would be a good time to test that they\u2019re working before we start making things look pretty. If you\u2019re on Firefox, you can install the Operator or Tails extensions, but if you\u2019re on another browser, just add the Microformats Bookmarklet. Regardless of your choice, the results is the same: if you\u2019ve code microformatted content on a web page, one of these bad boys should pick it up for you and allow you to export the contact info. Give it a try and you should see father Christmas appearing in your address book of choice. Now you\u2019ll never forget where to send those Christmas lists!\n\n\n\nStep 5: Some Extra Markup\n\nOne of the first things we\u2019re going to do is put a photo of Father Christmas on the hCard. We\u2019ll be using CSS to apply a background image to a div, so we\u2019ll be needing an extra div with a class name of \u201cphoto\u201d. In turn, we\u2019ll wrap the text-based elements of our hCard inside a div cunningly called \u201ctext\u201d. Unfortunately, because of the float technique we\u2019ll be using, we\u2019ll have to use one of those nasty float-clearing techniques. I shall call this \u201cchristmas-cheer\u201d, since that is what its presence will inevitably bring, of course.\n\nOh, and let\u2019s add a bit of text to give the page context, too:\n\n<p>Send your Christmas lists my way...</p>\n<div id=\"hcard-Father-Christmas\" class=\"vcard\">\n\t<div class=\"text\">\n\t\t<h1><a class=\"url fn\" href=\"http://elliotjaystocks.com/fatherchristmas\">Father Christmas </a></h1>\n\t\t<a class=\"email\" href=\"mailto:fatherchristmas@elliotjaystocks.com?subject=Here, have some Christmas cheer!\">fatherchristmas@elliotjaystocks.com</a>\n\t\t<ul class=\"adr\">\n\t\t\t<li class=\"street-address\">25 Laughingallthe Way</li>\n\t\t\t<li class=\"locality\">Snow Falls</li>\n\t\t\t<li class=\"region\">Lapland</li>\n\t\t\t<li class=\"postal-code\">FI-00101</li>\n\t\t\t<li class=\"country-name\">Finland</li>\n\t\t</ul>\n\t\t<span class=\"tel\">010 60 58 000</span>\n\t</div>\n\t<div class=\"photo\"></div>\n\t<br class=\"christmas-cheer\" />\n</div>\n<div class=\"credits\">\n\t<p>A tutorial by <a href=\"http://elliotjaystocks.com\">Elliot Jay Stocks</a> for <a href=\"http://24ways.org/\">24 Ways</a></p>\n\t<p>Background: <a href=\"http://sxc.hu/photo/1108741\">stock.xchng</a> | Father Christmas: <a href=\"http://istockphoto.com/file_closeup/people/4575943-active-santa.php?id=4575943\">iStockPhoto</a></p>\n</div>\n\nStep 6: Some Christmas Sparkle\n\nSo far, our hCard-housing web page is slightly less than inspiring, isn\u2019t it? It\u2019s time to add a bit of CSS. There\u2019s nothing particularly radical going on here; just a simple layout, some basic typographic treatment, and the placement of the Father Christmas photo. I\u2019d usually use a more thorough CSS reset like the one found in the YUI or Eric Meyer\u2019s, but for this basic page, the simple * solution will do.\n\nCheck out the step 6 demo to see our basic styles in place.\n\nFrom this\u2026\n\n\n\n\u2026 to this:\n\n\n\nStep 7: Fun With imagery\n\nNow it\u2019s time to introduce a repeating background image to the <body> element. This will seamlessly repeat for as wide as the browser window becomes.\n\nBut that\u2019s fairly straightforward. How about having some fun with the Father Christmas image? If you look at the image file itself, you\u2019ll see that it\u2019s twice as wide as the area we can see and contains a \u2018hidden\u2019 photo of our rather camp St. Nick.\n\n\n\nAs a light-hearted visual\u2026 er\u2026 \u2018treat\u2019 for users who move their mouse over the image, we move the position of the background image on the \u201cphoto\u201d div. Check out the step 7 demo to see it working.\n\nStep 8: Progressive Enhancement\n\nFinally, this fun little project is a great opportunity for us to mess around with some advanced CSS features (some from the CSS3 spec) that we rarely get to use on client projects. (Don\u2019t forget: no Christmas pressies for clients who want you to support IE6!)\n\nHere are the rules we\u2019re using to give some browsers a superior viewing experience:\n\n\n\t@font-face allows us to use Jos Buivenga\u2019s free font \u2018Fertigo Pro\u2019 on all text;\n\ttext-shadow adds a little emphasis on the opening paragraph;\n\tbody > p:first-child causes only the first paragraph to receive this treatment;\n\tborder-radius created rounded corners on our main div and the links within it;\n\tand webkit-transition allows us to gently fade in between the default and hover states of those links.\n\n\nAnd with that, we\u2019re done! You can see the results here. It\u2019s time to customise the page to your liking, upload it to your site, and send out the URL. And do it quickly, because I\u2019m sure you\u2019ve got some last-minute Christmas shopping to finish off!", "year": "2008", "author": "Elliot Jay Stocks", "author_slug": "elliotjaystocks", "published": "2008-12-10T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/a-christmas-hcard-from-me-to-you/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 223, "title": "Calculating Color Contrast", "contents": "Some websites and services allow you to customize your profile by uploading pictures, changing the background color or other aspects of the design. As a customer, this personalization turns a web app into your little nest where you store your data. As a designer, letting your customers have free rein over the layout and design is a scary prospect. So what happens to all the stock text and images that are designed to work on nice white backgrounds? Even the Mac only lets you choose between two colors for the OS, blue or graphite! Opening up the ability to customize your site\u2019s color scheme can be a recipe for disaster unless you are flexible and understand how to find maximum color contrasts.\n\nIn this article I will walk you through two simple equations to determine if you should be using white or black text depending on the color of the background. The equations are both easy to implement and produce similar results. It isn\u2019t a matter of which is better, but more the fact that you are using one at all! That way, even with the craziest of Geocities color schemes that your customers choose, at least your text will still be readable.\n\nLet\u2019s have a look at a range of various possible colors. Maybe these are pre-made color schemes, corporate colors, or plucked from an image.\n\n\n\nNow that we have these potential background colors and their hex values, we need to find out whether the corresponding text should be in white or black, based on which has a higher contrast, therefore affording the best readability. This can be done at runtime with JavaScript or in the back-end before the HTML is served up.\n\nThere are two functions I want to compare. The first, I call \u201950%\u2019. It takes the hex value and compares it to the value halfway between pure black and pure white. If the hex value is less than half, meaning it is on the darker side of the spectrum, it returns white as the text color. If the result is greater than half, it\u2019s on the lighter side of the spectrum and returns black as the text value.\n\nIn PHP:\n\nfunction getContrast50($hexcolor){\n    return (hexdec($hexcolor) > 0xffffff/2) ? 'black':'white';\n}\n\nIn JavaScript:\n\nfunction getContrast50(hexcolor){\n    return (parseInt(hexcolor, 16) > 0xffffff/2) ? 'black':'white';\n}\n\nIt doesn\u2019t get much simpler than that! The function converts the six-character hex color into an integer and compares that to one half the integer value of pure white. The function is easy to remember, but is naive when it comes to understanding how we perceive parts of the spectrum. Different wavelengths have greater or lesser impact on the contrast.\n\nThe second equation is called \u2018YIQ\u2019 because it converts the RGB color space into YIQ, which takes into account the different impacts of its constituent parts. Again, the equation returns white or black and it\u2019s also very easy to implement.\n\nIn PHP:\n\nfunction getContrastYIQ($hexcolor){\n\t$r = hexdec(substr($hexcolor,0,2));\n\t$g = hexdec(substr($hexcolor,2,2));\n\t$b = hexdec(substr($hexcolor,4,2));\n\t$yiq = (($r*299)+($g*587)+($b*114))/1000;\n\treturn ($yiq >= 128) ? 'black' : 'white';\n}\n\nIn JavaScript:\n\nfunction getContrastYIQ(hexcolor){\n\tvar r = parseInt(hexcolor.substr(0,2),16);\n\tvar g = parseInt(hexcolor.substr(2,2),16);\n\tvar b = parseInt(hexcolor.substr(4,2),16);\n\tvar yiq = ((r*299)+(g*587)+(b*114))/1000;\n\treturn (yiq >= 128) ? 'black' : 'white';\n}\n\nYou\u2019ll notice first that we have broken down the hex value into separate RGB values. This is important because each of these channels is scaled in accordance to its visual impact. Once everything is scaled and normalized, it will be in a range between zero and 255. Much like the previous \u201950%\u2019 function, we now need to check if the input is above or below halfway. Depending on where that value is, we\u2019ll return the corresponding highest contrasting color.\n\nThat\u2019s it: two simple contrast equations which work really well to determine the best readability.\n\nIf you are interested in learning more, the W3C has a few documents about color contrast and how to determine if there is enough contrast between any two colors. This is important for accessibility to make sure there is enough contrast between your text and link colors and the background.\n\nThere is also a great article by Kevin Hale on Particletree about his experience with choosing light or dark themes. To round it out, Jonathan Snook created a color contrast picker which allows you to play with RGB sliders to get values for YIQ, contrast and others. That way you can quickly fiddle with the knobs to find the right balance.\n\nComparing results\n\nLet\u2019s revisit our color schemes and see which text color is recommended for maximum contrast based on these two equations.\n\n\n\nIf we use the simple \u201950%\u2019 contrast function, we can see that it recommends black against all the colors except the dark green and purple on the second row. In general, the equation feels the colors are light and that black is a better choice for the text.\n\n\n\nThe more complex \u2018YIQ\u2019 function, with its weighted colors, has slightly different suggestions. White text is still recommended for the very dark colors, but there are some surprises. The red and pink values show white text rather than black. This equation takes into account the weight of the red value and determines that the hue is dark enough for white text to show the most contrast.\n\nAs you can see, the two contrast algorithms agree most of the time. There are some instances where they conflict, but overall you can use the equation that you prefer. I don\u2019t think it is a major issue if some edge-case colors get one contrast over another, they are still very readable.\n\nNow let\u2019s look at some common colors and then see how the two functions compare. You can quickly see that they do pretty well across the whole spectrum.\n\n\n\nIn the first few shades of grey, the white and black contrasts make sense, but as we test other colors in the spectrum, we do get some unexpected deviation. Pure red #FF0000 has a flip-flop. This is due to how the \u2018YIQ\u2019 function weights the RGB parts. While you might have a personal preference for one style over another, both are justifiable.\n\n\n\nIn this second round of colors, we go deeper into the spectrum, off the beaten track. Again, most of the time the contrasting algorithms are in sync, but every once in a while they disagree. You can select which you prefer, neither of which is unreadable.\n\nConclusion\n\nContrast in color is important, especially if you cede all control and take a hands-off approach to the design. It is important to select smart defaults by making the contrast between colors as high as possible. This makes it easier for your customers to read, increases accessibility and is generally just easier on the eyes. \n\nSure, there are plenty of other equations out there to determine contrast; what is most important is that you pick one and implement it into your system.\n\nSo, go ahead and experiment with color in your design. You now know how easy it is to guarantee that your text will be the most readable in any circumstance.", "year": "2010", "author": "Brian Suda", "author_slug": "briansuda", "published": "2010-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/calculating-color-contrast/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 55, "title": "How Tabs Should Work", "contents": "Tabs in browsers (not browser tabs) are one of the oldest custom UI elements in a browser that I can think of. They\u2019ve been done to death. But, sadly, most of the time I come across them, the tabs have been badly, or rather partially, implemented.\nSo this post is my definition of how a tabbing system should work, and one approach of implementing that.\nBut\u2026 tabs are easy, right?\nI\u2019ve been writing code for tabbing systems in JavaScript for coming up on a decade, and at one point I was pretty proud of how small I could make the JavaScript for the tabbing system:\nvar tabs = $('.tab').click(function () {\n  tabs.hide().filter(this.hash).show();\n}).map(function () {\n  return $(this.hash)[0];\n});\n\n$('.tab:first').click();\nSimple, right? Nearly fits in a tweet (ignoring the whole jQuery library\u2026). Still, it\u2019s riddled with problems that make it a far from perfect solution.\nRequirements: what makes the perfect tab?\n\nAll content is navigable and available without JavaScript (crawler-compatible and low JS-compatible).\nARIA roles.\nThe tabs are anchor links that:\n\nare clickable\nhave block layout\nhave their href pointing to the id of the panel element\nuse the correct cursor (i.e. cursor: pointer).\n\nSince tabs are clickable, the user can open in a new tab/window and the page correctly loads with the correct tab open.\nRight-clicking (and Shift-clicking) doesn\u2019t cause the tab to be selected.\nNative browser Back/Forward button correctly changes the state of the selected tab (think about it working exactly as if there were no JavaScript in place).\n\nThe first three points are all to do with the semantics of the markup and how the markup has been styled. I think it\u2019s easy to do a good job by thinking of tabs as links, and not as some part of an application. Links are navigable, and they should work the same way other links on the page work.\nThe last three points are JavaScript problems. Let\u2019s investigate that.\nThe shitmus test\nLike a litmus test, here\u2019s a couple of quick ways you can tell if a tabbing system is poorly implemented:\n\nChange tab, then use the Back button (or keyboard shortcut) and it breaks\nThe tab isn\u2019t a link, so you can\u2019t open it in a new tab\n\nThese two basic things are, to me, the bare minimum that a tabbing system should have.\nWhy is this important?\nThe people who push their so-called native apps on users can\u2019t have more reasons why the web sucks. If something as basic as a tab doesn\u2019t work, obviously there\u2019s more ammo to push a closed native app or platform on your users.\nIf you\u2019re going to be a web developer, one of your responsibilities is to maintain established interactivity paradigms. This doesn\u2019t mean don\u2019t innovate. But it does mean: stop fucking up my scrolling experience with your poorly executed scroll effects. </rant> :breath:\nURI fragment, absolute URL or query string?\nA URI fragment (AKA the # hash bit) would be using mysite.com/config#content to show the content panel. A fully addressable URL would be mysite.com/config/content. Using a query string (by way of filtering the page): mysite.com/config?tab=content.\nThis decision really depends on the context of your tabbing system. For something like GitHub\u2019s tabs to view a pull request, it makes sense that the full URL changes.\nFor our problem though, I want to solve the issue when the page doesn\u2019t do a full URL update; that is, your regular run-of-the-mill tabbing system.\nI used to be from the school of using the hash to show the correct tab, but I\u2019ve recently been exploring whether the query string can be used. The biggest reason is that multiple hashes don\u2019t work, and comma-separated hash fragments don\u2019t make any sense to control multiple tabs (since it doesn\u2019t actually link to anything).\nFor this article, I\u2019ll keep focused on using a single tabbing system and a hash on the URL to control the tabs.\nMarkup\nI\u2019m going to assume subcontent, so my markup would look like this (yes, this is a cat demo\u2026):\n<ul class=\"tabs\">\n  <li><a class=\"tab\" href=\"#dizzy\">Dizzy</a></li>\n  <li><a class=\"tab\" href=\"#ninja\">Ninja</a></li>\n  <li><a class=\"tab\" href=\"#missy\">Missy</a></li>\n</ul>\n\n<div id=\"dizzy\">\n  <!-- panel content -->\n</div>\n<div id=\"ninja\">\n  <!-- panel content -->\n</div>\n<div id=\"missy\">\n  <!-- panel content -->\n</div>\nIt\u2019s important to note that in the markup the link used for an individual tab references its panel content using the hash, pointing to the id on the panel. This will allow our content to connect up without JavaScript and give us a bunch of features for free, which we\u2019ll see once we\u2019re on to writing the code.\nURL-driven tabbing systems\nInstead of making the code responsive to the user\u2019s input, we\u2019re going to exclusively use the browser URL and the hashchange event on the window to drive this tabbing system. This way we get Back button support for free.\nWith that in mind, let\u2019s start building up our code. I\u2019ll assume we have the jQuery library, but I\u2019ve also provided the full code working without a library (vanilla, if you will), but it depends on relatively new (polyfillable) tech like classList and dataset (which generally have IE10 and all other browser support).\nNote that I\u2019ll start with the simplest solution, and I\u2019ll refactor the code as I go along, like in places where I keep calling jQuery selectors.\nfunction show(id) {\n  // remove the selected class from the tabs,\n  // and add it back to the one the user selected\n  $('.tab').removeClass('selected').filter(function () {\n    return (this.hash === id);\n  }).addClass('selected');\n\n  // now hide all the panels, then filter to\n  // the one we're interested in, and show it\n  $('.panel').hide().filter(id).show();\n}\n\n$(window).on('hashchange', function () {\n  show(location.hash);\n});\n\n// initialise by showing the first panel\nshow('#dizzy');\nThis works pretty well for such little code. Notice that we don\u2019t have any click handlers for the user and the Back button works right out of the box.\nHowever, there\u2019s a number of problems we need to fix:\n\nThe initialised tab is hard-coded to the first panel, rather than what\u2019s on the URL.\nIf there\u2019s no hash on the URL, all the panels are hidden (and thus broken).\nIf you scroll to the bottom of the example, you\u2019ll find a \u201ctop\u201d link; clicking that will break our tabbing system.\nI\u2019ve purposely made the page long, so that when you click on a tab, you\u2019ll see the page scrolls to the top of the tab. Not a huge deal, but a bit annoying.\n\nFrom our criteria at the start of this post, we\u2019ve already solved items 4 and 5. Not a terrible start. Let\u2019s solve items 1 through 3 next.\nUsing the URL to initialise correctly and protect from breakage\nInstead of arbitrarily picking the first panel from our collection, the code should read the current location.hash and use that if it\u2019s available.\nThe problem is: what if the hash on the URL isn\u2019t actually for a tab?\nThe solution here is that we need to cache a list of known panel IDs. In fact, well-written DOM scripting won\u2019t continuously search the DOM for nodes. That is, when the show function kept calling $('.tab').each(...) it was wasteful. The result of $('.tab') should be cached.\nSo now the code will collect all the tabs, then find the related panels from those tabs, and we\u2019ll use that list to double the values we give the show function (during initialisation, for instance).\n// collect all the tabs\nvar tabs = $('.tab');\n\n// get an array of the panel ids (from the anchor hash)\nvar targets = tabs.map(function () {\n  return this.hash;\n}).get();\n\n// use those ids to get a jQuery collection of panels\nvar panels = $(targets.join(','));\n\nfunction show(id) {\n  // if no value was given, let's take the first panel\n  if (!id) {\n    id = targets[0];\n  }\n  // remove the selected class from the tabs,\n  // and add it back to the one the user selected\n  tabs.removeClass('selected').filter(function () {\n    return (this.hash === id);\n  }).addClass('selected');\n\n  // now hide all the panels, then filter to\n  // the one we're interested in, and show it\n  panels.hide().filter(id).show();\n}\n\n$(window).on('hashchange', function () {\n  var hash = location.hash;\n  if (targets.indexOf(hash) !== -1) {\n    show(hash);\n  }\n});\n\n// initialise\nshow(targets.indexOf(location.hash) !== -1 ? location.hash : '');\nThe core of working out which tab to initialise with is solved in that last line: is there a location.hash? Is it in our list of valid targets (panels)? If so, select that tab.\nThe second breakage we saw in the original demo was that clicking the \u201ctop\u201d link would break our tabs. This was due to the hashchange event firing and the code didn\u2019t validate the hash that was passed. Now this happens, the panels don\u2019t break.\nSo far we\u2019ve got a tabbing system that:\n\nWorks without JavaScript.\nSupports right-click and Shift-click (and doesn\u2019t select in these cases).\nLoads the correct panel if you start with a hash.\nSupports native browser navigation.\nSupports the keyboard.\n\nThe only annoying problem we have now is that the page jumps when a tab is selected. That\u2019s due to the browser following the default behaviour of an internal link on the page. To solve this, things are going to get a little hairy, but it\u2019s all for a good cause.\nRemoving the jump to tab\nYou\u2019d be forgiven for thinking you just need to hook a click handler and return false. It\u2019s what I started with. Only that\u2019s not the solution. If we add the click handler, it breaks all the right-click and Shift-click support.\nThere may be another way to solve this, but what follows is the way I found \u2013 and it works. It\u2019s just a bit\u2026 hairy, as I said.\nWe\u2019re going to strip the id attribute off the target panel when the user tries to navigate to it, and then put it back on once the show code starts to run. This change will mean the browser has nowhere to navigate to for that moment, and won\u2019t jump the page.\nThe change involves the following:\n\nAdd a click handle that removes the id from the target panel, and cache this in a target variable that we\u2019ll use later in hashchange (see point 4).\nIn the same click handler, set the location.hash to the current link\u2019s hash. This is important because it forces a hashchange event regardless of whether the URL actually changed, which prevents the tabs breaking (try it yourself by removing this line).\nFor each panel, put a backup copy of the id attribute in a data property (I\u2019ve called it old-id).\nWhen the hashchange event fires, if we have a target value, let\u2019s put the id back on the panel.\n\nThese changes result in this final code:\n/*global $*/\n\n// a temp value to cache *what* we're about to show\nvar target = null;\n\n// collect all the tabs\nvar tabs = $('.tab').on('click', function () {\n  target = $(this.hash).removeAttr('id');\n\n  // if the URL isn't going to change, then hashchange\n  // event doesn't fire, so we trigger the update manually\n  if (location.hash === this.hash) {\n    // but this has to happen after the DOM update has\n    // completed, so we wrap it in a setTimeout 0\n    setTimeout(update, 0);\n  }\n});\n\n// get an array of the panel ids (from the anchor hash)\nvar targets = tabs.map(function () {\n  return this.hash;\n}).get();\n\n// use those ids to get a jQuery collection of panels\nvar panels = $(targets.join(',')).each(function () {\n  // keep a copy of what the original el.id was\n  $(this).data('old-id', this.id);\n});\n\nfunction update() {\n  if (target) {\n    target.attr('id', target.data('old-id'));\n    target = null;\n  }\n\n  var hash = window.location.hash;\n  if (targets.indexOf(hash) !== -1) {\n    show(hash);\n  }\n}\n\nfunction show(id) {\n  // if no value was given, let's take the first panel\n  if (!id) {\n    id = targets[0];\n  }\n  // remove the selected class from the tabs,\n  // and add it back to the one the user selected\n  tabs.removeClass('selected').filter(function () {\n    return (this.hash === id);\n  }).addClass('selected');\n\n  // now hide all the panels, then filter to\n  // the one we're interested in, and show it\n  panels.hide().filter(id).show();\n}\n\n$(window).on('hashchange', update);\n\n// initialise\nif (targets.indexOf(window.location.hash) !== -1) {\n  update();\n} else {\n  show();\n}\nThis version now meets all the criteria I mentioned in my original list, except for the ARIA roles and accessibility. Getting this support is actually very cheap to add.\nARIA roles\nThis article on ARIA tabs made it very easy to get the tabbing system working as I wanted.\nThe tasks were simple:\n\nAdd aria-role set to tab for the tabs, and tabpanel for the panels.\nSet aria-controls on the tabs to point to their related panel (by id).\nI use JavaScript to add tabindex=0 to all the tab elements.\nWhen I add the selected class to the tab, I also set aria-selected to true and, inversely, when I remove the selected class I set aria-selected to false.\nWhen I hide the panels I add aria-hidden=true, and when I show the specific panel I set aria-hidden=false.\n\nAnd that\u2019s it. Very small changes to get full sign-off that the tabbing system is bulletproof and accessible.\nCheck out the final version (and the non-jQuery version as promised).\nIn conclusion\nThere\u2019s a lot of tab implementations out there, but there\u2019s an equal amount that break the browsing paradigm and the simple linkability of content. Clearly there\u2019s a special hell for those tab systems that don\u2019t even use links, but I think it\u2019s clear that even in something that\u2019s relatively simple, it\u2019s the small details that make or break the user experience.\nObviously there are corners I\u2019ve not explored, like when there\u2019s more than one set of tabs on a page, and equally whether you should deliver the initial markup with the correct tab selected. I think the answer lies in using query strings in combination with hashes on the URL, but maybe that\u2019s for another year!", "year": "2015", "author": "Remy Sharp", "author_slug": "remysharp", "published": "2015-12-22T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/how-tabs-should-work/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 147, "title": "Christmas Is In The AIR", "contents": "That\u2019s right, Christmas is coming up fast and there\u2019s plenty of things to do. Get the tree and lights up, get the turkey, buy presents and who know what else. And what about Santa? He\u2019s got a list. I\u2019m pretty sure he\u2019s checking it twice.\n\nSure, we could use an existing list making web site or even a desktop widget. But we\u2019re geeks! What\u2019s the fun in that? Let\u2019s build our own to-do list application and do it with Adobe AIR!\n\nWhat\u2019s Adobe AIR?\n\nAdobe AIR, formerly codenamed Apollo, is a runtime environment that runs on both Windows and OSX (with Linux support to follow). This runtime environment lets you build desktop applications using Adobe technologies like Flash and Flex. Oh, and HTML. That\u2019s right, you web standards lovin\u2019 maniac. You can build desktop applications that can run cross-platform using the trio of technologies, HTML, CSS and JavaScript.\n\nIf you\u2019ve tried developing with AIR before, you\u2019ll need to get re-familiarized with the latest beta release as many things have changed since the last one (such as the API and restrictions within the sandbox.)\n\nTo get started\n\nTo get started in building an AIR application, you\u2019ll need two basic things:\n\n\n\tThe AIR runtime. The runtime is needed to run any AIR-based application.\n\tThe SDK. The software development kit gives you all the pieces to test your application. Unzip the SDK into any folder you wish.\n\n\nYou\u2019ll also want to get your hands on the JavaScript API documentation which you\u2019ll no doubt find yourself getting into before too long. (You can download it, too.)\n\nAlso of interest, some development environments have support for AIR built right in. Aptana doesn\u2019t have support for beta 3 yet but I suspect it\u2019ll be available shortly.\n\nWithin the SDK, there are two main tools that we\u2019ll use: one to test the application (ADL) and another to build a distributable package of our application (ADT). I\u2019ll get into this some more when we get to that stage of development.\n\nBuilding our To-do list application\n\nThe first step to building an application within AIR is to create an XML file that defines our default application settings. I call mine application.xml, mostly because Aptana does that by default when creating a new AIR project. It makes sense though and I\u2019ve stuck with it. Included in the templates folder of the SDK is an example XML file that you can use.\n\nThe first key part to this after specifying things like the application ID, version, and filename, is to specify what the default content should be within the content tags. Enter in the name of the HTML file you wish to load. Within this HTML file will be our application.\n\n<content>ui.html</content>\n\nCreate a new HTML document and name it ui.html and place it in the same directory as the application.xml file. The first thing you\u2019ll want to do is copy over the AIRAliases.js file from the frameworks folder of the SDK and add a link to it within your HTML document.\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"AIRAliases.js\"></script>\n\nThe aliases create shorthand links to all of the Flash-based APIs.\n\nNow is probably a good time to explain how to debug your application.\n\nDebugging our application\n\nSo, with our XML file created and HTML file started, let\u2019s try testing our \u2018application\u2019. We\u2019ll need the ADL application located in BIN folder of the SDK and tell it to run the application.xml file.\n\n/path/to/adl /path/to/application.xml\n\nYou can also just drag the XML file onto ADL and it\u2019ll accomplish the same thing. If you just did that and noticed that your blank application didn\u2019t load, you\u2019d be correct. It\u2019s running but isn\u2019t visible. Which at this point means you\u2019ll have to shut down the ADL process. Sorry about that!\n\nChanging the visibility\n\nYou have two ways to make your application visible. You can do it automatically by setting the placing true in the visible tag within the application.xml file.\n\n<visible>true</visible>\n\nThe other way is to do it programmatically from within your application. You\u2019d want to do it this way if you had other startup tasks to perform before showing the interface. To turn the UI on programmatically, simple set the visible property of nativeWindow to true.\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\n\tnativeWindow.visible = true;\n</script>\n\nSandbox Security\n\nNow that we have an application that we can see when we start it, it\u2019s time to build the to-do list application. In doing so, you\u2019d probably think that using a JavaScript library is a really good idea \u2014 and it can be but there are some limitations within AIR that have to be considered.\n\nAn HTML document, by default, runs within the application sandbox. You have full access to the AIR APIs but once the onload event of the window has fired, you\u2019ll have a limited ability to make use of eval and other dynamic script injection approaches. This limits the ability of external sources from gaining access to everything the AIR API offers, such as database and local file system access. You\u2019ll still be able to make use of eval for evaluating JSON responses, which is probably the most important if you wish to consume JSON-based services.\n\nIf you wish to create a greater wall of security between AIR and your HTML document loading in external resources, you can create a child sandbox. We won\u2019t need to worry about it for our application so I won\u2019t go any further into it but definitely keep this in mind.\n\nFinally, our application\n\nGetting tired of all this preamble? Let\u2019s actually build our to-do list application. I\u2019ll use jQuery because it\u2019s small and should suit our needs nicely. Let\u2019s begin with some structure:\n\n<body>\n\t<input type=\"text\" id=\"text\" value=\"\">\n\t<input type=\"button\" id=\"add\" value=\"Add\">\n\t<ul id=\"list\"></ul>\n</body>\n\nNow we need to wire up that button to actually add a new item to our to-do list.\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\n$(document).ready(function(){\n\t// make sure the application is visible\n\tnativeWindow.visible = true;\n\t$('#add').click(function(){\n\t\tvar t = $('#text').val();\n\t\tif(t)\n\t\t{\n\t\t\t// use DOM methods to create the new list item\n\t\t\tvar li = document.createElement('li');\n\t\t\t// the extra space at the end creates a buffer between the text\n\t\t\t// and the delete link we're about to add\n\t\t\tli.appendChild(document.createTextNode(t + ' '));\n\t\t\t// create the delete link\n\t\t\tvar del = document.createElement('a');\n\t\t\t// this makes it a true link. I feel dirty doing this.\n\t\t\tdel.setAttribute('href', '#');\n\t\t\tdel.addEventListener('click', function(evt){\n\t\t\t\tthis.parentNode.parentNode.removeChild(this.parentNode);\n\t\t\t});\n\t\t\tdel.appendChild(document.createTextNode('[del]'));\n\t\t\tli.appendChild(del);\n\t\t\t// append everything to the list\n\t\t\t$('#list').append(li);\n\t\t\t//reset the text box\n\t\t\t$('#text').val('');\n\t\t}\n\t})\n});\n</script>\n\nAnd just like that, we\u2019ve got a to-do list! That\u2019s it! Just never close your application and you\u2019ll remember everything. Okay, that\u2019s not very practical. You need to have some way of storing your to-do items until the next time you open up the application.\n\nStoring Data\n\nYou\u2019ve essentially got 4 different ways that you can store data:\n\n\n\tUsing the local database. AIR comes with SQLLite built in. That means you can create tables and insert, update and select data from that database just like on a web server.\n\tUsing the file system. You can also create files on the local machine. You have access to a few folders on the local system such as the documents folder and the desktop.\n\tUsing EcryptedLocalStore. I like using the EcryptedLocalStore because it allows you to easily save key/value pairs and have that information encrypted. All this within just a couple lines of code.\n\tSending the data to a remote API. Our to-do list could sync up with Remember the Milk, for example.\n\n\nTo demonstrate some persistence, we\u2019ll use the file system to store our files. In addition, we\u2019ll let the user specify where the file should be saved. This way, we can create multiple to-do lists, keeping them separate and organized.\n\nThe application is now broken down into 4 basic tasks:\n\n\n\tLoad data from the file system.\n\tPerform any interface bindings.\n\tManage creating and deleting items from the list.\n\tSave any changes to the list back to the file system.\n\n\nLoading in data from the file system\n\nWhen the application starts up, we\u2019ll prompt the user to select a file or specify a new to-do list. Within AIR, there are 3 main file objects: File, FileMode, and FileStream. File handles file and path names, FileMode is used as a parameter for the FileStream to specify whether the file should be read-only or for write access. The FileStream object handles all the read/write activity.\n\nThe File object has a number of shortcuts to default paths like the documents folder, the desktop, or even the application store. In this case, we\u2019ll specify the documents folder as the default location and then use the browseForSave method to prompt the user to specify a new or existing file. If the user specifies an existing file, they\u2019ll be asked whether they want to overwrite it.\n\nvar store = air.File.documentsDirectory;\nvar fileStream = new air.FileStream();\nstore.browseForSave(\"Choose To-do List\");\n\nThen we add an event listener for when the user has selected a file. When the file is selected, we check to see if the file exists and if it does, read in the contents, splitting the file on new lines and creating our list items within the interface.\n\nstore.addEventListener(air.Event.SELECT, fileSelected);\nfunction fileSelected()\n{\n\tair.trace(store.nativePath);\n\t// load in any stored data\n\tvar byteData = new air.ByteArray();\n\tif(store.exists)\n\t{\n\t\tfileStream.open(store, air.FileMode.READ);\n\t\tfileStream.readBytes(byteData, 0, store.size);\n\t\tfileStream.close();\n\n\t\tif(byteData.length > 0)\n\t\t{\n\t\t\tvar s = byteData.readUTFBytes(byteData.length);\n\t\t\toldlist = s.split(\u201c\\r\\n\u201d);\n\n\t\t\t// create todolist items\n\t\t\tfor(var i=0; i < oldlist.length; i++)\n\t\t\t{\n\t\t\t\tcreateItem(oldlist[i], (new Date()).getTime() + i );\n\t\t\t}\n\t\t}\n\t}\n}\n\nPerform Interface Bindings\n\nThis is similar to before where we set the click event on the Add button but we\u2019ve moved the code to save the list into a separate function.\n\n$('#add').click(function(){\n\t\tvar t = $('#text').val();\n\t\tif(t){\n\t\t\t// create an ID using the time\n\t\t\tcreateItem(t, (new Date()).getTime() );\n\t\t}\n})\n\nManage creating and deleting items from the list\n\nThe list management is now in its own function, similar to before but with some extra information to identify list items and with calls to save our list after each change.\n\nfunction createItem(t, id)\n{\n\tif(t.length == 0) return;\n\t// add it to the todo list\n\ttodolist[id] = t;\n\t// use DOM methods to create the new list item\n\tvar li = document.createElement('li');\n\t// the extra space at the end creates a buffer between the text\n\t// and the delete link we're about to add\n\tli.appendChild(document.createTextNode(t + ' '));\n\t// create the delete link\n\tvar del = document.createElement('a');\n\t// this makes it a true link. I feel dirty doing this.\n\tdel.setAttribute('href', '#');\n\tdel.addEventListener('click', function(evt){\n\t\tvar id = this.id.substr(1);\n\t\tdelete todolist[id]; // remove the item from the list\n\t\tthis.parentNode.parentNode.removeChild(this.parentNode);\n\t\tsaveList();\n\t});\n\tdel.appendChild(document.createTextNode('[del]'));\n\tdel.id = 'd' + id;\n\tli.appendChild(del);\n\t// append everything to the list\n\t$('#list').append(li);\n\t//reset the text box\n\t$('#text').val('');\n\tsaveList();\n}\n\nSave changes to the file system\n\nAny time a change is made to the list, we update the file. The file will always reflect the current state of the list and we\u2019ll never have to click a save button. It just iterates through the list, adding a new line to each one.\n\nfunction saveList(){\n\tif(store.isDirectory) return;\n\tvar packet = '';\n\tfor(var i in todolist)\n\t{\n\t\tpacket += todolist[i] + '\\r\\n';\n\t}\n\tvar bytes = new air.ByteArray();\n\tbytes.writeUTFBytes(packet);\n\tfileStream.open(store, air.FileMode.WRITE);\n\tfileStream.writeBytes(bytes, 0, bytes.length);\n\tfileStream.close();\n}\n\nOne important thing to mention here is that we check if the store is a directory first. The reason we do this goes back to our browseForSave call. If the user cancels the dialog without selecting a file first, then the store points to the documentsDirectory that we set it to initially. Since we haven\u2019t specified a file, there\u2019s no place to save the list.\n\nHopefully by this point, you\u2019ve been thinking of some cool ways to pimp out your list. Now we need to package this up so that we can let other people use it, too.\n\nCreating a Package\n\nNow that we\u2019ve created our application, we need to package it up so that we can distribute it. This is a two step process. The first step is to create a code signing certificate (or you can pay for one from Thawte which will help authenticate you as an AIR application developer).\n\nTo create a self-signed certificate, run the following command. This will create a PFX file that you\u2019ll use to sign your application.\n\nadt -certificate -cn todo24ways 1024-RSA todo24ways.pfx mypassword\n\nAfter you\u2019ve done that, you\u2019ll need to create the package with the certificate\n\nadt -package -storetype pkcs12 -keystore todo24ways.pfx todo24ways.air application.xml .\n\nThe important part to mention here is the period at the end of the command. We\u2019re telling it to package up all files in the current directory.\n\nAfter that, just run the AIR file, which will install your application and run it.\n\nImportant things to remember about AIR\n\nWhen developing an HTML application, the rendering engine is Webkit. You\u2019ll thank your lucky stars that you aren\u2019t struggling with cross-browser issues. (My personal favourites are multiple backgrounds and border radius!)\n\nBe mindful of memory leaks. Things like Ajax calls and event binding can cause applications to slowly leak memory over time. Web pages are normally short lived but desktop applications are often open for hours, if not days, and you may find your little desktop application taking up more memory than anything else on your machine!\n\nThe WebKit runtime itself can also be a memory hog, usually taking about 15MB just for itself. If you create multiple HTML windows, it\u2019ll add another 15MB to your memory footprint. Our little to-do list application shouldn\u2019t be much of a concern, though.\n\nThe other important thing to remember is that you\u2019re still essentially running within a Flash environment. While you probably won\u2019t notice this working in small applications, the moment you need to move to multiple windows or need to accomplish stuff beyond what HTML and JavaScript can give you, the need to understand some of the Flash-based elements will become more important.\n\nLastly, the other thing to remember is that HTML links will load within the AIR application. If you want a link to open in the users web browser, you\u2019ll need to capture that event and handle it on your own. The following code takes the HREF from a clicked link and opens it in the default web browser.\n\nair.navigateToURL(new air.URLRequest(this.href));\n\nOnly the beginning\n\nOf course, this is only the beginning of what you can do with Adobe AIR. You don\u2019t have the same level of control as building a native desktop application, such as being able to launch other applications, but you do have more control than what you could have within a web application. Check out the Adobe AIR Developer Center for HTML and Ajax for tutorials and other resources.\n\nNow, go forth and create your desktop applications and hopefully you finish all your shopping before Christmas!\n\nDownload the example files.", "year": "2007", "author": "Jonathan Snook", "author_slug": "jonathansnook", "published": "2007-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2007/christmas-is-in-the-air/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 215, "title": "Teach the CLI to Talk Back", "contents": "The CLI is a daunting tool. It\u2019s quick, powerful, but it\u2019s also incredibly easy to screw things up in \u2013 either with a mistyped command, or a correctly typed command used at the wrong moment. This puts a lot of people off using it, but it doesn\u2019t have to be this way.\nIf you\u2019ve ever interacted with Slack\u2019s Slackbot to set a reminder or ask a question, you\u2019re basically using a command line interface, but it feels more like having a conversation. (My favourite Slack app is Lunch Train which helps with the thankless task of herding colleagues to a particular lunch venue on time.)\nSame goes with voice-operated assistants like Alexa, Siri and Google Home. There are even games, like Lifeline, where you interact with a stranded astronaut via pseudo SMS, and KOMRAD where you chat with a Soviet AI.\nI\u2019m not aiming to build an AI here \u2013 my aspirations are a little more down to earth. What I\u2019d like is to make the CLI a friendlier, more forgiving, and more intuitive tool for new or reluctant users. I want to teach it to talk back.\nInteractive command lines in the wild\nIf you\u2019ve used dev tools in the command line, you\u2019ve probably already used an interactive prompt \u2013 something that asks you questions and responds based on your answers. Here are some examples:\nYeoman\nIf you have Yeoman globally installed, running yo will start a command prompt.\n\nThe prompt asks you what you\u2019d like to do, and gives you options with how to proceed. Seasoned users will run specific commands for these options rather than go through this prompt, but it\u2019s a nice way to start someone off with using the tool.\nnpm\nIf you\u2019re a Node.js developer, you\u2019re probably familiar with typing npm init to initialise a project. This brings up prompts that will populate a package.json manifest file for that project.\n\nThe alternative would be to expect the user to craft their own package.json, which is more error-prone since it\u2019s in JSON format, so something as trivial as an extraneous comma can throw an error.\nSnyk\nSnyk is a dev tool that checks for known vulnerabilities in your dependencies. Running snyk wizard in the CLI brings up a list of all the known vulnerabilities, and gives you options on how to deal with it \u2013 such as patching the issue, applying a fix by upgrading the problematic dependency, or ignoring the issue (you are then prompted for a reason).\n\nThese decisions get mapped to the manifest and a .snyk file, and committed into the repo so that the settings are the same for everyone who uses that project.\nI work at Snyk, and running the wizard is what made me think about building my own personal assistant in the command line to help me with some boring, repetitive tasks.\nWriting your own\nSomething I do a lot is add bookmarks to styleguides.io \u2013 I pull down the entire repo, copy and paste a template YAML file, and edit to contents. Sometimes I get it wrong and break the site. So I\u2019ve been putting together a tool to help me add bookmarks.\nIt\u2019s called bookmarkbot \u2013 it\u2019s a personal assistant squirrel called Mark who will collect and bury your bookmarks for safekeeping.*\n\n*Fortunately, this metaphor also gives me a charming excuse for any situation where bookmarks sometimes get lost \u2013 it\u2019s not my poorly-written code, honest, it\u2019s just being realistic because sometimes squirrels forget where they buried things!\nWhen you run bookmarkbot, it will ask you for some information, and save that information as a Markdown file in YAML format.\nFor this demo, I\u2019m going to use a Node.js package called inquirer, which is a well supported tool for creating command line prompts. I like it because it has a bunch of different question types; from input, which asks for some text back, confirm which expects a yes/no response, or a list which gives you a set of options to choose from. You can even nest questions, Choose Your Own Adventure style.\nPrerequisites\n\nNode.js\nnpm\nRubyGems (Only if you want to go as far as serving a static site for your bookmarks, and you want to use Jekyll for it)\n\nDisclaimer\nBear in mind that this is a really simplified walkthrough. It doesn\u2019t have any error states, and it doesn\u2019t handle the situation where we save a file with the same name. But it gets you in a good place to start building out your tool.\nLet\u2019s go!\nCreate a new folder wherever you keep your projects, and give it an awesome name (I\u2019ve called mine bookmarks and put it in the Sites directory because I\u2019m unimaginative). Now cd to that directory. \ncd Sites/bookmarks\nLet\u2019s use that example I gave earlier, the trusty npm init.\nnpm init\nPop in the information you\u2019d like to provide, or hit ENTER to skip through and save the defaults. Your directory should now have a package.json file in it. Now let\u2019s install some of the dependencies we\u2019ll need.\nnpm install --save inquirer\nnpm install --save slugify\nNext, add the following snippet to your package.json to tell it to run this file when you run npm start.\n\"scripts\": {\n  \u2026\n  \"start\": \"node index.js\"\n}\nThat index.js file doesn\u2019t exist yet, so let\u2019s create it in the root of our folder, and add the following:\n// Packages we need\nvar fs = require('fs'); // Creates our file (part of Node.js so doesn't need installing)\nvar inquirer = require('inquirer'); // The engine for our questions prompt\nvar slugify = require('slugify'); // Will turn a string into a usable filename\n\n// The questions\nvar questions = [\n  {\n    type: 'input',\n    name: 'name',\n    message: 'What is your name?',\n  },\n];\n\n// The questions prompt\nfunction askQuestions() {\n\n  // Ask questions\n  inquirer.prompt(questions).then(answers => {\n\n    // Things we'll need to generate the output\n    var name = answers.name;\n\n    // Finished asking questions, show the output\n    console.log('Hello ' + name + '!');\n\n  });\n\n}\n\n// Kick off the questions prompt\naskQuestions();\nThis is just some barebones where we\u2019re including the inquirer package we installed earlier. I\u2019ve stored the questions in a variable, and the askQuestions function will prompt the user for their name, and then print \u201cHello <your name>\u201d in the console.\nEnough setup, let\u2019s see some magic. Save the file, go back to the command line and run npm start.\n\nExtending what we\u2019ve learnt\nAt the moment, we\u2019re just saving a name to a file, which isn\u2019t really achieving our goal of saving bookmarks. We don\u2019t want our tool to forget our information every time we talk to it \u2013 we need to save it somewhere. So I\u2019m going to add a little function to write the output to a file.\nSaving to a file\nCreate a folder in your project\u2019s directory called _bookmarks. This is where the bookmarks will be saved.\nI\u2019ve replaced my questions array, and instead of asking for a name, I\u2019ve extended out the questions, asking to be provided with a link and title (as a regular input type), a list of tags (using inquirer\u2019s checkbox type), and finally a description, again, using the input type.\nSo this is how my code looks now:\n// Packages we need\nvar fs = require('fs'); // Creates our file\nvar inquirer = require('inquirer'); // The engine for our questions prompt\nvar slugify = require('slugify'); // Will turn a string into a usable filename\n\n// The questions\nvar questions = [\n  {\n    type: 'input',\n    name: 'link',\n    message: 'What is the url?',\n  },\n  {\n    type: 'input',\n    name: 'title',\n    message: 'What is the title?',\n  },\n  {\n    type: 'checkbox',\n    name: 'tags',\n    message: 'Would you like me to add any tags?',\n    choices: [\n      { name: 'frontend' },\n      { name: 'backend' },\n      { name: 'security' },\n      { name: 'design' },\n      { name: 'process' },\n      { name: 'business' },\n    ],\n  },\n  {\n    type: 'input',\n    name: 'description',\n    message: 'How about a description?',\n  },\n];\n\n// The questions prompt\nfunction askQuestions() {\n\n  // Say hello\n  console.log('\ud83d\udc3f  Oh, hello! Found something you want me to bookmark?\\n');\n\n  // Ask questions\n  inquirer.prompt(questions).then((answers) => {\n\n    // Things we'll need to generate the output\n    var title = answers.title;\n    var link = answers.link;\n    var tags = answers.tags + '';\n    var description = answers.description;\n    var output = '---\\n' +\n                 'title: \"' + title + '\"\\n' +\n                 'link: \"' + link + '\"\\n' +\n                 'tags: [' + tags + ']\\n' +\n                 '---\\n' + description + '\\n';\n\n    // Finished asking questions, show the output\n    console.log('\\n\ud83d\udc3f  All done! Here is what I\\'ve written down:\\n');\n    console.log(output);\n\n    // Things we'll need to generate the filename\n    var slug = slugify(title);\n    var filename = '_bookmarks/' + slug + '.md';\n\n    // Write the file\n    fs.writeFile(filename, output, function () {\n      console.log('\\n\ud83d\udc3f  Great! I have saved your bookmark to ' + filename);\n    });\n\n  });\n\n}\n\n// Kick off the questions prompt\naskQuestions();\nThe output is formatted into YAML metadata as a Markdown file, which will allow us to turn it into a static HTML file using a build tool later. Run npm start again and have a look at the file it outputs.\n\nGetting confirmation\nBefore the user makes critical changes, it\u2019s good to verify those changes first. We\u2019re going to add a confirmation step to our tool, before writing the file. More seasoned CLI users may favour speed over a \u201chey, can you wait a sec and just check this is all ok\u201d step, but I always think it\u2019s worth adding one so you can occasionally save someone\u2019s butt.\nSo, underneath our questions array, let\u2019s add a confirmation array.\n// Packages we need\n\u2026\n// The questions\n\u2026\n\n// Confirmation questions\nvar confirm = [\n  {\n    type: 'confirm',\n    name: 'confirm',\n    message: 'Does this look good?',\n  },\n];\n\n// The questions prompt\n\u2026\n\nAs we\u2019re adding the confirm step before the file gets written, we\u2019ll need to add the following inside the askQuestions function:\n// The questions prompt\nfunction askQuestions() {\n  // Say hello\n  \u2026\n  // Ask questions\n  inquirer.prompt(questions).then((answers) => {\n    \u2026\n    // Things we'll need to generate the output\n    \u2026\n    // Finished asking questions, show the output\n    \u2026\n\n    // Confirm output is correct\n    inquirer.prompt(confirm).then(answers => {\n\n      // Things we'll need to generate the filename\n      var slug = slugify(title);\n      var filename = '_bookmarks/' + slug + '.md';\n\n      if (answers.confirm) {\n        // Save output into file\n        fs.writeFile(filename, output, function () {\n          console.log('\\n\ud83d\udc3f  Great! I have saved your bookmark to ' +\n          filename);\n        });\n      } else {\n        // Ask the questions again\n        console.log('\\n\ud83d\udc3f  Oops, let\\'s try again!\\n');\n        askQuestions();\n      }\n\n    });\n\n  });\n}\n\n// Kick off the questions prompt\naskQuestions();\nNow run npm start and give it a go!\n\nTyping y will write the file, and n will take you back to the start. Ideally, I\u2019d store the answers already given as defaults so the user doesn\u2019t have to start from scratch, but I want to keep this demo simple.\nServing the files\nNow that your bookmarking tool is successfully saving formatted Markdown files to a folder, the next step is to serve those files in a way that lets you share them online. The easiest way to do this is to use a static-site generator to convert your YAML files into HTML, and pop them all on one page. Now, you\u2019ve got a few options here and I don\u2019t want to force you down any particular path, as there are plenty out there \u2013 it\u2019s just a case of using the one you\u2019re most comfortable with.\nI personally favour Jekyll because of its tight integration with GitHub Pages \u2013 I don\u2019t want to mess around with hosting and deployment, so it\u2019s really handy to have my bookmarks publish themselves on my site as soon as I commit and push them using Git.\nI\u2019ll give you a very brief run-through of how I\u2019m doing this with bookmarkbot, but I recommend you read my Get Started With GitHub Pages (Plus Bonus Jekyll) guide if you\u2019re unfamiliar with them, because I\u2019ll be glossing over some bits that are already covered in there.\nSetting up a build tool\nIf you haven\u2019t already, install Jekyll and Bundler globally through RubyGems. Jekyll is our static-site generator, and Bundler is what we use to install Ruby dependencies.\ngem install jekyll bundler\nIn my project folder, I\u2019m going to run the following which will install the Jekyll files we\u2019ll need to build our listing page. I\u2019m using --force, otherwise it will complain that the directory isn\u2019t empty.\njekyll new . --force\nIf you check your project folder, you\u2019ll see a bunch of new files. Now run the following to start the server:\nbundle exec jekyll serve\nThis will build a new directory called _site. This is where your static HTML files have been generated. Don\u2019t touch anything in this folder because it will get overwritten the next time you build.\nNow that serve is running, go to http://127.0.0.1:4000/ and you\u2019ll see the default Jekyll page and know that things are set up right. Now, instead, we want to see our list of bookmarks that are saved in the _bookmarks directory (make sure you\u2019ve got a few saved). So let\u2019s get that set up next.\nOpen up the _config.yml file that Jekyll added earlier. In here, we\u2019re going to tell it about our bookmarks. Replace everything in your _config.yml file with the following:\ntitle: My Bookmarks\ndescription: These are some of my favourite articles about the web.\nmarkdown: kramdown\nbaseurl: /bookmarks # This needs to be the same name as whatever you call your repo on GitHub.\ncollections:\n  - bookmarks\nThis will make Jekyll aware of our _bookmarks folder so that we can call it later. Next, create a new directory and file at _layouts/home.html and paste in the following.\n<!doctype html>\n<html lang=\"en\">\n<head>\n  <meta charset=\"UTF-8\" />\n  <title>{{site.title}}</title>\n  <meta name=\"description\" content=\"{{site.description}}\">\n</head>\n\n<body>\n\n  <h1>{{site.title}}</h1>\n  <p>{{site.description}}</p>\n\n  <ul>\n    {% for bookmark in site.bookmarks %}\n    <li>\n      <a href=\"{{bookmark.link}}\">\n        <h2>{{bookmark.title}}</h2>\n      </a>\n      {{bookmark.content}}\n      {% if bookmark.tags %}\n      <ul>\n        {% for tags in bookmark.tags %}<li>{{tags}}</li>{% endfor %}\n      </ul>\n      {% endif %}\n    </li>\n    {% endfor %}\n  </ul>\n\n</body>\n\n</html>\nRestart Jekyll for your config changes to kick in, and go to the url it provides you (probably http://127.0.0.1:4000/bookmarks, unless you gave something different as your baseurl).\n\nIt\u2019s a decent start \u2013 there\u2019s a lot more we can do in this area but now we\u2019ve got a nice list of all our bookmarks, let\u2019s get it online!\nIf you want to use GitHub Pages to host your files, your first step is to push your project to GitHub. Go to your repository and click \u201csettings\u201d. Scroll down to the section labelled \u201cGitHub Pages\u201d, and from here you can enable it. Select your master branch, and it will provide you with a url to view your published pages.\n\nWhat next?\nNow that you\u2019ve got a framework in place for publishing bookmarks, you can really go to town on your listing page and make it your own. First thing you\u2019ll probably want to do is add some CSS, then when you\u2019ve added a bunch of bookmarks, you\u2019ll probably want to have some filtering in place for the tags, perhaps extend the types of questions that you ask to include an image (if you\u2019re feeling extra-fancy, you could just ask for a url and pull in metadata from the site itself). Maybe you\u2019ve got an idea that doesn\u2019t involve bookmarks at all.\nYou could use what you\u2019ve learnt to build a place where you can share quotes, a list of your favourite restaurants, or even Christmas gift ideas.\nHere\u2019s one I made earlier\n\nMy demo, bookmarkbot, is on GitHub, and I\u2019ve reused a lot of the code from styleguides.io. Feel free to grab bits of code from there, and do share what you end up making!", "year": "2017", "author": "Anna Debenham", "author_slug": "annadebenham", "published": "2017-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/teach-the-cli-to-talk-back/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 126, "title": "Intricate Fluid Layouts in Three Easy Steps", "contents": "The Year of the Script may have drawn attention away from CSS but building fluid, multi-column, cross-browser CSS layouts can still be as unpleasant as a lump of coal. Read on for a worry-free approach in three quick steps.\n\nThe layout system I developed, YUI Grids CSS, has three components. They can be used together as we\u2019ll see, or independently.\n\nThe Three Easy Steps\n\n\n\tChoose fluid or fixed layout, and choose the width (in percents or pixels) of the page.\n\tChoose the size, orientation, and source-order of the main and secondary blocks of content.\n\tChoose the number of columns and how they distribute (for example 50%-50% or 25%-75%), using stackable and nestable grid structures.\n\n\nThe Setup\n\nThere are two prerequisites: We need to normalize the size of an em and opt into the browser rendering engine\u2019s Strict Mode.\n\nEms are a superior unit of measure for our case because they represent the current font size and grow as the user increases their font size setting. This flexibility\u2014the container growing with the user\u2019s wishes\u2014means larger text doesn\u2019t get crammed into an unresponsive container. We\u2019ll use YUI Fonts CSS to set the base size because it provides consistent-yet-adaptive font-sizes while preserving user control.\n\nThe second prerequisite is to opt into Strict Mode (more info on rendering modes) by declaring a Doctype complete with URI. You can choose XHTML or HTML, and Transitional or Strict. I prefer HTML 4.01 Strict, which looks like this:\n\n<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd\">\n\nIncluding the CSS\n\nA single small CSS file powers a nearly-infinite number of layouts thanks to a recursive system and the interplay between the three distinct components. You could prune to a particular layout\u2019s specific needs, but why bother when the complete file weighs scarcely 1.8kb uncompressed? Compressed, YUI Fonts and YUI Grids combine for a miniscule 0.9kb over the wire.\n\nYou could save an HTTP request by concatenating the two CSS files, or by adding their contents to your own CSS, but I\u2019ll keep them separate for now:\n\n<link href=\"fonts.css\" rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\">\n<link href=\"grids.css\" rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\">\n\nExample: The Setup\n\nNow we\u2019re ready to build some layouts.\n\nStep 1: Choose Fluid or Fixed Layout\n\nChoose between preset widths of 750px, 950px, and 100% by giving a document-wrapping div an ID of doc, doc2, or doc3. These options cover most use cases, but it\u2019s easy to define a custom fixed width.\n\nThe fluid 100% grid (doc3) is what I\u2019ve been using almost exclusively since it was introduced in the last YUI released.\n\n<body>\n\t<div id=\"doc3\"></div>\n</body>\n\nAll pages are centered within the viewport, and grow with font size. The 100% width page (doc3) preserves 10px of breathing room via left and right margins. If you prefer your content flush to the viewport, just add doc3 {margin:auto} to your CSS.\n\nRegardless of what you choose in the other two steps, you can always toggle between these widths and behaviors by simply swapping the ID value. It\u2019s really that simple.\n\nExample: 100% fluid layout\n\nStep 2: Choose a Template Preset\n\nThis is perhaps the most frequently omitted step (they\u2019re all optional), but I use it nearly every time. In a source-order-independent way (good for accessibility and SEO), \u201cTemplate Presets\u201d provide commonly used template widths compatible with ad-unit dimension standards defined by the Interactive Advertising Bureau, an industry association.\n\nChoose between the six Template Presets (.yui-t1 through .yui-t6) by setting the class value on the document-wrapping div established in Step 1. Most frequently I use yui-t3, which puts the narrow secondary block on the left and makes it 300px wide. \n\n<body>\n\t<div id=\"doc3\" class=\"yui-t3\"></div>\n</body>\n\nThe Template Presets control two \u201cblocks\u201d of content, which are defined by two divs, each with yui-b (\u201cb\u201d for \u201cblock\u201d) class values. Template Presets describe the width and orientation of the secondary block; the main block will take up the rest of the space.\n\n<body>\n\t<div id=\"doc3\" class=\"yui-t3\">\n\t  <div class=\"yui-b\"></div>\n\t  <div class=\"yui-b\"></div>\n\t</div>\n</body>\n\nUse a wrapping div with an ID of yui-main to structurally indicate which block is the main block. This wrapper\u2014not the source order\u2014identifies the main block.\n\n<body>\n\t<div id=\"doc3\" class=\"yui-t3\">\n\t  <div id=\"yui-main\">\n\t    <div class=\"yui-b\"></div>\n\t  </div>\n\t  <div class=\"yui-b\"></div>\n\t</div>\n</body>\n\nExample: Main and secondary blocks sized and oriented with .yui-t3 Template Preset\n\nAgain, regardless of what values you choose in the other steps, you can always toggle between these Template Presets by toggling the class value of your document-wrapping div. It\u2019s really that simple.\n\nStep 3: Nest and Stack Grid Structures.\n\nThe bulk of the power of the system is in this third step. The key is that columns are built by parents telling children how to behave. By default, two children each consume half of their parent\u2019s area. Put two units inside a grid structure, and they will sit side-by-side, and they will each take up half the space. Nest this structure and two columns become four. Stack them for rows of columns.\n\nAn Even Number of Columns\n\nThe default behavior creates two evenly-distributed columns. It\u2019s easy. Define one parent grid with .yui-g (\u201cg\u201d for grid) and two child units with .yui-u (\u201cu\u201d for unit). The code looks like this:\n\n<div class=\"yui-g\">\n\t<div class=\"yui-u first\"></div>\n\t<div class=\"yui-u\"></div>\n</div>\n\nBe sure to indicate the \u201cfirst\u201c unit because the :first-child pseudo-class selector isn\u2019t supported across all A-grade browsers. It\u2019s unfortunate we need to add this, but luckily it\u2019s not out of place in the markup layer since it is structural information.\n\nExample: Two evenly-distributed columns in the main content block\n\nAn Odd Number of Columns\n\nThe default system does not work for an odd number of columns without using the included \u201cSpecial Grids\u201d classes. To create three evenly distributed columns, use the \u201cyui-gb\u201c Special Grid:\n\n<div class=\"yui-gb\">\n\t<div class=\"yui-u first\"></div>\n\t<div class=\"yui-u\"></div>\n\t<div class=\"yui-u\"></div>\n</div>\n\nExample: Three evenly distributed columns in the main content block\n\nUneven Column Distribution\n\nSpecial Grids are also used for unevenly distributed column widths. For example, .yui-ge tells the first unit (column) to take up 75% of the parent\u2019s space and the other unit to take just 25%.\n\n<div class=\"yui-ge\">\n\t<div class=\"yui-u first\"></div>\n\t<div class=\"yui-u\"></div>\n</div>\n\nExample: Two columns in the main content block split 75%-25%\n\nPutting It All Together\n\nStart with a full-width fluid page (div#doc3). Make the secondary block 180px wide on the right (div.yui-t4). Create three rows of columns: Three evenly distributed columns in the first row (div.yui-gb), two uneven columns (66%-33%) in the second row (div.yui-gc), and two evenly distributed columns in the thrid row.\n\n<body>\n\t<!-- choose fluid page and Template Preset -->\n\t<div id=\"doc3\" class=\"yui-t4\">\n\t\t<!-- main content block -->\n\t\t<div id=\"yui-main\">\n\t\t\t<div class=\"yui-b\">\n\t\t\t\t<!-- stacked grid structure, Special Grid \"b\" -->\n\t\t\t\t<div class=\"yui-gb\">\n\t\t\t\t\t<div class=\"yui-u first\"></div>\n\t\t\t\t\t<div class=\"yui-u\"></div>\n\t\t\t\t\t<div class=\"yui-u\"></div>\n\t\t\t\t</div>\n\t\t\t\t<!-- stacked grid structure, Special Grid \"c\" -->\n\t\t\t\t<div class=\"yui-gc\">\n\t\t\t\t\t<div class=\"yui-u first\"></div>\n\t\t\t\t\t<div class=\"yui-u\"></div>\n\t\t\t\t</div>\n\t\t\t\t<!-- stacked grid structure -->\n\t\t\t\t<div class=\"yui-g\">\n\t\t\t\t\t<div class=\"yui-u first\"></div>\n\t\t\t\t\t<div class=\"yui-u\"></div>\n\t\t\t\t</div>\n\t\t\t</div>\n\t\t</div>\n\t\t<!-- secondary content block -->\n\t\t<div class=\"yui-b\"></div>\n\t</div>\n</body>\n\nExample: A complex layout.\n\nWasn\u2019t that easy? Now that you know the three \u201clevers\u201d of YUI Grids CSS, you\u2019ll be creating headache-free fluid layouts faster than you can say \u201cPeace on Earth\u201d.", "year": "2006", "author": "Nate Koechley", "author_slug": "natekoechley", "published": "2006-12-20T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/intricate-fluid-layouts/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 327, "title": "Improving Form Accessibility with DOM Scripting", "contents": "The form label element is an incredibly useful little element \u2013 it lets you link the form field unquestionably with the descriptive label text that sits alongside or above it. This is a very useful feature for people using screen readers, but there are some problems with this element.\n\nWhat happens if you have one piece of data that, for various reasons (validation, the way your data is collected/stored etc), needs to be collected using several form elements?\n\nThe classic example is date of birth \u2013 ideally, you\u2019ll ask for the date of birth once but you may have three inputs, one each for day, month and year, that you also need to provide hints about the format required. The problem is that to be truly accessible you need to label each field. So you end up needing something to say \u201cthis is a date of birth\u201d, \u201cthis is the day field\u201d, \u201cthis is the month field\u201d and \u201cthis is the day field\u201d. Seems like overkill, doesn\u2019t it? And it can uglify a form no end.\n\nThere are various ways that you can approach it (and I think I\u2019ve seen them all). Some people omit the label and rely on the title attribute to help the user through; others put text in a label but make the text 1 pixel high and merging in to the background so that screen readers can still get that information. The most common method, though, is simply to set the label to not display at all using the CSS display:none property/value pairing (a technique which, for the time being, seems to work on most screen readers). But perhaps we can do more with this?\n\nThe technique I am suggesting as another alternative is as follows (here comes the pseudo-code):\n\n\n\tStart with a totally valid and accessible form\n\tEnsure that each form input has a label that is linked to its related form control\n\tApply a class to any label that you don\u2019t want to be visible (for example superfluous)\n\n\nThen, through the magic of unobtrusive JavaScript/the DOM, manipulate the page as follows once the page has loaded:\n\n\n\tFind all the label elements that are marked as superfluous and hide them\n\tFind out what input element each of these label elements is related to\n\tThen apply a hint about formatting required for input (gleaned from the original, now-hidden label text) \u2013 add it to the form input as default text\n\tFinally, add in a behaviour that clears or selects the default text (as you choose)\n\n\nSo, here\u2019s the theory put into practice \u2013 a date of birth, grouped using a fieldset, and with the behaviours added in using DOM, and here\u2019s the JavaScript that does the heavy lifting. \n\nBut why not just use display:none? As demonstrated at Juicy Studio, display:none seems to work quite well for hiding label elements. So why use a sledge hammer to crack a nut? In all honesty, this is something of an experiment, but consider the following:\n\n\n\tUsing the DOM, you can add extra levels of help, potentially across a whole form \u2013 or even range of forms \u2013 without necessarily increasing your markup (it goes beyond simply hiding labels)\n\tScreen readers today may  identify a label that is set not to display, but they may not in the future \u2013 this might provide a way around\n\tBy expanding this technique above, it might be possible to visually change the parent container that groups these items \u2013 in this case, a fieldset and legend, which are notoriously difficult to style consistently across different browsers \u2013 while still retaining the underlying semantic/logical structure\n\n\nWell, it\u2019s an idea to think about at least. How is it for you? How else might you use DOM scripting to improve the accessiblity or usability of your forms?", "year": "2005", "author": "Ian Lloyd", "author_slug": "ianlloyd", "published": "2005-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/improving-form-accessibility-with-dom-scripting/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 184, "title": "Spruce It Up", "contents": "The landscape of web typography is changing quickly these days. We\u2019ve gone from the wild west days of sIFR to Cuf\u00f3n to finally seeing font embedding seeing wide spread adoption by browser developers (and soon web designers) with @font-face. For those who\u2019ve felt limited by the typographic possibilities before, this has been a good year.\n\nAs Mark Boulton has so eloquently elucidated, @font-face embedding doesn\u2019t come without its drawbacks. Font files can be quite large and FOUT\u2014that nasty flash of unstyled text\u2014can be a distraction for users.\n\nData URIs\n\nWe can battle FOUT by using Data URIs. A Data URI allows the font to be encoded right into the CSS file. When the font comes with the CSS, the flash of unstyled text is mitigated. No extra HTTP requests are required. \n\nDon\u2019t be a grinch, though. Sending hundreds of kilobytes down the pipe still isn\u2019t great. Sometimes, all we want to do is spruce up our site with a little typographic sugar. \n\nBe Selective\n\nDan Cederholm\u2019s SimpleBits is an attractive site. \n\n\n\nTake a look at the ampersand within the header of his site. It\u2019s the lovely (and free) Goudy Bookletter 1911 available from The League of Movable Type. The Opentype format is a respectable 28KB. Nothing too crazy but hold on here. Mr. Cederholm is only using the ampersand! Ouch. That\u2019s a lot of bandwidth just for one character.\n\nCan we optimize a font like we can an image? Yes. Image optimization essentially works by removing unnecessary image data such as colour data, hidden comments or using compression algorithms. How do you remove unnecessary information from a font? Subsetting. \n\nIf you\u2019re the adventurous type, grab a copy of FontForge, which is an open source font editing tool. You can open the font, view and edit any of the glyphs and then re-generate the font. The interface is a little clunky but you\u2019ll be able to select any character you don\u2019t want and then cut the glyphs. Re-generate your font and you\u2019ve now got a smaller file. \n\n\n\nThere are certainly more optimizations that can also be made such as removing hinting and kerning information. Keep in mind that removing this information may affect how well the type renders.\n\nAt this time of year, though, I\u2019m sure you\u2019re quite busy. Save yourself some time and head on over to the Font Squirrel Font Generator.\n\n\n\nThe Font Generator is extremely handy and allows for a number of optimizations and cross-platform options to be generated instantly. Select the font from your local system\u2014make sure that you are only using properly licensed fonts! \n\nIn this particular case, we only want the ampersand. Click on Subset Fonts which will open up a new menu. Unselect any preselected sets and enter the ampersand into the Single Characters text box. \n\nGenerate your font and what are you left with? 3KB. \n\n\n\nThe Font Generator even generates a base64 encoded data URI stylesheet to be imported easily into your project.\n\nCheck out the Demo page. (This demo won\u2019t work in Internet Explorer as we\u2019re only demonstrating the Data URI font embedding and not using the EOT file format that IE requires.) \n\nNo Unnecessary Additives\n\nIf you peeked under the hood of that demo, did you notice something interesting? There\u2019s no <span> around the ampersand. The great thing about this is that we can take advantage of the font stack\u2019s natural ability to switch to a fallback font when a character isn\u2019t available.\n\nJust like that, we\u2019ve managed to spruce up our page with a little typographic sugar without having to put on too much weight.", "year": "2009", "author": "Jonathan Snook", "author_slug": "jonathansnook", "published": "2009-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/spruce-it-up/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 192, "title": "Cleaner Code with CSS3 Selectors", "contents": "The parts of CSS3 that seem to grab the most column inches on blogs and in articles are the shiny bits. Rounded corners, text shadow and new ways to achieve CSS layouts are all exciting and bring with them all kinds of possibilities for web design. However what really gets me, as a developer, excited is a bit more mundane.  \n\nIn this article I\u2019m going to take a look at some of the ways our front and back-end code will be simplified by CSS3, by looking at the ways we achieve certain visual effects now in comparison to how we will achieve them in a glorious, CSS3-supported future. I\u2019m also going to demonstrate how we can use these selectors now with a little help from JavaScript \u2013 which can work out very useful if you find yourself in a situation where you can\u2019t change markup that is being output by some server-side code.\n\nThe wonder of nth-child\n\nSo why does nth-child get me so excited? Here is a really common situation, the designer would like the tables in the application to look like this:\n\n\n\nSetting every other table row to a different colour is a common way to enhance readability of long rows. The tried and tested way to implement this is by adding a class to every other row. If you are writing the markup for your table by hand this is a bit of a nuisance, and if you stick a row in the middle you have to change the rows the class is applied to. If your markup is generated by your content management system then you need to get the server-side code to add that class \u2013 if you have access to that code.\n\n<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN\"\n\t  \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd\">\n<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\">\n<head>\n<title>Striping every other row - using classes</title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\n\tbody {\n\t\tpadding: 40px;\n\t\tmargin: 0;\n\t\tfont: 0.9em Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;\n\t}\n\ttable {\n\t\tborder-collapse: collapse;\n\t\tborder: 1px solid #124412;\n\t\twidth: 600px;\n\t}\n\tth {\n\t\tborder: 1px solid #124412;\n\t\tbackground-color: #334f33;\n\t\tcolor: #fff;\n\t\tpadding: 0.4em;\n\t\ttext-align: left;\n\t}\n\ttd {\n\t\tpadding: 0.4em;\n\t}\n\ttr.odd td {\n\t\tbackground-color: #86B486;\n\t}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n\t<table>\n\t\t<tr>\n\t\t\t<th>Name</th>\n\t\t\t<th>Cards sent</th>\n\t\t\t<th>Cards received</th>\n\t\t\t<th>Cards written but not sent</th>\n\t\t</tr>\n\t\t<tr>\n\t\t\t<td>Ann</td>\n\t\t\t<td>40</td>\n\t\t\t<td>28</td>\n\t\t\t<td>4</td>\n\t\t</tr>\n\t\t<tr class=\"odd\">\n\t\t\t<td>Joe</td>\n\t\t\t<td>2</td>\n\t\t\t<td>27</td>\n\t\t\t<td>29</td>\n\t\t</tr>\n\t\t<tr>\n\t\t\t<td>Paul</td>\n\t\t\t<td>5</td>\n\t\t\t<td>35</td>\n\t\t\t<td>2</td>\n\t\t</tr>\n\t\t<tr class=\"odd\">\n\t\t\t<td>Louise</td>\n\t\t\t<td>65</td>\n\t\t\t<td>65</td>\n\t\t\t<td>0</td>\n\t\t</tr>\n\t</table>\n</body>\n</html>\n\nView Example 1\n\nThis situation is something I deal with on almost every project, and apart from being an extra thing to do, it just isn\u2019t ideal having the server-side code squirt classes into the markup for purely presentational reasons. This is where the nth-child pseudo-class selector comes in. The server-side code creates a valid HTML table for the data, and the CSS then selects the odd rows with the following selector:\n\ntr:nth-child(odd) td {\n\tbackground-color: #86B486;\n}\n\nView Example 2\n\nThe odd and even keywords are very handy in this situation \u2013 however you can also use a multiplier here. 2n would be equivalent to the keyword \u2018odd\u2019 3n would select every third row and so on.\n\nBrowser support\n\nSadly, nth-child has pretty poor browser support. It is not supported in Internet Explorer 8 and has somewhat buggy support in some other browsers. Firefox 3.5 does have support. In some situations however, you might want to consider using JavaScript to add this support to browsers that don\u2019t have it. This can be very useful if you are dealing with a Content Management System where you have no ability to change the server-side code to add classes into the markup.\n\nI\u2019m going to use jQuery in these examples as it is very simple to use the same CSS selector used in the CSS to target elements with jQuery \u2013 however you could use any library or write your own function to do the same job. In the CSS I have added the original class selector to the nth-child selector:\n\ntr:nth-child(odd) td, tr.odd td {\n\tbackground-color: #86B486;\n}\n\nThen I am adding some jQuery to add a class to the markup once the document has loaded \u2013 using the very same nth-child selector that works for browsers that support it. \n\n<script src=\"http://code.jquery.com/jquery-latest.js\"></script> \n <script>\n  $(document).ready(function(){\n\t$(\"tr:nth-child(odd)\").addClass(\"odd\");\n  });\n </script>\n\nView Example 3\n\nWe could just add a background colour to the element using jQuery, however I prefer not to mix that information into the JavaScript as if we change the colour on our table rows I would need to remember to change it both in the CSS and in the JavaScript.\n\nDoing something different with the last element\n\nSo here\u2019s another thing that we often deal with. You have a list of items all floated left with a right hand margin on each element constrained within a fixed width layout. If each element has the right margin applied the margin on the final element will cause the set to become too wide forcing that last item down to the next row as shown in the below example where I have used a grey border to indicate the fixed width.\n\n\n\nCurrently we have two ways to deal with this. We can put a negative right margin on the list, the same width as the space between the elements. This means that the extra margin on the final element fills that space and the item doesn\u2019t drop down. \n\n<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN\"\n\t  \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd\">\n<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\">\n<head>\n<title>The last item is different</title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\n\tbody {\n\t\tpadding: 40px;\n\t\tmargin: 0;\n\t\tfont: 0.9em Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;\n\t}\n\tdiv#wrapper {\n\t\twidth: 740px;\n\t\tfloat: left;\n\t\tborder: 5px solid #ccc;\n\t}\n\tul.gallery {\n\t\tmargin: 0 -10px 0 0;\n\t\tpadding: 0;\n\t\tlist-style: none;\n\t}\n\tul.gallery li {\n\t\tfloat: left;\n\t\twidth: 240px;\n\t\tmargin: 0 10px 10px 0;\n\t}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n\t<div id=\"wrapper\">\n\t\t<ul class=\"gallery\">\n\t\t\t<li><img src=\"xmas1.jpg\" alt=\"baubles\" /></li>\n\t\t\t<li><img src=\"xmas2.jpg\" alt=\"star\" /></li>\n\t\t\t<li><img src=\"xmas3.jpg\" alt=\"wreath\" /></li>\n\t\t</ul>\n\t</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n\nView Example 4\n\nThe other solution will be to put a class on the final element and in the CSS remove the margin for this class. \n\nul.gallery li.last {\n\tmargin-right: 0;\n}\n\nThis second solution may not be easy if the content is generated from server-side code that you don\u2019t have access to change.\n\nIt could all be so different. In CSS3 we have marvellously common-sense selectors such as last-child, meaning that we can simply add rules for the last list item. \n\nul.gallery li:last-child {\n\tmargin-right: 0;\n}\n\nView Example 5\n\nThis removed the margin on the li which is the last-child of the ul with a class of gallery. No messing about sticking classes on the last item, or pushing the width of the item out wit a negative margin.\n\nIf this list of items repeated ad infinitum then you could also use nth-child for this task. Creating a rule that makes every 3rd element margin-less.\n\nul.gallery li:nth-child(3n) {\n\tmargin-right: 0;\n}\n\nView Example 6\n\n\n\nA similar example is where the designer has added borders to the bottom of each element \u2013 but the last item does not have a border or is in some other way different. Again, only a class added to the last element will save you here if you cannot rely on using the last-child selector.\n\nBrowser support for last-child\n\nThe situation for last-child is similar to that of nth-child, in that there is no support in Internet Explorer 8. However, once again it is very simple to replicate the functionality using jQuery. Adding our .last class to the last list item.\n\n$(\"ul.gallery li:last-child\").addClass(\"last\");\n\nWe could also use the nth-child selector to add the .last class to every third list item.\n\n$(\"ul.gallery li:nth-child(3n)\").addClass(\"last\");\n\nView Example 7\n\nFun with forms\n\nStyling forms can be a bit of a trial, made difficult by the fact that any CSS applied to the input element will effect text fields, submit buttons, checkboxes and radio buttons. As developers we are left adding classes to our form fields to differentiate them. In most builds all of my text fields have a simple class of text whereas I wouldn\u2019t dream of adding a class of para to every paragraph element in a document.\n\n<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN\"\n      \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd\">\n<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\">\n<head>\n<title>Syling form fields</title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\n\tbody {\n\t\tpadding: 40px;\n\t\tmargin: 0;\n\t\tfont: 0.9em Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;\n\t}\n\tform div {\n\t\tclear: left;\n\t\tpadding: 0 0 0.8em 0;\n\t}\n\tform label {\n\t\tfloat: left;\n\t\twidth: 120px;\n\t}\n\tform .text, form textarea {\n\t\tborder:1px solid #333;\n\t\tpadding: 0.2em;\n\t\twidth: 400px;\n\t}\n\tform .button {\n\t\tborder: 1px solid #333;\n\t\tbackground-color: #eee;\n\t\tcolor: #000;\n\t\tpadding: 0.1em;\n\t} \n\t</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n\t<h1>Send your Christmas list to Santa</h1>\n\t<form method=\"post\" action=\"\" id=\"christmas-list\">\n\t\t<div><label for=\"fName\">Name</label>\n\t\t<input type=\"text\" name=\"fName\" id=\"fName\" class=\"text\" /></div>\n\t\t<div><label for=\"fEmail\">Email address</label>\n\t\t<input type=\"text\" name=\"fEmail\" id=\"fEmail\" class=\"text\" /></div>\n\t\t<div><label for=\"fList\">Your list</label>\n\t\t<textarea name=\"fList\" id=\"fList\" rows=\"10\" cols=\"30\"></textarea></div>\n\t\t<div><input type=\"submit\" name=\"btnSubmit\" id=\"btnSubmit\" value=\"Submit\" class=\"button\" ></div>\n\t</form>\n</body>\n</html>\n\nView Example 8\n\nAttribute selectors provide a way of targeting elements by looking at the attributes of those elements. Unlike the other examples in this article which are CSS3 selectors, the attribute selector is actually a CSS2.1 selector \u2013 it just doesn\u2019t get much use because of lack of support in Internet Explorer 6. Using attribute selectors we can write rules for text inputs and form buttons without needing to add any classes to the markup. For example after removing the text and button classes from my text and submit button input elements I can use the following rules to target them:\n\nform input[type=\"text\"] {\n    border: 1px solid #333;\n    padding: 0.2em;\n    width: 400px;\n}\nform input[type=\"submit\"]{\n    border: 1px solid #333;\n    background-color: #eee;\n    color: #000;\n    padding: 0.1em;\n} \n\nView Example 9\n\nAnother problem that I encounter with forms is where I am using CSS to position my labels and form elements by floating the labels. This works fine as long as I want all of my labels to be floated, however sometimes we get a set of radio buttons or a checkbox, and I don\u2019t want the label field to be floated. As you can see in the below example the label for the checkbox is squashed up into the space used for the other labels, yet it makes more sense for the checkbox to display after the text.\n\n\n\nI could use a class on this label element however CSS3 lets me to target the label attribute directly by looking at the value of the for attribute.\n\nlabel[for=\"fOptIn\"] {\n    float: none;\n    width: auto;\n}\n\n\n\nBeing able to precisely target attributes in this way is incredibly useful, and once IE6 is no longer an issue this will really help to clean up our markup and save us from having to create all kinds of special cases when generating this markup on the server-side.\n\nBrowser support\n\nThe news for attribute selectors is actually pretty good with Internet Explorer 7+, Firefox 2+ and all other modern browsers all having support. As I have already mentioned this is a CSS2.1 selector and so we really should expect to be able to use it as we head into 2010! Internet Explorer 7 has slightly buggy support and will fail on the label example shown above however I discovered a workaround in the Sitepoint CSS reference comments. Adding the selector label[htmlFor=\"fOptIn\"] to the correct selector will create a match for IE7.\n\nIE6 does not support these selector but, once again, you can use jQuery to plug the holes in IE6 support. The following jQuery will add the text and button classes to your fields and also add a checks class to the label for the checkbox, which you can use to remove the float and width for this element.\n\n$('form input[type=\"submit\"]').addClass(\"button\");\n$('form input[type=\"text\"]').addClass(\"text\");\n$('label[for=\"fOptIn\"]').addClass(\"checks\");\n\nView Example 10\n\nThe selectors I\u2019ve used in this article are easy to overlook as we do have ways to achieve these things currently. As developers \u2013 especially when we have frameworks and existing code that cope with these situations \u2013 it is easy to carry on as we always have done. \n\nI think that the time has come to start to clean up our front and backend code and replace our reliance on classes with these more advanced selectors. With the help of a little JavaScript almost all users will still get the full effect and, where we are dealing with purely visual effects, there is definitely a case to be made for not worrying about the very small percentage of people with old browsers and no JavaScript. They will still receive a readable website, it may just be missing some of the finesse offered to the modern browsing experience.", "year": "2009", "author": "Rachel Andrew", "author_slug": "rachelandrew", "published": "2009-12-20T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/cleaner-code-with-css3-selectors/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 31, "title": "Dealing with Emergencies in Git", "contents": "The stockings were hung by the chimney with care,\nIn hopes that version control soon would be there.\n\nThis summer I moved to the UK with my partner, and the onslaught of the Christmas holiday season began around the end of October (October!). It does mean that I\u2019ve had more than a fair amount of time to come up with horrible Git analogies for this article. Analogies, metaphors, and comparisons help the learner hook into existing mental models about how a system works. They only help, however, if the learner has enough familiarity with the topic at hand to make the connection between the old and new information.\n\nLet\u2019s start by painting an updated version of Clement Clarke Moore\u2019s Christmas living room. Empty stockings are hung up next to the fireplace, waiting for Saint Nicholas to come down the chimney and fill them with small treats. Holiday treats are scattered about. A bowl of mixed nuts, the holiday nutcracker, and a few clementines. A string of coloured lights winds its way up an evergreen.\n\nPerhaps a few of these images are familiar, or maybe they\u2019re just settings you\u2019ve seen in a movie. It doesn\u2019t really matter what the living room looks like though. The important thing is to ground yourself in your own experiences before tackling a new subject. Instead of trying to brute-force your way into new information, as an adult learner constantly ask yourself: \u2018What is this like? What does this remind me of? What do I already know that I can use to map out this new territory?\u2019 It\u2019s okay if the map isn\u2019t perfect. As you refine your understanding of a new topic, you\u2019ll outgrow the initial metaphors, analogies, and comparisons.\n\nWith apologies to Mr. Moore, let\u2019s give it a try.\n\nGetting Interrupted in Git\n\nWhen on the roof there arose such a clatter!\n\nYou\u2019re happily working on your software project when all of a sudden there are freaking reindeer on the roof! Whatever you\u2019ve been working on is going to need to wait while you investigate the commotion.\n\nIf you\u2019ve got even a little bit of experience working with Git, you know that you cannot simply change what you\u2019re working on in times of emergency. If you\u2019ve been doing work, you have a dirty working directory and you cannot change branches, or push your work to a remote repository while in this state.\n\nUp to this point, you\u2019ve probably dealt with emergencies by making a somewhat useless commit with a message something to the effect of \u2018switching branches for a sec\u2019. This isn\u2019t exactly helpful to future you, as commits should really contain whole ideas of completed work. If you get interrupted, especially if there are reindeer on the roof, the chances are very high that you weren\u2019t finished with what you were working on.\n\nYou don\u2019t need to make useless commits though. Instead, you can use the stash command. This command allows you to temporarily set aside all of your changes so that you can come back to them later. In this sense, stash is like setting your book down on the side table (or pushing the cat off your lap) so you can go investigate the noise on the roof. You aren\u2019t putting your book away though, you\u2019re just putting it down for a moment so you can come back and find it exactly the way it was when you put it down.\n\nLet\u2019s say you\u2019ve been working in the branch waiting-for-st-nicholas, and now you need to temporarily set aside your changes to see what the noise was on the roof:\n\n$ git stash\n\nAfter running this command, all uncommitted work will be temporarily removed from your working directory, and you will be returned to whatever state you were in the last time you committed your work.\n\nWith the book safely on the side table, and the cat safely off your lap, you are now free to investigate the noise on the roof. It turns out it\u2019s not reindeer after all, but just your boss who thought they\u2019d help out by writing some code on the project you\u2019ve been working on. Bless. Rolling your eyes, you agree to take a look and see what kind of mischief your boss has gotten themselves into this time.\n\nYou fetch an updated list of branches from the remote repository, locate the branch your boss had been working on, and checkout a local copy:\n\n$ git fetch\n$ git branch -r\n$ git checkout -b helpful-boss-branch origin/helpful-boss-branch\n\nYou are now in a local copy of the branch where you are free to look around, and figure out exactly what\u2019s going on.\n\nYou sigh audibly and say, \u2018Okay. Tell me what was happening when you first realised you\u2019d gotten into a mess\u2019 as you look through the log messages for the branch.\n\n$ git log --oneline\n$ git log\n\nBy using the log command you will be able to review the history of the branch and find out the moment right before your boss ended up stuck on your roof.\n\nYou may also want to compare the work your boss has done to the main branch for your project. For this article, we\u2019ll assume the main branch is named master.\n\n$ git diff master\n\nLooking through the commits, you may be able to see that things started out okay but then took a turn for the worse.\n\nChecking out a single commit\n\nUsing commands you\u2019re already familiar with, you can rewind through history and take a look at the state of the code at any moment in time by checking out a single commit, just like you would a branch.\n\nUsing the log command, locate the unique identifier (commit hash) of the commit you want to investigate. For example, let\u2019s say the unique identifier you want to checkout is 25f6d7f.\n\n$ git checkout 25f6d7f\n\nNote: checking out '25f6d7f'.\n\nYou are in 'detached HEAD' state. You can look around,\nmake experimental changes and commit them, and you can\ndiscard any commits you make in this state without\nimpacting any branches by performing another checkout.\n\nIf you want to create a new branch to retain commits you create, you may do so (now or later) by using @-b@ with the checkout command again. Example:\n\n$ git checkout -b new_branch_name\n\nHEAD is now at 25f6d7f... Removed first paragraph.\n\nThis is usually where people start to panic. Your boss screwed something up, and now your HEAD is detached. Under normal circumstances, these words would be a very good reason to panic.\n\nTake a deep breath. Nothing bad is going to happen. Being in a detached HEAD state just means you\u2019ve temporarily disconnected from a known chain of events. In other words, you\u2019re currently looking at the middle of a story (or branch) about what happened \u2013 and you\u2019re not at the endpoint for this particular story.\n\nGit allows you to view the history of your repository as a timeline (technically it\u2019s a directed acyclic graph). When you make commits which are not associated with a branch, they are essentially inaccessible once you return to a known branch. If you make commits while you\u2019re in a detached HEAD state, and then try to return to a known branch, Git will give you a warning and tell you how to save your work.\n\n$ git checkout master\n\nWarning: you are leaving 1 commit behind, not connected to\nany of your branches:\n\n  7a85788 Your witty holiday commit message.\n\nIf you want to keep them by creating a new branch, this may be a good time to do so with:\n\n$ git branch new_branch_name 7a85788\n\nSwitched to branch 'master'\nYour branch is up-to-date with 'origin/master'.\n\nSo, if you want to save the commits you\u2019ve made while in a detached HEAD state, you simply need to put them on a new branch.\n\n$ git branch saved-headless-commits 7a85788\n\nWith this trick under your belt, you can jingle around in history as much as you\u2019d like. It\u2019s not like sliding around on a timeline though. When you checkout a specific commit, you will only have access to the history from that point backwards in time. If you want to move forward in history, you\u2019ll need to move back to the branch tip by checking out the branch again.\n\n$ git checkout helpful-boss-branch\n\nYou\u2019re now back to the present. Your HEAD is now pointing to the endpoint of a known branch, and so it is no longer detached. Any changes you made while on your adventure are safely stored in a new branch, assuming you\u2019ve followed the instructions Git gave you. That wasn\u2019t so scary after all, now, was it?\n\nBack to our reindeer problem.\n\nIf your boss is anything like the bosses I\u2019ve worked with, chances are very good that at least some of their work is worth salvaging. Depending on how your repository is structured, you\u2019ll want to capture the good work using one of several different methods.\n\nBack in the living room, we\u2019ll use our bowl of nuts to illustrate how you can rescue a tiny bit of work.\n\nSaving just one commit\n\nAbout that bowl of nuts. If you\u2019re like me, you probably had some favourite kinds of nuts from an assorted collection. Walnuts were generally the most satisfying to crack open. So, instead of taking the entire bowl of nuts and dumping it into a stocking (merging the stocking and the bowl of nuts), we\u2019re just going to pick out one nut from the bowl. In Git terms, we\u2019re going to cherry-pick a commit and save it to another branch.\n\nFirst, checkout the main branch for your development work. From this branch, create a new branch where you can copy the changes into.\n\n$ git checkout master\n$ git checkout -b rescue-the-boss\n\nFrom your boss\u2019s branch, helpful-boss-branch locate the commit you want to keep.\n\n$ git log --oneline helpful-boss-branch\n\nLet\u2019s say the commit ID you want to keep is e08740b. From your rescue branch, use the command cherry-pick to copy the changes into your current branch.\n\n$ git cherry-pick e08740b\n\nIf you review the history of your current branch again, you will see you now also have the changes made in the commit in your boss\u2019s branch.\n\nAt this point you might need to make a few additional fixes to help your boss out. (You\u2019re angling for a bonus out of all this. Go the extra mile.) Once you\u2019ve made your additional changes, you\u2019ll need to add that work to the branch as well.\n\n$ git add [filename(s)]\n$ git commit -m \"Building on boss's work to improve feature X.\"\n\nGo ahead and test everything, and make sure it\u2019s perfect. You don\u2019t want to introduce your own mistakes during the rescue mission!\n\nUploading the fixed branch\n\nThe next step is to upload the new branch to the remote repository so that your boss can download it and give you a huge bonus for helping you fix their branch.\n\n$ git push -u origin rescue-the-boss\n\nCleaning up and getting back to work\n\nWith your boss rescued, and your bonus secured, you can now delete the local temporary branches.\n\n$ git branch --delete rescue-the-boss\n$ git branch --delete helpful-boss-branch\n\nAnd settle back into your chair to wait for Saint Nicholas with your book, your branch, and possibly your cat.\n\n$ git checkout waiting-for-st-nicholas\n$ git stash pop\n\nYour working directory has been returned to exactly the same state you were in at the beginning of the article.\n\nHaving fun with analogies\n\nI\u2019ve had a bit of fun with analogies in this article. But sometimes those little twists on ideas can really help someone pick up a new idea (git stash: it\u2019s like when Christmas comes around and everyone throws their fashion sense out the window and puts on a reindeer sweater for the holiday party; or git bisect: it\u2019s like trying to find that one broken light on the string of Christmas lights). It doesn\u2019t matter if the analogy isn\u2019t perfect. It\u2019s just a way to give someone a temporary hook into a concept in a way that makes the concept accessible while the learner becomes comfortable with it. As the learner\u2019s comfort increases, the analogies can drop away, making room for the technically correct definition of how something works.\n\nOr, if you\u2019re like me, you can choose to never grow old and just keep mucking about in the analogies. I\u2019d argue it\u2019s a lot more fun to play with a string of Christmas lights and some holiday cheer than a directed acyclic graph anyway.", "year": "2014", "author": "Emma Jane Westby", "author_slug": "emmajanewestby", "published": "2014-12-02T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/dealing-with-emergencies-in-git/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 289, "title": "Front-End Developers Are Information Architects Too", "contents": "The theme of this year\u2019s World IA Day was \u201cInformation Everywhere, Architects Everywhere\u201d. This article isn\u2019t about what you may consider an information architect to be: someone in the user-experience field, who maybe studied library science, and who talks about taxonomies. This is about a realisation I had a couple of years ago when I started to run an increasing amount of usability-testing sessions with people who have disabilities: that the structure, labelling, and connections that can be made in front-end code is information architecture. People\u2019s ability to be successful online is unequivocally connected to the quality of the code that is written.\nPlaces made of information\nIn information architecture we talk about creating places made of information. These places are made of ones and zeros, but we talk about them as physical structures. We talk about going onto a social media platform, posting in blogs, getting locked out of an environment, and building applications. In 2002, Andrew Hinton stated:\n\nPeople live and work in these structures, just as they live and work in their homes, offices, factories and malls. These places are not virtual: they are as real as our own minds.\n25 Theses\n\nWe\u2019re creating structures which people rely on for significant parts of their lives, so it\u2019s critical that we carry out our work responsibly. This means we must use our construction materials correctly. Luckily, our most important material, HTML, has a well-documented specification which tells us how to build robust and accessible places. What is most important, I believe, is to understand the semantics of HTML.\nSemantics\nThe word \u201csemantic\u201d has its origin in Greek words meaning \u201csignificant\u201d, \u201csignify\u201d, and \u201csign\u201d. In the physical world, a structure can have semantic qualities that tell us something about it. For example, the stunning Westminster Abbey inspires awe and signifies much about the intent and purpose of the structure. The building\u2019s size; the quality of the stone work; the massive, detailed stained glass: these are all signs that this is a building meant for something the creators deemed important. Alternatively consider a set of large, clean, well-positioned, well-lit doors on the ground floor of an office block: they don\u2019t need an \u201centrance\u201d sign to communicate their use and to stop people trying to use a nearby fire exit to get into the building. The design of the doors signify their usage. Sometimes a more literal and less awe-inspiring approach to communicating a building\u2019s purpose happens, but the affect is similar: the building is signifying something about its purpose.\nHTML has over 115 elements, many of which have semantics to signify structure and affordance to people, browsers, and assistive technology. The HTML 5.1 specification mentions semantics, stating:\n\nElements, attributes, and attribute values in HTML are defined \u2026 to have certain meanings (semantics). For example, the <ol> element represents an ordered list, and the lang attribute represents the language of the content.\nHTML 5.1 Semantics, structure, and APIs of HTML documents\n\nHTML\u2019s baked-in semantics means that developers can architect their code to signify structure, create relationships between elements, and label content so people can understand what they\u2019re interacting with. Structuring and labelling information to make it available, usable, and understandable to people is what an information architect does. It\u2019s also what a front-end developer does, whether they realise it or not.\nA brief introduction to information architecture\nWe\u2019re going to start by looking at what an information architect is. There are many definitions, and I\u2019m going to quote Richard Saul Wurman, who is widely regarded as the father of information architecture. In 1976 he said an information architect is:\n\nthe individual who organizes the patterns inherent in data, making the complex clear; a person who creates the structure or map of information which allows others to find their personal paths to knowledge; the emerging 21st century professional occupation addressing the needs of the age focused upon clarity, human understanding, and the science of the organization of information.\nOf Patterns And Structures\n\nTo me, this clearly defines any developer who creates code that a browser, or other user agent (for example, a screen reader), uses to create a structured, navigable place for people.\nJust as there are many definitions of what an information architect is, there are for information architecture itself. I\u2019m going to use the definition from the fourth edition of Information Architecture For The World Wide Web, in which the authors define it as:\nThe structural design of shared information environments.\nThe synthesis of organization, labeling, search, and navigation systems within digital, physical, and cross-channel ecosystems.\nThe art and science of shaping information products and experiences to support usability, findability, and understanding.\nInformation Architecture For The World Wide Web, 4th Edition\nTo me, this describes front-end development. Done properly, there is an art to creating robust, accessible, usable, and findable spaces that delight all our users. For example, at 2015\u2019s State Of The Browser conference, Edd Sowden talked about the accessibility of <table>s. He discovered that by simply not using the semantically-correct <th> element to mark up <table> headings, in some situations browsers will decide that a <table> is being used for layout and essentially make it invisible to assistive technology. Another example of how coding practices can affect the usability and findability of content is shown by L\u00e9onie Watson in her How ARIA landmark roles help screen reader users video. By using ARIA landmark roles, people who use screen readers are quickly able to identify and jump to common parts of a web page.\nOur definitions of information architects and information architecture mention patterns, rules, organisation, labelling, structure, and relationships. There are numerous different models for how these elements get boiled down to their fundamentals. In his Understanding Context book, Andrew Hinton calls them Labels, Relationships, and Rules; Jorge Arango calls them Links, Nodes, And Order; and Dan Klyn uses Ontology, Taxonomy, and Choreography, which is the one we\u2019re going to use. Dan defines these terms as:\nOntology\nThe definition and articulation of the rules and patterns that govern the meaning of what we intend to communicate.\nWhat we mean when we say what we say.\nTaxonomy\nThe arrangements of the parts. Developing systems and structures for what everything\u2019s called, where everything\u2019s sorted, and the relationships between labels and categories\nChoreography\nRules for interaction among the parts. The structures it creates foster specific types of movement and interaction; anticipating the way users and information want to flow and making affordance for change over time.\n\nWe now have definitions of an information architect, information architecture, and a model of the elements of information architecture. But is writing HTML really creating information or is it just wrangling data and metadata? When does data turn into information? In his book Managing For The Future Peter Drucker states:\n\n\u2026 data is not information. Information is data endowed with relevance and purpose.\nManaging For The Future\n\nIf we use the correct semantic element to mark up content then we\u2019re developing with purpose and creating relevance. For example, if we follow the advice of the HTML 5.1 specification and mark up headings using heading rank instead of the outline algorithm, we\u2019re creating a structure where the depth of one heading is relevant to the previous one. Architected correctly, an <h2> element should be relevant to its parent, which should be the <h1>. By following the HTML specification we can create a structured, searchable, labeled document that will hopefully be relevant to what our users need to be successful. If you\u2019ve never used a screen reader, you might be wondering how the headings on a page are searchable. Screen readers give users the ability to interact with headings in a couple of ways:\n\nby creating a list of headings so users can quickly scan the page for information\nby using a keyboard command to cycle through one heading at a time\n\nIf we had a document for Christmas Day TV we might structure it something like this:\n<h1>Christmas Day TV schedule</h1>\n  <h2>BBC1</h2>\n    <h3>Morning</h3>\n      <h3>Evening</h3>\n  <h2>BBC2</h2>\n    <h3>Morning</h3>\n    <h3>Evening</h3>\n  <h2>ITV</h2>\n    <h3>Morning</h3>\n    <h3>Evening</h3>\n  <h2>Channel 4</h2>\n    <h3>Morning</h3>\n    <h3>Evening</h3>\nIf I use VoiceOver to generate a list of headings, I get this:\n\nOnce I have that list I can use keyboard commands to filter the list based on the heading level. For example, I can press 2 to hear just the <h2>s:\n\nIf we hadn\u2019t used headings, of if we\u2019d nested them incorrectly, our users would be frustrated.\nPutting this together\nLet\u2019s put this together with an example of a button that, when pressed, toggles the appearance of a panel of links. There are numerous ways we could create a button on a web page, but the best way is to just use a <button>. Every browser understands what a <button> is, how it works, and what keyboard shortcuts should be used with them. The HTML specification for the <button> element says:\n\nThe <button> element represents a button labeled by its contents.\n\nThe contents that a <button> can have include the type attribute, any relevant ARIA attributes, and the actual text label that the user sees. This information is more important than the visual design: it doesn\u2019t matter how beautiful or obtuse the design is, if the underlying code is non-semantic and poorly labelled, people are going to struggle to use it. Here are three buttons, each created with the same HTML but with different designs:\n\nRegardless of what they look like, because we\u2019ve used semantic HTML instead of a bunch of meaningless <div>s or <span>s, people who use assistive technology are going to benefit. Out of the box, without any extra development effort, a <button> is accessible and usable with a keyboard. We don\u2019t have to write event handlers to listen for people pressing the Enter key or the space bar, which we would have to do if we\u2019d faked a button with non-semantic elements. Our <button> can also be quickly findable: for example, in the same way it\u2019s possible to create a list of headings with a screen reader, I can also create a list of form elements and then quickly jump to the one I want.\nNow we have our <button>, let\u2019s add the panel we\u2019re toggling the appearance of. Here\u2019s our code:\n<button aria-controls=\"panel\" aria-expanded=\"false\" class=\"settings\" id=\"settings\" type=\"button\">Settings</button>\n\n<div class=\"panel hidden\" id=\"panel\">\n    <ul aria-labelledby=\"settings\">\n        <li><a href=\"\u2026\">Account</a></li>\n        <li><a href=\"\u2026\">Privacy</a></li>\n        <li><a href=\"\u2026\">Security</a></li>\n    </ul>\n</div>\nThere\u2019s quite a bit going on here. We\u2019re using the:\n\naria-controls attribute to architect a connection between the <button> element and the panel whose appearance it controls. When some assistive technology, for example the JAWS screen reader, encounters an element with aria-controls it audibly tells a user about the controlled expanded element and gives them the ability to move focus to it.\naria-expanded attribute to denote whether the panel is visible or not. We toggle this value using JavaScript to true when the panel is visible and false when it\u2019s not. This important attribute tells people who use screen readers about the state of the elements they\u2019re interacting with. For example, VoiceOver announces Settings expanded button when the panel is visible and Settings collapsed button when it\u2019s hidden.\naria-labelledby attribute to give the list a title of \u201cSettings\u201d. This can benefit some users of assistive technology. For example, screen readers can cycle through all the lists on a page, so being able to title them can improve findability. Being able to hear list Settings three items is, I\u2019d argue, more useful than list three items. By doing this we\u2019re supporting usability and findability.\n<ul> element to contain our list of links in our panel.\n\nLet\u2019s look at the choice of <ul> to contain our settings choices. Firstly, our settings are related items, so they belong in a structure that semantically groups things. This is something that a list can do that other elements or patterns can\u2019t. This pattern, for example, isn\u2019t semantic and has no structure:\n<div><a href=\"\u2026\">Account</a></div>\n<div><a href=\"\u2026\">Privacy</a></div>\n<div><a href=\"\u2026\">Security</a></div>\nAll we have there is three elements next to each other on the screen and in the DOM. That is not robust code that signifies anything.\nWhy are we using an unordered list as opposed to an ordered list or a definition list? A quick look at the HTML specification tells us why:\n\nThe <ul> element represents a list of items, where the order of the items is not important \u2014 that is, where changing the order would not materially change the meaning of the document.\nThe HTML 5.1 specification\u2019s description of the  element\n\nWill the meaning of our document materially change if we moved the order of our links around? Nope. Therefore, I\u2019d argue, we\u2019ve used the correct element to structure our content.\nThese coding decisions are information architecture\nI believe that what we\u2019ve done here is pure information architecture. Going back to Dan Klyn\u2019s model, we\u2019ve practiced ontology by looking at the meaning of what we\u2019re intending to communicate:\n\nwe want to communicate there is an interactive element that toggles the appearance of an element on a page so we\u2019ve used one, a <button>, with those semantics.\nprogrammatically we\u2019ve used the type='button' attribute to signify that the button isn\u2019t a menu, reset, or submit element.\nvisually we\u2019ve designed our <button> look like something that can be interacted with and, importantly, we haven\u2019t removed the focus ring.\nwe\u2019ve labelled the <button> with the word \u201cSettings\u201d so that our users will hopefully understand what the button is for.\nwe\u2019ve used an <ul> element to structure and communicate our list of related items.\n\nWe\u2019ve also practiced taxonomy by developing systems and structures and creating relationships between our elements:\n\nby connecting the <button> to the panel using the aria-controls attribute we\u2019ve programmatically created a relationship between two elements.\nwe\u2019ve developed a structure in our elements by labelling our <ul> with the same name as the <button> that controls its appearance.\n\nAnd finally we\u2019ve practiced choreography by creating elements that foster movement and interaction. We\u2019ve anticipated the way users and information want to flow:\n\nwe\u2019ve used a <button> element that is interactive and accessible out of the box.\nour aria-controls attribute can help some people who use screen readers move easily from the <button> to the panel it controls.\nby toggling the value of the aria-expanded attribute we\u2019ve developed a system that tells assistive technology about the status of the relationship between our elements: the panel is visible or the panel is hidden.\nwe\u2019ve made sure our information is more usable and findable no matter how our users want or need to interact with it. Regardless of how someone \u201csees\u201d our work they\u2019re going to be able to use it because we\u2019ve architected multiple ways to access our information.\n\nInformation architecture, robust code, and accessibility\nThe United Nations estimates that around 10% of the world\u2019s population has some form of disability which, at the time of writing, is around 740,000,000 people. That\u2019s a lot of people who rely on well-architected semantic code that can be interpreted by whatever assistive technology they may need to use.\nIf everyone involved in the creation of our places made of information practiced information architecture it would make satisfying the WCAG 2.0 POUR principles so much easier. Our digital construction practices directly affect the quality of life of millions of people, and we have a responsibility to make technology available to them. In her book How To Make Sense Of Any Mess, Abby Covert states:\nIf we\u2019re going to be successful in this new world, we need to see information as a workable material and learn to architect it in a way that gets us to our goals.\nHow To Make Sense Of Any Mess\nI believe that the world will be a better place if we start treating front-end development as information architecture.", "year": "2016", "author": "Francis Storr", "author_slug": "francisstorr", "published": "2016-12-17T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/front-end-developers-are-information-architects-too/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 298, "title": "First Steps in VR", "contents": "The web is all around us. As web folk, it is our responsibility to consider the impact our work can have. Part of this includes thinking about the future; the web changes lives and if we are building the web then we are the ones making decisions that affect people in every corner of the world. I find myself often torn between wanting to make the right decisions, and just wanting to have fun. To fiddle and play. We all know how important it is to sometimes just try ideas, whether they will amount to much or not. \nI think of these two mindsets as production and prototyping, though of course there are lots of overlap and phases in between. I mention this because virtual reality is currently seen as a toy for rich people, and in some ways at the moment it is. But with WebVR we are able to create interesting experiences with a relatively low entry point. I want us to have open minds, play around with things, and then see how we can use the tools we have at our disposal to make things that will help people.\nEvery year we see articles saying it will be the \u201cyear of virtual reality\u201d, that was especially prevalent this year. 2016 has been a year of progress, VR isn\u2019t quite mainstream but with efforts like Playstation VR and Google Cardboard, we are definitely seeing much more of it. This year also saw the consumer editions of the Oculus Rift and HTC Vive. So it does seem to be a good time for an overview of how to get involved with creating virtual reality on the web.\nWebVR is an API for connecting to devices and retrieving continuous data such as the position and orientation. Unlike the Web Audio API and some other APIs, WebVR does not feel like a framework. You use it however you want, taking the data and using it as you wish. To make it easier, there are plenty of resources such as Three.js, A-Frame and ReactVR that help to make the heavy lifting a bit easier.\nGetting Started with A-Frame\nI like taking the opportunity to learn new things whenever I can. So while planning this article I thought that instead of trying to teach WebGL or even Three.js in a way that is approachable for all, I would create my first project using A-Frame and write about that. This is not a tutorial as such, I just want to show how to go about getting involved with VR. The beauty of A-Frame is that it is very similar to web components, you can just write HTML to build worlds that will automatically work on all the different types of devices. It uses WebGL and WebVR but in such a way that it quite drastically reduces the learning curve. That\u2019s not to say you can\u2019t build complex things, you have complete access to write JavaScript and shaders.\nI\u2019m lazy. Whenever I learn a new language or framework I have found that the best way, personally, for me to learn is to have a project and to copy the starting code from someone else. A project lets you have a good idea of what you want to produce and it means you can ignore a lot of the irrelevant documentation, focussing purely on what you need. That reduces the stress of figuring things out. Copying code also makes it easier, because you know your boilerplate code is working. There\u2019s nothing worse than getting stuck before anything actually works the first time. So I tinker. I take code and I modify it, I play around. It\u2019s fun.\nFor this project I wanted to keep things as simple as possible, so I can easily explain it without the classic \u201cdraw a circle then draw an owl\u201d. I wrote a list of requirements, with some stretch goals that you can give a try yourself if you fancy:\n\nMust work on Google Cardboard at a minimum, because of price\nTherefore, it must not rely on having a controller\nAuto-moving around a maze would be a good example\nMove in direction you look\nStretch goal: Scoring, time until you hit a wall or get stuck in maze\nStretch goal: Levels, so the map doesn\u2019t need to be random\nStretch goal: Snow!\n\nI decided to  base this project on an example, Platforms, by Don McCurdy who wrote the really useful aframe-extras. Platforms has random 3D blocks that you can jump onto, going up into the sky. So I took his code and reduced it so that the blocks are randomly spread on the ground. \n<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n    <meta charset=\"utf-8\">\n    <meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width\">\n    <title>24 ways</title>\n    <script src=\"https://aframe.io/releases/0.3.2/aframe.js\"></script>\n    <script src=\"//cdn.rawgit.com/donmccurdy/aframe-extras/v2.6.1/dist/aframe-extras.min.js\"></script>\n</head>\n<body>\n<a-scene>\n    <a-entity id=\"player\"\n              camera\n              universal-controls\n              kinematic-body\n              position=\"0 1.8 0\">\n    </a-entity>\n\n    <a-entity id=\"walls\"></a-entity>\n\n    <a-grid id=\"ground\" static-body></a-grid>\n\n    <a-sky id=\"sky\" color=\"#AADDF0\"></a-sky>\n\n    <!-- Lighting -->\n    <a-light type=\"ambient\" color=\"#ccc\"></a-light>\n</a-scene>\n<script>\n    document.querySelector('a-scene').addEventListener('render-target-loaded', function () {\n        var MAP_SIZE = 10,\n                PLATFORM_SIZE = 5,\n                NUM_PLATFORMS = 50;\n        var platformsEl = document.querySelector('#walls');\n        var v, box;\n        for (var i = 0;  i < NUM_PLATFORMS; i++) {\n            // y: 0 is ground\n            v = {\n                x: (Math.floor(Math.random() * MAP_SIZE) - PLATFORM_SIZE) * PLATFORM_SIZE,\n                y: PLATFORM_SIZE / 2,\n                z: (Math.floor(Math.random() * MAP_SIZE) - PLATFORM_SIZE) * PLATFORM_SIZE\n            };\n            box = document.createElement('a-box');\n            platformsEl.appendChild(box);\n            box.setAttribute('color', '#39BB82');\n            box.setAttribute('width', PLATFORM_SIZE);\n            box.setAttribute('height', PLATFORM_SIZE);\n            box.setAttribute('depth', PLATFORM_SIZE);\n            box.setAttribute('position', v.x + ' ' + v.y + ' ' + v.z);\n            box.setAttribute('static-body', '');\n        }\n        console.info('Platforms loaded.');\n    });\n</script>\n</body>\n</html>\nAs you can see, this is very readable. Especially if you ignore the JavaScript that is used to create the maze. A-Frame (with A-Frame Extras) gives you a lot of power with relatively little to learn. We start with an <a-scene> which is the container for everything that is going to show up on the screen. There are a few <a-entity> which can be compared to <div> as they are essentially non-semantic containers, able to be used for any purpose. The attributes are used to define functionality, for example the camera attribute sets the entity to function as a camera and kinematic-body makes it collide instead of go through objects. Attributes are also used to set position and sizes, often using JavaScript to dynamically define them.\nStyling\nNow we\u2019ve got the HTML written, we need to style it. To do this we add A-Frame compatible attributes such as color and material. I recommend playing around, you can get some quite impressive effects fairly easily. Originally I wanted a light snowy maze but it ended up being dark and foggy, as I really liked the feeling it gave.\nNote, you will probably need a server running for images to work. You can do this by running python -m \"SimpleHTTPServer\" in the folder where the code is, then go to localhost:8000 in browser.\nTextures\nUnless you are going for a cartoony style, you probably want to find some textures. I found some on textures.com, one image worked well for the walls and the other for the floor.\n<a-assets>\n    <img id=\"texture-floor\" src=\"floor.jpg\">\n    <img id=\"texture-wall\" src=\"wall.jpg\">\n</a-assets>\nThe <a-assets> is used to define (as well as preload and cache) all assets, including images, audio and video. As you can see, images in the Asset Management System just use normal img tags. The ids are important here as we can use them later for using the textures. \nTo apply a texture to an object, you create a material. For a simple material where it just shows the image, you set the src to the id selector of the image.\nReplace: \n<a-grid id=\"ground\" static-body></a-grid>\nWith:\n<a-grid id=\"ground\" static-body material=\"src: #texture-floor\"></a-grid>\nThis will automatically make the image repeat over the entire floor, in my case filling it with bricks. The walls are pretty much identical, with the slight exception that it is set in JavaScript as they are dynamically defined.\nbox.setAttribute('material', 'src: #texture-wall');\nThat\u2019s it for the textures, for now at least. These will not look completely realistic, as the light will bump off the rectangular wall rather than texture itself. This can be improved by using maps, textures that are used to modify the shape and physical properties of the object. \nLighting\nThe next part of styling is lighting. By using fog and different types of lighting, we are able to add atmospheric details to the game to make it feel that bit more realistic and polished.\nThere are lots of types of light in A-Frame (most coming from Three.js). You can add a light either by using the <a-light> entity or by attaching a light attribute to any other entity. If there are no lights defined then A-Frame adds some by default so that the scene is always lit.\nTo start with I wanted to light up the scene with a general light, type=\"ambient\", so that the whole game felt slightly dark. I chose to set the light to a reddish colour #92455E. After playing around with intensity I chose 0.4, it added enough light to get the feeling I wanted without it being overly red. I also added a blue skybox (<a-sky>), as it looked a bit odd with a white sky.\n<a-light type=\"ambient\" color=\"#92455E\" intensity=\"0.4\"></a-light>\n<a-sky id=\"sky\" color=\"#0000ff\"></a-sky>\nI felt that the maze looked good with a red tinge but it was a bit flat, everything was the same colour and it was a bit dark. So I added a light within the #player entity, this could have been as an attribute but I set it as a child a-light instead. By using type=\"point\" with a high intensity and low distance, it showed close walls as being lighter. It also added a sort-of object to the player, it isn\u2019t a walking human or anything but by moving light where the player is it feels a bit more physical.\n<a-light color=\"#fff\" distance=\"5\" intensity=\"0.7\" type=\"point\"></a-light>\n\nBy this point it was starting to look decent, so I wanted to add the fog to really give some personality and depth to the maze. To do this I added the fog attribute to the <a-scene> with type=exponential so it looks thicker the further away it is and a mid intensity, so you feel a bit lost but can still see.\n\nI was very happy with this result. It took a lot of playing around with colours and values, which is fun in itself. I highly recommend you take the code (or write your own) and play around with the numbers.\nMovement\nOne of the reasons I decided to use aframe-extras is that it has a few different camera controls built in. As you saw earlier, I am using the universal-controls which gives WASD (keyboard) controls by default. I wanted to make it automatically move in the direction that you\u2019re looking, but I wasn\u2019t quite sure how without rewriting the controls. So I asked Don McCurdy for advice and he very nicely gave me a small snippet of code to get it working.\nAFRAME.registerComponent('automove-controls', {\n    init: function () {\n        this.speed = 0.1;\n        this.isMoving = true;\n        this.velocityDelta = new THREE.Vector3();\n    },\n    isVelocityActive: function () {\n        return this.isMoving;\n    },\n    getVelocityDelta: function () {\n        this.velocityDelta.z = this.isMoving ? -speed : 0;\n        return this.velocityDelta.clone();\n    }\n});\nReplace:\nuniversal-controls\nWith:\nuniversal-controls=\"movementControls: automove, gamepad, keyboard\"\nThis works by creating a component automove-controls that adds auto-move to the player without overriding movement completely. It doesn\u2019t even touch direction, it just checks if isMoving is true then moves the player by the set speed. Components can be creating for adding all kinds of functionality with relative ease. It makes it very powerful for people of all difficulty levels.\nBuilding a map\nCurrently the maze is created randomly, which is great but means there will often be walls that overlap or the player gets trapped with nowhere to go. So to solve this, I decided to use a map editor (Tiled) so that we can create the mazes ourselves. This is a great start towards one of the stretch goals, levels.\nI made the maze in Tiled by finding a random tileset online (we don\u2019t need to actually show the images), I used one tile for the wall and another for the player. Then I exported as a JavaScript file and modified it in my text editor to get rid of everything I didn\u2019t need. I made it so 0 is the path, 1 is the wall and 2 is the player. I then added the script to the HTML, as a separate file so it\u2019s easy to update in the future. \nvar map =\n{\n \"data\":[1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1],\n \"height\":10,\n \"width\":10\n}\n\nAs you can see, this gives a simple 10x10 maze with some dead ends. The player starts in the bottom right corner (my choice, could be anywhere). I rewrote the random platforms code (from Don\u2019s example) to instead loop over the map data and place walls where it is 1 and position the player where data is 2. I set the position so that the origin of the map would be 0,1.5,0. The y axis is in this case the height (ground being 0), but if a wall is positioned at 0 by its centre then some of it is underground. So the y needed to be the height divided by 2.\ndocument.querySelector('a-scene').addEventListener('render-target-loaded', function () {\n    var WALL_SIZE = 5,\n        WALL_HEIGHT = 3;\n    var el = document.querySelector('#walls');\n    var wall;\n\n    for (var x = 0; x < map.height; x++)  {\n        for (var y = 0; y < map.width; y++) {\n\n            var i = y*map.width + x;\n            var position = (x-map.width/2)*WALL_SIZE + ' ' + 1.5 + ' ' + (y-map.height/2)*WALL_SIZE;\n            if (map.data[i] === 1) {\n                // Create wall\n                wall = document.createElement('a-box');\n                el.appendChild(wall);\n                wall.setAttribute('color', '#fff');\n                wall.setAttribute('material', 'src: #texture-wall;');\n                wall.setAttribute('width', WALL_SIZE);\n                wall.setAttribute('height', WALL_HEIGHT);\n                wall.setAttribute('depth', WALL_SIZE);\n                wall.setAttribute('position', position);\n                wall.setAttribute('static-body', ');\n            }\n\n            if (map.data[i] === 2)  {\n                // Set player position\n                document.querySelector('#player').setAttribute('position', position);\n            }\n\n        }\n    }\n    console.info('Walls added.');\n});\n\nWith this added, it makes it nice and easy to change around the map as well as to add new features. Perhaps you want monsters or objects. Just set the number in the map data and add an if statement to the loop. In the future you could add layers, so multiple things can be in the same position. Or perhaps even make the maze go up the y axis too, with ramps or staircases. There\u2019s a lot you can do with relative ease. As you can see, A-Frame really does reduce the learning curve of 3D and VR on the web.\nIt\u2019s Not All Fun And Games\nA lot of examples of virtual reality are games, including this one. So it is understandable to think that VR is for gaming, but actually that\u2019s just a tiny subset. There are all sorts of applications for VR, including story telling, data visualisation and even meditation.\nThere have been a number of cases where it has been shown virtual reality can help as a tool for therapies:\n\nOxford study finds virtual reality can help treat severe paranoia\nVirtual Reality Therapy for Phobias at the Duke Faculty Practice\nBravemind: Virtual Reality Exposure Therapy at the University of Southern California\n\nThese are just a few examples of where virtual reality is being used around the world to help people feel better and get through some very tough times. There have also been examples of it being used for simulating war zones or medical situations, both as a teaching and journalism tool.\nWrapping Up\nTen years ago, on this very site, Cameron Moll wrote an article explaining the mobile web. He explained how mobile phones with data plans were becoming increasingly common, that WAP 2.0 included the XHTML Mobile Profile meaning it would be familiar with web folk. \u201cThe mobile web is rapidly becoming an XHTML environment, and thus you and I can apply our existing \u201cdesktop web\u201d skills to understand how to develop content for it.\u201d\nWe can look at that and laugh a little, we have come a very long way in the last decade. Even people in developing countries with very little money have mobile phones with access to a web that is far more capable than the \u201cdesktop web\u201d Cameron was referring to.\nSo while I am not saying virtual reality is going to change the world or replace our phones, who knows! We can use our skills as web folk to dabble, we don\u2019t need to learn any new languages. If on the 2026 edition of 24 ways, somebody references this article and looks at how far we have come\u2026 well, let\u2019s hope we have used our skills well and made the world just that little bit better. And if VR is a fad? Well it\u2019s fun\u2026 have a go anyway.", "year": "2016", "author": "Shane Hudson", "author_slug": "shanehudson", "published": "2016-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/first-steps-in-vr/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 38, "title": "Websites of Christmas Past, Present and Future", "contents": "The websites of Christmas past\n\nThe first website was created at CERN. It was launched on 20 December 1990 (just in time for Christmas!), and it still works today, after twenty-four years. Isn\u2019t that incredible?!\n\nWhy does this website still work after all this time? I can think of a few reasons.\n\nFirst, the authors of this document chose HTML. Of course they couldn\u2019t have known back then the extent to which we would be creating documents in HTML, but HTML always had a lot going for it. It\u2019s built on top of plain text, which means it can be opened in any text editor, and it\u2019s pretty readable, even without any parsing.\n\nDespite the fact that HTML has changed quite a lot over the past twenty-four years, extensions to the specification have always been implemented in a backwards-compatible manner. Reading through the 1992 W3C document HTML Tags, you\u2019ll see just how it has evolved. We still have h1 \u2013 h6 elements, but I\u2019d not heard of the <plaintext> element before. Despite being deprecated since HTML2, it still works in several browsers. You can see it in action on my website.\n\nAs well as being written in HTML, there is no run-time compilation of code; the first website simply consists of HTML files transmitted over the web. Due to its lack of complexity, it stood a good chance of surviving in the turbulent World Wide Web.\n\nThat\u2019s all well and good for a simple, static website. But websites created today are increasingly interactive. Many require a login and provide experiences that are tailored to the individual user. This type of dynamic website requires code to be executed somewhere.\n\nTraditionally, dynamic websites would execute such code on the server, and transmit a simple HTML file to the user. As far as the browser was concerned, this wasn\u2019t much different from the first website, as the additional complexity all happened before the document was sent to the browser.\n\nDoing it all in the browser\n\nIn 2003, the first single page interface was created at slashdotslash.com. A single page interface or single page app is a website where the page is created in the browser via JavaScript. The benefit of this technique is that, after the initial page load, subsequent interactions can happen instantly, or very quickly, as they all happen in the browser.\n\nWhen software runs on the client rather than the server, it is often referred to as a fat client. This means that the bulk of the processing happens on the client rather than the server (which can now be thin).\n\nA fat client is preferred over a thin client because:\n\n\n\tIt takes some processing requirements away from the server, thereby reducing the cost of servers (a thin server requires cheaper, or fewer servers).\n\tThey can often continue working offline, provided no server communication is required to complete tasks after initial load.\n\tThe latency of internet communications is bypassed after initial load, as interactions can appear near instantaneous when compared to waiting for a response from the server.\n\n\nBut there are also some big downsides, and these are often overlooked:\n\n\n\tThey can\u2019t work without JavaScript. Obviously JavaScript is a requirement for any client-side code execution. And as the UK Government Digital Service discovered, 1.1% of their visitors did not receive JavaScript enhancements. Of that 1.1%, 81% had JavaScript enabled, but their browsers failed to execute it (possibly due to dropping the internet connection). If you care about 1.1% of your visitors, you should care about the non-JavaScript experience for your website.\n\tThe browser needs to do all the processing. This means that the hardware it runs on needs to be fast. It also means that we require all clients to have largely the same capabilities and browser APIs.\n\tThe initial payload is often much larger, and nothing will be rendered for the user until this payload has been fully downloaded and executed. If the connection drops at any point, or the code fails to execute owing to a bug, we\u2019re left with the non-JavaScript experience.\n\tThey are not easily indexed as every crawler now needs to run JavaScript just to receive the content of the website.\n\n\nThese are not merely edge case issues to shirk off. The first three issues will affect some of your visitors; the fourth affects everyone, including you.\n\nWhat problem are we trying to solve?\n\nSo what can be done to address these issues? Whereas fat clients solve some inherent issues with the web, they seem to create as many problems. When attempting to resolve any issue, it\u2019s always good to try to uncover the original problem and work forwards from there. One of the best ways to frame a problem is as a user story. A user story considers the who, what and why of a need. Here\u2019s a template:\n\n\n\tAs a {who} I want {what} so that {why}\n\n\nI haven\u2019t got a specific project in mind, so let\u2019s refer to the who as user. Here\u2019s one that could explain the use of thick clients.\n\n\n\tAs a user I want the site to respond to my actions quickly so that I get immediate feedback when I do something.\n\n\nThis user story could probably apply to a great number of websites, but so could this:\n\n\n\tAs a user I want to get to the content quickly, so that I don\u2019t have to wait too long to find out what the site is all about or get the content I need.\n\n\nA better solution\n\nHow can we balance both these user needs? How can we have a website that loads fast, and also reacts fast? The solution is to have a thick server, that serves the complete document, and then a thick client, that manages subsequent actions and replaces parts of the page. What we\u2019re talking about here is simply progressive enhancement, but from the user\u2019s perspective.\n\nThe initial payload contains the entire document. At this point, all interactions would happen in a traditional way using links or form elements. Then, once we\u2019ve downloaded the JavaScript (asynchronously, after load) we can enhance the experience with JavaScript interactions. If for whatever reason our JavaScript fails to download or execute, it\u2019s no biggie \u2013 we\u2019ve already got a fully functioning website. If an API that we need isn\u2019t available in this browser, it\u2019s not a problem. We just fall back to the basic experience.\n\nThis second point, of having some minimum requirement for an enhanced experience, is often referred to as cutting the mustard, first used in this sense by the BBC News team. Essentially it\u2019s an if statement like this:\n\nif('querySelector' in document\n && 'localStorage' in window\n && 'addEventListener' in window) {\n // bootstrap the JavaScript application\n }\n\nThis code states that the browser must support the following methods before downloading and executing the JavaScript:\n\n\n\tdocument.querySelector (can it find elements by CSS selectors)\n\twindow.localStorage (can it store strings)\n\twindow.addEventListener (can it bind to events in a standards-compliant way)\n\n\nThese three properties are what the BBC News team decided to test for, as they are present in their website\u2019s JavaScript. Each website will have its own requirements. The last method, window.addEventListener is in interesting one. Although it\u2019s simple to bind to events on IE8 and earlier, these browsers have very inconsistent support for standards. Making any JavaScript-heavy website work on IE8 and earlier is a painful exercise, and comes at a cost to all users on other browsers, as they\u2019ll download unnecessary code to patch support for IE.\n\n JavaScript API support by browser.\n\nI discovered that IE8 supports 12% of the current JavaScript APIs, while IE9 supports 16%, and IE10 51%. It seems, then, that IE10 could be the earliest version of IE that I\u2019d like to develop JavaScript for. That doesn\u2019t mean that users on browsers earlier than 10 can\u2019t use the website. On the contrary, they get the core experience, and because it\u2019s just HTML and CSS, it\u2019s much more likely to be bug-free, and could even provide a better experience than trying to run JavaScript in their browser. They receive the thin client experience.\n\nBy reducing the number of platforms that our enhanced JavaScript version supports, we can better focus our efforts on those platforms and offer an even greater experience to those users. But we can only do that if we use progressive enhancement. Otherwise our website would be completely broken for all other users.\n\nSo what we have is a thick server, capable of serving the entire website to our users, complete with all core functionality needed for our users to complete their tasks; and we have a thick client on supported browsers, which can bring an even greater experience to those users.\n\nThis is all transparent to users. They may notice that the website seems snappier on the new iPhone they received for Christmas than on the Windows 7 machine they got five years ago, but then they probably expected it to be faster on their iPhone anyway.\n\nIsn\u2019t this just more work?\n\nIt\u2019s true that making a thick server and a thick client is more work than just making one or the other. But there are some big advantages:\n\n\n\tThe website works for everyone.\n\tYou can decide when users get the enhanced experience.\n\tYou can enhance features in an iterative (or agile) manner.\n\tWhen the website breaks, it doesn\u2019t break down.\n\tThe more you practise this approach, the quicker you will become.\n\n\nThe websites of Christmas present\n\nThe best way to discover websites using this technique of progressive enhancement is to disable JavaScript and see if the website breaks. I use the Web Developer extension, which is available for Chrome and Firefox. It lets me quickly disable JavaScript.\n\n Web Developer extension.\n\n24 ways works with and without JavaScript. Try using the menu icon to view the navigation. Without JavaScript, it\u2019s a jump link to the bottom of the page, but with JavaScript, the menu slides in from the right.\n\n 24 ways navigation with JavaScript disabled.\n\n 24 ways navigation with working JavaScript.\n\nGoogle search will also work without JavaScript. You won\u2019t get instant search results or any prerendering, because those are enhancements.\n\nFor a more app-like example, try using Twitter. Without JavaScript, it still works, and looks nearly identical. But when you load JavaScript, links open in modal windows and all pages are navigated much quicker, as only the content that has changed is loaded. You can read about how they achieved this in Twitter\u2019s blog posts Improving performance on twitter.com and Implementing pushState for twitter.com.\n\nUnfortunately Facebook doesn\u2019t use progressive enhancement, which not only means that the website doesn\u2019t work without JavaScript, but it takes longer to load. I tested it on WebPagetest and if you compare the load times of Twitter and Facebook, you\u2019ll notice that, despite putting similar content on the page, Facebook takes two and a half times longer to render the core content on the page.\n\n Facebook takes two and a half times longer to load than Twitter.\n\nWebsites of Christmas yet to come\n\nEvery project is different, and making a website that enjoys a long life, or serves a larger number of users may or may not be a high priority. But I hope I\u2019ve convinced you that it certainly is possible to look to the past and future simultaneously, and that there can be significant advantages to doing so.", "year": "2014", "author": "Josh Emerson", "author_slug": "joshemerson", "published": "2014-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/websites-of-christmas-past-present-and-future/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 128, "title": "Boost Your Hyperlink Power", "contents": "There are HTML elements and attributes that we use every day. Headings, paragraphs, lists and images are the mainstay of every Web developer\u2019s toolbox. Perhaps the most common tool of all is the anchor. The humble a element is what joins documents together to create the gloriously chaotic collection we call the World Wide Web.\n\nAnatomy of an Anchor\n\nThe power of the anchor element lies in the href attribute, short for hypertext reference. This creates a one-way link to another resource, usually another page on the Web:\n\n<a href=\"http://allinthehead.com/\">\n\nThe href attribute sits in the opening a tag and some descriptive text sits between the opening and closing tags:\n\n<a href=\"http://allinthehead.com/\">Drew McLellan</a>\n\n\u201cWhoop-dee-freakin\u2019-doo,\u201d I hear you say, \u201cthis is pretty basic stuff\u201d \u2013 and you\u2019re quite right. But there\u2019s more to the anchor element than just the href attribute.\n\nThe Theory of relativity\n\nYou might be familiar with the rel attribute from the link element. I bet you\u2019ve got something like this in the head of your documents:\n\n<link rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\" href=\"styles.css\" />\n\nThe rel attribute describes the relationship  between the linked document and the current document. In this case, the value of rel is \u201cstylesheet\u201d. This means that the linked document is the stylesheet for the current document: that\u2019s its relationship.\n\nHere\u2019s another common use of rel:\n\n<link rel=\"alternate\" type=\"application/rss+xml\" title=\"my RSS feed\" href=\"index.xml\" />\n\nThis describes the relationship of the linked file \u2013 an RSS feed \u2013 as \u201calternate\u201d: an alternate view of the current document.\n\nBoth of those examples use the link element but you are free to use the rel attribute in regular hyperlinks. Suppose you\u2019re linking to your RSS feed in the body of your page:\n\nSubscribe to <a href=\"index.xml\">my RSS feed</a>.\n\nYou can add extra information to this anchor using the rel attribute:\n\nSubscribe to <a href=\"index.xml\" rel=\"alternate\" type=\"application/rss+xml\">my RSS feed</a>.\n\nThere\u2019s no prescribed list of values for the rel attribute so you can use whatever you decide is semantically meaningful. Let\u2019s say you\u2019ve got a complex e-commerce application that includes a link to a help file. You can explicitly declare the relationship of the linked file as being \u201chelp\u201d:\n\n<a href=\"help.html\" rel=\"help\">need help?</a>\n\nElemental Microformats\n\nAlthough it\u2019s completely up to you what values you use for the rel attribute, some consensus is emerging in the form of microformats. Some of the simplest microformats make good use of rel. For example, if you are linking to a license that covers the current document, use the rel-license microformat:\n\nLicensed under a <a href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/\" rel=\"license\">Creative Commons attribution license</a>\n\nThat describes the relationship of the linked document as \u201clicense.\u201d\n\nThe rel-tag microformat goes a little further. It uses rel to describe the final part of the URL of the linked file as a \u201ctag\u201d for the current document:\n\nLearn more about <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microformats\" rel=\"tag\">semantic markup</a>\n\nThis states that the current document is being tagged with the value \u201cMicroformats.\u201d\n\nXFN, which stands for XHTML Friends Network, is a way of describing relationships between people:\n\n<a href=\"http://allinthehead.com/\" rel=\"friend\">Drew McLellan</a>\n\nThis microformat makes use of a very powerful property of the rel attribute. Like the class attribute, rel can take multiple values, separated by spaces:\n\n<a href=\"http://allinthehead.com/\" rel=\"friend met colleague\">Drew McLellan</a>\n\nHere I\u2019m describing Drew as being a friend, someone I\u2019ve met, and a colleague (because we\u2019re both Web monkies).\n\nYou Say You Want a revolution\n\nWhile rel describes the relationship of the linked resource to the current document, the rev attribute describes the reverse relationship: it describes the relationship of the current document to the linked resource. Here\u2019s an example of a link that might appear on help.html:\n\n<a href=\"shoppingcart.html\" rev=\"help\">continue shopping</a>\n\nThe rev attribute declares that the current document is \u201chelp\u201d for the linked file.\n\nThe vote-links microformat makes use of the rev attribute to allow you to qualify your links. By using the value \u201cvote-for\u201d you can describe your document as being an endorsement of the linked resource:\n\nI agree with <a href=\"http://richarddawkins.net/home\" rev=\"vote-for\">Richard Dawkins</a>.\n\nThere\u2019s a corresponding vote-against value. This means that you can link to a document but explicitly state that you don\u2019t agree with it.\n\nI agree with <a href=\"http://richarddawkins.net/home\" rev=\"vote-for\">Richard Dawkins</a>\nabout those <a href=\"http://www.icr.org/\" rev=\"vote-against\">creationists</a>. \n\nOf course there\u2019s nothing to stop you using both rel and rev on the same hyperlink:\n\n<a href=\"http://richarddawkins.net/home\" rev=\"vote-for\" rel=\"muse\">Richard Dawkins</a>\n\nThe Wisdom of Crowds\n\nThe simplicity of rel and rev belies their power. They allow you to easily add extra semantic richness to your hyperlinks. This creates a bounty that can be harvested by search engines, aggregators and browsers. Make it your New Year\u2019s resolution to make friends with these attributes and extend the power of hypertext.", "year": "2006", "author": "Jeremy Keith", "author_slug": "jeremykeith", "published": "2006-12-18T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/boost-your-hyperlink-power/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 241, "title": "Jank-Free Image Loads", "contents": "There are a few fundamental problems with embedding images in pages of hypertext; perhaps chief among them is this: text is very light and loads rather fast; images are much heavier and arrive much later. Consequently, millions (billions?) of times a day, a hapless Web surfer will start reading some text on a page, and then \u2014\nYour browser doesn\u2019t support HTML5 video. Here is\n     a link to the video instead.\n\n\u2014 oops! \u2014 an image pops in above it, pushing said text down the page, and our poor reader loses their place.\nBy default, partially-loaded pages have the user experience of a slippery fish, or spilled jar of jumping beans. For the rest of this article, I shall call that jarring, no-good jumpiness by its name: jank. And I\u2019ll chart a path into a jank-free future \u2013 one in which it\u2019s easy and natural to author <img> elements that load like this:\nYour browser doesn\u2019t support HTML5 video. Here is\n     a link to the video instead.\n\nJank is a very old problem, and there is a very old solution to it: the width and height attributes on <img>. The idea is: if we stick an image\u2019s dimensions right into the HTML, browsers can know those dimensions before the image loads, and reserve some space on the layout for it so that nothing gets bumped down the page when the image finally arrives.\n\nwidth\nSpecifies the intended width of the image in pixels. When given together with the height, this allows user agents to reserve screen space for the image before the image data has arrived over the network.\n\n\u2014The HTML 3.2 Specification, published on January 14 1997\nUnfortunately for us, when width and height were first spec\u2019d and implemented, layouts were largely fixed and images were usually only intended to render at their fixed, actual dimensions. When image sizing gets fluid, width and height get weird:\nSee the Pen fluid width + fixed height = distortion by Eric Portis (@eeeps) on CodePen.\n\nwidth and height are too rigid for the responsive world. What we need, and have needed for a very long time, is a way to specify fixed aspect ratios, to pair with our fluid widths.\nI have good news, bad news, and great news.\nThe good news is, there are ways to do this, now, that work in every browser. Responsible sites, and responsible developers, go through the effort to do them.\nThe bad news is that these techniques are all terrible, cumbersome hacks. They\u2019re difficult to remember, difficult to understand, and they can interact with other pieces of CSS in unexpected ways.\nSo, the great news: there are two on-the-horizon web platform features that are trying to make no-jank, fixed-aspect-ratio, fluid-width images a natural part of the web platform.\naspect-ratio in CSS\nThe first proposed feature? An aspect-ratio property in CSS!\nThis would allow us to write CSS like this:\nimg {\n    width: 100%;\n}\n\n.thumb {\n    aspect-ratio: 1/1;\n}\n\n.hero {\n    aspect-ratio: 16/9;\n}\nThis\u2019ll work wonders when we need to set aspect ratios for whole classes of images, which are all sized to fit within pre-defined layout slots, like the .thumb and .hero images, above.\nAlas, the harder problem, in my experience, is not images with known-ahead-of-time aspect ratios. It\u2019s images \u2013 possibly user generated images \u2013 that can have any aspect ratio. The really tricky problem is unknown-when-you\u2019re-writing-your-CSS aspect ratios that can vary per-image. Using aspect-ratio to reserve space for images like this requires inline styles:\n<img src=\"image.jpg\" style=\"aspect-ratio: 5/4\" />\nAnd inline styles give me the heebie-jeebies! As a web developer of a certain age, I have a tiny man in a blue beanie permanently embedded deep within my hindbrain, who cries out in agony whenever I author a style=\"\" attribute. And you know what? The old man has a point! By sticking super-high-specificity inline styles in my content, I\u2019m cutting off my, (or anyone else\u2019s) ability to change those aspect ratios, for whatever reason, later.\nHow might we specify aspect ratios at a lower level? How might we give browsers information about an image\u2019s dimensions, without giving them explicit instructions about how to style it?\nI\u2019ll tell you: we could give browsers the intrinsic aspect ratio of the image in our HTML, rather than specifying an extrinsic aspect ratio!\nA brief note on intrinsic and extrinsic sizing\nWhat do I mean by \u201cintrinsic\u201d and \u201cextrinsic?\u201d\nThe intrinsic size of an image is, put simply, how big it\u2019d be if you plopped it onto a page and applied no CSS to it whatsoever. An 800\u00d7600 image has an intrinsic width of 800px.\nThe extrinsic size of an image, then, is how large it ends up after CSS has been applied. Stick a width: 300px rule on that same 800\u00d7600 image, and its intrinsic size (accessible via the Image.naturalWidth property, in JavaScript) doesn\u2019t change: its intrinsic size is still 800px. But this image now has an extrinsic size (accessible via Image.clientWidth) of 300px.\nIt surprised me to learn this year that height and width are interpreted as presentational hints and that they end up setting extrinsic dimensions (albeit ones that, unlike inline styles, have absolutely no specificity).\nCSS aspect-ratio lets us avoid setting extrinsic heights and widths \u2013 and instead lets us give images (or anything else) an extrinsic aspect ratio, so that as soon as we set one dimension (possibly to a fluid width, like 100%!), the other dimension is set automatically in relation to it.\nThe last tool I\u2019m going to talk about gets us out of the extrinsic sizing game all together \u2014 which, I think, is only appropriate for a feature that we\u2019re going to be using in HTML.\nintrinsicsize in HTML\nThe proposed intrinsicsize attribute will let you do this:\n<img src=\"image.jpg\" intrinsicsize=\"800x600\" />\nThat tells the browser, \u201chey, this image.jpg that I\u2019m using here \u2013 I know you haven\u2019t loaded it yet but I\u2019m just going to let you know right away that it\u2019s going to have an intrinsic size of 800\u00d7600.\u201d This gives the browser enough information to reserve space on the layout for the image, and ensures that any and all extrinsic sizing instructions, specified in our CSS, will layer cleanly on top of this, the image\u2019s intrinsic size.\nYou may ask (I did!): wait, what if my <img> references multiple resources, which all have different intrinsic sizes? Well, if you\u2019re using srcset, intrinsicsize is a bit of a misnomer \u2013 what the attribute will do then, is specify an intrinsic aspect ratio:\n<img\n    srcset=\"300x200.jpg 300w,\n            600x400.jpg 600w,\n            900x600.jpg 900w,\n            1200x800.jpg 1200w\"\n    sizes=\"75vw\"\n    intrinsicsize=\"3x2\" />\nIn the future (and behind the \u201cExperimental Web Platform Features\u201d flag right now, in Chrome 71+), asking this image for its .naturalWidth would not return 3 \u2013 it will return whatever 75vw is, given the current viewport width. And Image.naturalHeight will return that width, divided by the intrinsic aspect ratio: 3/2.\nCan\u2019t wait\nI seem to have gotten myself into the weeds a bit. Sizing on the web is complicated!\nDon\u2019t let all of these details bury the big takeaway here: sometime soon (\ud83e\udd1e 2019\u203d \ud83e\udd1e), we\u2019ll be able to toss our terrible aspect-ratio hacks into the dustbin of history, get in the habit of setting aspect-ratios in CSS and/or intrinsicsizes in HTML, and surf a less-frustrating, more-performant, less-janky web. I can\u2019t wait!", "year": "2018", "author": "Eric Portis", "author_slug": "ericportis", "published": "2018-12-21T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/jank-free-image-loads/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 310, "title": "Fairytale of new Promise", "contents": "There are only four good Christmas songs.\nI know, yeah, JavaScript or whatever. We\u2019ll get to that in a minute, I promise.\nFirst\u2014and I cannot stress this enough\u2014 there are four good Christmas songs. You\u2019re free to disagree with me here, of course, but please try to understand that you will be wrong.\nThey don\u2019t all have the most safe-for-work titles; I can\u2019t list all of them here, but if you choose to let your fingers do the walkin\u2019 to your nearest search engine, I will say that one was released by the band FEAR way back in 1982 and one was on Run the Jewels\u2019 self-titled debut album. The lyrics are a hell of a lot worse than the titles, so maybe wait until you get home from work before you queue them up. Wear headphones, if you\u2019ve got thin walls.\nFor my money, though, the two I can reference by name are the top of that small heap: Tom Waits\u2019 Christmas Card from a Hooker in Minneapolis, and The Pogues\u2019 Fairytale of New York. The former once held the honor of being the only good Christmas song\u2014about which which I was also unequivocally correct, right up until I changed my mind. It\u2019s not the song up for discussion today, but feel free to familiarize yourself just the same\u2014I\u2019ll wait.\nFairytale of New York\u2014the top of the list\u2014starts out by hinting at some pretty standard holiday fare; dreams and cheer and whatnot. Typical seasonal stuff, so long as you ignore that the story seems to be recounted as a drunken flashback in a jail cell. You can probably make a few guesses at the underlying spirit of the song based on that framing: following a lucky break, our bright-eyed protagonists move to New York in search of fame and fortune, only to quickly descend into bad decisions, name-calling, and vaguely festive chaos.\nThis song speaks to me on a couple of levels, not the least of which is as a retelling of my day-to-day interactions with JavaScript. Each day\u2019s melody might vary a little bit, granted, but the lyrics almost always follow a pretty clear arc toward \u201cPARENTAL ADVISORY: EXPLICIT CONTENT.\u201d You might have heard a similar tune yourself; it goes a little somethin\u2019 like setTimeout(function() { console.log( \"this should be happening last\" ); }, 1000); . Callbacks are calling callbacks calling callbacks and something is happening somewhere, as the JavaScript interpreter plods through our code start-to-finish, line-by-line, step-by-step. If we need to take actions based on the results of something that could take its sweet time resolving, well, we\u2019d better fiddle with the order of things to make sure those actions don\u2019t happen too soon.\n\u201cBut I can see a better time,\u201d as the song says, \u201cwhen all our dreams come true.\u201d So, with that Pogues brand of holiday spirit squarely in mind\u2014by which I mean that your humble narrator is almost certainly drunk, and may be incarcerated at the time of publication\u2014gather \u2019round for a story of hope, of hardships, of semi-asynchronous JavaScript programming, and ultimately: of Promise unfulfilled.\nThe Main Thread\nJavaScript is single-minded, in a manner of speaking. Anything we tell the JavaScript runtime to do goes into a single-file queue; you\u2019ll see it referred to as the \u201cmain thread,\u201d or \u201cUI thread.\u201d That thread can be shared by a number of critical browser processes, like rendering and re-rendering parts of the page, and user interactions ranging from the simple\u2014say, highlighting text\u2014to the more complex\u2014interacting with form elements.\nIf that sounds a little scary to you, well, that\u2019s because it is. The more complex our scripts, the more we\u2019re cramming into that single-file main thread, to be processed along with\u2014say\u2014some of our CSS animations. Too much JavaScript clogging up the main thread means a lot of user-facing performance jankiness. Getting away from that single thread is a big part of all the excitement around Web Workers, which allow us to offload entire scripts into their own dedicated background threads\u2014though not without limitations of their own. Outside of Web Workers, that everything-thread is the only game in town: scripts executed one thing at a time, functions calling functions calling functions, taking numbers and crowding up the same deli counter as a user\u2019s interactions\u2014which, in this already strained metaphor, would be ham, I guess?\nAsynchronous JavaScript\nNow, those queued actions may include asynchronous things. For example: AJAX callbacks, setTimeout/setInterval, and addEventListener won\u2019t block the main thread while we\u2019re waiting for a request to come back, a timer to tick away, or an event to trigger. Once those things do kick in, though, the actions they\u2019re meant to perform will get shuffled right back into that single-thread queue.\nThere are a couple of places you might have written asynchronously-fired JavaScript, even if you\u2019re not super familiar with the overarching concept: XMLHttpRequest\u2014\u201cAJAX,\u201d if ya nasty\u2014or just kicking off a function once a user triggers a click or mouseenter event. Event-driven development is writ a little larger, with the overall flow of the script dictated by events, both internal and external. Writing event-driven JavaScript applications is a step in the right direction for sure\u2014it won\u2019t cure what ails the main thread, but it does work with the medium in a reasonable way. Event-driven development allows us to manage our use of the main thread in a way that makes sense. If any of this rings a bell for you, the motivation for Promises should feel familiar.\nFor example, a custom init event might kick things off, and fire a create event that applies our classes and restructures our markup which, on completion, fires a bindEvents event to handle all the event listeners for user interaction. There might not sound like much difference between that and one big function that kicks off, manipulates the DOM, and binds our events line-by-line\u2014but in a script of sufficient size and complexity we\u2019re not only provided with a decoupled flow through the script, but obvious touchpoints for future updates and a predictable structure for ongoing maintenance. \nThis pattern falls apart a little where we were still creating, binding, and listening for events in the same top-to-bottom, one-item-at-a-time way\u2014we had to set a listener on a given object before the event fires, or nothing would happen:\n// Create the event:\nvar event = document.createEvent( \"Event\" );\n\n// Name the event:\nevent.initEvent( \"doTheStuff\", true, true );\n\n// Listen for the custom `doTheStuff` event on `window`:\nwindow.addEventListener( \"doTheStuff\", initializeEverything );\n\n// Fire the custom event\nwindow.dispatchEvent( event );\nThis example is a little contrived, and this stuff is a lot more manageable for sure with the addition of a framework, but that\u2019s the basic gist: create and name the event, add a listener for the event, and\u2014after setting our listener\u2014dispatch the event.\nEvents and callbacks aren\u2019t the only game in town for weaving our way in and out of the main thread, though\u2014at least, not anymore. \nPromises\nA Promise is, at the risk of sounding sentimental, pure potential\u2014an empty container into which a value eventually results. A Promise can exist in several states: \u201cpending,\u201d while the computation they contain is being performed or \u201cresolved\u201d once that computation is complete. Once resolved, a Promise is \u201cfulfilled\u201d if it gave us back something we expect, or \u201crejected\u201d if it didn\u2019t.\nThe Promise constructor accepts a callback with two arguments: resolve and reject. We perform an action\u2014asynchronous or otherwise\u2014within that callback. If everything in there has gone according to plan, we call resolve. If something has gone awry, we call reject\u2014with an error, conventionally. To illustrate, let\u2019s tack something together with a pretty decent chance of doing what we don\u2019t want: a promise meant only to give us the number 1, but has a chance of giving us back a 2. No reasonable person would ever do this, of course, but I wouldn\u2019t necessarily put it past me.\nvar promisedOne = new Promise( function( resolve, reject ) {\n  var coinToss = Math.floor( Math.random() * 2 ) + 1;\n\n  if( coinToss === 1 ) {\n    resolve( coinToss );\n  } else {\n    reject( new Error( \"That ain\u2019t a one.\" ) );\n  }\n});\nThere\u2019s nothing too surprising in there, after you boil it all down. It\u2019s a little return-y, with the exception that we\u2019re flagging results as \u201cas expected\u201d or \u201csomething went wrong.\u201d\nTapping into that Promise uses another new keyword: then\u2014and as someone who attempts to make sense of JavaScript by breaking it down to plain ol\u2019 human-language, I\u2019m a big fan of this syntax. then is tacked onto our Promise identifier, and does just what it says on the tin: once the Promise is resolved, then do one of two things, both supplied as callbacks: the first in the case of a fulfilled promise, and the second in the case of a rejected one. Those two callbacks will have, as arguments, the results we specified with resolve orreject, respectively. It sounds like a lot in prose, but in code it\u2019s a pretty simple pattern:\npromisedOne.then( function( result ) {\n  console.log( result );\n}, function( error ) {\n  console.error( error );\n});\nIf you\u2019ve spent any time working with AJAX\u2014jQuery-wise, in particular\u2014you\u2019ve seen something like this pattern before: a success callback and an error callback. The state of a promise, once fulfilled or rejected, cannot be changed\u2014any reference we make to promisedOne will have a single, fixed result.\nIt may not look like too much the way I\u2019m using it here, but it\u2019s powerful stuff\u2014a pattern for asynchronously resolving anything. I\u2019ve recently used Promises alongside a script that emulates Font Load Events, to apply webfonts asynchronously and avoid a potential performance hit. Font Face Observer allows us to, as the name implies, determine when the files referenced by our @font-face rules have finished loading. \nvar fontObserver = new FontFaceObserver( \"Fancy Font\" );\n\nfontObserver.check().then(function() {\n  document.documentElement.className += \" fonts-loaded\";\n}, function( error ) {\n  console.error( error );\n});\nfontObserver.check() gives us back a Promise, allowing us to chain on a then containing our callbacks for success and failure. We use the fulfilled callback to bolt a class onto the page once the font file has been fully transferred. We don\u2019t bother including an argument in the first function, since we don\u2019t care about the result itself so much as we care that the promise resolved without error\u2014we\u2019re not doing anything with the resolved value, just adding a class to the page. We do include the error argument, since we\u2019ll want to know what happened should something go wrong.\nNow, this isn\u2019t the tidiest syntax around\u2014at least to my eyes\u2014with those two functions just kinda floating in a then. Luckily there\u2019s an similar alternative syntax; one that I find a bit easier to parse at-a-glance:\nfontObserver.check()\n  .then(function() {\n    document.documentElement.className += \" fonts-loaded\";\n  })\n  .catch(function( error ) {\n    console.log( error );\n  });\nThe first callback inside then provides us with our success state, while the catch provides us with a single, explicit \u201csomething went wrong\u201d callback. The two syntaxes aren\u2019t completely identical in all situations, but for a simple case like this, I find it a little neater.\nThe Common Thread\nI guess I still owe you an explanation, huh. Not about the JavaScript-whatever; I think I\u2019ve explained that plenty. No, I mean Fairytale of New York, and why it\u2019s perched up there at the top of the four (4) song heap.\nFairytale is a sad song, ostensibly. If you follow the main thread\u2014start to finish, line-by-line, step by step\u2014 Fairytale is a sad song. And I can see you out there, visions of Die Hard dancing in your heads: \u201cbut is it a Christmas song?\u201d\nWell, for my money, nothing says \u201cholidays\u201d quite like unreliable narration.\nShane MacGowan, the song\u2019s author, has placed the first verse about \u201cChristmas Eve in the drunk tank\u201d as happening right after the \u201clucky one, came in eighteen-to-one\u201d\u2014not at the chronological end of the story. That means the song might not be mostly drunken flashback, but all of it a single, overarching flashback including a Christmas Eve in protective custody. It could be that the man and woman are, together, recounting times long past\u2014good times and bad times\u2014maybe not even in chronological order. Hell, the \u201cNYPD Choir\u201d mentioned in the chorus? There\u2019s no such thing.\nWe\u2019re not big Christmas folks, my family and I. But just the same, every year, the handful of us get together, and every year\u2014like clockwork\u2014there\u2019s a lull in conversation, there\u2019s a sharp exhale, and Ma says \u201cwe all made it.\u201d Not to a house, not to a dinner, but through another year, to another Christmas. At this point, without fail, someone starts telling a story\u2014and one begets another, and so on. Sometimes the stories are happy, sometimes they\u2019re sad, more often than not they\u2019re both. Some are about things we were lucky to walk away from, some are about a time when another one of us didn\u2019t.\nStart-to-finish, line-by-line, step-by-step, the main thread through the year doesn\u2019t change, and maybe there isn\u2019t a whole lot we can do to change it. But by carefully weaving our way in and out of that thread\u2014stories all out of sync and resolving one way or the other, with the results determined by questionably reliable narrators\u2014we can change the way we interact with it and, little by little, we can start making sense of it.", "year": "2016", "author": "Mat Marquis", "author_slug": "matmarquis", "published": "2016-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/fairytale-of-new-promise/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 36, "title": "Naming Things", "contents": "There are only two hard things in computer science: cache invalidation and naming things.\nPhil Karlton\n\n\nBeing a professional web developer means taking responsibility for the code you write and ensuring it is comprehensible to others. Having a documented code style is one means of achieving this, although the size and type of project you\u2019re working on will dictate the conventions used and how rigorously they are enforced.\n\nWorking in-house may mean working with multiple developers, perhaps in distributed teams, who are all committing changes \u2013 possibly to a significant codebase \u2013 at the same time. Left unchecked, this codebase can become unwieldy. Coding conventions ensure everyone can contribute, and help build a product that works as a coherent whole.\n\nEven on smaller projects, perhaps working within an agency or by yourself, at some point the resulting product will need to be handed over to a third party. It\u2019s sensible, therefore, to ensure that your code can be understood by those who\u2019ll eventually take ownership of it.\n\nPut simply, code is read more often than it is written or changed. A consistent and predictable naming scheme can make code easier for other developers to understand, improve and maintain, presumably leaving them free to worry about cache invalidation.\n\nLet\u2019s talk about semantics\n\nNames not only allow us to identify objects, but they can also help us describe the objects being identified.\n\nSemantics (the meaning or interpretation of words) is the cornerstone of standards-based web development. Using appropriate HTML elements allows us to create documents and applications that have implicit structural meaning. Thanks to HTML5, the vocabulary we can choose from has grown even larger.\n\nHTML elements provide one level of meaning: a widely accepted description of a document\u2019s underlying structure. It\u2019s only with the mutual agreement of browser vendors and developers that <p> indicates a paragraph.\n\nYet (with the exception of widely accepted microdata and microformat schemas) only HTML elements convey any meaning that can be parsed consistently by user agents. While using semantic values for class names is a noble endeavour, they provide no additional information to the visitor of a website; take them away and a document will have exactly the same semantic value.\n\nI didn\u2019t always think this was the case, but the real world has a habit of changing your opinion. Much of my thinking around semantics has been informed by the writing of my peers. In \u201cAbout HTML semantics and front-end architecture\u201d, Nicholas Gallagher wrote:\n\n\n\tThe important thing for class name semantics in non-trivial applications is that they be driven by pragmatism and best serve their primary purpose \u2013 providing meaningful, flexible, and reusable presentational/behavioural hooks for developers to use.\n\n\nThese thoughts are echoed by Harry Roberts in his CSS Guidelines:\n\n\n\tThe debate surrounding semantics has raged for years, but it is important that we adopt a more pragmatic, sensible approach to naming things in order to work more efficiently and effectively. Instead of focussing on \u2018semantics\u2019, look more closely at sensibility and longevity \u2013 choose names based on ease of maintenance, not for their perceived meaning.\n\n\nNaming methodologies\n\nFront-end development has undergone a revolution in recent years. As the projects we\u2019ve worked on have grown larger and more important, our development practices have matured. The pros and cons of object-orientated approaches to CSS can be endlessly debated, yet their introduction has highlighted the usefulness of having documented naming schemes.\n\nJonathan Snook\u2019s SMACSS (Scalable and Modular Architecture for CSS) collects style rules into five categories: base, layout, module, state and theme. This grouping makes it clear what each rule does, and is aided by a naming convention:\n\n\n\tBy separating rules into the five categories, naming convention is beneficial for immediately understanding which category a particular style belongs to and its role within the overall scope of the page. On large projects, it is more likely to have styles broken up across multiple files. In these cases, naming convention also makes it easier to find which file a style belongs to.\n\n\tI like to use a prefix to differentiate between layout, state and module rules. For layout, I use l- but layout- would work just as well. Using prefixes like grid- also provide enough clarity to separate layout styles from other styles. For state rules, I like is- as in is-hidden or is-collapsed. This helps describe things in a very readable way.\n\n\nSMACSS is more a set of suggestions than a rigid framework, so its ideas can be incorporated into your own practice. Nicholas Gallagher\u2019s SUIT CSS project is far more strict in its naming conventions:\n\n\n\tSUIT CSS relies on structured class names and meaningful hyphens (i.e., not using hyphens merely to separate words). This helps to work around the current limits of applying CSS to the DOM (i.e., the lack of style encapsulation), and to better communicate the relationships between classes.\n\n\nOver the last year, I\u2019ve favoured a BEM-inspired approach to CSS. BEM stands for block, element, modifier, which describes the three types of rule that contribute to the style of a single component. This means that, given the following markup:\n\n<ul class=\u201csleigh\u201d>\n    <li class=\u201csleigh__reindeer sleigh__reindeer\u2013\u2013famous\u201d>Rudolph</li>\n    <li class=\u201csleigh__reindeer\u201d>Dasher</li>\n    <li class=\u201csleigh__reindeer\u201d>Dancer</li>\n    <li class=\u201csleigh__reindeer\u201d>Prancer</li>\n    <li class=\u201csleigh__reindeer\u201d>Vixen</li>\n    <li class=\u201csleigh__reindeer\u201d>Comet</li>\n    <li class=\u201csleigh__reindeer\u201d>Cupid</li>\n    <li class=\u201csleigh__reindeer\u201d>Dunder</li>\n    <li class=\u201csleigh__reindeer\u201d>Blixem</li>\n</ul>\n\nI know that:\n\n\n\t.sleigh is a containing block or component.\n\t.sleigh__reindeer is used only as a descendent element of .sleigh.\n\t.sleigh__reindeer\u2013\u2013famous is used only as a modifier of .sleigh__reindeer.\n\n\nWith this naming scheme in place, I know which styles relate to a particular component, and which are shared. Beyond reducing specificity-related head-scratching, this approach has given me a framework within which I can consistently label items, and has sped up my workflow considerably.\n\nEach of these methodologies shows that any robust CSS naming convention will have clear rules around case (lowercase, camelCase, PascalCase) and the use of special (allowed) characters like hyphens and underscores.\n\nWhat makes for a good name?\n\nRegardless of higher-level conventions, there\u2019s no getting away from the fact that, at some point, we\u2019re still going to have to name things. Recognising that classes should be named with other developers in mind, what makes for a good name?\n\nUnderstandable\n\nThe most important aspect is for a name to be understandable. Words used in your project may come from a variety of sources: some may be widely understood, and others only be recognised by people working within a particular environment.\n\n\n\tCulture\nMost words you\u2019ll choose will have common currency outside the world of web development, although they may have a particular interpretation among developers (think menu, list, input). However, words may have a narrower cultural significance; for example, in Germany and other German-speaking countries, impressum is the term used for legally mandated statements of ownership.\n\tIndustry\nIndustries often use specific terms to describe common business practices and concepts. Publishing has a number of these (headline, standfirst, masthead, colophon\u2026) all have well understood meanings \u2013 and not all of them are relevant to online usage.\n\tOrganisation\nCompanies may have internal names (or nicknames) for their products and services. The Guardian is rife with such names: bisons (and buffalos), pixies (and super-pixies), bentos (and mini-bentos)\u2026 all of which mean something very different outside the organisation. Although such names can be useful inside smaller teams, in larger organisations they can become a barrier to entry, a sort of secret code used among employees who have been around long enough to know what they mean.\n\tProduct\nYour team will undoubtedly have created names for specific features or interface components used in your product. For example, at Clearleft we coined the term gravigation for a navigation bar that was pinned to the bottom of the viewport. Elements of a visual design language may have names, too. Transport for London\u2019s bar and circle logo is known internally as the roundel, while Nike\u2019s logo is called the swoosh. Branding agencies often christen colours within a brand palette, too, either to evoke aspects of the identity or to indicate intended usage.\n\n\nOnce you recognise the origin of the words you use, you\u2019ll be better able to judge their appropriateness. Using Latin words for class names may satisfy a need to use semantic-sounding terms but, unless you work in a company whose employees have a basic grasp of Latin, a degree of translation will be required. Military ranks might be a clever way of declaring sizes without implying actual values, but I\u2019d venture most people outside the armed forces don\u2019t know how they\u2019re ordered.\n\nObvious\n\nQuite often, the first name that comes into your head will be the best option. Names that obliquely reference the function of a class (e.g. receptacle instead of container, kevlar instead of no-bullets) only serve to add an additional layer of abstraction. Don\u2019t overthink it!\n\nOne way of knowing if the names you use are well understood is to look at what similar concepts are called in existing vocabularies. schema.org, Dublin Core and the BBC\u2019s ontologies are all useful sources for object names.\n\nFunctional\n\nWhile we\u2019ve learned to avoid using presentational classes, there remains a tension between naming things based on their content, and naming them for their intended presentation or behaviour (which may change at different breakpoints). Rather than think about a component\u2019s appearance or behaviour, instead look to its function, its purpose. To clarify, ask what a component\u2019s function is, and not how the component functions.\n\nFor example, the Guardian\u2019s internal content system uses the following names for different types of image placement: supporting, showcase and thumbnail, with inline being the default. These options make no promise of the resulting position on a webpage (or smartphone app, or television screen\u2026), but do suggest intended use, and therefore imply the likely presentation.\n\nConsistent\n\nBeing consistent in your approach to names will allow for easier naming of successive components, and extending the vocabulary when necessary. For example, a predictably named hierarchy might use names like primary and secondary. Should another level need to be added, tertiary is clearly be preferred over third.\n\nAppropriate\n\nYour project will feature a mix of style rules. Some will perform utility functions (clearing floats, removing bullets from a list, reseting margins), while others will perform specific functions used only once or twice in a project. Names should reflect this. For commonly used classes, be generic; for unique components be more specific.\n\nIt\u2019s also worth remembering that you can use multiple classes on an element, so combining both generic and specific can give you a powerful modular design system:\n\n\n\tGeneric: list\n\tSpecific: naughty-children\n\tCombined: naughty-children list\n\n\nIf following the BEM methodology, you might use the following classes:\n\n\n\tGeneric: list\n\tSpecific: list\u2013\u2013nice-children\n\tCombined: list list\u2013\u2013nice-children\n\n\nExtensible\n\nGood naming schemes can be extended. One way of achieving this is to use namespaces, which are basically a way of grouping related names under a higher-level term.\n\nMicroformats are a good example of a well-designed naming scheme, with many of its vocabularies taking property names from existing and related specifications (e.g. hCard is a 1:1 representation of vCard). Microformats 2 goes one step further by grouping properties under several namespaces:\n\n\n\th-* for root class names (e.g. h-card)\n\tp-* for simple (text) properties (e.g. p-name)\n\tu-* for URL properties (e.g. u-photo)\n\tdt-* for date/time properties (e.g. dt-bday)\n\te-* for embedded markup properties (e.g. e-note)\n\n\nThe inclusion of namespaces is a massive improvement over the earlier specification, but the downside is that microformats now occupy five separate namespaces. This might be problematic if you are using u-* for your utility classes. While nothing will break, your naming system won\u2019t be as robust, so plan accordingly.\n\n(Note: Microformats perform a very specific function, separate from any presentational concerns. It\u2019s therefore considered best practice to not use microformat classes as styling hooks, but instead use additional classes that relate to the function of the component and adhere to your own naming conventions.)\n\nShort\n\nNames should be as long as required, but no longer. When looking for words to describe a particular function, I try to look for single words where possible. Avoid abbreviations unless they are understood within the contexts described above. rrp is fine if labelling a recommended retail price in an online shop, but not very helpful if used to mean ragged-right paragraph, for example.\n\nFun!\n\nFinally, names can be an opportunity to have some fun! Names can give character to a project, be it by providing an outlet for in-jokes or adding little easter eggs for those inclined to look.\n\nThe copyright statement on Apple\u2019s website has long been named sosumi, a word that has a nice little history inside Apple. Until recently, the hamburger menu icon on the Guardian website was labelled honest-burger, after the developer\u2019s favourite burger restaurant.\n\nA few thoughts on preprocessors\n\nCSS preprocessors have solved a lot of problems, but they have an unfortunate downside: they require you to name yet more things! Whereas we needed to worry only about style rules, now we need names for variables, mixins, functions\u2026 oh my!\n\nA second article could be written about naming these, so for now I\u2019ll offer just a few thoughts. The first is to note that preprocessors make it easier to change things, as they allow for DRYer code. So while the names of variables are important (and the advice in this article still very much applies), you can afford to relax a little.\n\nLooking to name colour variables? If possible, find out if colours have been assigned names in a brand palette. If not, use obvious names (based on appearance or function, depending on your preference) and adapt as the palette grows. If it becomes difficult to name colours that are too similar, I\u2019d venture that the problem lies with the design rather than the naming scheme.\n\nThe same is true for responsive breakpoints. Preprocessors allow you to move awkward naming conventions out of the markup and into the CSS. Although terms like mobile, tablet and desktop are not desirable given the need to think about device-agnostic design, if these terms are widely understood within a product team and among stakeholders, using them will ensure everyone is using the same language (they can always be changed later).\n\nIt still feels like we\u2019re at the very beginning of understanding how preprocessors fit into a development workflow, if at all! I suspect over the next few years, best practices will emerge for all of these considerations. In the meantime, use your brain!\n\n\n\nEven with sensible rules and conventions in place, naming things can remain difficult, but hopefully I\u2019ve made this exercise a little less painful. Christmas is a time of giving, so to the developer reading your code in a year\u2019s time, why not make your gift one of clearer class names.", "year": "2014", "author": "Paul Lloyd", "author_slug": "paulrobertlloyd", "published": "2014-12-21T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/naming-things/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 216, "title": "Styling Components - Typed CSS With Stylable", "contents": "There\u2019s been a lot of debate recently about how best to style components for web apps so that styles don\u2019t accidentally \u2018leak\u2019 out of the component they\u2019re meant for, or clash with other styles on the page.\nElaborate CSS conventions have sprung up, such as OOCSS, SMACSS, BEM, ITCSS, and ECSS. These work well, but they are methodologies, and require everyone in the team to know them and follow them, which can be a difficult undertaking across large or distributed teams.\nOthers just give up on CSS and put all their styles in JavaScript. Now, I\u2019m not bashing JS, especially so close to its 22nd birthday, but CSS-in-JS has problems of its own. Browsers have 20 years experience in optimising their CSS engines, so JavaScript won\u2019t be as fast as using real CSS, and in any case, this requires waiting for JS to download, parse, execute then render the styles.\nThere\u2019s another problem with CSS-in-JS, too. Since Responsive Web Design hit the streets, most designers no longer make comps in Photoshop or its equivalents; instead, they write CSS. Why hire an expensive design professional and require them to learn a new way of doing their job? \nA recent thread on Twitter asked \u201cWhat\u2019s your biggest gripe with CSS-in-JS?\u201d, and the replies were illuminating: \u201cAlways having to remember to camelCase properties then spending 10min pulling hair out when you do forget\u201d, \u201cthe cryptic domain-specific languages that each of the frameworks do just ever so slightly differently\u201d, \u201cWhen I test look and feel in browser, then I copy paste from inspector, only to have to re-write it as a JSON object\u201d, \u201cLack of linting, autocomplete, and css plug-ins for colors/ incrementing/ etc\u201d. \nIf you\u2019re a developer, and you\u2019re still unconvinced, I challenge you to let designers change the font in your IDE to Zapf Chancery and choose a new colour scheme, simply because they like it better. Does that sound like fun? Will that boost your productivity? Thought not.\nSome chums at Wix Engineering and I wanted to see if we could square this circle. Wix-hosted sites have always used CSS-in-JS (the concept isn\u2019t new; it was in Netscape 4!) but that was causing performance problems. Could we somehow devise a method of extending CSS (like SASS and LESS do) that gives us styles that are guaranteed not to leak or clash, that is compatible with code editors\u2019 autocompletion, and which could be pre-processed at build time to valid, cross-browser, static CSS?\nAfter a few months and a few proofs of concept later (drumroll), yes \u2013 we could! We call it Stylable.\nIntroducing Stylable\nStylable is a CSS pre-processor, like SASS or LESS. It uses CSS syntax so all your development tools will work. At build time, the Stylable CSS extensions are transpiled to flat, valid, cross-browser vanilla CSS for maximum performance. There\u2019s quite a bit to it, and this is a short article, so let\u2019s look at the basic concepts.\nComponents all the way down\nStylable is designed for component-based systems. Imagine you have a Gallery component. Within that, there is a Navigation component (for example, containing a \u2018next\u2019, \u2018previous\u2019, \u2018show all thumbnails\u2019, and \u2018show all albums\u2019 controls), and within that there are NavButton components. Each component is discrete, used elsewhere in the system in different contexts, perhaps maintained by different team members or even different organisations \u2014 you can use Stylable to add a typed interface to non-Stylable component libraries, as well as using it to build an app from scratch.\nFirstly, Stylable will automatically namespace styles so they only apply inside that component, by rewriting them at build time with a unique (but human-readable) prefix. So, for example,\n<div className=\"jingle bells\" /> might be re-written as <div class=\"header183--jingle header183--bells\"></div>. \nSo far, so BEM-like (albeit without the headache of remembering a convention). But what else can it do?\nCustom pseudo-elements\nAn important feature of Stylable is the ability to reach into a component and style it from the outside, without having to know about its internal structure. Let\u2019s see the guts of a simple JSX button component in the file button.jsx:\nrender () {\n    return (\n        <button>\n            <span className=\"icon\" />\n            <span className=\"label\">Submit</span>\n        </button>\n    );\n}\n(Note:className is the JSX way of setting a class on an element; this example uses React, but Stylable itself is framework-agnostic.)\nI style it using a Stylable stylesheet (the .st.css suffix tells the preprocessor to process this file):\n/* button.st.css */\n\n/* note that the root class is automatically placed on the root HTML \nelement by Stylable React integration */\n.root {\n  background: #b0e0e6;\n}\n\n.icon {\n  display: block; \n  height: 2em;\n  background-image: url('./assets/btnIcon.svg');\n}\n\n.label {\n  font-size: 1.2em;\n  color: rgba(81, 12, 68, 1.0);\n}\nNote that Stylable allows all the CSS that you know and love to be included. As Drew Powers wrote in his review:\n\nwith Stylable, you get CSS, and every part of CSS. This seems like a \u201cduh\u201d observation, but this is significant if you\u2019ve ever battled with a CSS-in-JS framework over a lost or \u201chacky\u201d implementation of a basic CSS feature.\n\nI can import my Button component into another component - this time, panel.jsx:\n/* panel.jsx */\nimport * as React from 'react';\nimport {properties, stylable} from 'wix-react-tools';\nimport {Button} from '../button';\nimport style from './panel.st.css';\n\nexport const Panel = stylable(style)(() => (\n    <div>\n        <Button className=\"cancelBtn\" />\n    </div>\n));\nIn panel.st.css: \n/* panel.st.css */\n:import {\n  -st-from: './button.st.css';\n  -st-default: Button;\n}\n\n/* cancelBtn is of type Button */\n.cancelBtn {\n  -st-extends: Button;\n  background: cornflowerblue;\n}\n\n/* targets the label of <Button className=\"cancelBtn\" /> */\n.cancelBtn::label {\n  color: honeydew;\n  font-weight: bold;\n}\nHere, we\u2019re reaching into the Button component from the Panel component. Buttons that are not inside a Panel won\u2019t be affected.\nWe do this by extending the CSS concept of pseudo-elements. As MDN says \u201cA CSS pseudo-element is a keyword added to a selector that lets you style a specific part of the selected element(s)\u201d. We don\u2019t use a descendant selector because the label isn\u2019t part of the Panel component, it\u2019s part of the Button component. \nThis syntax allows us three important features: \nPiercing the Shadow Boundary\nBecause, like a Matroshka doll of code, you can have components inside components inside components, you can chain pseudo-elements. In Stylable, Gallery::NavigationPanel::Button::Icon is a legitimate selector. We were worried by this (even though all Stylable CSS is transpiled to flat, valid CSS) because it\u2019s not allowed in CSS, albeit with the note \u201cA future version of this specification may allow multiple pseudo-elements per selector\u201d. So I asked the CSS Working Group and was told \u201cwe intend to only allow specific combinations\u201d, so we feel this extension to CSS is in the spirit of the language.\nWhile we\u2019re on the subject of those pesky Web Standards, note that the proposed ::part and ::theme pseudo-elements are meant to fulfil the same function. However, those are coming in two years (YouTube link) and, when they do, Stylable will support them.\nStructure-agnostic\nThe second totez-groovy\u2122 feature of Stylable\u2019s pseudo-element syntax is that you don\u2019t have to care about the internal structure of the component whose boundary you\u2019re piercing. Any element with a class attribute is exposed as a pseudo-element to any component that imports it. It acts as an interface on any component, whether written in-house or by a third party.\nCode completion\nWhen we started writing Stylable, our objective was to do for CSS what TypeScript does for JavaScript. Wikipedia says\n\nChallenges with dealing with complex JavaScript code led to demand for custom tooling to ease developing of components in the language. TypeScript developers sought a solution that would not break compatibility with the standard and its cross-platform support \u2026 [with]  static typing that enables static language analysis, which facilitates tooling and IDE support.\n\nSimilarly, because Stylable knows about components, their stylable parts and states, and how they inter-relate, we can develop language services like code completion and validation. That means we can see our errors at build time or even while working in our IDE. Wave goodbye to silent run-time breakage misery, with the Stylable Intelligence VS Code extension !\nAn action replay of Visual Studio Code offering code completion etc, filmed in super StyloVision.\nPseudo-classes for state\nStylable makes it easy to apply styles to custom states (as well as the usual :active, :checked, :visited etc) by extending the CSS pseudo-class syntax. \nWe do this by declaring the possible custom states on the component:\n/* Gallery.st.css */\n.root {\n  -st-states: toggled, loading;\n}\n\n.root:toggled {\n  color: red;\n}\n\n.root:loading {\n  color: green;\n}\n\n.root:loading:toggled {\n  color: blue;\n}\nThe -st-states \u201cproperty\u201d is actually a directive for the transpiler, so Stylable knows about possible pseudo-elements and can offer code completion etc. It looks like a vendor prefix by design, because it\u2019s therefore valid CSS syntax and IDEs won\u2019t flag it as an error, but is removed at build time. Remember, Stylable resolves to flat, valid, cross-browser CSS.\nAs with plain CSS, it can\u2019t set a state, but can only react to states set externally. In the case of custom pseudo-classes, your JavaScript logic is responsible for maintaining state \u2014 by default, by setting a data-* attribute.\nAnd there\u2019s more!\nHopefully, I\u2019ve shown you how Stylable extends CSS to allow you to style components and sub-components without worrying about that styles will leak, or knowing too much about internal structure. There isn\u2019t time to tell you about mixins (CSS macros in JavaScript), variables or our theming capabilities, because I have wine to wrap and presents to mull.\nWe made Stylable because we \u2665 CSS. But there\u2019s a practical reason, too. As James Kyle, a core team member of Yarn, Babel and TC39 (the JavaScript Standards Technical Committee), said of Styable \u201cpretty sure all the CSS-in-JS libraries just died for me\u201d,\nexplaining\n\nCSS could be perfectly static if given the right tools, that\u2019s exactly what stylable does. It gives you the tools you need in CSS so that you don\u2019t need to do a bunch of dynamic shit in JS.\nMaking it static is a huge performance win.\n\nWix is currently battle-testing Stylable in its back-office systems, before rolling it out to power Wix-hosted sites to make them more performant. There are 110 million Wix-hosted sites, so there will be a lot of Stylable on the web in a few months. And it\u2019s open-sourced so you, dear Reader, can try it out and use it too. There\u2019s a Stylable boilerplate based on create-react-app to get you started (more integrations are in the pipeline).\nHappy Hols \u2018n\u2019 Hugz from the Stylable team: Bruce, Arnon, Tom, Ido.\n\nRead more\n\nStylable documentation centre\nStylable on Twitter\nA nice picture of a hedgehog", "year": "2017", "author": "Bruce Lawson", "author_slug": "brucelawson", "published": "2017-12-09T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/styling-components-typed-css-with-stylable/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 314, "title": "Easy Ajax with Prototype", "contents": "There\u2019s little more impressive on the web today than a appropriate touch of Ajax. Used well, Ajax brings a web interface much closer to the experience of a desktop app, and can turn a bear of an task into a pleasurable activity.\n\nBut it\u2019s really hard, right? It involves all the nasty JavaScript that no one ever does often enough to get really good at, and the browser support is patchy, and urgh it\u2019s just so much damn effort. Well, the good news is that \u2013 ta-da \u2013 it doesn\u2019t have to be a headache. But man does it still look impressive. Here\u2019s how to amaze your friends.\n\nIntroducing prototype.js\n\nPrototype is a JavaScript framework by Sam Stephenson designed to help make developing dynamic web apps a whole lot easier. In basic terms, it\u2019s a JavaScript file which you link into your page that then enables you to do cool stuff.\n\nThere\u2019s loads of capability built in, a portion of which covers our beloved Ajax. The whole thing is freely distributable under an MIT-style license, so it\u2019s good to go. What a nice man that Mr Stephenson is \u2013 friends, let us raise a hearty cup of mulled wine to his good name. Cheers! sluurrrrp.\n\nFirst step is to download the latest Prototype and put it somewhere safe. I suggest underneath the Christmas tree.\n\nCutting to the chase\n\nBefore I go on and set up an example of how to use this, let\u2019s just get to the crux. Here\u2019s how Prototype enables you to make a simple Ajax call and dump the results back to the page:\n\nvar url = 'myscript.php';\nvar pars = 'foo=bar';\nvar target = 'output-div';\t\nvar myAjax = new Ajax.Updater(target, url, {method: 'get', parameters: pars});\n\nThis snippet of JavaScript does a GET to myscript.php, with the parameter foo=bar, and when a result is returned, it places it inside the element with the ID output-div on your page.\n\nKnocking up a basic example\n\nSo to get this show on the road, there are three files we need to set up in our site alongside prototype.js. Obviously we need a basic HTML page with prototype.js linked in. This is the page the user interacts with. Secondly, we need our own JavaScript file for the glue between the interface and the stuff Prototype is doing. Lastly, we need the page (a PHP script in my case) that the Ajax is going to make its call too.\n\nSo, to that basic HTML page for the user to interact with. Here\u2019s one I found whilst out carol singing:\n\n<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN\"\n    \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd\">\n<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\" xml:lang=\"en\" lang=\"en\">\n<head>\n    <meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\"/>\n    <title>Easy Ajax</title>\n    <script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"prototype.js\"></script>\n    <script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"ajax.js\"></script>\n</head> \n<body>\n    <form method=\"get\" action=\"greeting.php\" id=\"greeting-form\">\n        <div>\n            <label for=\"greeting-name\">Enter your name:</label>\n            <input id=\"greeting-name\" type=\"text\" />\n            <input id=\"greeting-submit\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Greet me!\" />\n        </div>\n        <div id=\"greeting\"></div>\n    </form>\n</body>\n</html>\n\nAs you can see, I\u2019ve linked in prototype.js, and also a file called ajax.js, which is where we\u2019ll be putting our glue. (Careful where you leave your glue, kids.)\n\nOur basic example is just going to take a name and then echo it back in the form of a seasonal greeting. There\u2019s a form with an input field for a name, and crucially a DIV (greeting) for the result of our call. You\u2019ll also notice that the form has a submit button \u2013 this is so that it can function as a regular form when no JavaScript is available. It\u2019s important not to get carried away and forget the basics of accessibility.\n\nMeanwhile, back at the server\n\nSo we need a script at the server which is going to take input from the Ajax call and return some output. This is normally where you\u2019d hook into a database and do whatever transaction you need to before returning a result. To keep this as simple as possible, all this example here will do is take the name the user has given and add it to a greeting message. Not exactly Web 2-point-HoHoHo, but there you have it.\n\nHere\u2019s a quick PHP script \u2013 greeting.php \u2013 that Santa brought me early.\n\n<?php\n     $the_name = htmlspecialchars($_GET['greeting-name']);\n     echo \"<p>Season's Greetings, $the_name!</p>\";\n?>\n\nYou\u2019ll perhaps want to do something a little more complex within your own projects. Just sayin\u2019.\n\nGluing it all together\n\nInside our ajax.js file, we need to hook this all together. We\u2019re going to take advantage of some of the handy listener routines and such that Prototype also makes available. The first task is to attach a listener to set the scene once the window has loaded. He\u2019s how we attach an onload event to the window object and get it to call a function named init():\n\nEvent.observe(window, 'load', init, false);\n\nNow we create our init() function to do our evil bidding. Its first job of the day is to hide the submit button for those with JavaScript enabled. After that, it attaches a listener to watch for the user typing in the name field.\n\nfunction init(){\n     $('greeting-submit').style.display = 'none';\n     Event.observe('greeting-name', 'keyup', greet, false);\n}\n\nAs you can see, this is going to make a call to a function called greet() onkeyup in the greeting-name field. That function looks like this:\n\nfunction greet(){\n     var url = 'greeting.php';\n     var pars = 'greeting-name='+escape($F('greeting-name'));\n     var target = 'greeting';\n     var myAjax = new Ajax.Updater(target, url, {method: 'get', parameters: pars});\n}\n\nThe key points to note here are that any user input needs to be escaped before putting into the parameters so that it\u2019s URL-ready. The target is the ID of the element on the page (a DIV in our case) which will be the recipient of the output from the Ajax call.\n\nThat\u2019s it\n\nNo, seriously. That\u2019s everything. Try the example. Amaze your friends with your 1337 Ajax sk1llz.", "year": "2005", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2005-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/easy-ajax-with-prototype/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 295, "title": "Internet of Stranger Things", "contents": "This year I\u2019ve been running a workshop about using JavaScript and Node.js to work with all different kinds of electronics on the Raspberry Pi. So especially for 24 ways I\u2019m going to show you how I made a very special Raspberry Pi based internet connected project! And nothing says Christmas quite like a set of fairy lights connected to another dimension1.\nWhat you\u2019ll see\nYou can rig up the fairy lights in your home, with the scrawly letters written under each one. The people from the other side (i.e. the internet) will be able to write messages to you from their browser in real time. In fact why not try it now; check this web page. When you click the lights in your browser, my lights (and yours) will turn on and off in real life! (There may be a queue if there are lots of people accessing it, hit the \u201cSend a message\u201d button and wait your turn.)\n\n\n\n\nIt\u2019s all done with JavaScript, using Node.js running on both the Raspberry Pi and on the server. I\u2019m using WebSockets to communicate in real time between the browser, server and Raspberry Pi.\nWhat you\u2019ll need\n\nRaspberry Pi any of the following models: Zero (will need straight male header pins soldered2 and Micro USB OTG adaptor), A+, B+, 2, or 3\nMicro SD card at least 4Gb Class 10 speed3\nMicro USB power supply at least 2A\nUSB Wifi dongle (unless you have a Pi 3 - that has wifi built in). \nAddressable fairy lights\nLogic level shifter (with pins soldered unless you want to do it!)\nBreadboard\nJumper wires (3x male to male and 4x female to male)\n\nOptional but recommended\n\nBase board to hold the Pi and Breadboard (often comes with a breadboard!)\n\nFind links for where to buy all of these items that goes along with this tutorial. The total price should be around $1004.\nSetting up the Raspberry Pi\nYou\u2019ll need to install the SD card for the Raspberry Pi. You\u2019ll find a link to download a disk image on the support document, ready-made with the Raspbian version of Linux, along with Node.js and all the files you need. Download it and write it to the SD card using the fantastic free software Etcher5. \nNext up you have to configure the wifi details on the SD card. If you plug the card into your computer you should see a drive called BOOT. There\u2019s a text file on there called wpa_supplicant.conf. Open it up in your favourite text editor and replace mywifi and mypassword with your wifi details6.\nnetwork={\n   ssid=\"mywifi\"\n   psk=\"mypassword\"\n}\nSave the file, eject the card from your computer and plug it into the Raspberry Pi. \nIf you have a base board or holder for the Raspberry Pi, attach it now. Then connect the wifi USB dongle7 and power supply, but don\u2019t plug it in yet!\nWiring!\nTime to wire everything up! \nFirst of all, push the Logic Level Converter into the middle of the breadboard:\n\nLogic Level Converter\nThe logic level converter may be labelled differently from the one in the diagram but the pins are usually exactly the same internally. I would just make sure the pins marked HV (High Voltage) are on the bottom and LV (Low Voltage) are on the top. \n\nRaspberry Pi pins only output 3.3v but the lights need 5v. That\u2019s why we need the logic level converter in there to boost up the signal.\nConnect the first two wires between the Raspberry Pi pins and the breadboard:\n\nNote that the pins on the Raspberry Pi are male, so you need a female to male jumper wire to connect between them and the breadboard. The colours don\u2019t have to match but it\u2019s easier to follow (and check) if you use the same ones as in the diagram. \n\nThen the next two:\n\nThis is what you should have so far:\n\nLights\nNow to connect the lights! My ones have a connector with three holes in it that I can push jumper wires into, and hopefully yours will too! So I used the male-to-male jumper wires to connect them to the breadboard.\n\n\n\nMake sure that you connect the right end of the lights, mine has a male connector at the wrong end so it\u2019s impossible to do this, but double check.  \nAlso make sure that the holes in the light connector are the same as mine. To do this, follow the wires from the connector to the first light and look at the circuit board inside. You should just about be able to make out the connections labelled + (sometimes 5V, V+ or VCC), GND (or \u2018-\u2019 or G) and DI (sometimes DIN for data in).\n\nYou can just about make out the +, DI and GND on this picture. Note that on the other side of the board there is a DO for data out - that\u2019s what takes the data along to the chip in the next light. Make sure that you\u2019re plugging into the data-in and not the data-out! \nThat\u2019s it! Everything\u2019s plugged in and ready to go! But before you plug power into your Pi, double check all your wires and make sure they\u2019re exactly right! You could damage your Raspberry Pi if it is not wired correctly. So triple check!\n\nThe Moment of Truth!\nPlug in the Raspberry Pi and wait around a minute or two for it to boot up. If all is well, the lights should strobe rainbow colours for one second - that\u2019s your confirmation that it\u2019s connected to my WebSocket server and ready to receive messages from the upside-down! \n\nHowever, if the first light in the string is pulsing red, it means that you\u2019re not connected to the internet. So check the Troubleshooting section of the support document. If it\u2019s pulsing green then you\u2019re connected to the internet but can\u2019t connect to my server. It must have gone down. Sorry! The code will keep trying so leave it running and maybe it\u2019ll come back up.  \nRig up the lights!\nFix the lights up on the wall however you want, pins, nails, tape. I\u2019ve used cable clips. Just be careful! I\u2019m using a 50 light string so I\u2019ve programmed it to use the lights at the end for the letters. That way I have just under half the string to extend down to the floor where I can keep the Raspberry Pi. \nCheck the photo here to see how the lights line up, note that there are spare unused lights in-between each row:\n\nNow visit lights.seb.ly and you\u2019ll see this : \n\nIf you\u2019re the only one online you\u2019ll have direct connection to the lights and any letter you click on will light up both in the browser and in real life. If there are other people there, you\u2019ll need to click the button to join the queue and wait your turn. \nHow it works - the geeky details!\nElectronics:\nThe pins on the Raspberry Pi are known as GPIO pins, general-purpose input/output. You can connect a wide variety of electronic components to them, LED lights, buttons, switches, and sensors. You can turn the power to the pins on and off using Node.js (or Python, if you prefer). \nAddressable LEDs or \u201cNeopixels\u201d\nWe\u2019re only using one GPIO pin on the Raspberry Pi (the other connections are 5V, 3.3V and ground) and that single pin is controlling all of the lights in the string. The code turns the pin on and off really fast in strictly timed morse-code-like dots and dashes to transmit binary data. The chips attached to each LED decode the binary and adjust the output to the LED accordingly. That chip then sends the data on to the next light in the string. \nThe chips on each light are the WS2811, part of the WS281x family that come in a multitude of different form factors and are often packaged with tiny LEDs in a single component. They are commonly referred to as Neopixels8 and I used them on my Laser Light Synths project.\nNeopixels with the chip and the LED all in one - it\u2019s the white square shaped component and the darker square inside is the chip. These are only 5mm wide!\nA Laser Light Synth! Covered with around 800 super bright neopixels!\nLogic Level Converter\nThe logic level converter is a really cheap and easy way to change the level from 3.3v to 5v and back again. You must be careful that you do not connect 5v into a GPIO pin or you will most likely damage the Raspberry Pi processor chip. \nPower\nNeopixels can often draw a lot of current so you need to be careful how you power them. I\u2019ve measured the current draw from the string to be less than 800mA so you should be fine wired directly to the 5V output. But if you use more lights or have them all on really bright at once, you\u2019ll need to use a separate 5V power supply. If you want to learn more, check out Adafruit\u2019s Neopixel Uberguide. \nNode.js\nThere are two Node.js apps running here, one on the Raspberry Pi and one on my server. You can see the code on my GitHub at github.com/sebleedelisle/stranger-lights for the Raspberry Pi and github.com/sebleedelisle/stranger-lights-server for the server.  And they\u2019re hosted on npm as stranger-lights and stranger-lights-server.  \nThe server side code sets up a standard web server to deliver the HTML for the web interface. It also sets up a WebSocket server that allows for real-time communication between the browser and the server. This server code also manages the queue and who is in control of the lights at any given time.\nWebSockets\nI\u2019m using the excellent Socket.io library to manage the WebSocket connection. Both the browser and the Raspberry Pi Node.js app connects to my WebSocket server. \nWhen you click on a letter in the browser, a message is sent to the server, which forwards it to the connected Raspberry Pi clients and also all the web browsers9. \nThe Raspberry Pi code\nThe Node.js app runs automatically on startup, and I made this happen by adding this to the /etc/rc.local file: \nnode /home/pi/strangerthings/client.js > /dev/null &\nAnything in the rc.local file gets executed when the Pi boots up and this line of code runs the Node.js app and routes its output to nowhere (ie /dev/null). The & means that it runs it in the background and doesn\u2019t hold up the boot process. \nWorking with the Raspberry Pi headless\nYou might know that when a computer has no screen or keyboard, you would refer to it as \u201crunning headless\u201d. So just like most web servers, you need to configure it over the network with ssh10. If you\u2019re on a mac you can find your Pi on the network through the name raspberrypi.local11, otherwise you\u2019ll need to find its IP address. There\u2019s more on the guide to Remote Access instructions on the Raspberry Pi website. And if you\u2019re very new to the terminal, I highly recommend this great online Linux command line tutorial.\nImprovements\nThis is quite an early experiment and I\u2019m sure I\u2019ll discover lots of optimisations over the next few weeks, especially if the server gets a proper hammering today! But there are a few things you can do. Obviously I\u2019ve just rigged up my lights with Post-it notes. It\u2019d be a lot nicer to get a paint brush and try to recreate the Winona-in-a-manic-state text style. \nWhere next?\nFinding quality resources about Node.js for electronics on the Pi can be somewhat hit and miss, but this is getting better all the time. Alternatively I am thinking about running some online courses, please let me know if that\u2019s something you\u2019d be interested in, or sign up to my mailing list at st4i.com. \nThere are many many more resources for the Raspberry Pi with Python (gpiozero is a good place to start), so if that language works for you, you\u2019ll be spoilt for choice! \nAlso take a look at Arduino - it\u2019s an incredibly popular platform for electronics and the internet is literally bursting with resources. \nI hope you enjoyed this little foray into the world of JavaScript electronics on the Raspberry Pi! If you get this working at home please let me know! Tweet me at @seb_ly. \n\n\n\n\nNot a particularly original idea, but I don\u2019t think I\u2019ve seen anyone do it quite like this before, ie using WebSockets, and Node.js on a Raspberry Pi. Other examples: Internet of Stranger Things, Strangerlights.com, and loads of examples on Instructables\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e\n\n\nVideo guide to soldering pins on to a Pi Zero and further soldering advice from Adafruit\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e\n\n\nSlower cards will work but performance may suffer\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e\n\n\nOr \u00a35,000 in UK money. Sorry, Brexit joke :)\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e\n\n\nYou will need a card reader on your computer - most micro SD cards come with an adaptor that fits standard SD slots. \u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e\n\n\nSSID and password should be all that you need but you can see all the config options on this wpa supplicant guide\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e\n\n\nRaspberry Pi Zero will require the OTG to USB adaptor to attach the wifi dongle\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e\n\n\nThanks to Adafruit who invented the term neopixels so we don\u2019t have to refer to them as WS281x any more!\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e\n\n\nSo you can see other people sending messages in the browser\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e\n\n\nssh is short for Secure Shell and is a way to connect to a remote computer and type in it just like you would in the terminal.\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e\n\n\nYou can change this default hostname using raspi-config\u00a0\u21a9\ufe0e", "year": "2016", "author": "Seb Lee-Delisle", "author_slug": "sebleedelisle", "published": "2016-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/internet-of-stranger-things/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 52, "title": "Git Rebasing: An Elfin Workshop Workflow", "contents": "This year Santa\u2019s helpers have been tasked with making a garland. It\u2019s a pretty simple task: string beads onto yarn in a specific order. When the garland reaches a specific length, add it to the main workshop garland. Each elf has a specific sequence they\u2019re supposed to chain, which is given to them via a work order. (This is starting to sound like one of those horrible calculus problems. I promise it isn\u2019t. It\u2019s worse; it\u2019s about Git.)\nFor the most part, the system works really well. The elves are able to quickly build up a shared chain because each elf specialises on their own bit of garland, and then links the garland together. Because of this they\u2019re able to work independently, but towards the common goal of making a beautiful garland.\nAt first the elves are really careful with each bead they put onto the garland. They check with one another before merging their work, and review each new link carefully. As time crunches on, the elves pour a little more cheer into the eggnog cooler, and the quality of work starts to degrade. Tensions rise as mistakes are made and unkind words are said. The elves quickly realise they\u2019re going to need a system to change the beads out when mistakes are made in the chain.\nThe first common mistake is not looking to see what the latest chain is that\u2019s been added to the main garland. The garland is huge, and it sits on a roll in one of the corners of the workshop. It\u2019s a big workshop, so it is incredibly impractical to walk all the way to the roll to check what the last link is on the chain. The elves, being magical, have set up a monitoring system that allows them to keep a local copy of the main garland at their workstation. It\u2019s an imperfect system though, so the elves have to request a manual refresh to see the latest copy. They can request a new copy by running the command\ngit pull --rebase=preserve\n(They found that if they ran git pull on its own, they ended up with weird loops of extra beads off the main garland, so they\u2019ve opted to use this method.) This keeps the shared garland up to date, which makes things a lot easier. A visualisation of the rebase process is available.\nThe next thing the elves noticed is that if they worked on the main workshop garland, they were always running into problems when they tried to share their work back with the rest of the workshop. It was fine if they were working late at night by themselves, but in the middle of the day, it was horrible. (I\u2019ve been asked not to talk about that time the fight broke out.) Instead of trying to share everything on their local copy of the main garland, the elves have realised it\u2019s a lot easier to work on a new string and then knot this onto the main garland when their pattern repeat is finished. They generate a new string by issuing the following commands:\ngit checkout master\ngit checkout -b 1234_pattern-name\n1234 represents the work order number and pattern-name describes the pattern they\u2019re adding. Each bead is then added to the new link (git add bead.txt) and locked into place (git commit). Each elf repeats this process until the sequence of beads described in the work order has been added to their mini garland.\nTo combine their work with the main garland, the elves need to make a few decisions. If they\u2019re making a single strand, they issue the following commands:\ngit checkout master\ngit merge --ff-only 1234_pattern-name\nTo share their work they publish the new version of the main garland to the workshop spool with the command git push origin master.\nSometimes this fails. Sharing work fails because the workshop spool has gotten new links added since the elf last updated their copy of the main workshop spool. This makes the elves both happy and sad. It makes them happy because it means the other elves have been working too, but it makes them sad because they now need to do a bit of extra work to close their work order. \nTo update the local copy of the workshop spool, the elf first unlinks the chain they just linked by running the command:\ngit reset --merge ORIG_HEAD\nThis works because the garland magic notices when the elves are doing a particularly dangerous thing and places a temporary, invisible bookmark to the last safe bead in the chain before the dangerous thing happened. The garland no longer has the elf\u2019s work, and can be updated safely. The elf runs the command git pull --rebase=preserve and the changes all the other elves have made are applied locally.\nWith these new beads in place, the elf now has to restring their own chain so that it starts at the right place. To do this, the elf turns back to their own chain (git checkout 1234_pattern-name) and runs the command git rebase master. Assuming their bead pattern is completely unique, the process will run and the elf\u2019s beads will be restrung on the tip of the main workshop garland.\nSometimes the magic fails and the elf has to deal with merge conflicts. These are kind of annoying, so the elf uses a special inspector tool to figure things out. The elf opens the inspector by running the command git mergetool to work through places where their beads have been added at the same points as another elf\u2019s beads. Once all the conflicts are resolved, the elf saves their work, and quits the inspector. They might need to do this a few times if there are a lot of new beads, so the elf has learned to follow this update process regularly instead of just waiting until they\u2019re ready to close out their work order.\nOnce their link is up to date, the elf can now reapply their chain as before, publish their work to the main workshop garland, and close their work order:\ngit checkout master\ngit merge --ff-only 1234_pattern-name\ngit push origin master\nGenerally this process works well for the elves. Sometimes, though, when they\u2019re tired or bored or a little drunk on festive cheer, they realise there\u2019s a mistake in their chain of beads. Fortunately they can fix the beads without anyone else knowing. These tools can be applied to the whole workshop chain as well, but it causes problems because the magic assumes that elves are only ever adding to the main chain, not removing or reordering beads on the fly. Depending on where the mistake is, the elf has a few different options.\nLet\u2019s pretend the elf has a sequence of five beads she\u2019s been working on. The work order says the pattern should be red-blue-red-blue-red.\n\nIf the sequence of beads is wrong (for example, blue-blue-red-red-red), the elf can remove the beads from the chain, but keep the beads in her workstation using the command git reset --soft HEAD~5.\n\nIf she\u2019s been using the wrong colours and the wrong pattern (for example, green-green-yellow-yellow-green), she can remove the beads from her chain and discard them from her workstation using the command git reset --hard HEAD~5.\n\nIf one of the beads is missing (for example, red-blue-blue-red), she can restring the beads using the first method, or she can use a bit of magic to add the missing bead into the sequence.\n\nUsing a tool that\u2019s a bit like orthoscopic surgery, she first selects a sequence of beads which contains the problem. A visualisation of this process is available.\nStart the garland surgery process with the command:\ngit rebase --interactive HEAD~4\nA new screen comes up with the following information (the oldest bead is on top):\npick c2e4877 Red bead\npick 9b5555e Blue bead\npick 7afd66b Blue bead\npick e1f2537 Red bead\nThe elf adjusts the list, changing \u201cpick\u201d to \u201cedit\u201d next to the first blue bead:\npick c2e4877 Red bead\nedit 9b5555e Blue bead\npick 7afd66b Blue bead\npick e1f2537 Red bead\nShe then saves her work and quits the editor. The garland magic has placed her back in time at the moment just after she added the first blue bead.\n\nShe needs to manually fix up her garland to add the new red bead. If the beads were files, she might run commands like vim beads.txt and edit the file to make the necessary changes.\nOnce she\u2019s finished her changes, she needs to add her new bead to the garland (git add --all) and lock it into place (git commit). This time she assigns the commit message \u201cRed bead \u2013 added\u201d so she can easily find it.\n\nThe garland magic has replaced the bead, but she still needs to verify the remaining beads on the garland. This is a mostly automatic process which is started by running the command git rebase --continue.\nThe new red bead has been assigned a position formerly held by the blue bead, and so the elf must deal with a merge conflict. She opens up a new program to help resolve the conflict by running git mergetool.\n\nShe knows she wants both of these beads in place, so the elf edits the file to include both the red and blue beads.\n\nWith the conflict resolved, the elf saves her changes and quits the mergetool.\nBack at the command line, the elf checks the status of her work using the command git status.\nrebase in progress; onto 4a9cb9d\nYou are currently rebasing branch '2_RBRBR' on '4a9cb9d'.\n  (all conflicts fixed: run \"git rebase --continue\")\n\nChanges to be committed:\n  (use \"git reset HEAD <file>...\" to unstage)\n\n    modified:   beads.txt\n\nUntracked files:\n  (use \"git add <file>...\" to include in what will be committed)\n\n    beads.txt.orig\nShe removes the file added by the mergetool with the command rm beads.txt.orig and commits the edits she just made to the bead file using the commands:\ngit add beads.txt\ngit commit --message \"Blue bead -- resolved conflict\"\n\nWith the conflict resolved, the elf is able to continue with the rebasing process using the command git rebase --continue. There is one final conflict the elf needs to resolve. Once again, she opens up the visualisation tool and takes a look at the two conflicting files.\n\nShe incorporates the changes from the left and right column to ensure her bead sequence is correct.\n\nOnce the merge conflict is resolved, the elf saves the file and quits the mergetool. Once again, she cleans out the backup file added by the mergetool (rm beads.txt.orig) and commits her changes to the garland:\ngit add beads.txt\ngit commit --message \"Red bead -- resolved conflict\"\nand then runs the final verification steps in the rebase process (git rebase --continue).\n\nThe verification process runs through to the end, and the elf checks her work using the command git log --oneline.\n9269914 Red bead -- resolved conflict\n4916353 Blue bead -- resolved conflict\naef0d5c Red bead -- added\n9b5555e Blue bead\nc2e4877 Red bead\nShe knows she needs to read the sequence from bottom to top (the oldest bead is on the bottom). Reviewing the list she sees that the sequence is now correct.\nSometimes, late at night, the elf makes new copies of the workshop garland so she can play around with the bead sequencer just to see what happens. It\u2019s made her more confident at restringing beads when she\u2019s found real mistakes. And she doesn\u2019t mind helping her fellow elves when they run into trouble with their beads. The sugar cookies they leave her as thanks don\u2019t hurt either. If you would also like to play with the bead sequencer, you can get a copy of the branches the elf worked.\n\nOur lessons from the workshop:\n\nBy using rebase to update your branches, you avoid merge commits and keep a clean commit history.\nIf you make a mistake on one of your local branches, you can use reset to take commits off your branch. If you want to save the work, but uncommit it, add the parameter --soft. If you want to completely discard the work, use the parameter, --hard.\nIf you have merged working branch changes to the local copy of your master branch and it is preventing you from pushing your work to a remote repository, remove these changes using the command reset with the parameter --merge ORIG_HEAD before updating your local copy of the remote master branch.\nIf you want to make a change to work that was committed a little while ago, you can use the command rebase with the parameter --interactive. You will need to include how many commits back in time you want to review.", "year": "2015", "author": "Emma Jane Westby", "author_slug": "emmajanewestby", "published": "2015-12-07T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/git-rebasing/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 68, "title": "Grid, Flexbox, Box Alignment: Our New System for Layout", "contents": "Three years ago for 24 ways 2012, I wrote an article about a new CSS layout method I was excited about. A specification had emerged, developed by people from the Internet Explorer team, bringing us a proper grid system for the web. In 2015, that Internet Explorer implementation is still the only public implementation of CSS grid layout. However, in 2016 we should be seeing it in a new improved form ready for our use in browsers.\nGrid layout has developed hidden behind a flag in Blink, and in nightly builds of WebKit and, latterly, Firefox. By being developed in this way, breaking changes could be safely made to the specification as no one was relying on the experimental implementations in production work.\nAnother new layout method has emerged over the past few years in a more public and perhaps more painful way. Shipped prefixed in browsers, The flexible box layout module (flexbox) was far too tempting for developers not to use on production sites. Therefore, as changes were made to the specification, we found ourselves with three different flexboxes, and browser implementations that did not match one another in completeness or in the version of specified features they supported. \nOwing to the different ways these modules have come into being, when I present on grid layout it is often the very first time someone has heard of the specification. A question I keep being asked is whether CSS grid layout and flexbox are competing layout systems, as though it might be possible to back the loser in a CSS layout competition. The reality, however, is that these two methods will sit together as one system for doing layout on the web, each method playing to certain strengths and serving particular layout tasks. \nIf there is to be a loser in the battle of the layouts, my hope is that it will be the layout frameworks that tie our design to our markup. They have been a necessary placeholder while we waited for a true web layout system, but I believe that in a few years time we\u2019ll be easily able to date a website to circa 2015 by seeing <div class=\"row\"> or <div class=\"col-md-3\"> in the markup.\nIn this article, I\u2019m going to take a look at the common features of our new layout systems, along with a couple of examples which serve to highlight the differences between them.\nTo see the grid layout examples you will need to enable grid in your browser. The easiest thing to do is to enable the experimental web platform features flag in Chrome. Details of current browser support can be found here. \nRelationship\nItems only become flex or grid items if they are a direct child of the element that has display:flex, display:grid or display:inline-grid applied. Those direct children then understand themselves in the context of the complete layout. This makes many things possible. It\u2019s the lack of relationship between elements that makes our existing layout methods difficult to use. If we float two columns, left and right, we have no way to tell the shorter column to extend to the height of the taller one. We have expended a lot of effort trying to figure out the best way to make full-height columns work, using techniques that were never really designed for page layout.\nAt a very simple level, the relationship between elements means that we can easily achieve full-height columns. In flexbox:\nSee the Pen Flexbox equal height columns by rachelandrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nAnd in grid layout (requires a CSS grid-supporting browser):\nSee the Pen Grid equal height columns by rachelandrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nAlignment\nFull-height columns rely on our flex and grid items understanding themselves as part of an overall layout. They also draw on a third new specification: the box alignment module. If vertical centring is a gift you\u2019d like to have under your tree this Christmas, then this is the box you\u2019ll want to unwrap first.\nThe box alignment module takes the alignment and space distribution properties from flexbox and applies them to other layout methods. That includes grid layout, but also other layout methods. Once implemented in browsers, this specification will give us true vertical centring of all the things.\nOur examples above achieved full-height columns because the default value of align-items is stretch. The value ensured our columns stretched to the height of the tallest. If we want to use our new vertical centring abilities on all items, we would set align-items:center on the container. To align one flex or grid item, apply the align-self property.\nThe examples below demonstrate these alignment properties in both grid layout and flexbox. The portrait image of Widget the cat is aligned with the default stretch. The other three images are aligned using different values of align-self.\nTake a look at an example in flexbox:\nSee the Pen Flexbox alignment by rachelandrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nAnd also in grid layout (requires a CSS grid-supporting browser):\nSee the Pen Grid alignment by rachelandrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nThe alignment properties used with CSS grid layout.\nFluid grids\nA cornerstone of responsive design is the concept of fluid grids.\n\n\u201c[\u2026]every aspect of the grid\u2014and the elements laid upon it\u2014can be expressed as a proportion relative to its container.\u201d\n\u2014Ethan Marcotte, \u201cFluid Grids\u201d\n\nThe method outlined by Marcotte is to divide the target width by the context, then use that value as a percentage value for the width property on our element.\nh1 {\n  margin-left: 14.575%; /*\u00a0144px / 988px = 0.14575\u00a0*/\n  width: 70.85%; /*\u00a0700px / 988px = 0.7085\u00a0*/\n}\nIn more recent years, we\u2019ve been able to use calc() to simplify this (at least, for those of us able to drop support for Internet Explorer 8). However, flexbox and grid layout make fluid grids simple.\nThe most basic of flexbox demos shows this fluidity in action. The justify-content property \u2013 another property defined in the box alignment module \u2013 can be used to create an equal amount of space between or around items. As the available width increases, more space is assigned in proportion.\nIn this demo, the list items are flex items due to display:flex being added to the ul. I have given them a maximum width of 250 pixels. Any remaining space is distributed equally between the items as the justify-content property has a value of space-between.\nSee the Pen Flexbox: justify-content by rachelandrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nFor true fluid grid-like behaviour, your new flexible friends are flex-grow and flex-shrink. These properties give us the ability to assign space in proportion.\nThe flexbox flex property is a shorthand for:\n\nflex-grow\nflex-shrink\nflex-basis\n\nThe flex-basis property sets the default width for an item. If flex-grow is set to 0, then the item will not grow larger than the flex-basis value; if flex-shrink is 0, the item will not shrink smaller than the flex-basis value.\n\nflex: 1 1 200px: a flexible box that can grow and shrink from a 200px basis.\nflex: 0 0 200px: a box that will be 200px and cannot grow or shrink.\nflex: 1 0 200px: a box that can grow bigger than 200px, but not shrink smaller.\n\nIn this example, I have a set of boxes that can all grow and shrink equally from a 100 pixel basis.\nSee the Pen Flexbox: flex-grow by rachelandrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nWhat I would like to happen is for the first element, containing a portrait image, to take up less width than the landscape images, thus keeping it more in proportion. I can do this by changing the flex-grow value. By giving all the items a value of 1, they all gain an equal amount of the available space after the 100 pixel basis has been worked out.\nIf I give them all a value of 3 and the first box a value of 1, the other boxes will be assigned three parts of the available space while box 1 is assigned only one part. You can see what happens in this demo:\nSee the Pen Flexbox: flex-grow by rachelandrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nOnce you understand flex-grow, you should easily be able to grasp how the new fraction unit (fr, defined in the CSS grid layout specification) works. Like flex-grow, this unit allows us to assign available space in proportion. In this case, we assign the space when defining our track sizes.\nIn this demo (which requires a CSS grid-supporting browser), I create a four-column grid using the fraction unit to define my track sizes. The first track is 1fr in width, and the others 2fr.\ngrid-template-columns: 1fr 2fr 2fr 2fr;\nSee the Pen Grid fraction units by rachelandrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nThe four-track grid.\nSeparation of concerns\nMy younger self petitioned my peers to stop using tables for layout and to move to CSS. One of the rallying cries of that movement was the concept of separating our source and content from how they were displayed. It was something of a failed promise given the tools we had available: the display leaked into the markup with the need for redundant elements to cope with browser bugs, or visual techniques that just could not be achieved without supporting markup.\nBrowsers have improved, but even now we can find ourselves compromising the ideal document structure so we can get the layout we want at various breakpoints. In some ways, the situation has returned to tables-for-layout days. Many of the current grid frameworks rely on describing our layout directly in the markup. We add divs for rows, and classes to describe the number of desired columns. We nest these constructions of divs inside one another.\nHere is a snippet from the Bootstrap grid examples \u2013 two columns with two nested columns:\n<div class=\"row\">\n  <div class=\"col-md-8\">\n    .col-md-8\n    <div class=\"row\">\n      <div class=\"col-md-6\">\n        .col-md-6\n      </div>\n      <div class=\"col-md-6\">\n        .col-md-6\n      </div>\n    </div>\n  </div>\n  <div class=\"col-md-4\">\n    .col-md-4\n  </div>\n</div>\nNot a million miles away from something I might have written in 1999.\n<table>\n  <tr>\n    <td class=\"col-md-8\">\n      .col-md-8\n      <table>\n        <tr>\n          <td class=\"col-md-6\">\n            .col-md-6\n          </td>\n          <td class=\"col-md-6\">\n            .col-md-6\n          </td>\n        </tr>\n      </table>\n    </td>\n    <td class=\"col-md-4\">\n      .col-md-4\n    </td>\n  </tr>\n</table>\nGrid and flexbox layouts do not need to be described in markup. The layout description happens entirely in the CSS, meaning that elements can be moved around from within the presentation layer.\nFlexbox gives us the ability to reverse the flow of elements, but also to set the order of elements with the order property. This is demonstrated here, where Widget the cat is in position 1 in the source, but I have used the order property to display him after the things that are currently unimpressive to him.\nSee the Pen Flexbox: order by rachelandrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nGrid layout takes this a step further. Where flexbox lets us set the order of items in a single dimension, grid layout gives us the ability to position things in two dimensions: both rows and columns. Defined in the CSS, this positioning can be changed at any breakpoint without needing additional markup. Compare the source order with the display order in this example (requires a CSS grid-supporting browser):\nSee the Pen Grid positioning in two dimensions by rachelandrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nLaying out our items in two dimensions using grid layout.\nAs these demos show, a straightforward way to decide if you should use grid layout or flexbox is whether you want to position items in one dimension or two. If two, you want grid layout.\nA note on accessibility and reordering\nThe issues arising from this powerful ability to change the way items are ordered visually from how they appear in the source have been the subject of much discussion. The current flexbox editor\u2019s draft states\n\n\u201cAuthors must use order only for visual, not logical, reordering of content. Style sheets that use order to perform logical reordering are non-conforming.\u201d\n\u2014CSS Flexible Box Layout Module Level 1, Editor\u2019s Draft (3 December 2015)\n\nThis is to ensure that non-visual user agents (a screen reader, for example) can rely on the document source order as being correct. Take care when reordering that you do so from the basis of a sound document that makes sense in terms of source order. Avoid using visual order to convey meaning.\nAutomatic content placement with rules\nHaving control over the order of items, or placing items on a predefined grid, is nice. However, we can often do that already with one method or another and we have frameworks and tools to help us. Tools such as Susy mean we can even get away from stuffing our markup full of grid classes. However, our new layout methods give us some interesting new possibilities.\nSomething that is useful to be able to do when dealing with content coming out of a CMS or being pulled from some other source, is to define a bunch of rules and then say, \u201cDisplay this content, using these rules.\u201d\nAs an example of this, I will leave you with a Christmas poem displayed in a document alongside Widget the cat and some of the decorations that are bringing him no Christmas cheer whatsoever.\nThe poem is displayed first in the source as a set of paragraphs. I\u2019ve added a class identifying each of the four paragraphs but they are displayed in the source as one text. Below that are all my images, some landscape and some portrait; I\u2019ve added a class of landscape to the landscape ones.\nThe mobile-first grid is a single column and I use line-based placement to explicitly position my poem paragraphs. The grid layout auto-placement rules then take over and place the images into the empty cells left in the grid.\nAt wider screen widths, I declare a four-track grid, and position my poem around the grid, keeping it in a readable order.\nI also add rules to my landscape class, stating that these items should span two tracks. Once again the grid layout auto-placement rules position the rest of my images without my needing to position them. You will see that grid layout takes items out of source order to fill gaps in the grid. It does this because I have set the property grid-auto-flow to dense. The default is sparse meaning that grid will not attempt this backfilling behaviour.\nTake a look and play around with the full demo (requires a CSS grid layout-supporting browser):\nSee the Pen Grid auto-flow with rules by rachelandrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nThe final automatic placement example.\nMy wish for 2016\nI really hope that in 2016, we will see CSS grid layout finally emerge from behind browser flags, so that we can start to use these features in production \u2014 that we can start to move away from using the wrong tools for the job.\nHowever, I also hope that we\u2019ll see developers fully embracing these tools as the new system that they are. I want to see people exploring the possibilities they give us, rather than trying to get them to behave like the grid systems of 2015. As you discover these new modules, treat them as the new paradigm that they are, get creative with them. And, as you find the edges of possibility with them, take that feedback to the CSS Working Group. Help improve the layout systems that will shape the look of the future web.\nSome further reading\n\nI maintain a site of grid layout examples and resources at Grid by Example.\nThe three CSS specifications I\u2019ve discussed can be found as editor\u2019s drafts: CSS grid, flexbox, box alignment.\nI wrote about the last three years of my interest in CSS grid layout, which gives something of a history of the specification.\nMore examples of box alignment and grid layout.\nMy presentation at Fronteers earlier this year, in which I explain more about these concepts.", "year": "2015", "author": "Rachel Andrew", "author_slug": "rachelandrew", "published": "2015-12-15T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/grid-flexbox-box-alignment-our-new-system-for-layout/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 288, "title": "Displaying Icons with Fonts and Data- Attributes", "contents": "Traditionally, bitmap formats such as PNG have been the standard way of delivering iconography on websites. They\u2019re quick and easy, and it also ensures they\u2019re as pixel crisp as possible. Bitmaps have two drawbacks, however: multiple HTTP requests, affecting the page\u2019s loading performance; and a lack of scalability, noticeable when the page is zoomed or viewed on a screen with a high pixel density, such as the iPhone 4 and 4S.\n\nThe requests problem is normally solved by using CSS sprites, combining the icon set into one (physically) large image file and showing the relevant portion via background-position. While this works well, it can get a bit fiddly to specify all the positions. In particular, scalability is still an issue. A vector-based format such as SVG sounds ideal to solve this, but browser support is still patchy.\n\n\n\nThe rise and adoption of web fonts have given us another alternative. By their very nature, they\u2019re not only scalable, but resolution-independent too. No need to specify higher resolution graphics for high resolution screens! \n\nThat\u2019s not all though:\n\n\n\tBrowser support: Unlike a lot of new shiny techniques, they have been supported by Internet Explorer since version 4, and, of course, by all modern browsers. We do need several different formats, however!\n\tDesign on the fly: The font contains the basic graphic, which can then be coloured easily with CSS \u2013 changing colours for themes or :hover and :focus styles is done with one line of CSS, rather than requiring a new graphic. You can also use CSS3 properties such as text-shadow to add further effects. Using -webkit-background-clip: text;, it\u2019s possible to use gradient and inset shadow effects, although this creates a bitmap mask which spoils the scalability.\n\tSmall file size: specially designed icon fonts, such as Drew Wilson\u2019s Pictos font, can be as little as 12Kb for the .woff font. This is because they contain fewer characters than a fully fledged font. You can see Pictos being used in the wild on sites like Garrett Murray\u2019s Maniacal Rage.\n\n\nAs with all formats though, it\u2019s not without its disadvantages: \n\n\n\tIcons can only be rendered in monochrome or with a gradient fill in browsers that are capable of rendering CSS3 gradients. Specific parts of the icon can\u2019t be a different colour.\n\tIt\u2019s only appropriate when there is an accompanying text to provide meaning. This can be alleviated by wrapping the text label in a tag (I like to use <b> rather than <span>, due to the fact that it\u2019s smaller and isn\u2019 t being used elsewhere) and then hiding it from view with text-indent:-999em.\n\tCreating an icon font can be a complex and time-consuming process. While font editors can carry out hinting automatically, the best results are achieved manually.\n\tUnless you\u2019re adept at creating your own fonts, you\u2019re restricted to what is available in the font. However, fonts like Pictos will cover the most common needs, and icons are most effective when they\u2019re using familiar conventions.\n\n\nThe main complaint about using fonts for icons is that it can mean adding a meaningless character to our markup. The good news is that we can overcome this by using one of two methods \u2013 CSS generated content or the data-icon attribute \u2013 in combination with the :before and :after pseudo-selectors, to keep our markup minimal and meaningful. \n\nOur simple markup looks like this:\n\n<a href=\"/basket\" class=\"icon basket\">View Basket</a>\n\nNote the multiple class attributes. Next, we\u2019ll import the Pictos font using the @font-face web fonts property in CSS:\n\n@font-face {\n    font-family: 'Pictos';\n    src: url('pictos-web.eot');\n    src: local('\u263a'), \n    url('pictos-web.woff') format('woff'), \n    url('pictos-web.ttf') format('truetype'),\n    url('pictos-web.svg#webfontIyfZbseF') format('svg');\n}\n\nThis rather complicated looking set of rules is (at the time of writing) the most bulletproof way of ensuring as many browsers as possible load the font we want.  We\u2019ll now use the content property applied to the :before pseudo-class selector to generate our icon. Once again, we\u2019ll use those multiple class attribute values to set common icon styles, then specific styles for .basket. This helps us avoid repeating styles:\n\n.icon {\n    font-family: 'Pictos';\n    font-size: 22px:\n}\n\n.basket:before {\n    content: \"$\";\n}\n\nWhat does the :before pseudo-class do? It generates the dollar character in a browser, even when it\u2019s not present in the markup. Using the generated content approach means our markup stays simple, but we\u2019ll need a new line of CSS, defining what letter to apply to each class attribute for every icon we add.\n\ndata-icon is a new alternative approach that uses the HTML5 data- attribute in combination with CSS attribute selectors. This new attribute lets us add our own metadata to elements, as long as its prefixed by data- and doesn\u2019t contain any uppercase letters. In this case, we want to use it to provide the letter value for the icon. Look closely at this markup and you\u2019ll see the data-icon attribute.\n\n<a href=\"/basket\" class=\"icon\" data-icon=\"$\">View Basket</a>\n\n\n\nWe could add others, in fact as many as we like.\n\n<a href=\"/\" class=\"icon\" data-icon=\"k\">Favourites</a>\n<a href=\"/\" class=\"icon\" data-icon=\"t\">History</a>\n<a href=\"/\" class=\"icon\" data-icon=\"@\">Location</a>\n\n\n\nThen, we need just one CSS attribute selector to style all our icons in one go:\n\n.icon:before {\n    content: attr(data-icon);\n    /* Insert your fancy colours here */\n    }\n\nBy placing our custom attribute data-icon in the selector in this way, we can enable CSS to read the value of that attribute and display it before the element (in this case, the anchor tag). It saves writing a lot of CSS rules. I can imagine that some may not like the extra attribute, but it does keep it out of the actual content \u2013 generated or not.\n\n\n\n\n\nThis could be used for all manner of tasks, including a media player and large simple illustrations. See the demo for live examples. Go ahead and zoom the page, and the icons will be crisp, with the exception of the examples that use -webkit-background-clip: text as mentioned earlier.\n\nFinally, it\u2019s worth pointing out that with both generated content and the data-icon method, the letter will be announced to people using screen readers. For example, with the shopping basket icon above, the reader will say \u201cdollar sign view basket\u201d. As accessibility issues go, it\u2019s not exactly the worst, but could be confusing. You would need to decide whether this method is appropriate for the audience. Despite the disadvantages, icon fonts have huge potential.", "year": "2011", "author": "Jon Hicks", "author_slug": "jonhicks", "published": "2011-12-12T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/displaying-icons-with-fonts-and-data-attributes/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 80, "title": "HTML5 Video Bumpers", "contents": "Video is a bigger part of the web experience than ever before. With native browser support for HTML5 video elements freeing us from the tyranny of plugins, and the availability of faster internet connections to the workplace, home and mobile networks, it\u2019s now pretty straightforward to publish video in a way that can be consumed in all sorts of ways on all sorts of different web devices.\n\nI recently worked on a project where the client had shot some dedicated video shorts to publish on their site. They also had some five-second motion graphics produced to top and tail the videos with context and branding. This pretty common requirement is a great idea on the web, where a user might land at your video having followed a link and be viewing a page without much context.\n\nKnown as bumpers, these short introduction clips help brand a video and make it look a lot more professional.\n\n\n\nAdding bumpers to a video\n\nThe simplest way to add bumpers to a video would be to edit them on to the start and end of the video file itself. Cooking the bumpers into the video file is easy, but should you ever want to update them it can become a real headache. If the branding needs updating, for example, you\u2019d need to re-edit and re-encode all your videos. Not a fun task.\n\nWhat if the bumpers could be added dynamically? That would enable you to use the same bumper for multiple videos (decreasing download time for users who might watch more than one) and to update the bumpers whenever you wanted. You could change them seasonally, update them for special promotions, run different advertising slots, perform multivariate testing, or even target different bumpers to different users.\n\nThe trade-off, of course, is that if you dynamically add your bumpers, there\u2019s a chance that a user in a given circumstance might not see the bumper. For example, if the main video feature was uploaded to YouTube, you\u2019d have no way to control the playback. As always, you need to weigh up the pros and cons and make your choice.\n\nHTML5 bumpers\n\nIf you wanted to dynamically add bumpers to your HTML5 video, how would you go about it? That was the question I found myself needing to answer for this particular client project.\n\nMy initial thought was to treat it just like an image slideshow. If I were building a slideshow that moved between images, I\u2019d use CSS absolute positioning with z-index to stack the images up on top of each other in a pile, with the first image on top. To transition to the second image, I\u2019d use JavaScript to fade the top image out, revealing the second image beneath it.\n\n\n\nNow that video is just a native object in the DOM, just like an image, why not do the same? Stack the videos up with the opening bumper on top, listen for the video\u2019s onended event, and fade it out to reveal the main feature behind. Good idea, right?\n\nWrong\n\nRemember that this is the web. It\u2019s never going to be that easy. The problem here is that many non-desktop devices use native, dedicated video players. Think about watching a video on a mobile phone \u2013 when you play the video, the phone often goes full-screen in its native player, leaving the web page behind. There\u2019s no opportunity to fade or switch z-index, as the video isn\u2019t being viewed in the page. Your page is left powerless. Powerless!\n\n\n\nSo what can we do? What can we control?\n\nThose of us with particularly long memories might recall a time before CSS, when we\u2019d have to use JavaScript to perform image rollovers. As CSS background images weren\u2019t a practical reality, we would use lots of <img> elements, and perform a rollover by modifying the src attribute of the image. \n\nTurns out, this old trick of modifying the source can help us out with video, too. In most cases, modifying the src attribute of a <video> element, or perhaps more likely the src attribute of a source element, will swap from one video to another.\n\nSwappin\u2019 it\n\nLet\u2019s take a deliberately simple example of a super-basic video tag:\n\n<video src=\"mycat.webm\" controls>no fallback coz i is lame, innit.</video>\n\nWe could very simply write a script to find all video tags and give them a new src to show our bumper.\n\n<script>\n\tvar videos, i, l;\n\tvideos = document.getElementsByTagName('video');\n\tfor(i=0, l=videos.length; i<l; i++) {\n\t\tvideos[i].setAttribute('src', 'bumper-in.webm');\n\t}\n</script>\n\nView the example in a browser with WebM support. You\u2019ll see that the video is swapped out for the opening bumper. Great!\n\nBeefing it up\n\nOf course, we can\u2019t just publish video in one format. In practical use, you need a <video> element with multiple <source> elements containing your different source formats.\n\n<video controls>\n    <source src=\"mycat.mp4\" type=\"video/mp4\" />\n    <source src=\"mycat.webm\" type=\"video/webm\" />\n    <source src=\"mycat.ogv\" type=\"video/ogg\" />\n</video>\n\nThis time, our script needs to loop through the sources, not the videos. We\u2019ll use a regular expression replacement to swap out the file name while maintaining the correct file extension.\n\n<script>\n    var sources, i, l, orig;\n    sources = document.getElementsByTagName('source');\n    for(i=0, l=sources.length; i<l; i++) {\n        orig = sources[i].getAttribute('src');\n        sources[i].setAttribute('src', orig.replace(/(w+).(w+)/, 'bumper-in.$2'));\n        // reload the video\n        sources[i].parentNode.load();\n    }\n</script>\n\nThe difference this time is that when changing the src of a <source> we need to call the .load() method on the video to get it to acknowledge the change.\n\nSee the code in action, this time in a wider range of browsers.\n\nBut, my video!\n\nI guess we should get the original video playing again. Keeping the same markup, we need to modify the script to do two things:\n\n\n\tStore the original src in a data- attribute so we can access it later\n\tAdd an event listener so we can detect the end of the bumper playing, and load the original video back in\n\n\nAs we need to loop through the videos this time to add the event listener, I\u2019ve moved the .load() call into that loop. It\u2019s a bit more efficient to call it only once after modifying all the video\u2019s sources.\n\n<script>\nvar videos, sources, i, l, orig;\nsources = document.getElementsByTagName('source');\nfor(i=0, l=sources.length; i<l; i++) {\n    orig = sources[i].getAttribute('src');\n    sources[i].setAttribute('data-orig', orig);\n    sources[i].setAttribute('src', orig.replace(/(w+).(w+)/, 'bumper-in.$2'));\n}\nvideos = document.getElementsByTagName('video');\nfor(i=0, l=videos.length; i<l; i++) {\n    videos[i].load();\n    videos[i].addEventListener('ended', function(){\n        sources = this.getElementsByTagName('source');\n        for(i=0, l=sources.length; i<l; i++) {\n            orig = sources[i].getAttribute('data-orig');\n            if (orig) {\n                sources[i].setAttribute('src', orig);\n            }\n            sources[i].setAttribute('data-orig','');\n        }\n        this.load();\n        this.play();\n    });\n}\n</script>\n\nAgain, view the example to see the bumper play, followed by our spectacular main feature. (That\u2019s my cat, Widget. His interests include sleeping and internet marketing.)\n\nTidying things up\n\nThe final thing to do is add our closing bumper after the main video has played. This involves the following changes:\n\n\n\tWe need to keep track of whether the src has been changed, so we only play the video if it\u2019s changed. I\u2019ve added the modified variable to track this, and it stops us getting into a situation where the video just loops forever.\n\tAdd an else to the event listener, for when the orig is false (so the main feature has been playing) to load in the end bumper. We also check that we\u2019re not already playing the end bumper. Because looping.\n\n\n<script>\nvar videos, sources, i, l, orig, current, modified;\nsources = document.getElementsByTagName('source');\nfor(i=0, l=sources.length; i<l; i++) {\n   orig = sources[i].getAttribute('src');\n   sources[i].setAttribute('data-orig', orig);\n   sources[i].setAttribute('src', orig.replace(/(w+).(w+)/, 'bumper-in.$2'));\n}\nvideos = document.getElementsByTagName('video');\nfor(i=0, l=videos.length; i<l; i++) {\n   videos[i].load();\n   modified = false;\n   videos[i].addEventListener('ended', function(){\n      sources = this.getElementsByTagName('source');\n      for(i=0, l=sources.length; i<l; i++) {\n         orig = sources[i].getAttribute('data-orig');\n         if (orig) {\n            sources[i].setAttribute('src', orig);\n            modified = true;\n         }else{\n            current = sources[i].getAttribute('src');\n            if (current.indexOf('bumper-out')==-1) {\n               sources[i].setAttribute('src', current.replace(/([w]+).(w+)/, 'bumper-out.$2'));\n               modified = true;\n            }else{\n               this.pause();\n               modified = false;\n            }\n         }\n         sources[i].setAttribute('data-orig','');\n      }\n      if (modified) {\n         this.load();\n         this.play();\n      }\n   });\n}\n</script>\n\nYo ho ho, that\u2019s a lot of JavaScript. See it in action \u2013 you should get a bumper, the cat video, and an end bumper.\n\nOf course, this code works fine for demonstrating the principle, but it\u2019s very procedural. Nothing wrong with that, but to do something similar in production, you\u2019d probably want to make the code more modular to ease maintainability. Besides, you may want to use a framework, rather than basic JavaScript. \n\nThe end credits\n\nOne really important principle here is that of progressive enhancement. If the browser doesn\u2019t support JavaScript, the user won\u2019t see your bumper, but they will get the main video. If the browser supports JavaScript but doesn\u2019t allow you to modify the src (as was the case with older versions of iOS), the user won\u2019t see your bumper, but they will get the main video.\n\nIf a search engine or social media bot grabs your page and looks for content, they won\u2019t see your bumper, but they will get the main video \u2013 which is absolutely what you want.\n\nThis means that if the bumper is absolutely crucial, you may still need to cook it into the video. However, for many applications, running it dynamically can work quite well.\n\nAs always, it comes down to three things:\n\n\n\tMeasure your audience: know how people access your site\n\tTest the solution: make sure it works for your audience\n\tPlan for failure: it\u2019s the web and that\u2019s how things work \u2018round these parts\n\n\nBut most of all play around with it, have fun and build something awesome.", "year": "2012", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2012-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/html5-video-bumpers/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 264, "title": "Dynamic Social Sharing Images", "contents": "Way back when social media was new, you could be pretty sure that whatever you posted would be read by those who follow you. If you\u2019d written a blog post and you wanted to share it with those who follow you, you could post a link and your followers would see it in their streams. Oh heady days! \nWith so many social channels and a proliferation of content and promotions flying past in everyone\u2019s streams, it\u2019s no longer enough to share content on social media, you have to actively sell it if you want it to be seen. You really need to make the most of every opportunity to catch a reader\u2019s attention if you\u2019re trying to get as many eyes as possible on that sweet, sweet social content.\nOne of the best ways to grab attention with your posts or tweets is to include an image. There\u2019s heaps of research that says that having images in your posts helps them stand out to followers. Reports I found showed figures from anything from 35% to 150% improvement from just having image in a post. Unfortunately, the details were surrounded with gross words like engagement and visual marketing assets and so I had to close the page before I started to hate myself too much.\nSo without hard stats to quote, we\u2019ll call it a rule of thumb. The rule of thumb is that posts with images will grab more attention than those without, so it makes sense that when adding pages to a website, you should make sure that they have social media sharing images associated with them.\nAdding sharing images\nThe process for declaring an image to be used in places like Facebook and Twitter is very simple, and at this point is familiar to many of us. You add a meta tag to the head of the page to point to the location of the image to use. When a link to the page is added to a post, the social network will fetch the page, look for the meta tag and then use the image you specified.\n<meta property=\"og:image\" content=\"https://example.com/my_image.jpg\">\nThere\u2019s a good post on this over at CSS-Tricks if you need to bone up on the details of this and other similar meta tags for social media sharing.\nThis is all fine and well for content that has a very obvious choice of image to go along with it, but what if you don\u2019t necessarily have an image? One approach is to use stock photography, but that\u2019s not going to be right for every situation.\nThis was something we faced with 24 ways in 2017. We wanted to add images to the tweets we post each day announcing a new article. Some articles have images, but not all, and there tended not to be any consistency in terms of imagery from one article to the next. We always have an author photograph, but those don\u2019t usually lend themselves directly to being the main \u2018hero\u2019 image for an article.\nPutting his thinking cap on, Paul came up with a design for an image that used the author photo along with a quote extracted from the article.\nOne of the hand-made sharing images from 2017\nEach day we would pick a quote from the article, and Paul would manually compose an image to be uploaded to the site. The results were great, but the whole process was a bit too labour intensive and relied on an individual (Paul) being available each day to do the work. I thought we could probably improve this.\nHatching a new plan\nOne initial idea I came up with was to script the image editor to dynamically build a new image by pulling content from our database. Sketch has plugins available to pull JSON content into a design, and our CMS can easily output JSON data, so that was one possibility.\nThe more I thought about this and how much I wish graphic design tools worked just a little bit more like CSS, the obvious solution hit me. We should just build it with CSS!\nIn fact, as the author name and image already exist in our CMS, and the visual styling is based on the design of the website, couldn\u2019t this just be another page on the site generated by the CMS?\nBreaking it down, I figured the steps needed would be something like:\n\nCreate the CSS to lay out a component that could be turned into an image\nAdd a new field to articles in the CMS to hold a handpicked quote\nBuild a new article template in the CMS to output the author name and quote dynamically for any article\n\u2026 um \u2026 screenshot?\n\nI thought I\u2019d get cracking and see if I could figure out the final steps later.\nBuilding the page\nThe first thing to tackle was the basic HTML and CSS to lay out the components for our image. That bit was really easy, as I just asked Paul to do it. Everyone should have a Paul.\nPaul\u2019s code uses a fixed dimension container in the HTML, set to 600 \u00d7 315px. This is to make it the correct aspect ratio for Facebook\u2019s recommended image size. It\u2019s useful to remember here that it doesn\u2019t need to be responsive or robust, as the page only needs to lay out correctly for a screenshot and a fixed size in a known browser.\nWith the markup and CSS in place, I turned this into a new template. Our CMS can easily display content through any number of templates, so I created a version of the article template that was totally stripped down. It only included the author details and the quote, along with Paul\u2019s markup.\nI also added the quote as a new field on the article in the CMS, so each \u2018image\u2019 could be quickly and easily customised in the editing process.\nI added a new field to the article template to capture the quote.\nWith very little effort, we quickly had a page to dynamically generate our \u2018image\u2019 right from the CMS. You can see any of them by adding /sharing onto the end of an article URL for any 2018 article.\nOur automatically generated layout direct from the CMS\nIt soon became clear that the elusive Step 4 was going to be the tricky part. I can create a small page on the site that looks like an image, but how should I go about turning it into one? An obvious route is to screenshot the page by hand, but that\u2019s going back to some of the manual steps I was trying to eliminate, and also opens up a possibility for errors to be made. But it did lead me to the thought\u2026 how could I automatically take a screenshot?\nEnter Puppeteer\nPuppeteer is a Node.js library that provides a nice API onto Headless Chrome. What is Headless Chrome, you ask? It\u2019s just a version of the Chrome browser than runs from the command line without ever drawing anything to a user interface window. It loads pages, renders CSS, runs JavaScript, pretty much every normal thing that Chrome on the desktop does, but without a clicky user interface.\nHeadless Chrome can be used for all sorts of things such as running automated tests on front-end code after making changes, or\u2026 get this\u2026 rendering pages that can be used for screenshots. The actual process of writing some code to control Chrome and to take the screenshot is where Puppeteer comes in. Puppeteer puts a friendly layer in front of big old scary Chrome to enable us to interact with it using simple JavaScript code running in Node.\nUsing Puppeteer, I can write a small script that will repeatably turn a URL into an image. So simple is it to do this, that\u2019s it\u2019s actually Puppeteer\u2019s \u2018hello world\u2019 example.\nFirst you install Puppeteer. It downloads a compatible headless browser (actually Chromium) as a dependancy, so you don\u2019t need to worry about installing that. At the command line:\nnpm i puppeteer\nThen save a new file as example.js with this code:\nconst puppeteer = require('puppeteer');\n\n(async () => {\n  const browser = await puppeteer.launch();\n  const page = await browser.newPage();\n  await page.goto('https://example.com');\n  await page.screenshot({path: 'example.png'});\n  await browser.close();\n})();\nand then run it using Node:\nnode example.js\nThis will output an image file example.png to disk, which contains a screenshot of, in this case https://example.com. The logic of the code is reasonably easy to follow:\n\nLaunch a browser\nOpen up a new page\nGoto a URL\nTake a screenshot\nClose the browser\n\nThe async function and await keywords are a way to have the script pause and wait for normally asynchronous code to return before proceeding. That\u2019s useful with actions like loading a web page that might take some time to complete. They\u2019re used with Promises, and the effect is to make asynchronous code behave as if it\u2019s synchronous. You can read more about async and await at MDN if you\u2019re interested.\nThat\u2019s a good proof-of-concept using the basic Puppeteer example. I can take a screenshot of a URL! But what happens if I put the URL of my new special page in there?\nOur content is up in the corner of the image with lots of empty space.\nThat\u2019s not great. It\u2019s okay, but not great. It looks like that, by default, Puppeteer takes a screenshot with a resolution of 800 \u00d7 600, so we need to find out how to adjust that. Fortunately, the docs aren\u2019t the worst and I was able to find the page.setViewport() method pretty easily.\nconst puppeteer = require('puppeteer');\n\n(async () => {\n  const browser = await puppeteer.launch();\n  const page = await browser.newPage();\n  await page.goto('https://24ways.org/2018/clip-paths-know-no-bounds/sharing');\n  await page.setViewport({\n    width: 600,\n    height: 315\n  });\n  await page.screenshot({path: 'example.png'});\n  await browser.close();\n})();\nThis worked! The screenshot is now 600 \u00d7 315 as expected. That\u2019s exactly what we asked for. Trouble is, that\u2019s a bit low res and it is nearly 2019 after all. While in those docs, I noticed the deviceScaleFactor option that can be passed to page.setViewport(). Setting that to 2 gives us an image of the same area of the screen, but with twice as many pixels.\n  await page.setViewport({\n    width: 600,\n    height: 315,\n    deviceScaleFactor: 2\n  });\nPerfect! We now have a programmatic way of turning a URL into an image.\nImproving the script\nRather than having a script with a fixed URL in it that outputs an image called example.png, the next step is to make that a bit more dynamic. The aim here is to have a script that we can run with a URL as an argument and have it output an image for that one page. That way we can run it manually, or hook it into part of our site\u2019s build process to automate the generation of the image.\nOur goal is to call the script like this:\nnode shoot-sharing-image.js https://24ways.org/2018/clip-paths-know-no-bounds/\nAnd I want the image to come out with the name clip-paths-know-no-bounds.png. To do that, I need to have my script look for command arguments, and then to split the URL up to grab the slug from it.\n// Get the URL and the slug segment from it\nconst url = process.argv[2];\nconst segments = url.split('/');\n// Get the second-to-last segment (the slug)\nconst slug = segments[segments.length-2];\nWe can then use these variables later in the script, remembering to add sharing back onto the end of the URL to get our dedicated page.\n(async () => {\n  const browser = await puppeteer.launch();\n  const page = await browser.newPage();\n  await page.goto(url + 'sharing');\n  await page.setViewport({\n    width: 600,\n    height: 315,\n    deviceScaleFactor: 2\n  });\n  await page.screenshot({path: slug + '.png'});\n  await browser.close();\n})();\nOnce you\u2019re generating the image with Node, there\u2019s all sorts of things you can do with it. An obvious step is to move it to the correct location within your site or project.\nYou can also run optimisations on the file. I\u2019m using imagemin with pngquant to reduce the file size a little.\nconst imagemin = require('imagemin');\nconst imageminPngquant = require('imagemin-pngquant');\n\nawait imagemin([slug + '.png'], 'build', {\n  plugins: [\n    imageminPngquant({quality: '75-90'})\n  ]\n});\n\nYou can see the completed example as a gist.\nIntegrating it with your CMS\nSo we now have a command we can run to take a URL and generate a custom image for that URL. It\u2019s in a format that can be called by any sort of build script, or triggered from a publishing hook in a CMS. Exactly how you do that is going to depend on the way your site is built and the technology stack you\u2019re using, but it\u2019s likely not too hard as long as you can run a command as part of the process.\nFor 24 ways this year, I\u2019ve been running the script by hand once each article is ready. My script adds the file to a git repo and pushes to a deployment remote that is configured to automatically deploy static assets to our server. Along with our theme of making incremental improvements, next year I\u2019ll look to automate this one step further.\nWe may also look at having a few slightly different layouts to choose from, so that each day isn\u2019t exactly the same as the last. Interestingly, we could even try some A/B tests to see if there\u2019s any particular format of image or type of quote that does a better job of grabbing attention. There are lots of possibilities!\n\nBy using a bit of ingenuity, some custom CMS templates, and the very useful Puppeteer project, we\u2019ve been able to reliably produce dynamic social media sharing images for all of our articles. In doing so, we reduced the dependancy on any individual for producing those images, and opened up a world of possibilities in how we use those images.\nI hope you\u2019ll give it a try!", "year": "2018", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2018-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/dynamic-social-sharing-images/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 135, "title": "A Scripting Carol", "contents": "We all know the stories of the Ghost of Scripting Past \u2013 a time when the web was young and littered with nefarious scripting, designed to bestow ultimate control upon the developer, to pollute markup with event handler after event handler, and to entrench advertising in the minds of all that gazed upon her.\n\nAnd so it came to be that JavaScript became a dirty word, thrown out of solutions by many a Scrooge without regard to the enhancements that JavaScript could bring to any web page. JavaScript, as it was, was dead as a door-nail.\n\nWith the arrival of our core philosophy that all standardistas hold to be true: \u201cseparate your concerns \u2013 content, presentation and behaviour,\u201d we are in a new era of responsible development the Web Standards Way\u2122. Or are we? Have we learned from the Ghosts of Scripting Past? Or are we now faced with new problems that come with new ways of implementing our solutions?\n\nThe Ghost of Scripting Past\n\nIf the Ghost of Scripting Past were with us it would probably say: \n\n\n\tYou must remember your roots and where you came from, and realize the misguided nature of your early attempts for control. That person you see down there, is real and they are the reason you exist in the first place\u2026 without them, you are nothing.\n\n\nIn many ways we\u2019ve moved beyond the era of control and we do take into account the user, or at least much more so than we used to. Sadly \u2013 there is one advantage that old school inline event handlers had where we assigned and reassigned CSS style property values on the fly \u2013 we knew that if JavaScript wasn\u2019t supported, the styles wouldn\u2019t be added because we ended up doing them at the same time.\n\nIf anything, we need to have learned from the past that just because it works for us doesn\u2019t mean it is going to work for anyone else \u2013 we need to test more scenarios than ever to observe the multitude of browsing arrangements we\u2019ll observe: CSS on with JavaScript off, CSS off/overridden with JavaScript on, both on, both off/not supported. It is a situation that is ripe for conflict.\n\nThis may shock some of you, but there was a time when testing was actually easier: back in the day when Netscape 4 was king. Yes, that\u2019s right. I actually kind of enjoyed Netscape 4 (hear me out, please). With NS4\u2019s CSS implementation known as JavaScript Style Sheets, you knew that if JavaScript was off the styles were off too.\n\nThe Ghost of Scripting Present\n\nWith current best practice \u2013 we keep our CSS and JavaScript separate from each other. So what happens when some of our fancy, unobtrusive DOM Scripting doesn\u2019t play nicely with our wonderfully defined style rules?\n\nLets look at one example of a collapsing and expanding menu to illustrate where we are now:\n\nSimple Collapsing/Expanding Menu Example\n\nWe\u2019re using some simple JavaScript (I\u2019m using jquery in this case) to toggle between a CSS state for expanded and not expanded:\n\nJavaScript\n\n$(document).ready(function(){\n\tTWOFOURWAYS.enableTree();\n});\nvar TWOFOURWAYS = new Object();\nTWOFOURWAYS.enableTree = function ()\n{\n\t$(\"ul li a\").toggle(function(){\n\t\t$(this.parentNode).addClass(\"expanded\");\n\t}, function() {\n\t\t$(this.parentNode).removeClass(\"expanded\");\n\t});\n\treturn false;\t\n}\n\nCSS\n\nul li ul {\n\tdisplay: none;\n}\nul li.expanded ul {\n\tdisplay: block;\n}\n\nAt this point we\u2019ve separated our presentation from our content and behaviour, and all is well, right?\n\nNot quite.\n\nHere\u2019s where I typically see failures in the assessment work that I do on web sites and applications (Yes, call me Scrooge \u2013 I don\u2019t care!). We know our page needs to work with or without scripting, and we know it needs to work with or without CSS. All too often the testing scenarios don\u2019t take into account combinations.\n\nTesting it out\n\nSo what happens when we test this? Make sure you test with:\n\n\n\tCSS off\n\tJavaScript off\n\n\nUse the simple example again.\n\nWith CSS off, we revert to a simple nested list of links and all functionality is maintained. With JavaScript off, however, we run into a problem \u2013 we have now removed the ability to expand the menu using the JavaScript triggered CSS change.\n\nHopefully you see the problem \u2013 we have a JavaScript and CSS dependency that is critical to the functionality of the page. Unobtrusive scripting and binary on/off tests aren\u2019t enough. We need more.\n\nThis Ghost of Scripting Present sighting is seen all too often.\n\nLets examine the JavaScript off scenario a bit further \u2013 if we require JavaScript to expand/show the branch of the tree we should use JavaScript to hide them in the first place. That way we guarantee functionality in all scenarios, and have achieved our baseline level of interoperability. \n\nTo revise this then, we\u2019ll start with the sub items expanded, use JavaScript to collapse them, and then use the same JavaScript to expand them.\n\nHTML\n\n<ul>\n\t<li><a href=\"#\">Main Item</a>\n\t\t<ul class=\"collapseme\">\n\t\t\t<li><a href=\"#\">Sub item 1</a></li>\n\t\t\t<li><a href=\"#\">Sub item 2</a></li>\n\t\t\t<li><a href=\"#\">Sub item 3</a></li>\n\t\t</ul>\n\t</li>\n</ul>\n\nCSS\n\n/* initial style is expanded */\nul li ul.collapseme {\n\tdisplay: block;\n}\n\nJavaScript\n\n// remove the class collapseme after the page loads\n$(\"ul ul.collapseme\").removeClass(\"collapseme\");\n\nAnd there you have it \u2013 a revised example with better interoperability.\n\nThis isn\u2019t rocket surgery by any means. It is a simple solution to a ghostly problem that is too easily overlooked (and often is).\n\nThe Ghost of Scripting Future\n\nWell, I\u2019m not so sure about this one, but I\u2019m guessing that in a few years\u2019 time, we\u2019ll all have seen a few more apparitions and have a few more tales to tell. And hopefully we\u2019ll be able to share them on 24 ways.\n\nThanks to Drew for the invitation to contribute and thanks to everyone else out there for making this a great (and haunting) year on the web!", "year": "2006", "author": "Derek Featherstone", "author_slug": "derekfeatherstone", "published": "2006-12-21T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/a-scripting-carol/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 293, "title": "A Favor for Your Future Self", "contents": "We tend to think about the future when we build things. What might we want to be able to add later? How can we refactor this down the road? Will this be easy to maintain in six months, a year, two years? As best we can, we try to think about the what-ifs, and build our websites, systems, and applications with this lens. \nWe comment our code to explain what we knew at the time and how that impacted how we built something. We add to-dos to the things we want to change. These are all great things! Whether or not we come back to those to-dos, refactor that one thing, or add new features, we put in a bit of effort up front just in case to give us a bit of safety later.\nI want to talk about a situation that Past Alicia and Team couldn\u2019t even foresee or plan for. Recently, the startup I was a part of had to remove large sections of our website. Not just content, but entire pages and functionality. It wasn\u2019t a very pleasant experience, not only for the reason why we had to remove so much of what we had built, but also because it\u2019s the ultimate \u201cI really hope this doesn\u2019t break something else\u201d situation. It was a stressful and tedious effort of triple checking that the things we were removing weren\u2019t dependencies elsewhere. To be honest, we wouldn\u2019t have been able to do this with any amount of success or confidence without our test suite.\nWriting tests for code is one of those things that developers really, really don\u2019t want to do. It\u2019s one of the easiest things to cut in the development process, and there\u2019s often a struggle to have developers start writing tests in the first place. One of the best lessons the web has taught us is that we can\u2019t, in good faith, trust the happy path. We must make sure ourselves, and our users, aren\u2019t in a tough spot later on because we only thought of the best case scenarios.\nJavaScript\nRegardless of your opinion on whether or not everything needs to be built primarily with JavaScript, if you\u2019re choosing to build a JavaScript heavy app, you absolutely should be writing some combination of unit and integration tests.\nUnit tests are for testing extremely isolated and small pieces of code, which we refer to as the units themselves. Great for reused functions and small, scoped areas, this is the closest you examine your code with the testing microscope. For example, if we were to build a calculator, the most minute piece we could test could be the basic operations.\n/*\n * This example uses a test framework called Jasmine\n */\n\ndescribe(\"Calculator Operations\", function () {\n\n    it(\"Should add two numbers\", function () {\n\n    // Say we have a calculator\n        Calculator.init();\n\n    // We can run the function that does our addition calculation...\n        var result = Calculator.addNumbers(7,3);\n\n    // ...and ensure we're getting the right output\n        expect(result).toBe(10);\n\n    });\n});\nEven though these teeny bits work in isolation, we should ensure that connecting the large pieces work, as well. This is where integration tests excel. These tests ensure that two or more different areas of code, that may not directly know about each other, still behave in expected ways. Let\u2019s build upon our calculator - we may want the operations to be saved in memory after a calculation runs. This isn\u2019t as suited for a unit test because there are a few other moving pieces involved in the process (the calculations, checking if the result was an error, etc.).\n    it(\u201cShould remember the last calculation\u201d, function () {\n\n    // Run an operation\n        Calculator.addNumbers(7,10);\n\n    // Expect something else to have happened as a result\n        expect(Calculator.updateCurrentValue).toHaveBeenCalled();\n        expect(Calculator.currentValue).toBe(17);\n    });\nUnit and integration tests provide assurance that your hand-rolled JavaScript should, for the most part, never fail in a grand fashion. Although it still might happen, you could be able to catch problems way sooner than without a test suite, and hopefully never push those failures to your production environment.\nInterfaces\nRegardless of how you\u2019re building something, it most definitely has some kind of interface. Whether you\u2019re using a very barebones structure, or you\u2019re leveraging a whole design system, these things can be tested as well.\nAcceptance testing helps us ensure that users can get from point A to point B within our web things, which can provide assurance that major features are always functioning properly. By simulating user input and data entry, we can go through whole user workflows to test for both success and failure scenarios. These are not necessarily for simulating edge-case scenarios, but rather ensuring that our core offerings are stable.\nFor example, if your site requires signup, you want to make sure the workflow is behaving as expected - allowing valid information to go through signup, while invalid information does not let you progress.\n/*\n * This example uses Jasmine along with an add-on called jasmine-integration\n */\n\ndescribe(\"Acceptance tests\", function () {\n\n  // Go to our signup page\n  var page = visit(\"/signup\");\n\n  // Fill our signup form with invalid information\n  page.fill_in(\"input[name='email']\", \"Not An Email\");\n  page.fill_in(\"input[name='name']\", \"Alicia\");\n  page.click(\"button[type=submit]\");\n\n  // Check that we get an expected error message\n  it(\"Shouldn't allow signup with invalid information\", function () {\n    expect(page.find(\"#signupError\").hasClass(\"hidden\")).toBeFalsy();\n  });\n\n  // Now, fill our signup form with valid information\n  page.fill_in(\"input[name='email']\", \"thisismyemail@gmail.com\");\n  page.fill_in(\"input[name='name']\", \"Gerry\");\n  page.click(\"button[type=submit]\");\n\n  // Check that we get an expected success message and the error message is hidden\n  it(\"Should allow signup with valid information\", function () {\n    expect(page.find(\"#signupError\").hasClass(\"hidden\")).toBeTruthy();\n    expect(page.find(\"#thankYouMessage\").hasClass(\"hidden\")).toBeFalsy();\n  });\n});\nIn terms of visual design, we\u2019re now able to take snapshots of what our interfaces look like before and after any code changes to see what has changed. We call this visual regression testing. Rather than being a pass or fail test like our other examples thus far, this is more of an awareness test, intended to inform developers of all the visual differences that have occurred, intentional or not. Developers may accidentally introduce a styling change or fix that has unintended side effects on other areas of a website - visual regression testing helps us catch these sooner rather than later. These do require a bit more consistent grooming than other tests, but can be valuable in major CSS refactors or if your CSS is generally a bit like Jenga.\nTools like PhantomCSS will take screenshots of your pages, and do a visual comparison to check what has changed between two sets of images. The code would look something like this:\n/*\n * This example uses PhantomCSS\n */\n\ncasper.start(\"/home\").then(function(){\n\n  // Initial state of form\n  phantomcss.screenshot(\"#signUpForm\", \"sign up form\");\n\n  // Hit the sign up button (should trigger error)\n  casper.click(\"button#signUp\");\n\n  // Take a screenshot of the UI component\n  phantomcss.screenshot(\"#signUpForm\", \"sign up form error\");\n\n  // Fill in form by name attributes & submit\n  casper.fill(\"#signUpForm\", {\n    name: \"Alicia Sedlock\",\n    email: \"alicia@example.com\"\n  }, true);\n\n  // Take a second screenshot of success state\n  phantomcss.screenshot(\"#signUpForm\", \"sign up form success\");\n});\nYou run this code before starting any development, to create your baseline set of screen captures. After you\u2019ve completed a batch of work, you run PhantomCSS again. This will create a second batch of screenshots, which are then put through an image comparison tool to display any differences that occurred. Say you changed your margins on our form elements \u2013 your image diff would look something like this:\n\nThis is a great tool for ensuring not just your site retains its expected styling, but it\u2019s also great for ensuring nothing accidentally changes in the living style guide or modular components you may have developed. It\u2019s hard to keep eagle eyes on every visual aspect of your site or app, so visual regression testing helps to keep these things monitored.\nConclusion\nThe shape and size of what you\u2019re testing for your site or app will vary. You may not need lots of unit or integration tests if you don\u2019t write a lot of JavaScript. You may not need visual regression testing for a one page site. It\u2019s important to assess your codebase to see which tests would provide the most benefit for you and your team.\nWriting tests isn\u2019t a joy for most developers, myself included. But I end up thanking Past Alicia a lot when there are tests, because otherwise I would have introduced a lot of issues into codebases. Shipping code that\u2019s broken breaks trust with our users, and it\u2019s our responsibility as developers to make sure that trust isn\u2019t broken. Testing shouldn\u2019t be considered a \u201cnice to have\u201d - it should be an integral piece of our workflow and our day-to-day job.", "year": "2016", "author": "Alicia Sedlock", "author_slug": "aliciasedlock", "published": "2016-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/a-favor-for-your-future-self/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 335, "title": "Naughty or Nice? CSS Background Images", "contents": "Web Standards based development involves many things \u2013 using semantically sound HTML to provide structure to our documents or web applications, using CSS for presentation and layout, using JavaScript responsibly, and of course, ensuring that all that we do is accessible and interoperable to as many people and user agents as we can.\n\nThis we understand to be good. \n\nAnd it is good. \n\nExcept when we don\u2019t clearly think through the full implications of using those techniques.\n\nWhich often happens when time is short and we need to get things done.\n\nHere are some naughty examples of CSS background images with their nicer, more accessible counterparts.\n\nTransaction related messages\n\nI\u2019m as guilty of this as others (or, perhaps, I\u2019m the only one that has done this, in which case this can serve as my holiday season confessional)  We use lovely little icons to show status messages for a transaction to indicate if the action was successful, or was there a warning or error? For example:\n\n\u201cYour postal/zip code was not in the correct format.\u201d\n\nNotice that we place a nice little icon there, and use background colours and borders to convey a specific message: there was a problem that needs to be fixed. Notice that all of this visual information is now contained in the CSS rules for that div:\n\n<div class=\"error\">\n     <p>Your postal/zip code was not in the correct format.</p>\n </div>\n\n div.error {\n     background: #ffcccc url(../images/error_small.png) no-repeat 5px 4px;\n     color: #900;\n     border-top: 1px solid #c00;\n     border-bottom: 1px solid #c00;\n     padding: 0.25em 0.5em 0.25em 2.5em;\n     font-weight: bold;\n }\n\nUsing this approach also makes it very easy to create a div.success and div.warning CSS rules meaning we have less to change in our HTML.\n\nNice, right?\n\nNo. Naughty. \n\nVisual design communicates\n\nThe CSS is being used to convey very specific information. The choice of icon, the choice of background colour and borders tell us visually that there is something wrong. \n\nWith the icon as a background image \u2013 there is no way to specify any alt text for the icon, and significant meaning is lost. A screen reader user, for example, misses the fact that it is an \u201cerror.\u201d \n\nThe solution? Ask yourself: what is the bare minimum needed to indicate there was an error? Currently in the absence of CSS there will be no icon \u2013 which (I\u2019m hoping you agree) is critical to communicating there was an error.\n\nThe icon should be considered content and not simply presentational.\n\nThe borders and background colour are certainly much less critical \u2013 they belong in the CSS.\n\nLets change the code to place the image directly in the HTML and using appropriate alt text to better communicate the meaning of the icon to all users:\n\n<div class=\"bettererror\">\n     <img src=\"images/error_small.png\" alt=\"Error\" />\n     <p>Your postal/zip code was not in the correct format.</p>\n </div>\n\n div.bettererror {\n     background-color: #ffcccc;\n     color: #900;\n     border-top: 1px solid #c00;\n     border-bottom: 1px solid #c00;\n     padding: 0.25em 0.5em 0.25em 2.5em;\n     font-weight: bold;\n     position: relative;\n     min-height: 1.25em;\n }\n\n div.bettererror img {\n     display: block;\n     position: absolute;\n     left: 0.25em;\n     top: 0.25em;\n     padding: 0;\n     margin: 0;\n }\n\n div.bettererror p {\n     position: absolute;\n     left: 2.5em;\n     padding: 0;\n     margin: 0;\n }\n\nCompare these two examples of transactional messages\n\nStatus of a Record\n\nThis example is pretty straightforward. Consider the following: a real estate listing on a web site. There are three \u201cstates\u201d for a listing: new, normal, and sold. Here\u2019s how they look:\n\nExample of a New Listing\n\nExample of A Sold Listing\n\nIf we (forgive the pun) blindly apply the \u201cuse a CSS background image\u201d technique we clearly run into problems with the new and sold images \u2013 they actually contain content with no way to specify an alternative when placed in the CSS.\n\nIn this case of the \u201cnew\u201d image, we can use the same strategy as we used in the first example (the transaction result). The \u201cnew\u201d image should be considered content and is placed in the HTML as part of the <h2>...</h2> that identifies the listing.\n\nHowever when considering the \u201csold\u201d listing, there are less changes to be made to keep the same look by leaving the \u201cSOLD\u201d image as a background image and providing the equivalent information elsewhere in the listing \u2013 namely, right in the heading.\n\nFor those that can\u2019t see the background image, the status is communicated clearly and right away. A screen reader user that is navigating by heading or viewing a listing will know right away that a particular property is sold.\n\nOf note here is that in both cases (new and sold) placing the status near the beginning of the record helps with a zoom layout as well.\n\nBetter Example of A Sold Listing\n\nSummary\n\nRemember: in the holiday season, its what you give that counts!! Using CSS background images is easy and saves time for you but think of the children. And everyone else for that matter\u2026 \n\nCSS background images should only be used for presentational images, not for those that contain content (unless that content is already represented and readily available elsewhere).", "year": "2005", "author": "Derek Featherstone", "author_slug": "derekfeatherstone", "published": "2005-12-20T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/naughty-or-nice-css-background-images/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 239, "title": "Using the WebFont Loader to Make Browsers Behave the Same", "contents": "Web fonts give us designers a whole new typographic palette with which to work. However, browsers handle the loading of web fonts in different ways, and this can lead to inconsistent user experiences.\n\nSafari, Chrome and Internet Explorer leave a blank space in place of the styled text while the web font is loading. Opera and Firefox show text with the default font which switches over when the web font has loaded, resulting in the so-called Flash of Unstyled Text (aka FOUT). Some people prefer Safari\u2019s approach as it eliminates FOUT, others think the Firefox way is more appropriate as content can be read whilst fonts download. Whatever your preference, the WebFont Loader can make all browsers behave the same way.\n\nThe WebFont Loader is a JavaScript library that gives you extra control over font loading. It was co-developed by Google and Typekit, and released as open source. The WebFont Loader works with most web font services as well as with self-hosted fonts.\n\nThe WebFont Loader tells you when the following events happen as a browser downloads web fonts (or loads them from cache):\n\n\n\twhen fonts start to download (\u2018loading\u2019)\n\twhen fonts finish loading (\u2018active\u2019)\n\tif fonts fail to load (\u2018inactive\u2019)\n\n\nIf your web page requires more than one font, the WebFont Loader will trigger events for individual fonts, and for all the fonts as a whole. This means you can find out when any single font has loaded, and when all the fonts have loaded (or failed to do so).\n\nThe WebFont Loader notifies you of these events in two ways: by applying special CSS classes when each event happens; and by firing JavaScript events. For our purposes, we\u2019ll be using just the CSS classes.\n\nImplementing the WebFont Loader\n\nAs stated above, the WebFont Loader works with most web font services as well as with self-hosted fonts.\n\nSelf-hosted fonts\n\nTo use the WebFont Loader when you are hosting the font files on your own server, paste the following code into your web page:\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\nWebFontConfig = {\n\tcustom: { families: ['Font Family Name', 'Another Font Family'],\n\turls: [ 'http://yourwebsite.com/styles.css' ] }\n};\n(function() {\n\tvar wf = document.createElement('script');\n\twf.src = ('https:' == document.location.protocol ? 'https' : 'http') + '://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/webfont/1/webfont.js';\n\twf.type = 'text/javascript';\n\twf.async = 'true';\n\tvar s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0];\n\ts.parentNode.insertBefore(wf, s);\n})();\n</script>\n\nReplace Font Family Name and Another Font Family with a comma-separated list of the font families you want to check against, and replace http://yourwebsite.com/styles.css with the URL of the style sheet where your @font-face rules reside.\n\nFontdeck\n\nAssuming you have added some fonts to a website project in Fontdeck, use the afore-mentioned code for self-hosted solutions and replace http://yourwebsite.com/styles.css with the URL of the <link> tag in your Fontdeck website settings page. It will look something like http://f.fontdeck.com/s/css/xxxx/domain/nnnn.css.\n\nTypekit\n\nTypekit\u2019s JavaScript-based implementation incorporates the WebFont Loader events by default, so you won\u2019t need to include any WebFont Loader code.\n\nMaking all browsers behave like Safari\n\nTo make Firefox and Opera work in the same way as WebKit browsers (Safari, Chrome, etc.) and Internet Explorer, and thus minimise FOUT, you need to hide the text while the fonts are loading.\n\nWhile fonts are loading, the WebFont Loader adds a class of wf-loading to the <html> element. Once the fonts have loaded, the wf-loading class is removed and replaced with a class of wf-active (or wf-inactive if all of the fonts failed to load). This means you can style elements on the page while the fonts are loading and then style them differently when the fonts have finished loading.\n\nSo, let\u2019s say the text you need to hide while fonts are loading is contained in all paragraphs and top-level headings. By writing the following style rule into your CSS, you can hide the text while the fonts are loading:\n\n.wf-loading h1, .wf-loading p {\n\tvisibility:hidden;\n}\n\nBecause the wf-loading class is removed once the the fonts have loaded, the visibility:hidden rule will stop being applied, and the text revealed. You can see this in action on this simple example page.\n\nThat works nicely across the board, but the situation is slightly more complicated. WebKit doesn\u2019t wait for all fonts to load before displaying text: it displays text elements as soon as the relevant font is loaded. \n\nTo emulate WebKit more accurately, we need to know when individual fonts have loaded, and apply styles accordingly. Fortunately, as mentioned earlier, the WebFont Loader has events for individual fonts too.\n\nWhen a specific font is loading, a class of the form wf-fontfamilyname-n4-loading is applied. Assuming headings and paragraphs are styled in different fonts, we can make our CSS more specific as follows:\n\n.wf-fontfamilyname-n4-loading h1, \n.wf-anotherfontfamily-n4-loading p {\n\tvisibility:hidden;\n}\n\nNote that the font family name is transformed to lower case, with all spaces removed. The n4 is a shorthand for the weight and style of the font family. In most circumstances you\u2019ll use n4 but refer to the WebFont Loader documentation for exceptions.\n\nYou can see it in action on this Safari example page (you\u2019ll probably need to disable your cache to see any change occur).\n\nMaking all browsers behave like Firefox\n\nTo make WebKit browsers and Internet Explorer work like Firefox and Opera, you need to explicitly show text while the fonts are loading. In order to make this happen, you need to specify a font family which is not a web font while the fonts load, like this:\n\n.wf-fontfamilyname-n4-loading h1 { \n    font-family: 'arial narrow', sans-serif; \n}\n.wf-anotherfontfamily-n4-loading p { \n    font-family: arial, sans-serif; \n}\n\nYou can see this in action on the Firefox example page (again you\u2019ll probably need to disable your cache to see any change occur).\n\nAnd there\u2019s more\n\nThat\u2019s just the start of what can be done with the WebFont Loader. More areas to explore would be tweaking font sizes to reduce the impact of reflowing text and to better cater for very narrow fonts. By using the JavaScript events much more can be achieved too, such as fading in text as the fonts load.", "year": "2010", "author": "Richard Rutter", "author_slug": "richardrutter", "published": "2010-12-02T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/using-the-webfont-loader-to-make-browsers-behave-the-same/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 256, "title": "Develop Your Naturalist Superpowers with Observable Notebooks and iNaturalist", "contents": "We\u2019re going to level up your knowledge of what animals you might see in an area at a particular time of year - a skill every naturalist* strives for -  using technology! Using iNaturalist and Observable Notebooks we\u2019re going to prototype seasonality graphs for particular species in an area, and automatically create a guide to what animals you might see in each month.\n*(a Naturalist is someone who likes learning about nature, not someone who\u2019s a fan of being naked, that\u2019s a \u2018Naturist\u2019\u2026 different thing!)\nLooking for critters in rocky intertidal habitats\nOne of my favourite things to do is going rockpooling, or as we call it over here in California, \u2018tidepooling\u2019. Amounting to the same thing, it\u2019s going to a beach that has rocks where the tide covers then uncovers little pools of water at different times of the day. All sorts of fun creatures and life can be found in this \u2018rocky intertidal habitat\u2019\nA particularly exciting creature that lives here is the Nudibranch, a type of super colourful \u2018sea slug\u2019. There are over 3000 species of Nudibranch worldwide. (The word \u201cnudibranch\u201d comes from the Latin nudus, naked, and the Greek \u03b2\u03c1\u03b1\u03bd\u03c7\u03b9\u03b1 / brankhia, gills.)\n\u200b\n\nThey are however quite tricky to find! Even though they are often brightly coloured and interestingly shaped, some of them are very small, and in our part of the world in the Bay Area in California their appearance in our rockpools is seasonal. We see them more often in Summer months, despite the not-as-low tides as in our Winter and Spring seasons.\nMy favourite place to go tidepooling here is Pillar Point in Half Moon bay (at other times of the year more famously known for the surf competition \u2018Mavericks\u2019). The rockpools there are rich in species diversity, of varied types and water-coverage habitat zones as well as being relatively accessible.\n\u200b\n\nI was rockpooling at Pillar Point recently with my parents and we talked to a lady who remarked that she hadn\u2019t seen any Nudibranchs on her visit this time. I realised that having an idea of what species to find where, and at what time of year is one of the many superpower goals of every budding Naturalist. \nUsing technology and the croudsourced species observations of the iNaturalist community we can shortcut our way to this superpower!\nFinding nearby animals with iNaturalist\nWe\u2019re going to be getting our information about what animals you can see in Pillar Point using iNaturalist. iNaturalist is a really fun platform that helps connect people to nature and report their findings of life in the outdoors. It is also a community of nature-loving people who help each other identify and confirm those observations. iNaturalist is a project run as a joint initiative by the California Academy of Sciences and the National Geographic Society.\nI\u2019ve been using iNaturalist for over two years to record and identify plants and animals that I\u2019ve found in the outdoors. I use their iPhone app to upload my pictures, which then uses machine learning algorithms to make an initial guess at what it is I\u2019ve seen. The community is really active, and I often find someone else has verified or updated my species guess pretty soon after posting. \nThis process is great because once an observation has been identified by at least two people it becomes \u2018verified\u2019 and is considered research grade. Research grade observations get exported and used by scientists, as well as being indexed by the Global Biodiversity Information Facility, GBIF.\n\u200b\n\niNaturalist has a great API and API explorer, which makes interacting and prototyping using iNaturalist data really fun. For example, if you go to the API explorer and expand the Observations : Search and fetch section and then the GET /observations API, you get a selection of input boxes that allow you to play with options that you can then pass to the API when you click the \u2018Try it out\u2019 button.\n\u200b\n\nYou\u2019ll then get a URL that looks a bit like\nhttps://api.inaturalist.org/v1/observations?captive=false &geo=true&verifiable=true&taxon_id=47113&lat=37.495461&lng=-122.499584 &radius=5&order=desc&order_by=created_at \nwhich you can call and interrrogate using a programming language of your choice.\nIf you would like to see an all-JavaScript application that uses the iNaturalist API, take a look at OwlsNearMe.com which Simon and I built one weekend earlier this year. It gets your location and shows you all iNaturalist observations of owls near you and lists which species you are likely to see (not adjusted for season).\nRapid development using Observable Notebooks\nWe\u2019re going to be using Observable Notebooks to prototype our examples, pulling data down from iNaturalist. I really like using visual notebooks like Observable, they are great for learning and building things quickly. You may be familiar with Jupyter notebooks for Python which is similar but takes a bit of setup to get going - I often use these for prototyping too. Observable is amazing for querying and visualising data with JavaScript and since it is a hosted product it doesn\u2019t require any setup at all.\nYou can follow along and play with this example on my Observable notebook. If you create an account there you can fork my notebook and create your own version of this example. \nEach \u2018notebook\u2019 consists of a page with a column of \u2018cells\u2019, similar to what you get in a spreadsheet. A cell can contain Markdown text or JavaScript code and the output of evaluating the cell appears above the code that generated it. There are lots of tutorials out there on Observable Notebooks, I like this code introduction one from Observable (and D3) creator Mike Bostock.\nDeveloping your Naturalist superpowers\nIf you have an idea of what plants and critters you might see in a place at the time you visit, you can hone in on what you want to study and train your Naturalist eye to better identify the life around you.\nFor our example, we care about wildlife we can see at Pillar Point, so we need a way of letting the iNaturalist API know which area we are interested in.\nWe could use a latitide, longitude and radius for this, but a rectangular bounding box is a better shape for the reef. We can use this tool to draw the area we want to search within: boundingbox.klokantech.com\n\u200b\n\nThe tool lets you export the bounding box in several forms using the dropdown at the bottom left under the map givese We are going to use the \u2018DublinCore\u2019 format as it\u2019s closest to the format needed by the iNaturalist API.\n westlimit=-122.50542; southlimit=37.492805; eastlimit=-122.492738; northlimit=37.499811\nA quick map primer:\nThe higher the latitude the more north it is\nThe lower the latitude the more south it is\nLatitude 0 = the equator\n\nThe higher the longitude the more east it is of Greenwich\nThe lower the longitude the more west it is of Greenwich\nLongitude 0 = Greenwich\nIn the iNaturalst API we want to use the parameters nelat, nelng, swlat, swlng to create a query that looks inside a bounding box of Pillar Point near Half Moon Bay in California:\nnelat = highest latitude = north limit = 37.499811\nnelng = highest longitude = east limit = -122.492738\nswlat = smallest latitude = south limit = 37.492805\nswlng = smallest longitude = west limit = 122.50542\nAs API parameters these look like this:\n?nelat=37.499811&nelng=-122.492738&swlat=37.492805&swlng=122.50542\nThese parameters in this format can be used for most of the iNaturalist API methods.\nNudibranch seasonality in Pillar Point\nWe can use the iNaturalist observation_histogram API to get a count of Nudibranch observations per week-of-year across all time and within our Pillar Point bounding box.\nIn addition to the geographic parameters that we just worked out, we are also sending the taxon_id of 47113, which is iNaturalists internal number associated with the Nudibranch taxon. By using this we can get all species which are under the parent \u2018Order Nudibranchia\u2019. \nAnother useful piece of naturalist knowledge is understanding the biological classification scheme of Taxanomic Rank - roughly, when a species has a Latin name of two words eg \u2018Glaucus Atlanticus\u2019 the first Latin word is the \u2018Genus\u2019 like a family name \u2018Glaucus\u2019, and the second word identifies that particular species, like a given name \u2018Atlanticus\u2019. \nThe two Latin words together indicate a specific species, the term we use colloquially to refer to a type of animal often differs wildly region to region, and sometimes the same common name in two countries can refer to two different species. The common names for the Glaucus Atlanticus (which incidentally is my favourite sea slug) include: sea swallow, blue angel, blue glaucus, blue dragon, blue sea slug and blue ocean slug! Because this gets super confusing, Scientists like using this Latin name format instead.\nThe following piece of code asks the iNaturalist Histogram API to return per-week counts for verified observations of Nudibranchs within our Pillar Point bounding box:\npillar_point_counts_per_week = fetch(\n  \"https://api.inaturalist.org/v1/observations/histogram?taxon_id=47113&nelat=37.499811&nelng=-122.492738&swlat=37.492805&swlng=-122.50542&date_field=observed&interval=week_of_year&verifiable=true\"\n  ).then(response => {\n  return response.json();\n})\nOur next step is to take this data and draw a graph! We\u2019ll be using Vega-Lite for this, which is a fab JavaScript graphing libary that is also easy and fun to use with Observable Notebooks. \n(Here is a great tutorial on exploring data and drawing graphs with Observable and Vega-Lite)\nThe iNaturalist API returns data that looks like this:\n{\n  \"total_results\": 53,\n  \"page\": 1,\n  \"per_page\": 53,\n  \"results\": {\n    \"week_of_year\": {\n      \"1\": 136,\n      \"2\": 20,\n      \"3\": 150,\n      \"4\": 65,\n      \"5\": 186,\n      \"6\": 74,\n      \"7\": 47,\n      \"8\": 87,\n      \"9\": 64,\n      \"10\": 56,\nBut for our Vega-Lite graph we need data that looks like this:\n[{\n  \"week\": \"01\",\n  \"value\": 136\n}, {\n  \"week\": \"02\",\n  \"value\": 20\n}, ...]\nWe can convert what we get back from the API to the second format using a loop that iterates over the object keys:\nobjects_to_plot = {\n  let objects = [];\n  Object.keys(pillar_point_counts_per_week.results.week_of_year).map(function(week_index) {\n    objects.push({\n      week: `Wk ${week_index.toString()}`,\n      observations: pillar_point_counts_per_week.results.week_of_year[week_index]\n    });\n  })\n  return objects;\n}\nWe can then plug this into Vega-Lite to draw us a graph:\nvegalite({\n  data: {values: objects_to_plot},\n  mark: \"bar\",\n  encoding: {\n    x: {field: \"week\", type: \"nominal\", sort: null},\n    y: {field: \"observations\", type: \"quantitative\"}\n  },\n  width: width * 0.9\n})\n\nIt\u2019s worth noting that we have a lot of observations of Nudibranchs particularly at Pillar Point due in no small part to the intertidal monitoring research that Alison Young and Rebecca Johnson facilitate for the California Achademy of Sciences. \nSo, what if we want to look for the seasonality of observations of a particular species of adorable sea slug? We want our interface to have a select box with a list of all the species you might find at any time of year. We can do this using the species_counts API to create us an object with the iNaturalist species ID and common & Latin names.\npillar_point_nudibranches = {\n  let api_results = await fetch(\n  \"https://api.inaturalist.org/v1/observations/species_counts?taxon_id=47113&nelat=37.499811&nelng=-122.492738&swlat=37.492805&swlng=-122.50542&date_field=observed&verifiable=true\"\n  ).then(r => r.json())\n\n  let species_list = api_results.results.map(i => ({\n      value: i.taxon.id,\n      label: `${i.taxon.preferred_common_name} (${i.taxon.name})`\n  }));\n\n  return species_list\n}\nWe can create an interactive select box by importing code from Jeremy Ashkanas\u2019 Observable Notebook: add import {select} from \"@jashkenas/inputs\" to a cell anywhere in our notebook. Observable is magic: like a spreadsheet, the order of the cells doesn\u2019t matter - if one cell is referenced by any other cell then when that cell updates all the other cells refresh themselves. You can also import and reference one notebook from another!\nviewof select_species = select({\n    title: \"Which Nudibranch do you want to see seasonality for?\",\n    options: [{value: \"\", label: \"All the Nudibranchs!\"}, ...pillar_point_nudibranches],\n    value: \"\"\n})\nThen we go back to our old favourite, the histogram API just like before, only this time we are calling it with the value created by our select box ${select_species} as taxon_id instead of the number 47113.\npillar_point_counts_per_month_per_species = fetch(\n  `https://api.inaturalist.org/v1/observations/histogram?taxon_id=${select_species}&nelat=37.499811&nelng=-122.492738&swlat=37.492805&swlng=-122.50542&date_field=observed&interval=month_of_year&verifiable=true`\n).then(r => r.json())\nNow for the fun graph bit! As we did before, we re-format the result of the API into a format compatible with Vega-Lite:\nobjects_to_plot_species_month = {\n  let objects = [];\n  Object.keys(pillar_point_counts_per_month_per_species.results.month_of_year).map(function(month_index) {\n    objects.push({\n      month: (new Date(2018, (month_index - 1), 1)).toLocaleString(\"en\", {month: \"long\"}),\n      observations: pillar_point_counts_per_month_per_species.results.month_of_year[month_index]\n    });\n  })\n  return objects;\n}\n(Note that in the above code we are creating a date object with our specific month in, and using toLocalString() to get the longer English name for the month. Because the JavaScript Date object counts January as 0, we use month_index -1 to get the correct month)\nAnd we draw the graph as we did before, only now if you interact with the select box in Observable the graph will dynamically update!\nvegalite({\n  data: {values: objects_to_plot_species_month},\n  mark: \"bar\",\n  encoding: {\n    x: {field: \"month\", type: \"nominal\", sort:null},\n    y: {field: \"observations\", type: \"quantitative\"}\n  },\n  width: width * 0.9\n})\nNow we can see when is the best time of year to plan to go tidepooling in Pillar Point if we want to find a specific species of Nudibranch.\n\u200b\n\nThis tool is great for planning when we to go rockpooling at Pillar Point, but what about if you are going this month and want to pre-train your eye with what to look for in order to impress your friends with your knowledge of Nudibranchs?\nWell\u2026 we can create ourselves a dynamic guide that you can with a list of the species, their photo, name and how many times they have been observed in that month of the year!\nOur select box this time looks as follows, simpler than before but assigning the month value to the variable selected_month.\nviewof selected_month = select({\n    title: \"When do you want to see Nudibranchs?\",\n    options: [\n      { label: \"Whenever\", value: \"\" },\n      { label: \"January\", value: \"1\" },\n      { label: \"February\", value: \"2\" },\n      { label: \"March\", value: \"3\" },\n      { label: \"April\", value: \"4\" },\n      { label: \"May\", value: \"5\" },\n      { label: \"June\", value: \"6\" },\n      { label: \"July\", value: \"7\" },\n      { label: \"August\", value: \"8\" },\n      { label: \"September\", value: \"9\" },\n      { label: \"October\", value: \"10\" },\n      { label: \"November\", value: \"11\" },\n      { label: \"December\", value: \"12\" },\n    ],\n    value: \"\"\n })\nWe then can use the species_counts API to get all the relevant information about which species we can see in month=${selected_month}. We\u2019ll be able to reference this response object and its values later with the variable we just created, eg: all_species_data.results[0].taxon.name.\nall_species_data = fetch(\n    `https://api.inaturalist.org/v1/observations/species_counts?taxon_id=47113&month=${selected_month}&nelat=37.499811&nelng=-122.492738&swlat=37.492805&swlng=-122.50542&verifiable=true`\n).then(r => r.json())\nYou can render HTML directly in a notebook cell using Observable\u2019s html tagged template literal:\n<style> \n.collection { margin-top: 2em }\n.collection .species { display: inline-block; width: 9em; margin-bottom: 2em; }\n.collection .species-name { font-size: 1em; margin: 0; padding: 0 } \n.collection .species-count { margin: 0 0 0.3em 0; padding: 0; font-size: 0.75em; color: #999; font-style: italic; }\n.collection img { display: block; width: 100% }\n.collection select { font-size: 1.5em; }\n</style>\n\n<h2>If you go to Pillar Point ${\n  {\"\": \"\",\n   \"1\":\"in January\",\n   \"2\":\"in Febrary\",\n   \"3\":\"in March\",\n   \"4\":\"in April\",\n   \"5\":\"in May\",\n   \"6\":\"in June\",\n   \"7\":\"in July\",\n   \"8\":\"in August\",\n   \"9\":\"in September\",\n   \"10\":\"in October\",\n   \"11\":\"in November\",\n   \"12\":\"in December\",\n  }[selected_month]\n } you might see\u2026</h2>\n\n<div class=\"collection\">\n${all_species_data.results.map(s => `<div class=\"species\"><h3 class=\"species-name\">${s.taxon.name}</h3>\n  <p class=\"species-count\">Seen ${s.count} times</p>\n  <img src=\"${s.taxon.default_photo.medium_url}\"></div>\n`)}\n</div>\nThese few lines of HTML are all you need to get this exciting dynamic guide to what Nudibranchs you will see in each month!\n\u200b\n\nPlay with it yourself in this Observable Notebook.\nConclusion\nI hope by playing with these examples you have an idea of how powerful it can be to prototype using Observable Notebooks and how you can use the incredible crowdsourced community data and APIs from iNaturalist to augment your naturalist skills and impress your friends with your new \u2018knowledge of nature\u2019 superpower.\nLastly I strongly encourage you to get outside on a low tide to explore your local rocky intertidal habitat, and all the amazing critters that live there.\nHere is a great introduction video to tidepooling / rockpooling, by Rebecca Johnson and Alison Young from the California Academy of Sciences.", "year": "2018", "author": "Natalie Downe", "author_slug": "nataliedowne", "published": "2018-12-18T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/observable-notebooks-and-inaturalist/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 71, "title": "Upping Your Web Security Game", "contents": "When I started working in web security fifteen years ago, web development looked very different. The few non-static web applications were built using a waterfall process and shipped quarterly at best, making it possible to add security audits before every release; applications were deployed exclusively on in-house servers, allowing Info Sec to inspect their configuration and setup; and the few third-party components used came from a small set of well-known and trusted providers. And yet, even with these favourable conditions, security teams were quickly overwhelmed and called for developers to build security in.\nIf the web security game was hard to win before, it\u2019s doomed to fail now. In today\u2019s web development, every other page is an application, accepting inputs and private data from users; software is built continuously, designed to eliminate manual gates, including security gates; infrastructure is code, with servers spawned with little effort and even less security scrutiny; and most of the code in a typical application is third-party code, pulled in through open source repositories with rarely a glance at who provided them.\nSecurity teams, when they exist at all, cannot solve this problem. They are vastly outnumbered by developers, and cannot keep up with the application\u2019s pace of change. For us to have a shot at making the web secure, we must bring security into the core. We need to give it no less attention than that we give browser compatibility, mobile design or web page load times. More broadly, we should see security as an aspect of quality, expecting both ourselves and our peers to address it, and taking pride when we do it well.\nWhere To Start?\nEmbracing security isn\u2019t something you do overnight.\nA good place to start is by reviewing things you\u2019re already doing \u2013 and trying to make them more secure. Here are three concrete steps you can take to get going.\nHTTPS\nThreats begin when your system interacts with the outside world, which often means HTTP. As is, HTTP is painfully insecure, allowing attackers to easily steal and manipulate data going to or from the server. HTTPS adds a layer of crypto that ensures the parties know who they\u2019re talking to, and that the information exchanged can be neither modified nor sniffed.\nHTTPS is relevant to any site. If your non-HTTPS site holds opinions, reading it may get your users in trouble with employers or governments. If your users believe what you say, attackers can modify your non-HTTPS to take advantage of and abuse that trust. If you want to use new browser technologies like HTTP2 and service workers, your site will need to be HTTPS. And if you want to be discovered on the web, using HTTPS can help your Google ranking. For more details on why I think you should make the switch to HTTPS, check out this post, these slides and this video.\nUsing HTTPS is becoming easier and cheaper. Here are a few free tools that can help:\n\nGet free and easy HTTPS delivery from Cloudflare (be sure to use \u201cFull SSL\u201d!)\nGet a free and automation-friendly certificate from Let\u2019s Encrypt (now in open beta).\nTest how well your HTTPS is set up using SSLTest.\n\nOther vendors and platforms are rapidly simplifying and reducing the cost of their HTTPS offering, as demand and importance grows.\nTwo-Factor Authentication\nThe most sensitive data is usually stored behind a login, and the authentication process is the primary gate in front of this data. Making this process secure has many aspects, including using HTTPS when accepting credentials, having a strong password policy, never storing the password, and more.\nAll of these are important, but the best single step to boost your authentication security is to introduce two-factor authentication (2FA). Adding 2FA usually means prompting users for an additional one-time code when logging in, which they get via SMS or a mobile app (e.g. Google Authenticator). This code is short-lived and is extremely hard for a remote attacker to guess, thus vastly reducing the risk a leaked or easily guessed password presents.\nThe typical algorithm for 2FA is based on an IETF standard called the time-based one-time password (TOTP) algorithm, and it isn\u2019t that hard to implement. Joel Franusic wrote a great post on implementing 2FA; modules like speakeasy make it even easier; and you can swap SMS with Google Authenticator or your own app if you prefer. If you don\u2019t want to build 2FA support yourself, you can purchase two/multi-factor authentication services from vendors such as DuoSecurity, Auth0, Clef, Hypr and others.\nIf implementing 2FA still feels like too much work, you can also choose to offload your entire authentication process to an OAuth-based federated login. Many companies offer this today, including Facebook, Google, Twitter, GitHub and others. These bigger players tend to do authentication well and support 2FA, but you should consider what data you\u2019re sharing with them in the process.\nTracking Known Vulnerabilities\nMost of the code in a modern application was actually written by third parties, and pulled into your app as frameworks, modules and libraries. While using these components makes us much more productive, along with their functionality we also adopt their security flaws. To make things worse, some of these flaws are well-known vulnerabilities, making it easy for hackers to take advantage of them in an attack.\nThis is a real problem and happens on pretty much every platform. Do you develop in Java? In 2014, over 6% of Java modules downloaded from Maven had a known severe security issue, the typical Java applications containing 24 flaws. Are you coding in Node.js? Roughly 14% of npm packages carry a known vulnerability, and over 60% of dev shops find vulnerabilities in their code. 30% of Docker Hub containers include a high priority known security hole, and 60% of the top 100,000 websites use client-side libraries with known security gaps.\nTo find known security issues, take stock of your dependencies and match them against language-specific lists such as Snyk\u2019s vulnerability DB for Node.js, rubysec for Ruby, victims-db for Python and OWASP\u2019s Dependency Check for Java. Once found, you can fix most issues by upgrading the component in question, though that may be tricky for indirect dependencies.  \nThis process is still way too painful, which means most teams don\u2019t do it. The Snyk team and I are hoping to change that by making it as easy as possible to find, fix and monitor known vulnerabilities in your dependencies. Snyk\u2019s wizard will help you find and fix these issues through guided upgrades and patches, and adding Snyk\u2019s test to your continuous integration and deployment (CI/CD) will help you stay secure as your code evolves.\nNote that newly disclosed vulnerabilities usually impact old code \u2013 the one you\u2019re running in production. This means you have to stay alert when new vulnerabilities are disclosed, so you can fix them before attackers can exploit them. You can do so by subscribing to vulnerability lists like US-CERT, OSVDB and NVD. Snyk\u2019s monitor will proactively let you know about new disclosures relevant to your code, but only for Node.js for now \u2013 you can register to get updated when we expand.\nSecuring Yourself\nIn addition to making your application secure, you should make the contributors to that application secure \u2013 including you. Earlier this year we\u2019ve seen attackers target mobile app developers with a malicious Xcode. The real target, however, wasn\u2019t these developers, but rather the users of the apps they create. That you create. Securing your own work environment is a key part of keeping your apps secure, and your users from being compromised.\nThere\u2019s no single step that will make you fully secure, but here are a few steps that can make a big impact:\n\nUse 2FA on all the services related to the application, notably source control (e.g. GitHub), cloud platform (e.g. AWS), CI/CD, CDN, DNS provider and domain registrar. If an attacker compromises any one of those, they could modify or replace your entire application. I\u2019d recommend using 2FA on all your personal services too.\nUse a password manager (e.g. 1Password, LastPass) to ensure you have a separate and complex password for each service. Some of these services will get hacked, and passwords will leak. When that happens, don\u2019t let the attackers access your other systems too.\nSecure your workstation. Be careful what you download, lock your screen when you walk away, change default passwords on services you install, run antivirus software, etc. Malware on your machine can translate to malware in your applications.\nBe very wary of phishing. Smart attackers use \u2018spear phishing\u2019 techniques to gain access to specific systems, and can trick even security savvy users. There are even phishing scams targeting users with 2FA. Be alert to phishy emails.\nDon\u2019t install things through curl <somewhere-on-the-web> | sudo bash, especially if the URL is on GitHub, meaning someone else controls it. Don\u2019t do it on your machines, and definitely don\u2019t do it in your CI/CD systems. Seriously.\n\nStaying secure should be important to you personally, but it\u2019s doubly important when you have privileged access to an application. Such access makes you a way to reach many more users, and therefore a more compelling target for bad actors.\nA Culture of Security\nUsing HTTPS, enabling two-factor authentication and fixing known vulnerabilities are significant steps in building security at your core. As you implement them, remember that these are just a few steps in a longer journey.\nThe end goal is to embrace security as an aspect of quality, and accept we all share the responsibility of keeping ourselves \u2013 and our users \u2013 safe.", "year": "2015", "author": "Guy Podjarny", "author_slug": "guypodjarny", "published": "2015-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/upping-your-web-security-game/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 235, "title": "Real Animation Using JavaScript, CSS3, and HTML5 Video", "contents": "When I was in school to be a 3-D animator, I read a book called Timing for Animation. Though only 152 pages long, it\u2019s essentially the bible for anyone looking to be a great animator. In fact, Pixar chief creative officer John Lasseter used the first edition as a reference when he was an animator at Walt Disney Studios in the early 1980s.\n\nIn the book, authors John Halas and Harold Whitaker advise:\n\n\n\tTiming is the part of animation which gives meaning to movement. Movement can easily be achieved by drawing the same thing in two different positions and inserting a number of other drawings between the two. The result on the screen will be movement; but it will not be animation.\n\n\nBut that\u2019s exactly what we\u2019re doing with CSS3 and JavaScript: we\u2019re moving elements, not animating them. We\u2019re constantly specifying beginning and end states and allowing the technology to interpolate between the two. And yet, it\u2019s the nuances within those middle frames that create the sense of life we\u2019re looking for.\n\nAs bandwidth increases and browser rendering grows more consistent, we can create interactions in different ways than we\u2019ve been able to before. We\u2019re encountering motion more and more on sites we\u2019d generally label \u2018static.\u2019 However, this motion is mostly just movement, not animation. It\u2019s the manipulation of an element\u2019s properties, most commonly width, height, x- and y-coordinates, and opacity.\n\nSo how do we create real animation?\n\nThe metaphor\n\nIn my experience, animation is most believable when it simulates, exaggerates, or defies the real world. A bowling ball falls differently than a racquetball. They each have different weights and sizes, which affect the way they land, bounce, and impact other objects.\n\nThis is a major reason that JavaScript animation frequently feels mechanical; it doesn\u2019t complete a metaphor. Expanding and collapsing a <div> feels very different than a opening a door or unfolding a piece of paper, but it often shouldn\u2019t. The interaction itself should tie directly to the art direction of a page.\n\nPhysics\n\nUnderstanding the physics of a situation is key to creating convincing animation, even if your animation seeks to defy conventional physics. Isaac Newton\u2019s first law of motion\u2019s_laws_of_motion states, \u201cEvery body remains in a state of rest or uniform motion (constant velocity) unless it is acted upon by an external unbalanced force.\u201d Once a force acts upon an object, the object\u2019s shape can change accordingly, depending on the strength of the force and the mass of the object. Another nugget of wisdom from Halas and Whitaker:\n\n\n\tAll objects in nature have their own weight, construction, and degree of flexibility, and therefore each behaves in its own individual way when a force acts upon it. This behavior, a combination of position and timing, is the basis of animation. The basic question which an animator is continually asking himself is this: \u201cWhat will happen to this object when a force acts upon it?\u201d And the success of his animation largely depends on how well he answers this question.\n\n\nIn animating with CSS3 and JavaScript, keep physics in mind. How \u2018heavy\u2019 is the element you\u2019re interacting with? What kind of force created the action? A gentle nudge? A forceful shove? These subtleties will add a sense of realism to your animations and make them much more believable to your users.\n\nMisdirection\n\nMagicians often use misdirection to get their audience to focus on one thing rather than another. They fool us into thinking something happened that actually didn\u2019t.\n\nAnimation is the same, especially on a screen. By changing the arrangement of pixels on screen at a fast enough rate, your eyes fool your mind into thinking an object is actually in motion. \n\nAnother important component of misdirecting in animation is the use of multiple objects. Try to recall a cartoon where a character vanishes. More often, the character makes some sort of exaggerated motion (this is called anticipation) then disappears, and a puff a smoke follows. That smoke is an extra element, but it goes a long way into make you believe that character actually disappeared.\n\nVery rarely does a vanishing character\u2019s opacity simply go from one hundred per cent to zero. That\u2019s not believable. So why do we do it with <div>s?\n\nArmed with the ammunition of metaphors and misdirection, let\u2019s code an example.\n\nShake, rattle, and roll\n\n(These demos require at least a basic understanding of jQuery and CSS3. Run away if your\u2019re afraid, or brush up on CSS animation and resources for learning jQuery. Also, these demos use WebKit-specific features and are best viewed in the latest version of Safari, so performance in other browsers may vary.)\n\nWe often see the design pattern of clicking a link to reveal content. Our \u201cfirst demo\u201d:\u201d/examples/2010/real-animation/demo1/ shows us exactly that. It uses jQuery\u2019s \u201c slideDown()\u201d:http://api.jquery.com/slideDown/ method, as many instances do.\n\nBut what force acted on the <div> that caused it to open? Did pressing the button unlatch some imaginary hook? Did it activate an unlocking sequence with some gears?\n\nTake 2\n\nOur second demo is more explicit about what happens: the button fell on the <div> and shook its content loose. Here\u2019s how it\u2019s done. \n\nfunction clickHandler(){\n\t$('#button').addClass('animate');\n\treturn false;\n}\n\nClicking the link adds a class of animate to our button. That class has the following CSS associated with it:\n\n<style>\n\t.animate {\n\t\t-webkit-animation-name: ANIMATE;\n\t\t-webkit-animation-duration: 0.25s;\n\t\t-webkit-animation-iteration-count: 1;\n\t\t-webkit-animation-timing-function: ease-in;\n\t}\n\t@-webkit-keyframes ANIMATE {\n\t\tfrom {\n\t\ttop: 72px;\n\t\t}\n\t\tto {\n\t\t\ttop: 112px;\n\t\t}\n\t}\n</style>\n\nIn our keyframe definition, we\u2019ve specified from and to states. This is great, because we can be explicit about how an object starts and finishes moving. \n\nWhat\u2019s also extra handy is that these CSS keyframes broadcast events that you can react to with JavaScript. In this example, we\u2019re listening to the webkitAnimationEnd event and opening the <div> only when the sequence is complete. Here\u2019s that code.\n\nfunction attachAnimationEventHandlers(){\n\tvar wrap = document.getElementById('wrap');\n\twrap.addEventListener('webkitAnimationEnd', function($e) {\n\t\tswitch($e.animationName){\n\t\t\tcase \"ANIMATE\" :\n\t\t\topenMain();\n\t\t\tbreak;\n\t\t\tdefault:\n\t\t}\n\t}, false);\n}\nfunction openMain(){\n\t$('#main .inner').slideDown('slow');\n}\n\n(For more info on handling animation events, check out the documentation at the Safari Reference Library.)\n\nTake 3\n\nThe problem with the previous demo is that the subtleties of timing aren\u2019t evident. It still feels a bit choppy.\n\nFor our third demo, we\u2019ll use percentages instead of keywords so that we can insert as many points as we need to communicate more realistic timing. The percentages allow us to add the keys to well-timed animation: anticipation, hold, release, and reaction. \n\n<style>\n\t@-webkit-keyframes ANIMATE {\n\t\t0% {\n\t\t\ttop: 72px;\n\t\t}\n\t\t40% { /* anticipation */\n\t\t\ttop: 57px;\n\t\t}\n\t\t70% { /* hold */\n\t\t\ttop: 56px;\n\t\t}\n\t\t80% { /* release */\n\t\t\ttop: 112px;\n\t\t}\n\t\t100% { /* return */\n\t\t\ttop: 72px;\n\t\t}\n\t}\n</style>\n\nTake 4\n\nThe button animation is starting to feel much better, but the reaction of the <div> opening seems a bit slow.\n\nThis fourth demo uses jQuery\u2019s delay() method to time the opening precisely when we want it. Since we know the button\u2019s animation is one second long and its reaction starts at eighty per cent of that, that puts our delay at 800ms (eighty per cent of one second). However, here\u2019s a little pro tip: let\u2019s start the opening at 750ms instead. The extra fifty milliseconds makes it feel more like the opening is a reaction to the exact hit of the button. Instead of listening for the webkitAnimationEnd event, we can start the opening as soon as the button is clicked, and the movement plays on the specified delay.\n\nfunction clickHandler(){\n\t$('#button').addClass('animate');\n\topenMain();\n\treturn false;\n}\nfunction openMain(){\n\t$('#main .inner').delay(750).slideDown('slow');\n}\n\nTake 5\n\nWe can tweak the timing of that previous animation forever, but that\u2019s probably as close as we\u2019re going to get to realistic animation with CSS and JavaScript. However, for some extra sauce, we could relegate the whole animation in our final demo to a video sequence which includes more nuances and extra elements for misdirection.\n\nHere\u2019s the basis of video replacement. Add a <video> element to the page and adjust its opacity to zero. Once the button is clicked, fade the button out and start playing the video. Once the video is finished playing, fade it out and bring the button back.\n\nfunction clickHandler(){\n\tif($('#main .inner').is(':hidden')){\n\t\t$('#button').fadeTo(100, 0);\n\t\t$('#clickVideo').fadeTo(100, 1, function(){\n\t\t\tvar clickVideo = document.getElementById('clickVideo');\n\t\t\tclickVideo.play();\n\t\t\tsetTimeout(removeVideo, 2400);\n\t\t\topenMain();\n\t\t});\n\t}\n\treturn false;\n}\nfunction removeVideo(){\n\t$('#button').fadeTo(500, 1);\n\t$('#clickVideo').fadeOut('slow');\n}\nfunction openMain(){\n\t$('#main .inner').delay(1100).slideDown('slow');\n}\n\nWrapping up\n\nI\u2019m no JavaScript expert by any stretch. I\u2019m sure a lot of you scripting wizards out there could write much cleaner and more efficient code, but I hope this gives you an idea of the theory behind more realistic motion with the technology we\u2019re using most. This is just one model of creating more convincing animation, but you can create countless variations of this, including\u2026\n\n\n\tExporting <video> animations in 3-D animation tools or 2-D animation tools like Flash or After Effects\n\tUsing <canvas> or SVG instead of <video>\n\tEmploying specific JavaScript animation frameworks\n\tMaking use of all the powerful properties of CSS Transforms and CSS Animation\n\tTrying out emerging CSS3 animation tools like Sencha Animator\n\n\nIf it wasn\u2019t already apparent, these demos show an exaggerated example and probably aren\u2019t practical in a lot of environments. However, there are a handful of great sites out there that honor animation techniques\u2014metaphor, physics, and misdirection, among others\u2014like Benjamin De Cock\u2019s vCard, 20 Things I Learned About Browsers and the Web by Fantasy Interactive, and the Nike Snowboarding site by Ian Coyle and HEGA. They\u2019re wonderful testaments to what you can do to aid interaction for users.\n\nMy goal was to show you the \u2018why\u2019 and the \u2018how.\u2019 Your charge is to discern the \u2018where\u2019 and the \u2018when.\u2019 Happy animating!", "year": "2010", "author": "Dan Mall", "author_slug": "danmall", "published": "2010-12-15T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/real-animation-using-javascript-css3-and-html5-video/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 300, "title": "Taking Device Orientation for a Spin", "contents": "When The Police sang \u201cDon\u2019t Stand So Close To Me\u201d they weren\u2019t talking about using a smartphone to view a panoramic image on Facebook, but they could have been. For years, technology has driven relentlessly towards devices we can carry around in our pockets, and now that we\u2019re there, we\u2019re expected to take the thing out of our pocket and wave it around in front of our faces like a psychotic donkey in search of its own dangly carrot.\nBut if you can\u2019t beat them, join them.\nA brave new world\nA couple of years back all sorts of specs for new HTML5 APIs sprang up much to our collective glee. Emboldened, we ran a few tests and found they basically didn\u2019t work in anything and went off disheartened into the corner for a bit of a sob.\nTurns out, while we were all busy boohooing, those browser boffins have actually being doing some work, and lo and behold, some of these APIs are even half usable. Mostly literally half usable\u2014we\u2019re still talking about browsers, after all.\nNow, of course they\u2019re all a bit JavaScripty and are going to involve complex methods and maths and science and probably about a thousand dependancies from Github that will fall out of fashion while we\u2019re still trying to locate the documentation, right? Well, no! \nSo what if we actually wanted to use one of these APIs, say to impress our friends with our ability to make them wave their phones in front of their faces (because no one enjoys looking hapless more than the easily-technologically-impressed), how could we do something like that? Let\u2019s find out.\nThe Device Orientation API\nThe phone-wavy API is more formally known as the DeviceOrientation Event Specification. It does a bunch of stuff that basically doesn\u2019t work, but also gives us three values that represent orientation of a device (a phone, a tablet, probably not a desktop computer) around its x, y and z axes. You might think of it as pitch, roll and yaw if you like to spend your weekends wearing goggles and a leather hat.\nThe main way we access these values is through an event listener, which can inform our code every time the value changes. Which is constantly, because you try and hold a phone still and then try and hold the Earth still too.\nThe API calls those pitch, roll and yaw values alpha, beta and gamma. Chocks away:\nwindow.addEventListener('deviceorientation', function(e) {\n    console.log(e.alpha);\n    console.log(e.beta);\n    console.log(e.gamma);\n});\nIf you look at this test page on your phone, you should be able to see the numbers change as you twirl the thing around your body like the dance partner you never had. Wrist strap recommended.\nOne important note\nLike may of these newfangled APIs, Device Orientation is only available over HTTPS. We\u2019re not allowed to have too much fun without protection, so make sure that you\u2019re working on a secure line. I\u2019ve found a quick and easy way to share my local dev environment over TLS with my devices is to use an ngrok tunnel.\nngrok http -host-header=rewrite mylocaldevsite.dev:80\nngrok will then set up a tunnel to your dev site with both HTTP and HTTPS URL options. You, of course, want the HTTPS option.\nRight, where were we?\nMake something to look at\nIt\u2019s all well and good having a bunch of numbers, but they\u2019re no use unless we do something with them. Something creative. Something to inspire the generations. Or we could just build that Facebook panoramic image viewer thing (because most of us are familiar with it and we\u2019re not trying to be too clever here). Yeah, let\u2019s just build one of those.\nOur basic framework is going to be similar to that used for an image carousel. We have a container, constrained in size, and CSS overflow property set to hidden. Into this we place our wide content and use positioning to move the content back and  forth behind the \u2018window\u2019 so that the part we want to show is visible.\nHere it is mocked up with a slider to set the position. When you release the slider, the position updates. (This actually tests best on desktop with your window slightly narrowed.)\nThe details of the slider aren\u2019t important (we\u2019re about to replace it with phone-wavy goodness) but the crucial part is that moving the slider results in a function call to position the image. This takes a percentage value (0-100) with 0 being far left and 100 being far right (or \u2018alt-nazi\u2019 or whatever).\nvar position_image = function(percent) {\n    var pos = (img_W / 100)*percent;\n    img.style.transform = 'translate(-'+pos+'px)'; \n};\nAll this does is figure out what that percentage means in terms of the image width, and set the transform: translate(\u2026); CSS property to move the image. (We use translate because it might be a bit faster to animate than left/right positioning.)\nOk. We can now read the orientation values from our device, and we can programatically position the image. What we need to do is figure out how to convert those raw orientation values into a nice tidy percentage to pass to our function and we\u2019re done. (We\u2019re so not done.)\nThe maths bit\nIf we go back to our raw values test page and make-believe that we have a fascinating panoramic image of some far-off beach or historic monument to look at, you\u2019ll note that the main value that is changing as we swing back and forth is the \u2018alpha\u2019 value. That\u2019s the one we want to track.\nAs our goal here is hey, these APIs are interesting and fun and not let\u2019s build the world\u2019s best panoramic image viewer, we\u2019ll start by making a few assumptions and simplifications:\n\nWhen the image loads, we\u2019ll centre the image and take the current nose-forward orientation reading as the middle.\nMoving left, we\u2019ll track to the left of the image (lower percentage).\nMoving right, we\u2019ll track to the right (higher percentage).\nIf the user spins round, does cartwheels or loads the page then hops on a plane and switches earthly hemispheres, they\u2019re on their own.\n\nNose-forward\nWhen the page loads, the initial value of alpha gives us our nose-forward position. In Safari on iOS, this is normalised to always be 0, whereas most everywhere else it tends to be bound to pointy-uppy north. That doesn\u2019t really matter to us, as we don\u2019t know which direction the user might be facing in anyway \u2014 we just need to record that initial state and then use it to compare any new readings.\nvar initial_position = null;\n\nwindow.addEventListener('deviceorientation', function(e) {\n    if (initial_position === null) {\n        initial_position = Math.floor(e.alpha);\n    };\n\n    var current_position = initial_position - Math.floor(e.alpha);\n});\n(I\u2019m rounding down the values with Math.floor() to make debugging easier - we\u2019ll take out the rounding later.)\nWe get our initial position if it\u2019s not yet been set, and then calculate the current position as a difference between the new value and the stored one.\nThese values are weird\nOne thing you need to know about these values, is that they range from 0 to 360 but then you also get weird left-of-zero values like -2 and whatever. And they wrap past 360 back to zero as you\u2019d expect if you do a forward roll.\nWhat I\u2019m interested in is working out my rotation. If 0 is my nose-forward position, I want a positive value as I turn right, and a negative value as I turn left. That puts the awkward 360-tipping point right behind the user where they can\u2019t see it.\nvar rotation  = current_position;\nif (current_position > 180) rotation = current_position-360;\nWhich way up?\nSince we\u2019re talking about orientation, we need to remember that the values are going to be different if the device is held in portrait on landscape mode. See for yourself - wiggle it like a steering wheel and you get different values. That\u2019s easy to account for when you know which way up the device is, but in true browser style, the API for that bit isn\u2019t well supported. The best I can come up with is:\nvar screen_portrait = false;\nif (window.innerWidth < window.innerHeight) {\n    screen_portrait = true;\n}\nIt works. Then we can use screen_portrait to branch our code:\nif (screen_portrait) {\n        if (current_position > 180) rotation = current_position-360;\n} else {\n        if (current_position < -180) rotation = 360+current_position;\n}\nHere\u2019s the code in action so you can see the values for yourself. If you change screen orientation you\u2019ll need to refresh the page (it\u2019s a demo!).\nLimiting rotation\nNow, while the youth of today are rarely seen without a phone in their hands, it would still be unreasonable to ask them to spin through 360\u00b0 to view a photo. Instead, we need to limit the range of movement to something like 60\u00b0-from-nose in either direction and normalise our values to pan the entire image across that 120\u00b0 range. -60 would be full-left (0%) and 60 would be full-right (100%).\nIf we set max_rotation = 60, that code ends up looking like this:\nif (rotation > max_rotation) rotation = max_rotation;\nif (rotation < (0-max_rotation)) rotation = 0-max_rotation;\n\nvar percent = Math.floor(((rotation + max_rotation)/(max_rotation*2))*100);\nWe should now be able to get a rotation from -60\u00b0 to +60\u00b0 expressed as a percentage. Try it for yourself.\nThe big reveal\nAll that\u2019s left to do is pass that percentage to our image positioning function and would you believe it, it might actually work.\nposition_image(percent);\nYou can see the final result and take it for a spin. Literally.\nSo what have we made here? Have we built some highly technical panoramic image viewer to aid surgeons during life-saving operations using only JavaScript and some slightly questionable mathematics? No, my friends, we have not. Far from it. \nWhat we have made is progress. We\u2019ve taken a relatively newly available hardware API and a bit of simple JavaScript and paired it with existing CSS knowledge and made something that we didn\u2019t have this morning. Something we probably didn\u2019t even want this morning. Something that if you take a couple of steps back and squint a bit might be a prototype for something vaguely interesting. But more importantly, we\u2019ve learned that our browsers are just a little bit more capable than we thought.\nThe web platform is maturing rapidly. There are new, relatively unexplored APIs for doing all sorts of crazy thing that are often dismissed as the preserve of native apps. Like some sort of app marmalade. Poppycock. \nThe web is an amazing, exciting place to create things. All it takes is some base knowledge of the fundamentals, a creative mind and a willingness to learn. We have those! So let\u2019s create things.", "year": "2016", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2016-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/taking-device-orientation-for-a-spin/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 181, "title": "Working With RGBA Colour", "contents": "When Tim and I were discussing the redesign of this site last year, one of the clear goals was to have a graphical style without making the pages heavy with a lot of images. When we launched, a lot of people were surprised that the design wasn\u2019t built with PNGs. Instead we\u2019d used RGBA colour values, which is part of the CSS3 specification.\n\nWhat is RGBA Colour?\n\nWe\u2019re all familiar with specifying colours in CSS using by defining the mix of red, green and blue light required to achieve our tone. This is fine and dandy, but whatever values we specify have one thing in common \u2014 the colours are all solid, flat, and well, a bit boring.\n\n Flat RGB colours\n\nCSS3 introduces a couple of new ways to specify colours, and one of those is RGBA. The A stands for Alpha, which refers to the level of opacity of the colour, or to put it another way, the amount of transparency. This means that we can set not only the red, green and blue values, but also control how much of what\u2019s behind the colour shows through. Like with layers in Photoshop.\n\nDon\u2019t We Have Opacity Already?\n\nThe ability to set the opacity on a colour differs subtly from setting the opacity on an element using the CSS opacity property. Let\u2019s look at an example.\n\nHere we have an H1 with foreground and background colours set against a page with a patterned background.\n\n Heading with no transparency applied\n\nh1 {\n\tcolor: rgb(0, 0, 0);\n\tbackground-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);\n}\n\nBy setting the CSS opacity property, we can adjust the transparency of the entire element and its contents:\n\n Heading with 50% opacity on the element\n\nh1 {\n\tcolor: rgb(0, 0, 0);\n\tbackground-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);\n\topacity: 0.5;\n}\n\nRGBA colour gives us something different \u2013 the ability to control the opacity of the individual colours rather than the entire element. So we can set the opacity on just the background:\n\n 50% opacity on just the background colour\n\nh1 {\n\tcolor: rgb(0, 0, 0);\n\tbackground-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.5);\n}\n\nOr leave the background solid and change the opacity on just the text:\n\n 50% opacity on just the foreground colour\n\nh1 {\n\tcolor: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5);\n\tbackground-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);\n}\n\nThe How-To\n\nYou\u2019ll notice that above I\u2019ve been using the rgb() syntax for specifying colours. This is a bit less common than the usual hex codes (like #FFF) but it makes sense when starting to use RGBA. As there\u2019s no way to specify opacity with hex codes, we use rgba() like so:\n\ncolor: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.5);\n\nJust like rgb() the first three values are red, green and blue. You can specify these 0-255 or 0%-100%. The fourth value is the opacity level from 0 (completely transparent) to 1 (completely opaque).\n\nYou can use this anywhere you\u2019d normally set a colour in CSS \u2014 so it\u2019s good for foregrounds and background, borders, outlines and so on. All the transparency effects on this site\u2019s current design are achieved this way.\n\nSupporting All Browsers\n\nLike a lot of the features we\u2019ll be looking at in this year\u2019s 24 ways, RGBA colour is supported by a lot of the newest browsers, but not the rest. Firefox, Safari, Chrome and Opera browsers all support RGBA, but Internet Explorer does not.\n\nFortunately, due to the robust design of CSS as a language, we can specify RGBA colours for browsers that support it and an alternative for browsers that do not.\n\nFalling back to solid colour\n\nThe simplest technique is to allow the browser to fall back to using a solid colour when opacity isn\u2019t available. The CSS parsing rules specify that any unrecognised value should be ignored. We can make use of this because a browser without RGBA support will treat a colour value specified with rgba() as unrecognised and discard it.\n\nSo if we specify the colour first using rgb() for all browsers, we can then overwrite it with an rgba() colour for browsers that understand RGBA.\n\nh1 {\n\tcolor: rgb(127, 127, 127);\n\tcolor: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5);\n}\n\nFalling back to a PNG\n\nIn cases where you\u2019re using transparency on a background-color (although not on borders or text) it\u2019s possible to fall back to using a PNG with alpha channel to get the same effect. This is less flexible than using CSS as you\u2019ll need to create a new PNG for each level of transparency required, but it can be a useful solution.\n\nUsing the same principal as before, we can specify the background in a style that all browsers will understand, and then overwrite it in a way that browsers without RGBA support will ignore.\n\nh1 {\n\tbackground: transparent url(black50.png);\n\tbackground: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5) none;\n}\n\nIt\u2019s important to note that this works because we\u2019re using the background shorthand property, enabling us to set both the background colour and background image in a single declaration. It\u2019s this that enables us to rely on the browser ignoring the second declaration when it encounters the unknown rgba() value.\n\nNext Steps\n\nThe really great thing about RGBA colour is that it gives us the ability to create far more graphically rich designs without the need to use images. Not only does that make for faster and lighter pages, but sites which are easier and quicker to build and maintain. CSS values can also be changed in response to user interaction or even manipulated with JavaScript in a way that\u2019s just not so easy using images.\n\n Opacity can be changed on :hover or manipulated with JavaScript\n\ndiv {\n\tcolor: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.8);\n\tbackground-color: rgba(142, 213, 87, 0.3);\n}\ndiv:hover {\n\tcolor: rgba(255, 255, 255, 1);\n\tbackground-color: rgba(142, 213, 87, 0.6);\n}\n\nClever use of transparency in border colours can help ease the transition between overlay items and the page behind.\n\n Borders can receive the RGBA treatment, too\n\ndiv {\n\tcolor: rgb(0, 0, 0);\n\tbackground-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);\n\tborder: 10px solid rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.3);\n}\n\nIn Conclusion\n\n\nThat\u2019s a brief insight into RGBA colour, what it\u2019s good for and how it can be used whilst providing support for older browsers. With the current lack of support in Internet Explorer, it\u2019s probably not a technique that commercial designs will want to heavily rely on right away \u2013 simply because of the overhead of needing to think about fallback all the time. \n\nIt is, however, a useful tool to have for those smaller, less critical touches that can really help to finesse a design. As browser support becomes more mainstream, you\u2019ll already be familiar and practised with RGBA and ready to go.", "year": "2009", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2009-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/working-with-rgba-colour/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 334, "title": "Transitional vs. Strict Markup", "contents": "When promoting web standards, standardistas often talk about XHTML as being more strict than HTML. In a sense it is, since it requires that all elements are properly closed and that attribute values are quoted. But there are two flavours of XHTML 1.0 (three if you count the Frameset DOCTYPE, which is outside the scope of this article), defined by the Transitional and Strict DOCTYPEs. And HTML 4.01 also comes in those flavours.\n\nThe names reveal what they are about: Transitional DOCTYPEs are meant for those making the transition from older markup to modern ways. Strict DOCTYPEs are actually the default \u2013 the way HTML 4.01 and XHTML 1.0 were constructed to be used.\n\nA Transitional DOCTYPE may be used when you have a lot of legacy markup that cannot easily be converted to comply with a Strict DOCTYPE. But Strict is what you should be aiming for. It encourages, and in some cases enforces, the separation of structure and presentation, moving the presentational aspects from markup to CSS. From the HTML 4 Document Type Definition:\n\n\n\tThis is HTML 4.01 Strict DTD, which excludes the presentation attributes and elements that W3C expects to phase out as support for style sheets matures. Authors should use the Strict DTD when possible, but may use the Transitional DTD when support for presentation attribute and elements is required.\n\n\nAn additional benefit of using a Strict DOCTYPE is that doing so will ensure that browsers use their strictest, most standards compliant rendering modes.\n\nTommy Olsson provides a good summary of the benefits of using Strict over Transitional in Ten questions for Tommy Olsson at Web Standards Group:\n\n\n\tIn my opinion, using a Strict DTD, either HTML 4.01 Strict or XHTML 1.0 Strict, is far more important for the quality of the future web than whether or not there is an X in front of the name. The Strict DTD promotes a separation of structure and presentation, which makes a site so much easier to maintain.\n\n\nFor those looking to start using web standards and valid, semantic markup, it is important to understand the difference between Transitional and Strict DOCTYPEs. For complete listings of the differences between Transitional and Strict DOCTYPEs, see XHTML: Differences between Strict & Transitional, Comparison of Strict and Transitional XHTML, and XHTML1.0 Element Attributes by DTD.\n\nSome of the differences are more likely than others to cause problems for developers moving from a Transitional DOCTYPE to a Strict one, and I\u2019d like to mention a few of those.\n\nElements that are not allowed in Strict DOCTYPEs\n\n\n\tcenter\n\tfont\n\tiframe\n\tstrike\n\tu\n\n\nAttributes not allowed in Strict DOCTYPEs\n\n\n\talign (allowed on elements related to tables: col, colgroup, tbody, td, tfoot, th, thead, and tr)\n\tlanguage\n\tbackground\n\tbgcolor\n\tborder (allowed on table)\n\theight (allowed on img and object)\n\thspace\n\tname (allowed in HTML 4.01 Strict, not allowed on form and img in XHTML 1.0 Strict)\n\tnoshade\n\tnowrap\n\ttarget\n\ttext, link, vlink, and alink\n\tvspace\n\twidth (allowed on img, object, table, col, and colgroup)\n\n\nContent model differences\n\nAn element type\u2019s content model describes what may be contained by an instance of the element type. The most important difference in content models between Transitional and Strict is that blockquote, body, and form elements may only contain block level elements. A few examples:\n\n\n\ttext and images are not allowed immediately inside the body element, and need to be contained in a block level element like p or div\n\tinput elements must not be direct descendants of a form element\n\ttext in blockquote elements must be wrapped in a block level element like p or div\n\n\nGo Strict and move all presentation to CSS\n\nSomething that can be helpful when doing the transition from Transitional to Strict DOCTYPEs is to focus on what each element of the page you are working on is instead of how you want it to look.\n\nWorry about looks later and get the structure and semantics right first.", "year": "2005", "author": "Roger Johansson", "author_slug": "rogerjohansson", "published": "2005-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/transitional-vs-strict-markup/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 316, "title": "Have Your DOM and Script It Too", "contents": "When working with the XMLHttpRequest object it appears you can only go one of three ways: \n\n\n\tYou can stay true to the colorful moniker du jour and stick strictly to the responseXML property\n\tYou can play with proprietary \u2013 yet widely supported \u2013 fire and inject the value of responseText property into the innerHTML of an element of your choosing\n\tOr you can be eval() and parse JSON or arbitrary JavaScript delivered via responseText\n\n\nBut did you know that there\u2019s a fourth option giving you the best of the latter two worlds? Mint uses this unmentioned approach to grab fresh HTML and run arbitrary JavaScript simultaneously. Without relying on eval(). \u201cBut wait-\u201d, you might say, \u201cwhen would I need to do this?\u201d Besides the example below this technique is handy for things like tab groups that need initialization onload but miss the main onload event handler by a mile thanks to asynchronous scripting.\n\nConsider the problem\n\nOriginally Mint used option 2 to refresh or load new tabs into individual Pepper panes without requiring a full roundtrip to the server. This was all well and good until I introduced the new Client Mode which when enabled allows anyone to view a Mint installation without being logged in. If voyeurs are afoot as Client Mode is disabled, the next time they refresh a pane the entire login page is inserted into the current document. That\u2019s not very helpful so I needed a way to redirect the current document to the login page.\n\n\n\nEnter the solution\n\nWouldn\u2019t it be cool if browsers interpreted the contents of script tags crammed into innerHTML? Sure, but unfortunately, that just wasn\u2019t meant to be. However like the body element, image elements have an onload event handler. When the image has fully loaded the handler runs the code applied to it. See where I\u2019m going with this?\n\nBy tacking a tiny image (think single pixel, transparent spacer gif \u2013 shudder) onto the end of the HTML returned by our Ajax call, we can smuggle our arbitrary JavaScript into the existing document. The image is added to the DOM, and our stowaway can go to town.\n\n<p>This is the results of our Ajax call.</p>\n <img src=\"../images/loaded.gif\" alt=\"\" onload=\"alert('Now that I have your attention...');\" />\n\nPlease be neat\n\nSo we\u2019ve just jammed some meaningless cruft into our DOM. If our script does anything with images this addition could have some unexpected side effects. (Remember The Fly?) So in order to save that poor, unsuspecting element whose innerHTML we just swapped out from sharing Jeff Goldblum\u2019s terrible fate we should tidy up after ourselves. And by using the removeChild method we do just that.\n\n<p>This is the results of our Ajax call.</p>\n <img src=\"../images/loaded.gif\" alt=\"\" \n     onload=\"alert('Now that I have your attention...');this.parentNode.removeChild(this);\" />", "year": "2005", "author": "Shaun Inman", "author_slug": "shauninman", "published": "2005-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/have-your-dom-and-script-it-too/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 89, "title": "Direction, Distance and Destinations", "contents": "With all these new smartphones in the hands of lost and confused owners, we need a better way to represent distances and directions to destinations. The immediate examples that jump to mind are augmented reality apps which let you see another world through your phone\u2019s camera. While this is interesting, there is a simpler way: letting people know how far away they are and if they are getting warmer or colder. \n\nIn the app world, you can easily tap into the phone\u2019s array of sensors such as the GPS and compass, but what people rarely know is that you can do the same with HTML. The native versus web app debate will never subside, but at least we can show you how to replicate some of the functionality progressively in HTML and JavaScript.\n\nIn this tutorial, we\u2019ll walk through how to create a simple webpage listing distances and directions of a few popular locations around the world. We\u2019ll use JavaScript to access the device\u2019s geolocation API and also attempt to access the compass to get a heading. Both of these APIs are documented, to be included in the W3C geolocation API specification, and can be used on both desktop and mobile devices today.\n\nTo get started, we need a list of a few locations around the world. I have chosen the highest mountain peak on each continent so you can see a diverse set of distances and directions. \n\n\n\t\t\n\t\t\tMountain \n\t\t\t\u00b0Latitude \n\t\t\t\u00b0Longitude \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tKilimanjaro\n\t\t\t-3.075833\n\t\t\t37.353333\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tVinson Massif\n\t\t\t-78.525483\n\t\t\t-85.617147\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tPuncak Jaya\n\t\t\t-4.078889\n\t\t\t137.158333\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tEverest\n\t\t\t27.988056\n\t\t\t86.925278\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tElbrus\n\t\t\t43.355\n\t\t\t42.439167\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tMount McKinley\n\t\t\t63.0695\n\t\t\t-151.0074\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tAconcagua\n\t\t\t-32.653431\n\t\t\t-70.011083\n\t\t\n\n\nSource: Wikipedia \n\nWe can put those into an HTML list to be styled and accessed by JavaScript to create some distance and directions calculations.\n\nThe next thing we need to do is check to see if the browser and operating system have geolocation support. To do this we test to see if the function is available or not using a single JavaScript if statement.\n\n<script>\n// If this is true, then the method is supported and we can try to access the location\nif (navigator.geolocation) {\n\tnavigator.geolocation.getCurrentPosition(geo_success, geo_error);\n}\n</script>\n\nThe if statement will be false if geolocation support is not present, and then it is up to you to do something else instead as a fallback. For this example, we\u2019ll do nothing since our page should work as is and only get progressively better if more functionality is available. \n\nThe if statement will be true if there is support and therefore will continue inside the curly brackets to try to get the location. This should prompt the reader to accept or deny the request to get their location. If they say no, the second function callback is processed, in this case a function called geo_error; whereas if the location is available, it fires the geo_success function callback.\n\nThe function geo_error(){ } isn\u2019t that exciting. You can handle this in any way you see fit. The success function is more interesting. We get a position object passed into the function which contains a series of exciting attributes, namely the latitude and longitude of the device\u2019s current location.\n\nfunction geo_success(position){\n\tgLat = position.coords.latitude;\n\tgLon = position.coords.longitude;\n}\n\nNow, in the variables gLat and gLon we have the user\u2019s approximate geographical position. We can use this information to start to calculate some distances between where they are and all the destinations.\n\nAt the time of writing, you can also get position.coords.heading, but on Windows and iOS devices this returned NULL. In the future, if and when this is supported, this is also where you can easily grab the compass information.\n\nInside the geo_success function, we want to loop through the HTML to get all of the mountain peaks\u2019 latitudes and longitudes and compute the distance.\n\n...\n$('.geo').each(function(){\n\t// Get the lat/lon from the HTML\n\ttLat = $(this).find('.lat').html()\n\ttLon = $(this).find('.lon').html()\n\n\t// compute the distances between the current location and this points location\n\tdist = distance(tLat,tLon,gLat,gLon);\n\n\t// set the return values into something useful\n\td = parseInt(dist[0]*10)/10;\n\ta = parseFloat(dist[1]);\n\n\t// display the value in the HTML and style the arrow\n\t$(this).find('.distance').html(d+' km away');\n\t$(this).find('.direction').css('-webkit-transform','rotate(-' + a + 'deg)');\n\n\t// store the arc for later use if compass is available\n\t$(this).attr('data-arc',a);\n}\n\nIn the variable d we have the distance between the current location and the location of the mountain peak based on the Haversine Formula. The variable a is the arc, which has a value from 0 to 359.99. This will be useful later if we have compass support. Given these two values we have a distance and a heading to style the HTML.\n\nThe next thing we want to do is check to see if the device has a compass and then get access to the the current heading. As we\u2019ll see, there are several ways to do this, some of which work on certain devices but not others. The W3C geolocation spec says that, along with the coordinates, there are several other attributes: accuracy; altitude; and heading. Heading is the direction to true north, which is different than magnetic north! WebKit and Windows return NULL for the heading value, but WebKit has an experimental method to fetch the heading. If you get into accessing these sensors, you\u2019ll have to try to catch a few of these methods to finally get a value. Assuming you do, we can move on to the more interesting display opportunities.\n\nIn an ideal world, this would succeed and set a variable we\u2019ll call compassHeading to get a value between 0 and 359.99 degrees. Now we know which direction north is, we also know the direction relative to north of the path to our destination, so we can can subtract the two values to get an arrow to display on the screen. But we\u2019re not finished yet: we also need to get the device\u2019s orientation (landscape or portrait) and subtract the correct amount from the angle for the arrow. Once we have a value, we can use CSS to rotate the arrow the correct number of degrees.\n\n-webkit-transform: rotate(-180deg)\n\nNot all devices support a standard way to access compass information, so in the meantime we need to use a work around. On iOS, you can use the experimental event method e.webkitCompassHeading. We want the compass to update in real time as the device is moved around, so we\u2019ll put this inside an event listener.\n\nwindow.addEventListener('deviceorientation', function(e) {\n\t// Loop through all the locations on the page\n\t$('.geo').each(function(){\n\t\t// get the arc value from north we computed and stored earlier\n\t\tdestination_arc = parseInt($(this).attr('data-arc'))\n\t\tcompassHeading = e.webkitCompassHeading + window.orientation + destination_arc;\n\t\t// find the arrow element and rotate it accordingly\n\t\t$(this).find('.direction').css('-webkit-transform','rotate(-' + compassHeading + 'deg)');\t\t\n\t}\n}\n\nAs the device is rotated, the compass arrow will constantly be updated. If you want to see an example, you can have a look at this page which shows the distances to all the peaks on each continent.\n\nWith progressive enhancement, we slowly layer on additional functionality as we go. The reader will first see the list of locations with a latitude and longitude. If the device is capable and permissions allow, it will then compute the distance. If a compass is available, with the correct permissions it will then add the final layer which is direction.\n\nYou should consider this code a stub for your projects. If you are making a hyperlocal webpage with restaurant locations, for example, then consider adding these features. Knowing not only how far away a place is, but also the direction can be hugely important, and since the compass is always active, it acts as a guide to the location. \n\nFuture developments\n\nImprovements to this could include setting a timer and recalling the navigator.geolocation.getCurrentPosition() function and updating the distances. I chose very distant mountains so kilometres made sense, but you can divide again by 1,000 to convert to metres if you are dealing with much nearer places. Walking or driving would change the distances so the ability to refresh would be important. \n\nIt is outside the scope of this article, but if you manage to get this HTML to work offline, then you can make a nice web app which sits on your devices\u2019 homescreens and works even without an internet connection. This could be ideal for travellers in an unknown city looking for your destination. Just with offline storage, base64 encoding and data URIs, it is possible to embed plenty of design and functionality into a small offline webpage.\n\nNow you know how to use JavaScript to look up a destination\u2019s location and figure out the distance and direction \u2013 never get lost again.", "year": "2012", "author": "Brian Suda", "author_slug": "briansuda", "published": "2012-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/direction-distance-and-destinations/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 30, "title": "Making Sites More Responsive, Responsibly", "contents": "With digital projects we\u2019re used to shifting our thinking to align with our target audience. We may undertake research, create personas, identify key tasks, or observe usage patterns, with our findings helping to refine our ongoing creations.\u00a0A product\u2019s overall experience can make or break its success, and when it comes to defining these experiences our development choices play a huge role alongside more traditional user-focused activities.\n\nThe popularisation of responsive web design is a great example of how we are able to shape the web\u2019s direction through using technology to provide better experiences. If we think back to the move from table-based layouts to CSS, initially our clients often didn\u2019t know or care about the difference in these approaches, but\u00a0we\u00a0did. Responsive design was similar in this respect \u2013 momentum grew through the web industry choosing to use an approach that we felt would give a better experience, and which was more future-friendly.\u00a0\n\nWe tend to think of responsive design as a means of displaying content appropriately across a range of devices, but the technology and our implementation of it can facilitate much more. A responsive layout not only helps your content work when the newest smartphone comes out, but it also ensures your layout suitably adapts if a visually impaired user drastically changes the size of the text.\n\n The 24 ways site at 400% on a Retina MacBook Pro displays a layout more typically used for small screens.\n\nWhen we think more broadly, we realise that our technical choices and approaches to implementation can have knock-on effects for the greater good, and beyond our initial target audiences. We can make our experiences more\u00a0responsive to people\u2019s needs, enhancing their usability and accessibility along the way.\n\nBeing responsibly responsive\n\nOf course, when we think about being more responsive, there\u2019s a fine line between creating useful functionality and becoming intrusive and overly complex. In the excellent Responsible Responsive Design, Scott Jehl states that:\n\n\nA responsible responsive design equally considers the following throughout a project:\n\nUsability: The way a website\u2019s user interface is presented to the user, and how that UI responds to browsing conditions and user interactions.\nAccess: The ability for users of all devices, browsers, and assistive technologies to access and understand a site\u2019s features and content.\nSustainability: The ability for the technology driving a site or application to work for devices that exist today and to continue to be usable and accessible to users, devices, and browsers in the future.\nPerformance: The speed at which a site\u2019s features and content are perceived to be delivered to the user and the efficiency with which they operate within the user interface.\n\n\n\nScott\u2019s book covers these ideas in a lot more detail than I\u2019ll be able to here (put it on your Christmas list if it\u2019s not there already), but for now let\u2019s think a bit more about our roles as digital creators\u00a0and the power this gives us.\n\nOur choices around technology and the decisions we have to make can be extremely wide-ranging. Solutions will vary hugely depending on the needs of each project, though we can further explore the concept of making our creations more responsive through the use of humble web technologies.\n\nThe power of the web\n\nWe all know that under the HTML5 umbrella are some great new capabilities, including a number of JavaScript APIs such as geolocation, web audio, the file API and many more. We often use these to enhance the functionality of our sites and apps, to add in new features, or to facilitate device-specific interactions.\n\nYou\u2019ll have seen articles with flashy titles such as \u201cTop 5 JavaScript APIs You\u2019ve Never Heard Of!\u201d, which you\u2019ll probably read, think \u201cThat\u2019s quite cool\u201d, yet never use in any real work.\n\nThere is great potential for technologies like these\u00a0to be misused, but there are also great prospects for them to be used well to enhance experiences. Let\u2019s have a look at a few\u00a0examples you may not have considered.\n\nOffline first\n\nWhen we make websites, many of us follow a process which involves user stories \u2013 standardised snippets of context explaining who needs what, and why.\n\n\u201cAs a student I want to pay online for my course so I don\u2019t have to visit the college in person.\u201d\n\n\u201cAs a retailer I want to generate unique product codes so I can manage my stock.\u201d\n\nWe very often focus heavily on what\u00a0needs doing, but may not consider carefully how it will be done. As in Scott\u2019s list, accessibility is extremely important, not only in terms of providing a great experience to users of assistive technologies, but also to make your creation more accessible in the general sense \u2013 including under different conditions.\n\nOffline first is yet another \u2018first\u2019 methodology (my personal favourite being \u2018tea first\u2019), which encourages us to develop so that connectivity\u00a0itself is an enhancement \u2013 letting\u00a0users continue with tasks even when they\u2019re offline. Despite the rapid growth in public Wi-Fi, if we consider data costs and connectivity in developing countries, our travel habits with planes, underground trains and roaming (or simply if you live in the UK\u2019s signal-barren East Anglian wilderness as I do), then you\u2019ll realise that connectivity isn\u2019t as ubiquitous as our internet-addled brains would make us believe. Take a scenario that I\u2019m sure we\u2019re all familiar with \u2013 the digital conference. Your venue may be in a city served by high-speed networks, but after overloading capacity with a full house of hashtag-hungry attendees, each carrying several devices, then everyone\u2019s likely to be offline after all. Wouldn\u2019t it be better if we could do something like this instead?\n\n\n\tSomeone visits our conference website.\n\tOn this initial run, some assets may be cached for future use: the conference schedule, the site\u2019s CSS, photos of the speakers.\n\tWhen the attendee revisits the site on the day, the page shell loads up from the cache.\n\tIf we have cached content (our session timetable, speaker photos or anything else), we can load it directly from the cache. We might then try to update this, or get some new content from the internet, but the conference attendee already has a base experience to use.\n\tIf we don\u2019t have something cached already, then we can try\u00a0grabbing it online.\n\tIf for any reason our requests for new content fail (we\u2019re offline), then we can display a pre-cached error message from the initial load, perhaps providing our users with alternative suggestions from what is\u00a0cached.\n\n\nThere are a number of ways we can make something like this, including using the application cache (AppCache) if you\u2019re that way inclined. However, you may want to look into service workers\u00a0instead. There are also some great resources on Offline First!\u00a0if you\u2019d like to find out more about this.\n\nBuilding in offline functionality isn\u2019t necessarily about starting offline first, and it\u2019s also perfectly possible to retrofit sites and apps to catch offline scenarios, but this kind of graceful degradation can end up being more complex than if we\u2019d considered it from the start. By treating connectivity as an enhancement, we can improve the experience and provide better performance than we can when waiting to counter failures. Our websites can respond to connectivity and usage scenarios, on top of adapting how we present our content. Thinking in this way can enhance each point in Scott\u2019s criteria.\n\nAs I mentioned, this isn\u2019t necessarily the kind of development choice that our clients will ask us for, but it\u2019s one we may decide is simply the right way to build based on our project, enhancing the experience we provide to people, and making it more responsive to their situation.\n\nEven more accessible\n\nWe\u2019ve looked at accessibility in terms of broadening when we can interact with a website, but what about how? Our user stories and personas are often of limited use. We refer in very general terms to students, retailers, and sometimes just users. What if we have a student whose needs are very different from another student? Can we make our sites even more usable and accessible through our development choices?\n\nAgain using JavaScript to illustrate this concept, we can do a lot more with the ways people interact with our websites, and with the feedback we provide, than simply accepting keyboard, mouse and touch inputs and displaying output on a screen.\n\nInput\n\nAmbient light detection is one of those features that looks great in simple demos, but which we struggle to put to practical use. It\u2019s not new \u2013 many satnav systems automatically change the contrast for driving at night or in tunnels, and our laptops may alter the screen brightness or keyboard backlighting to better adapt to our surroundings. Using web technologies we can adapt our presentation to be better suited to ambient light levels.\n\nIf our device has an appropriate light sensor and runs a browser that supports the API, we can grab the ambient light in units using ambient light events, in JavaScript. We may then change our presentation based on different bandings, perhaps like this:\n\nwindow.addEventListener('devicelight', function(e) {\n    var lux = e.value;\n\n    if (lux < 50) {\n        //Change things for dim light\n    }\n    if (lux >= 50 && lux <= 10000) {\n        //Change things for normal light\n    }\n    if (lux > 10000) {\n        //Change things for bright light\n    }\n});\n\nLive demo\u00a0(requires light sensor and supported browser).\n\nSoon we may also be able to do such detection through CSS, with light-level being cited in the Media Queries Level 4 specification. If that becomes the case, it\u2019ll probably look something like this:\n\n@media (light-level: dim) {\n  /*Change things for dim light*/\n}\n\n@media (light-level: normal) {\n  /*Change things for normal light*/\n}\n\n@media (light-level: washed) {\n  /*Change things for bright light*/\n}\n\nWhile we may be quick to dismiss this kind of detection as being a gimmick, it\u2019s important to consider that apps such as Light Detector, listed on Apple\u2019s accessibility page, provide important context around exactly this functionality.\n\n\n\t\u201cIf you are blind, Light Detector helps you to be more independent in many daily activities. At home, point your iPhone towards the ceiling to understand where the light fixtures are and whether they are switched on. In a room, move the device along the wall to check if there is a window and where it is. You can find out whether the shades are drawn by moving the device up and down.\u201d\n\n\teverywaretechnologies.com/apps/lightdetector\n\n\nInput can be about so much more than what we enter through keyboards. Both an ever increasing amount of available sensors and more APIs being supported by the major browsers will allow us to cater for more scenarios and respond to them accordingly. This can be as complex or simple as you need; for instance, while x-webkit-speech has been deprecated, the web speech API is available for a number of browsers, and research into sign language detection is also being performed by organisations such as Microsoft.\n\nOutput\n\nWeb technologies give us some great enhancements around input, allowing us to adapt our experiences accordingly. They also provide us with some nice ways to provide feedback to users.\n\nWhen we play video games, many of our modern consoles come with the ability to have rumble effects on our controller pads. These are a great example of an enhancement, as they provide a level of feedback that is entirely optional, but which can give a great deal of extra information to the player in the right circumstances, and broaden the scope of our comprehension beyond what we\u2019re seeing and hearing.\n\nHaptic feedback is possible on the web as well. We could use this in any number of responsible applications, such as alerting a user to changes or using different patterns as a communication mechanism. If you find yourself in a pickle, here\u2019s how to print out SOS in Morse code through the vibration API. The following code indicates the length of vibration in milliseconds, interspersed by pauses in milliseconds.\n\nnavigator.vibrate([100, 300, 100, 300, 100, 300, 600, 300, 600, 300, 600, 300, 100, 300, 100, 300, 100]);\n\nLive demo\u00a0(requires supported browser)\n\nWith great power\u2026\n\nWhat you\u2019ve no doubt come to realise by now is that these are just more examples of progressive enhancement, whose inclusion will provide a better experience if the capabilities are available, but which we should not rely on. This idea isn\u2019t new, but the most important thing to remember, and what I would like you to take away from this article, is that it is up to us to decide to include these kind of approaches within our projects \u2013 if we don\u2019t root for them, they probably won\u2019t happen. This is where our professional responsibility comes in.\n\nWe won\u2019t necessarily be asked to implement solutions for the scenarios above, but they illustrate how we can help to push the boundaries of experiences. Maybe we\u2019ll have to switch our thinking about how we build, but we can create more usable products for a diverse range of people and usage scenarios through the choices we make around technology. Let\u2019s stop thinking simply in terms of features inside a narrow view of our target users, and work out how we can extend these to cater for a wider set of situations.\n\nWhen you plan your next digital project, consider the power of the web and the enhancements we can use, and try to make your projects even more responsive and responsible.", "year": "2014", "author": "Sally Jenkinson", "author_slug": "sallyjenkinson", "published": "2014-12-10T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/making-sites-more-responsive-responsibly/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 221, "title": "\u201cProbably, Maybe, No\u201d: The State of HTML5 Audio", "contents": "With the hype around HTML5 and CSS3 exceeding levels not seen since 2005\u2019s Ajax era, it\u2019s worth noting that the excitement comes with good reason: the two specifications render many years of feature hacks redundant by replacing them with native features. For fun, consider how many CSS2-based rounded corners hacks you\u2019ve probably glossed over, looking for a magic solution. These days, with CSS3, the magic is border-radius (and perhaps some vendor prefixes) followed by a coffee break.\n\nCSS3\u2019s border-radius, box-shadow, text-shadow and gradients, and HTML5\u2019s <canvas>, <audio> and <video> are some of the most anticipated features we\u2019ll see put to creative (ab)use as adoption of the \u2018new shiny\u2019 grows. Developers jumping on the cutting edge are using subsets of these features to little detriment, in most cases. The more popular CSS features are design flourishes that can degrade nicely, but the current audio and video implementations in particular suffer from a number of annoyances.\n\nThe new shiny: how we got here\n\nSound involves one of the five senses, a key part of daily life for most \u2013 and yet it has been strangely absent from HTML and much of the web by default. From a simplistic perspective, it seems odd that HTML did not include support for the full multimedia experience earlier, despite the CD-ROM-based craze of the early 1990s. In truth, standards like HTML can take much longer to bake, but eventually deliver the promise of a lowered barrier to entry, consistent implementations and shiny new features now possible \u2018for free\u2019 just about everywhere.\n\n<img> was introduced early and naturally to HTML, despite having some opponents at the time. Perhaps <audio> and <video> were avoided, given the added technical complexity of decoding various multi-frame formats, plus the hardware and bandwidth limitations of the era. Perhaps there were quarrels about choosing a standard format or \u2013 more simply \u2013 maybe these elements just weren\u2019t considered to be applicable to the HTML-based web at the time. In any event, browser plugins from programs like RealPlayer and QuickTime eventually helped to fill the in-page audio/video gap, handling <object> and <embed> markup which pointed to .wav, .avi, .rm or .mov files. Suffice it to say, the experience was inconsistent at best and, on the standards side of the fence right now, so is HTML5 in terms of audio and video.\n\n: the theory\n\nAs far as HTML goes, the code for <audio> is simple and logical. Just as with <img>, a src attribute specifies the file to load. Pretty straightforward \u2013 sounds easy, right?\n\n<audio src=\"mysong.ogg\" controls>\n\t<!-- alternate content for unsupported case -->\n\tDownload <a href=\"mysong.ogg\">mysong.ogg</a>;\n</audio>\n\nAh, if only it were that simple. The first problem is that the OGG audio format, while \u2018free\u2019, is not supported by some browsers. Conversely, nor is MP3, despite being a de facto standard used in all kinds of desktop software (and hardware). In fact, as of November 2010, no single audio format is commonly supported across all major HTML5-enabled browsers.\n\nWhat you end up writing, then, is something like this:\n\n<audio controls>\n\t<source src=\"mysong.mp3\" />\n\t<source src=\"mysong.ogg\" />\n\t<!-- alternate content for unsupported case, maybe Flash, etc. -->\n\tDownload <a href=\"mysong.ogg\">mysong.ogg</a> or <a href=\"mysong.mp3\">mysong.mp3</a>\n</audio>\n\nKeep in mind, this is only a \u2018first class\u2019 experience for the HTML5 case; also, for non-supported browsers, you may want to look at another inline player (object/embed, or a JavaScript plus Flash API) to have inline audio. You can imagine the added code complexity in the case of supporting \u2018first class\u2019 experiences for older browsers, too.\n\n: the caveats\n\nWith <img>, you typically don\u2019t have to worry about format support \u2013 it just works \u2013 and that\u2019s part of what makes a standard wonderful. JPEG, PNG, BMP, GIF, even TIFF images all render just fine if for no better reason, perhaps, than being implemented during the \u2018wild west\u2019 days of the web. The situation with <audio> today reflects a very different \u2013 read: business-aware \u2013 environment in 2010. (Further subtext: There\u2019s a lot of [potential] money involved.) Regrettably, this is a collision of free and commercial interests, where the casualty is ultimately the user. Second up in the casualty list is you, the developer, who has to write additional code around this fragmented support.\n\nThe HTML5 audio API as implemented in JavaScript has one of the most un-computer-like responses I\u2019ve ever seen, and inspired the title of this post. Calling new Audio().canPlayType('audio/mp3'), which queries the system for format support according to a MIME type, is supposed to return one of \u201cprobably\u201d, \u201cmaybe\u201d, or \u201cno\u201d. Sometimes, you\u2019ll just get a null or empty string, which is also fun. A \u201cmaybe\u201d response does not guarantee that a format will be supported; sometimes audio/mp3 gives \u201cmaybe,\u201d but then audio/mpeg; codecs=\"mp3\" will give a more-solid \u201cprobably\u201d response. This can vary by browser or platform, too, depending on native support \u2013 and finally, the user may also be able to install codecs, extending support to include other formats. (Are you excited yet?)\n\nDamn you, warring formats!\n\nNew market and business opportunities go hand-in-hand with technology developments. What we have here is certainly not failure to communicate; rather, we have competing parties shouting loudly in public in attempts to influence mindshare towards a de facto standard for audio and video. Unfortunately, the current situation means that at least two formats are effectively required to serve the majority of users correctly.\n\nAs it currently stands, we have the free and open source software camp of OGG Vorbis/WebM and its proponents (notably, Mozilla, Google and Opera in terms of browser makers), up against the non-free, proprietary and \u2018closed\u2019 camp of MP3 and MPEG4/HE-AAC/H.264 \u2013 which is where you\u2019ll find commitments from Apple and Microsoft, among others. Apple is likely in with H.264 for the long haul, given its use of the format for its iTunes music store and video offerings.\n\nIt is generally held that H.264 is a technically superior format in terms of file size versus quality, but it involves intellectual property and, in many use cases, requires licensing fees. To be fair, there is a business model with H.264 and much has been invested in its development, but this approach is not often the kind that wins over the web. On that front, OGG/WebM may eventually win for being a \u2018free\u2019 format that does not involve a licensing scheme.\n\nClosed software and tools ideologically clash with the open nature of the web, which exists largely thanks to free and open technology. Because of philosophical and business reasons, support for audio and video is fragmented across browsers adopting HTML5 features. It does not help that a large amount of audio and video currently exists in non-free MP3 and MPEG-4 formats. Adoption of <audio> and <video> may be slowed, since it is more complex than <img> and may feel \u2018broken\u2019 to developers when edge cases are encountered. Furthermore, the HTML5 spec does not mandate a single required format. The end result is that, as a developer, you must currently provide at least both MP3 and OGG, for example, to serve most existing HTML5-based user agents.\n\nTransitioning to \n\n\n\nThere will be some growing pains as developers start to pick up the new HTML5 shiny, while balancing the needs of current and older agents that don\u2019t support either <audio> or the preferred format you may choose (for example, MP3). In either event, Flash or other plugins can be used as done traditionally within HTML4 documents to embed and play the relevant audio.\n\n\n\nThe SoundManager 2 page player demo in action.\n\n\n\nIdeally, HTML5 audio should be used whenever possible with Flash as the backup option. A few JavaScript/Flash-based audio player projects exist which balance the two; in attempting to tackle this problem, I develop and maintain SoundManager 2, a JavaScript sound API which transparently uses HTML5 Audio() and, if needed, Flash for playing audio files. The internals can get somewhat ugly, but the transition between HTML4 and HTML5 is going to be just that \u2013 and even with HTML5, you will need some form of format fall-back in addition to graceful degradation.\n\nIt may be safest to fall back to MP3/MP4 formats for inline playback at this time, given wide support via Flash, some HTML5-based browsers and mobile devices. Considering the amount of MP3/MP4 media currently available, it is wiser to try these before falling through to a traditional file download process.\n\nEarly findings\n\nHere is a brief list of behavioural notes, annoyances, bugs, quirks and general weirdness I have found while playing with HTML5-based audio at time of writing (November 2010):\n\nApple iPad/iPhone (iOS 4, iPad 3.2+)\n\n\n\tOnly one sound can be played at a time. If a second sound starts, the first is stopped.\n\tNo auto-play allowed. Sounds follow the pop-up window security model and can only be started from within a user event handler such as onclick/touch, and so on. Otherwise, playback attempts silently fail.\n\tOnce started, a sequence of sounds can be created or played via the \u2018finish\u2019 event of the previous sound (for example, advancing through a playlist without interaction after first track starts).\n\tiPad, iOS 3.2: Occasional \u2018infinite loop\u2019 bug seen where audio does not complete and stop at a sound\u2019s logical end \u2013 instead, it plays again from the beginning. Might be specific to example file format (HE-AAC) encoded from iTunes.\n\n\nApple Safari, OS X Snow Leopard 10.6.5\n\n\n\tCritical bug: Safari 4 and 5 intermittently fail to load or play HTML5 audio on Snow Leopard due to bug(s) in QuickTime X and/or other underlying frameworks. Known Apple \u2018radar\u2019 bug: bugs.webkit.org #32159 (see also, test case.) Amusing side note: Safari on Windows is fine.\n\n\nApple Safari, Windows\n\n\n\tFood for thought: if you download \u201cSafari\u201d alone on Windows, you will not get HTML5 audio/video support (tested in WinXP). You need to download \u201cSafari + QuickTime\u201d to get HTML5 audio/video support within Safari. (As far as I\u2019m aware, Chrome, Firefox and Opera either include decoders or use system libraries accordingly. Presumably IE 9 will use OS-level APIs.)\n\n\nGeneral Quirks\n\n\n\tSeeking and loading, \u2018progress\u2019 events, and calculating bytes loaded versus bytes total should not be expected to be linear, as users can arbitrarily seek within a sound. It appears that some support for HTTP ranges exists, which adds a bit of logic to UI code. Browsers seem to vary slightly in their current implementations of these features.\n\tThe onload event of a sound may be of little relevance, if non-linear loading is involved (see above note re: seeking).\n\tInterestingly (perhaps I missed it), the current spec does not seem to specify a panning or left/right channel mix option.\n\tThe preload attribute values may vary slightly between browsers at this time.\n\n\nUpcoming shiny: HTML5 Audio Data API\n\n\n\n\n\tWith access to audio data, you can incorporate waveform and spectrum elements that make your designs react to music.\n\n\n\nThe HTML5 audio spec does a good job covering the basics of playback, but did not initially get into manipulation or generation of audio on-the-fly, something Flash has had for a number of years now. What if JavaScript could create, monitor and change audio dynamically, like a sort of audio <canvas> element? With that kind of capability, many dynamic audio processing features become feasible and, when combined with other media, can make for some impressive demos.\n\nWhat started as a small idea among a small group of audio and programming enthusiasts grew to inspire a W3C audio incubator group, and continued to establish the Mozilla Audio Data API. Contributors wrote a patch for Firefox which was reviewed and revised, and is now slated to be in the public release of Firefox 4. Some background and demos are also detailed in an article from the BBC R&D blog.\n\nThere are plenty of live demos to see, which give an impression of the new creative ideas this API enables. Many concepts are not new in themselves, but it is exciting to see this sort of thing happening within the native browser context.\n\nMozilla is not alone in this effort; the WebKit folks are also working on a JavaScriptAudioNode interface, which implements similar audio buffering and sample elements.\n\nThe future?\n\nIt is my hope that we\u2019ll see a common format emerge in terms of support across the major browsers for both audio and video; otherwise, support will continue to be fragmented and mildly frustrating to develop for, and that can impede growth of the feature. It\u2019s a big call, but if <img> had lacked a common format back in the wild west era, I doubt the web would have grown to where it is today.\n\nComplaints and nitpicks aside, HTML5 brings excellent progress on the browser multimedia front, and the first signs of native support are a welcome improvement given all audio and video previously relied on plugins. There is good reason to be excited. While there is room for more, support could certainly be much worse \u2013 and as tends to happen with specifications, the implementations targeting them should improve over time.\n\nNote: Thanks to Nate Koechley, who suggested the Audio().canPlayType() response be part of the article title.", "year": "2010", "author": "Scott Schiller", "author_slug": "scottschiller", "published": "2010-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/the-state-of-html5-audio/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 124, "title": "Writing Responsible JavaScript", "contents": "Without a doubt, JavaScript has been making something of a comeback in the last year. If you\u2019re involved in client-side development in any way at all, chances are that you\u2019re finding yourself writing more JavaScript now than you have in a long time.\n\nIf you learned most of your JavaScript back when DHTML was all the rage and before DOM Scripting was in vogue, there have been some big shifts in the way scripts are written. Most of these are in the way event handlers are assigned and functions declared. Both of these changes are driven by the desire to write scripts that are responsible page citizens, both in not tying behaviour to content and in taking care not to conflict with other scripts. I thought it may be useful to look at some of these more responsible approaches to learn how to best write scripts that are independent of the page content and are safely portable between different applications.\n\nEvent Handling\n\nBack in the heady days of Web 1.0, if you wanted to have an object on the page react to something like a click, you would simply go ahead and attach an onclick attribute. This was easy and understandable, but much like the font tag or the style attribute, it has the downside of mixing behaviour or presentation in with our content. As we\u2019re learned with CSS, there are big benefits in keeping those layers separate. Hey, if it works for CSS, it should work for JavaScript too.\n\nJust like with CSS, instead of adding an attribute to our element within the document, the more responsible way to do that is to look for the item from your script (like CSS does with a selector) and then assign the behaviour to it. To give an example, take this oldskool onclick use case:\n\n<a id=\"anim-link\" href=\"#\" onclick=\"playAnimation()\">Play the animation</a>\n\nThis could be rewritten by removing the onclick attribute, and instead doing the following from within your JavaScript.\n\ndocument.getElementById('anim-link').onclick = playAnimation;\n\nIt\u2019s all in the timing\n\nOf course, it\u2019s never quite that easy. To be able to attach that onclick, the element you\u2019re targeting has to exist in the page, and the page has to have finished loading for the DOM to be available. This is where the onload event is handy, as it fires once everything has finished loading. Common practise is to have a function called something like init() (short for initialise) that sets up all these event handlers as soon as the page is ready.\n\nBack in the day we would have used the onload attibute on the <body> element to do this, but of course what we really want is:\n\nwindow.onload = init;\n\nAs an interesting side note, we\u2019re using init here rather than init() so that the function is assigned to the event. If we used the parentheses, the init function would have been run at that moment, and the result of running the function (rather than the function itself) would be assigned to the event. Subtle, but important.\n\nAs is becoming apparent, nothing is ever simple, and we can\u2019t just go around assigning our initialisation function to window.onload. What if we\u2019re using other scripts in the page that might also want to listen out for that event? Whichever script got there last would overwrite everything that came before it. To manage this, we need a script that checks for any existing event handlers, and adds the new handler to it. Most of the JavaScript libraries have their own systems for doing this. If you\u2019re not using a library, Simon Willison has a good stand-alone example\n\nfunction addLoadEvent(func) {\n\tvar oldonload = window.onload;\n\tif (typeof window.onload != 'function') {\n\t\twindow.onload = func;\n\t} else {\n\t\twindow.onload = function() {\n\t\t\tif (oldonload) {\n\t\t\t\toldonload();\n\t\t\t}\n\t\t\tfunc();\n\t\t}\n\t}\n}\n\nObviously this is just a toe in the events model\u2019s complex waters. Some good further reading is PPK\u2019s Introduction to Events.\n\nCarving out your own space\n\nAnother problem that rears its ugly head when combining multiple scripts on a single page is that of making sure that the scripts don\u2019t conflict. One big part of that is ensuring that no two scripts are trying to create functions or variables with the same names. Reusing a name in JavaScript just over-writes whatever was there before it.\n\nWhen you create a function in JavaScript, you\u2019ll be familiar with doing something like this.\n\nfunction foo() {\n\t... goodness ...\n}\n\nThis is actually just creating a variable called foo and assigning a function to it. It\u2019s essentially the same as the following.\n\nvar foo = function() {\n\t... goodness ...\n}\n\nThis name foo is by default created in what\u2019s known as the \u2018global namespace\u2019 \u2013 the general pool of variables within the page. You can quickly see that if two scripts use foo as a name, they will conflict because they\u2019re both creating those variables in the global namespace.\n\nA good solution to this problem is to add just one name into the global namespace, make that one item either a function or an object, and then add everything else you need inside that. This takes advantage of JavaScript\u2019s variable scoping to contain you mess and stop it interfering with anyone else.\n\nCreating An Object\n\nSay I was wanting to write a bunch of functions specifically for using on a site called \u2018Foo Online\u2019. I\u2019d want to create my own object with a name I think is likely to be unique to me.\n\nvar FOOONLINE = {};\n\nWe can then start assigning functions are variables to it like so:\n\nFOOONLINE.message = 'Merry Christmas!';\nFOOONLINE.showMessage = function() {\n\talert(this.message);\n};\n\nCalling FOOONLINE.showMessage() in this example would alert out our seasonal greeting. The exact same thing could also be expressed in the following way, using the object literal syntax.\n\nvar FOOONLINE = {\n\tmessage: 'Merry Christmas!',\n\tshowMessage: function() {\n\t\talert(this.message);\n\t}\n};\n\nCreating A Function to Create An Object\n\nWe can extend this idea bit further by using a function that we run in place to return an object. The end result is the same, but this time we can use closures to give us something like private methods and properties of our object.\n\nvar FOOONLINE = function(){\n\tvar message = 'Merry Christmas!';\n\treturn {\n\t\tshowMessage: function(){\n\t\t\talert(message);\n\t\t}\n\t}\n}();\n\nThere are two important things to note here. The first is the parentheses at the end of line 10. Just as we saw earlier, this runs the function in place and causes its result to be assigned. In this case the result of our function is the object that is returned at line 4.\n\nThe second important thing to note is the use of the var keyword on line 2. This ensures that the message variable is created inside the scope of the function and not in the global namespace. Because of the way closure works (which if you\u2019re not familiar with, just suspend your disbelief for a moment) that message variable is visible to everything inside the function but not outside. Trying to read FOOONLINE.message from the page would return undefined.\n\nThis is useful for simulating the concept of private class methods and properties that exist in other programming languages. I like to take the approach of making everything private unless I know it\u2019s going to be needed from outside, as it makes the interface into your code a lot clearer for someone else to read. \n\nAll Change, Please\n\nSo that was just a whistle-stop tour of a couple of the bigger changes that can help to make your scripts better page citizens. I hope it makes useful Sunday reading, but obviously this is only the tip of the iceberg when it comes to designing modular, reusable code.\n\nFor some, this is all familiar ground already. If that\u2019s the case, I encourage you to perhaps submit a comment with any useful resources you\u2019ve found that might help others get up to speed. Ultimately it\u2019s in all of our interests to make sure that all our JavaScript interoperates well \u2013 share your tips.", "year": "2006", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2006-12-10T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/writing-responsible-javascript/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 213, "title": "Accessibility Through Semantic HTML", "contents": "Working on Better, a tracker blocker, I spend an awful lot of my time with my nose in other people\u2019s page sources. I\u2019m mostly there looking for harmful tracking scripts, but often notice the HTML on some of the world\u2019s most popular sites is in a sad state of neglect.\nWhat does neglected HTML look like? Here\u2019s an example of the markup I found on a news site just yesterday. There\u2019s a bit of text, a few links, and a few images. But mostly it\u2019s div elements.\n<div class=\"block_wrapper\">\n  <div class=\"block_content\">\n    <div class=\"box\">\n      <div id=\"block1242235\">\n        <div class=\"column\">\n          <div class=\"column_content\">\n            <a class=\"close\" href=\"#\"><i class=\"fa\"></i></a>\n          </div>\n          <div class=\"btn account_login\"></div>\n          Some text <span>more text</span>\n        </div>\n      </div>\n    </div>\n  </div>\n</div>\ndivs and spans, why do we use them so much?\nWhile I find tracking scripts completely inexcusable, I do understand why people write HTML like the above. As developers, we like to use divs and spans as they\u2019re generic elements. They come with no associated default browser styles or behaviour except that div displays as a block, and span displays inline. If we make our page up out of divs and spans, we know we\u2019ll have absolute control over styles and behaviour cross-browser, and we won\u2019t need a CSS reset.\nAbsolute control may seem like an advantage, but there\u2019s a greater benefit to less generic, more semantic elements. Browsers render semantic elements with their own distinct styles and behaviours. For example, button looks and behaves differently from a. And ul is different from ol. These defaults are shortcuts to a more usable and accessible web. They provide consistent and well-tested components for common interactions.\nSemantic elements aid usability\nA good example of how browser defaults can benefit the usability of an element is in the <select> option menu. In Safari on the desktop, the browser renders <select> as a popover-style menu. On a touchscreen, Safari overlays the same menu over the lower half of the screen as a \u201cpicker view.\u201d\nOption menu in Safari on macOS.\nOption menu picker in Safari on iOS.\nThe iOS picker is a much better experience than struggling to pick from a complicated interface inside the page. The menu is shown more clearly than in the confined space on the page, which makes the options easier to read. The required swipe and tap gestures are consistent with the rest of the operating system, making the expected interaction easier to understand. The whole menu is scaled up, meaning the gestures don\u2019t need such fine motor control. Good usability is good accessibility.\nWhen we choose to use a div or span over a more semantic HTML element, we\u2019re also doing hard work the browser could be doing for us. We don\u2019t need to tie ourselves in knots making a custom div into a keyboard navigable option menu. Using select passes the bulk of the responsibility over to the browser.\u00a0\nLetting the browser do most of the work is also more future-friendly. More devices, with different expected interactions, will be released in the future. When that happens, the devices\u2019 browsers can adapt our sites according to those interactions. Then we can spend our time doing something more fun than rewriting cross-browser JavaScript for each new device.\nHTML\u2019s impact on accessibility\nAssistive technology also uses semantic HTML to understand how best to convey each element to its user.\nFor screen readers\nSemantic HTML gives context to screen readers. Screen readers are a type of assistive technology that reads the content of the screen to the person using it. All sites have a linear page source. Sighted visitors can use visual cues on the page to navigate to their desired content in a non-linear fashion. As screen readers output audio (and sometimes braille), those visual cues aren\u2019t usable in the same way.\nScreen readers provide alternative means of navigation, enabling people to jump between different types of content, such as links, forms, headings, lists, and paragraphs. If all our content is marked up using divs and spans, we\u2019re not giving screen readers a chance to index the valuable content.\nFor keyboard navigation\nKeyboard-only navigation is also aided by semantic HTML. Forms, option menus, navigation, video, and audio are particularly hard for people relying on a keyboard to access. For instance, option menus and navigation can be very fiddly if you need to use a mouse to hover a menu open and move to select the desired item at the same time.\u00a0\nAgain, we can leave much of the interaction to the browser through semantic HTML. Semantic form elements can convey if a check box has been checked, or which label is associated with which input field. These default behaviours can make the difference between a person being able to use a form or leaving the site out of frustration.\nDid I convince you yet? I hope so. Let\u2019s finish with some easy guidelines to follow.\n1. Use the most semantic HTML element for the job\nWhen you reach for a div, first check if there\u2019s a better element to do the job. What is the role of that element? How should a person be interacting with the element?\nAre you using class names like nav, header, or main? There are HTML5 elements for those sections! Using specific elements can also make writing CSS simpler, and ensure a consistent design with minimal effort.\n2. Separate structure and style\nDon\u2019t choose HTML elements based on how they\u2019re styled in your CSS. Nowadays, common practice is to use class names rather than elements for CSS selectors. You\u2019re unlikely to wrap all your page content in an <h1> element because you want all the text to be big and bold. Still, it can be easy to choose an HTML element because it will be the easiest to style. Focusing on content without style will help us choose the most semantic HTML element without that temptation. For example, you could add a class of .btn to a div to make it look like a button. But we all know that only a button will really behave like a button.\n3. Use progressive enhancement for enhanced functionality\nAirbnb and Groupon recently proved we\u2019re not past the laziness of \u201cthis site only works in X browser.\u201d Baffling disregard for the open web aside, making complex interactive experiences work cross-browser and cross-device is not easy. We can use progressive enhancement to layer fancy or unsupported features on top of a baseline \u201cit works\u201d experience.\u00a0\nWe should build the baseline experience on a foundation of accessible, semantic HTML. Then, if you really want to add a specific feature for a proprietary browser, you can layer that on top, without breaking the underlying experience.\n4. Test your work\nValidators are always valuable for checking the browser will be able to correctly interpret your markup. Document outline checkers can be valuable for testing your structure, but be aware that the HTML5 document outline is not actually implemented in browsers.\nOnce you\u2019ve got something resembling a web page, test the experience! Ensure that semantic HTML element you chose looks and behaves in a predictable manner consistent with its use across the web. Test cross-browser, test cross-device, and test with assistive technology. Testing with assistive technology is not as expensive as it used to be, you can even use your smartphone for testing on iOS and Android. Your visitors will thank you!\nFurther reading\n\nAccessibility For Everyone by Laura Kalbag\nHTML5 Doctor\nHTML5 Accessibility\nAn overview of HTML5 Semantics\nHTML reference on MDN\u00a0\nHeydon Pickering\u2019s Inclusive Design Checklist\nThe Paciello Group\u2019s Inclusive Design Principles", "year": "2017", "author": "Laura Kalbag", "author_slug": "laurakalbag", "published": "2017-12-15T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/accessibility-through-semantic-html/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 242, "title": "Creating My First Chrome Extension", "contents": "Writing a Chrome Extension isn\u2019t as scary at it seems!\nNot too long ago, I used a Chrome extension called 20 Cubed. I\u2019m far-sighted, and being a software engineer makes it difficult to maintain distance vision. So I used 20 Cubed to remind myself to look away from my screen and rest my eyes. I loved its simple interface and design. I loved it so much, I often forgot to turn it off in the middle of presentations, where it would take over my entire screen. Oops.\nUnfortunately, the developer stopped updating the extension and removed it from Chrome\u2019s extension library. I was so sad. None of the other eye rest extensions out there matched my design aesthetic, so I decided to create my own! Want to do the same?\nFortunately, Google has some respectable documentation on how to create an extension. And remember, Chrome extensions are just HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. You can add libraries and frameworks, or you can just code the \u201cold-fashioned\u201d way. Sky\u2019s the limit!\nSetup\nBut first, some things you\u2019ll need to know about before getting started:\n\nCallbacks\nTimeouts\nChrome Dev Tools\n\nDeveloping with Chrome extension methods requires a lot of callbacks. If you\u2019ve never experienced the joy of callback hell, creating a Chrome extension will introduce you to this concept. However, things can get confusing pretty quickly. I\u2019d highly recommend brushing up on that subject before getting started.\nHyperbole and a Half\nTimeouts and Intervals are another thing you might want to brush up on. While creating this extension, I didn\u2019t consider the fact that I\u2019d be juggling three timers. And I probably would\u2019ve saved time organizing those and reading up on the Chrome extension Alarms documentation beforehand. But more on that in a bit.\nOn the note of organization, abstraction is important! You might have any combination of the following:\n\nThe Chrome extension options page\nThe popup from the Chrome Menu\nThe windows or tabs you create\nThe background scripts\n\nAnd that can get unwieldy. You might also edit the existing tabs or windows in the browser, which you\u2019ll probably want as a separate script too. Note that this tutorial only covers creating your own customized window rather than editing existing windows or tabs.\nAlright, now that you know all that up front, let\u2019s get going!\nDocumentation\nTL;DR READ THE DOCS.\nA few things to get started:\n\nRead Google\u2019s primer on browser extensions\nHave a look at their Getting started tutorial\nCheck out their overview on Chrome Extensions\n\nThis overview discusses the Chrome extension files, architecture, APIs, and communication between pages. Funnily enough, I only discovered the Overview page after creating my extension.\nThe manifest.json file gives the browser information about the extension, including general information, where to find your extension files and icons, and API permissions required. Here\u2019s what my manifest.json looked like, for example:\nhttps://github.com/jennz0r/eye-rest/blob/master/manifest.json\nBecause I\u2019m a visual learner, I found the images that describe the extension\u2019s architecture most helpful.\n\nTo clarify this diagram, the background.js file is the extension\u2019s event handler. It\u2019s constantly listening for browser events, which you\u2019ll feed to it using the Chrome Extension API. Google says that an effective background script is only loaded when it is needed and unloaded when it goes idle.\nThe Popup is the little window that appears when you click on an extension\u2019s icon in the Chrome Menu. It consists of markup and scripts, and you can tell the browser where to find it in the manifest.json under page_action: { \"default_popup\": FILE_NAME_HERE }.\nThe Options page is exactly as it says. This displays customizable options only visible to the user when they either right-click on the Chrome menu and choose \u201cOptions\u201d under an extension. This also consists of markup and scripts, and you can tell the browser where to find it in the manifest.json under options_page: FILE_NAME_HERE.\nContent scripts are any scripts that will interact with any web windows or tabs that the user has open. These scripts will also interact with any tabs or windows opened by your extension.\nDebugging\nA quick note: don\u2019t forget the debugging tutorial!\nJust like any other Chrome window, every piece of an extension has an inspector and dev tools. If (read: when) you run into errors (as I did), you\u2019re likely to have several inspector windows open \u2013 one for the background script, one for the popup, one for the options, and one for the window or tab the extension is interacting with.\nFor example, I kept seeing the error \u201cThis request exceeds the MAX_WRITE_OPERATIONS_PER_HOUR quota.\u201d Well, it turns out there are limitations on how often you can sync stored information.\nAnother error I kept seeing was \u201cAlarm delay is less than minimum of 1 minutes. In released .crx, alarm \u201cALARM_NAME_HERE\u201d will fire in approximately 1 minutes\u201d. Well, it turns out there are minimum interval times for alarms.\nChrome Extension creation definitely benefits from debugging skills. Especially with callbacks and listeners, good old fashioned console.log can really help!\nMe adding a ton of `console.log`s while trying to debug my alarms.\nEye Rest Functionality\nOk, so what is the extension I created? Again, it\u2019s a way to rest your eyes every twenty minutes for twenty seconds. So, the basic functionality should look like the following:\n\nIf the extension is running AND\nIf the user has not clicked Pause in the Popup HTML AND\nIf the counter in the Popup HTML is down to 00:00 THEN\n\nOpen a new window with Timer HTML AND\nStart a 20 sec countdown in Timer HTML AND\nReset the Popup HTML counter to 20:00\n\nIf the Timer HTML is down to 0 sec THEN\n\nClose that window. Rinse. Repeat.\n\n\nSounds simple enough, but wow, these timers became convoluted! Of all the Chrome extensions I decided to create, I decided to make one that\u2019s heavily dependent on time, intervals, and having those in sync with each other. In other words, I made this unnecessarily complicated and didn\u2019t realize until I started coding.\nFor visual reference of my confusion, check out the GitHub repository for Eye Rest. (And yes, it\u2019s a pun.)\nAPI\nNow let\u2019s discuss the APIs that I used to build this extension.\nAlarms\nWhat even are alarms? I didn\u2019t know either.\nAlarms are basically Chrome\u2019s setTimeout and setInterval. They exist because, as Google says\u2026\n\nDOM-based timers, such as window.setTimeout() or window.setInterval(), are not honored in non-persistent background scripts if they trigger when the event page is dormant.\n\nFor more information, check out this background migration doc.\nOne interesting note about alarms in Chrome extensions is that they are persistent. Garbage collection with Chrome extension alarms seems unreliable at best. I didn\u2019t have much luck using the clearAll method to remove alarms I created on previous extension loads or installs. A workaround (read: hack) is to specify a unique alarm name every time your extension is loaded and clearing any other alarms without that unique name.\nBackground Scripts\nFor Eye Rest, I have two background scripts. One is my actual initializer and event listener, and the other is a helpers file.\nI wanted to share a couple of functions between my Background and Popup scripts. Specifically, the clearAndCreateAlarm function. I wanted my background script to clear any existing alarms, create a new alarm, and add remaining time until the next alarm to local storage immediately upon extension load. To make the function available to the Background script, I added helpers.js as the first item under background > scripts in my manifest.json.\nI also wanted my Popup script to do the same things when the user has unpaused the extension\u2019s functionality. To make the function available to the Popup script, I just include the helpers script in the Popup HTML file.\nOther APIs\nWindows\nI use the Windows API to create the Timer window when the time of my alarm is up. The window creation is initiated by my Background script.\nOne day, while coding late into the evening, I found it very confusing that the window.create method included url as an option. I assumed it was meant to be an external web address. A friend pondered that there must be an option to specify the window\u2019s HTML. Until then, it hadn\u2019t dawned on me that the url could be relative. Duh. I was tired!\nI pass the timer.html as the url option, as well as type, size, position, and other visual options.\nStorage\nMaybe you want to pass information back and forth between the Background script and your Popup script? You can do that using Chrome or local storage. One benefit of using local storage over Chrome\u2019s storage is avoiding quotas and write operation maximums.\nI wanted to pass the time at which the latest alarm was set, the time to the next alarm, and whether or not the timer is paused between the Background and Popup scripts. Because the countdown should change every second, it\u2019s quite complicated and requires lots of writes. That\u2019s why I went with the user\u2019s local storage. You can see me getting and setting those variables in my Background, Helper, and Popup scripts. Just search for date, nextAlarmTime, and isPaused.\nDeclarative Content\nThe Declarative Content API allows you to show your extension\u2019s page action based on several type of matches, without needing to take a host permission or inject a content script. So you\u2019ll need this to get your extension to work in the browser!\nYou can see me set this in my Background script. Because I want my extension\u2019s popup to appear on every page one is browsing, I leave the page matchers empty.\nThere are many more APIs for Chrome apps and extensions, so make sure to surf around and see what features are available!\nThe Extension\nHere\u2019s what my original Popup looked like before I added styles.\nAnd here\u2019s what it looks like with new styles. I guess I\u2019m going for a Nickelodeon feel.\nAnd here\u2019s the Timer window and Popup together! \nPublishing\nPublishing is a cinch. You just zip up your files, create a new or use an existing Google Developer account, upload the files, add some details, and pay a one time $5 fee. That\u2019s all! Then your extension will be available on the Chrome extension store! Neato :D\nMy extension is now available for you to install.\nConclusion\nI thought creating a time based Chrome Extension would be quick and easy. I was wrong. It was more complicated than I thought! But it\u2019s definitely achievable with some time, persistence, and good ole Google searches.\nEventually, I\u2019d like to add more interactive elements to Eye Rest. For example, hitting the YouTube API to grab a silly or cute video as a reward for looking away during the 20 sec countdown and not closing the timer window. This harkens back to one of my first web projects, Toothtimer, from 2012. Or maybe a way to change the background colors of the Timer and Popup!\nEither way, with Eye Rest\u2019s framework built out, I\u2019m feeling fearless about future feature adds! Building this Chrome extension took some broken nails, achy shoulders, and tired eyes, but now Eye Rest can tell me to give my eyes a break every 20 minutes.", "year": "2018", "author": "Jennifer Wong", "author_slug": "jenniferwong", "published": "2018-12-05T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/my-first-chrome-extension/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 201, "title": "Lint the Web Forward With Sonarwhal", "contents": "Years ago, when I was in a senior in college, much of my web development courses focused on two things: the basics like HTML and CSS (and boy, do I mean basic), and Adobe Flash. I spent many nights writing ActionScript 3.0 to build interactions for the websites that I would add to my portfolio. A few months after graduating, I built one website in Flash for a client, then never again. Flash was dying, and it became obsolete in my r\u00e9sum\u00e9 and portfolio. \nThat was my first lesson in the speed at which things change in technology, and what a daunting realization that was as a new graduate looking to enter the professional world. Now, seven years later, I work on the Microsoft Edge team where I help design and build a tool that would have lessened my early career anxieties: sonarwhal. \nSonarwhal is a linting tool, built by and for the web community. The code is open source and lives under the JS Foundation. It helps web developers and designers like me keep up with the constant change in technology while simultaneously teaching how to code better websites. \nIntroducing sonarwhal\u2019s mascot Nellie\nGood web development is hard. It is more than HTML, CSS, and JavaScript: developers are expected to have a grasp of accessibility, performance, security, emerging standards, and more, all while refreshing this knowledge every few months as the web evolves. It\u2019s a lot to keep track of.\n\u00a0\nWeb development is hard \nStaying up-to-date on all this knowledge is one of the driving forces for developing this scanning tool. Whether you are just starting out, are a student, or you have over a decade of experience, the sonarwhal team wants to help you build better websites for all browsers. \nCurrently sonarwhal checks for best practices in five categories: Accessibility, Interoperability, Performance, PWAs, and Security. Each check is called a \u201crule\u201d. You can configure them and even create your own rules if you need to follow some specific guidelines for your project (e.g. validate analytics attributes, title format of pages, etc.). \nYou can use sonarwhal in two ways:\n\nAn online version, that provides a quick and easy way to scan any public website.\nA command line tool, if you want more control over the configuration, or want to integrate it into your development flow.\n\nThe Online Scanner\nThe online version offers a streamlined way to scan a website; just enter a URL and you will get a web page of scan results with a permalink that you can share and revisit at any time.\nThe online version of sonarwal\nWhen my team works on a new rule, we spend the bulk of our time carefully researching each subject, finding sources, and documenting it rather than writing the rule\u2019s code. Not only is it important that we get you the right results, but we also want you to understand why something is failing. Next to each failing rule you\u2019ll find a link to its detailed documentation, explaining why you should care about it, what exactly we are testing, examples that pass and examples that don\u2019t, and useful links to even more in-depth documentation if you are interested in the subject.\nWe hope that between reading the documentation and continued use of sonarwhal, developers can stay on top of best practices. As devs continue to build sites and identify recurring issues that appear in their results, they will hopefully start to automatically include those missing elements or fix those pieces of code that are producing errors. This also isn\u2019t a one-way communication: the documentation is not only available on the sonarwhal site, but also on GitHub for editing so you can help us make it even better!\nA results report\nThe current configuration for the online scanner is very strict, so it might hurt your feelings (it did when I first tested it on my personal website). But you can configure sonarwhal to any level of strictness as well as customize the command line tool to your needs!  \nSonarwhal\u2019s CLI\u00a0\nThe CLI gives you full control of sonarwhal: what rules to use, tweaks to them, domains that are out of your control, and so on. You will need the latest node LTS (v8) or Stable (v9) and your favorite package manager, such as npm:\nnpm install -g sonarwhal\nYou can now run sonarwhal from anywhere via:\nsonarwhal https://example.com\nUsing the CLI\nThe configuration is done via a .sonarwhalrc file. When analyzing a site, if no file is available, you will be prompted to answer a series of questions:\n\nWhat connector do you want to use? Connectors are what sonarwhal uses to access a website and gather all the information about the requests, resources, HTML, etc. Currently it supports jsdom, Microsoft Edge, and Google Chrome.\nWhat formatter? This is how you want to see the results: summary, stylish, etc. Make sure to look at the full list. Some are concise for, perfect for a quick build assessment, while others are more verbose and informative.\nDo you want to use the recommended rules configuration? Rules are the things we are validating. Unless you\u2019ve read the documentation and know what you are doing, first timers should probably use the recommended configuration.\nWhat browsers are you targeting? One of the best features of sonarwhal is that rules can adapt their feedback depending on your targeted browsers, suggesting to add or remove things. For example, the rule \u201cHighest Document Mode\u201d will tell you to add the \u201cX-UA-Compatible\u201d header if IE10 or lower is targeted or remove if the opposite is true. \n\nsonarwhal configuration generator questions\nOnce you answer all these questions the scan will start and you will have a .sonarwhalrc file similar to the following:\n{\n    \"connector\": {\n        \"name\": \"jsdom\",\n        \"options\": {\n            \"waitFor\": 1000\n        }\n    },\n    \"formatters\": \"stylish\",\n    \"rulesTimeout\": 120000,\n    \"rules\": {\n        \"apple-touch-icons\": \"error\",\n        \"axe\": \"error\",\n        \"content-type\": \"error\",\n        \"disown-opener\": \"error\",\n        \"highest-available-document-mode\": \"error\",\n        \"validate-set-cookie-header\": \"warning\",\n        // ...\n    }\n}\nYou should see the scan initiate in the command line and within a few seconds the results should start to appear. Remember, the scan results will look different depending on which formatter you selected so try each one out to see which one you like best. \nsonarwhal results on my website and hurting my feelings \ud83d\udc94\nNow that you have a list of errors, you can get to work improving the site! Note though, that when you scan your website, it scans all the resources on that page and if you\u2019ve added something like analytics or fonts hosted elsewhere, you are unable to change those files. You can configure the CLI to ignore files from certain domains so that you are only getting results for files you are in control of.\nThe documentation should give enough guidance on how to fix the errors, but if it\u2019s insufficient, please help us and suggest edits or contribute back to it. This is a community effort and chances are someone else will have the same question as you.\nWhen I scanned both my websites, sonarwhal alerted me to not having an Apple Touch Icon. If I search on the web as opposed to using the sonarwhal documentation, the first top 3 results give me outdated information: I need to include many different icon sizes. I don\u2019t need to include all the different size icons that target different devices. Declaring one icon sized 180px x 180px will provide a large enough icon for devices and it will scale down as appropriate for people on older devices. \nThe information at the top of the search results isn\u2019t always the correct answer to an issue and we don\u2019t want you to have to search through outdated documentation. As sonarwhal\u2019s capabilities expand, the goal is for it to be the one stop shop for helping preflight your website. \nThe journey up until now and looking forward\n\nOn the Microsoft Edge team, we\u2019re passionate about empowering developers to build great websites. Every day we see so many sites come through our issue tracker. (Thanks for filing those bugs, they help us make Microsoft Edge better and better!) Some issues we see over and over are honest mistakes or outdated \u2018best practices\u2019 that could be avoided, so we built this tool to help everyone help make the web a better place.\nWhen we decided to create sonarwhal, we wanted to create a tool that would help developers write better and more up-to-date code for their websites. We want sonarwhal to be useful to anyone so, early on, we defined three guiding principles we\u2019ve used along the way:\n\nCommunity Driven. We build for the community\u2019s best interests. The web belongs to everyone and this project should too. Not only is it open source, we\u2019ve also donated it to the JS Foundation and have an inclusive governance model that welcomes the collaboration of anyone, individual or company.\nUser Centric. We want to put the user at the center, making sonarwhal configurable for your needs and easy to use no matter what your skill level is.\nCollaborative. We didn\u2019t want to reinvent the wheel, so we collaborated with existing tools and services that help developers build for the web. Some examples are aXe, snyk.io, Cloudinary, etc.\n\nThis is just the beginning and we still have lots to do. We\u2019re hard at work on a backlog of exciting features for future releases, such as:\n\nNew rules for a variety of areas like\u00a0performance,\u00a0accessibility,\u00a0security,\u00a0progressive web apps, and more.\nA plug-in for Visual Studio Code: we want sonarwhal to help you write better websites, and what better moment than when you are in your editor.\nConfiguration options for the online service: as we fine tune the infrastructure, the rule configuration for our scanner is locked, but we look forward to adding CLI customization options here in the near future.\n\nThis is a tool for the web community by the web community so if you are excited about sonarwhal, making a better web, and want to contribute, we have a\u00a0few issues where you might be able to help. Also, don\u2019t forget to check the rest of the\u00a0sonarwhal GitHub organization. PRs are always welcome and appreciated! \nLet us know what you think about the scanner at @NarwhalNellie on Twitter and we hope you\u2019ll help us lint the web forward!", "year": "2017", "author": "Stephanie Drescher", "author_slug": "stephaniedrescher", "published": "2017-12-02T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/lint-the-web-forward-with-sonarwhal/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 15, "title": "Git for Grown-ups", "contents": "You are a clever and talented person. You create beautiful designs, or perhaps you have architected a system that even my cat could use. Your peers adore you. Your clients love you. But, until now, you haven\u2019t *&^#^! been able to make Git work. It makes you angry inside that you have to ask your co-worker, again, for that *&^#^! command to upload your work.\n\nIt\u2019s not you. It\u2019s Git. Promise.\n\nYes, this is an article about the popular version control system, Git. But unlike just about every other article written about Git, I\u2019m not going to give you the top five commands that you need to memorize; and I\u2019m not going to tell you all your problems would be solved if only you were using this GUI wrapper or that particular workflow. You see, I\u2019ve come to a grand realization: when we teach Git, we\u2019re doing it wrong.\n\nLet me back up for a second and tell you a little bit about the field of adult education. (Bear with me, it gets good and will leave you feeling both empowered and righteous.) Andragogy, unlike pedagogy, is a learner-driven educational experience. There are six main tenets to adult education: \n\n\n\tAdults prefer to know why they are learning something.\n\tThe foundation of the learning activities should include experience.\n\tAdults prefer to be able to plan and evaluate their own instruction.\n\tAdults are more interested in learning things which directly impact their daily activities.\n\tAdults prefer learning to be oriented not towards content, but towards problems.\n\tAdults relate more to their own motivators than to external ones.\n\n\nNowhere in this list does it include \u201cmemorize the five most popular Git commands\u201d. And yet this is how we teach version control: init, add, commit, branch, push. You\u2019re an expert! Sound familiar? In the hierarchy of learning, memorizing commands is the lowest, or most basic, form of learning. At the peak of learning you are able to not just analyze and evaluate a problem space, but create your own understanding in relation to your existing body of knowledge.\n\n\u201cFine,\u201d I can hear you saying to yourself. \u201cBut I\u2019m here to learn about version control.\u201d Right you are! So how can we use this knowledge to master Git? First of all: I give you permission to use Git as a tool. A tool which you control and which you assign tasks to. A tool like a hammer, or a saw. Yes, your mastery of your tools will shape the kinds of interactions you have with your work, and your peers. But it\u2019s yours to control. Git was written by kernel developers for kernel development. The web world has adopted Git, but it is not a tool designed for us and by us. It\u2019s no Sass, y\u2019know? Git wasn\u2019t developed out of our frustration with managing CSS files in an increasingly complex ecosystem of components and atomic design. So, as you work through the next part of this article, give yourself a bit of a break. We\u2019re in this together, and it\u2019s going to be OK.\n\nWe\u2019re going to do a little activity. We\u2019re going to create your perfect Git cheatsheet.\n\nI want you to start by writing down a list of all the people on your code team. This list may include:\n\n\n\tdevelopers\n\tdesigners\n\tproject managers\n\tclients\n\n\nNext, I want you to write down a list of all the ways you interact with your team. Maybe you\u2019re a solo developer and you do all the tasks. Maybe you only do a few things. But I want you to write down a list of all the tasks you\u2019re actually responsible for. For example, my list looks like this:\n\n\n\twriting code\n\treviewing code\n\tpublishing tested code to your server(s)\n\ttroubleshooting broken code\n\n\nThe next list will end up being a series of boxes in a diagram. But to start, I want you to write down a list of your tools and constraints. This list potentially has a lot of noun-like items and verb-like items:\n\n\n\tcode hosting system (Bitbucket? GitHub? Unfuddle? self-hosted?)\n\tserver ecosystem (dev/staging/live)\n\tautomated testing systems or review gates\n\tautomated build systems (that Jenkins dude people keep referring to)\n\n\nBrilliant! Now you\u2019ve got your actors and your actions, it\u2019s time to shuffle them into a diagram. There are many popular workflow patterns. None are inherently right or wrong; rather, some are more or less appropriate for what you are trying to accomplish.\n\nCentralized workflow\n\nEveryone saves to a single place. This workflow may mean no version control, or a very rudimentary version control system which only ever has a single copy of the work available to the team at any point in time.\n\n \n\nBranching workflow\n\nEveryone works from a copy of the same place, merging their changes into the main copy as their work is completed. Think of the branches as a motorcycle sidecar: they\u2019re along for the ride and probably cannot exist in isolation of the main project for long without serious danger coming to the either the driver or sidecar passenger. Branches are a fundamental concept in version control \u2014 they allow you to work on new features, bug fixes, and experimental changes within a single repository, but without forcing the changes onto others working from the same branch.\n\n \n\nForking workflow\n\nEveryone works from their own, independent repository. A fork is an exact duplicate of a repository that a developer can make their own changes to. It can be kept up to date with additional changes made in other repositories, but it cannot force its changes onto another\u2019s repository. A fork is a complete repository which can use its own workflow strategies. If developers wish to merge their work with the main project, they must make a request of some kind (submit a patch, or a pull request) which the project collaborators may choose to adopt or reject. This workflow is popular for open source projects as it enforces a review process.\n\n \n\nGitflow workflow\n\nA specific workflow convention which includes five streams of parallel coding efforts: master, development, feature branches, release branches, and hot fixes. This workflow is often simplified down to a few elements by web teams, but may be used wholesale by software product teams. The original article describing this workflow was written by Vincent Driessen back in January 2010.\n\n \n\nBut these workflows aren\u2019t about you yet, are they? So let\u2019s make the connections.\n\nFrom the list of people on your team you identified earlier, draw a little circle. Give each of these circles some eyes and a smile. Now I want you to draw arrows between each of these people in the direction that code (ideally) flows. Does your designer create responsive prototypes which are pushed to the developer? Draw an arrow to represent this.\n\nChances are high that you don\u2019t just have people on your team, but you also have some kind of infrastructure. Hopefully you wrote about it earlier. For each of the servers and code repositories in your infrastructure, draw a square. Now, add to your diagram the relationships between the people and each of the machines in the infrastructure. Who can deploy code to the live server? How does it really get there? I bet it goes through some kind of code hosting system, such as GitHub. Draw in those arrows.\n\nBut wait!\n\nThe code that\u2019s on your development machine isn\u2019t the same as the live code. This is where we introduce the concept of a branch in version control. In Git, a repository contains all of the code (sort of). A branch is a fragment of the code that has been worked on in isolation to the other branches within a repository. Often branches will have elements in common. When we compare two (or more) branches, we are asking about the difference (or diff) between these two slivers. Often the master branch is used on production, and the development branch is used on our dev server. The difference between these two branches is the untested code that is not yet deployed.\n\nOn your diagram, see if you can colour-code according to the branch names at each of the locations within your infrastructure. You might find it useful to make a few different copies of the diagram to isolate each of the tasks you need to perform. For example: our team has a peer review process that each branch must go through before it is merged into the shared development branch.\n\nFinally, we are ready to add the Git commands necessary to make sense of the arrows in our diagram. If we are bringing code to our own workstation we will issue one of the following commands: clone (the first time we bring code to our workstation) or pull. Remembering that a repository contains all branches, we will issue the command checkout to switch from one branch to another within our own workstation. If we want to share a particular branch with one of our team mates, we will push this branch back to the place we retrieved it from (the origin). Along each of the arrows in your diagram, write the name of the command you are are going to use when you perform that particular task.\n\n \n\nFrom here, it\u2019s up to you to be selfish. Before asking Git what command it would like you to use, sketch the diagram of what you want. Git is your tool, you are not Git\u2019s tool. Draw the diagram. Communicate your tasks with your team as explicitly as you can. Insist on being a selfish adult learner \u2014 demand that others explain to you, in ways that are relevant to you, how to do the things you need to do today.", "year": "2013", "author": "Emma Jane Westby", "author_slug": "emmajanewestby", "published": "2013-12-04T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2013/git-for-grownups/", "topic": "code"}